Chapters 01 to 10 - Florida Atlantic University

12 January 2006

Homework Service Book

Physical Science

Chapters 01 to 10

All Questions

Contact homework computer at

World Wide Web URL

https://hw.utexas.edu/

information:

https://hw.utexas.edu/bur/overview.html

signup:

https://hw.utexas.edu/bur/instrGuestEID.html

contact:

[email protected]

Homework Service Book — Physical Science -2-

00 Editing Examples00-01 Standard Problem Layouts00-02 Basic Control Structures00-03 Advanced Control Structures00-04 Algorithmic Functions00-05 Manipulate Numbers and Characters00-06 Tables00-07 Special TEX Formatting00-08 General PSTricks Techniques00-09 Graphs00-10 Special Figures00-11 Define and Name Figures00-12 Chemistry Techniques00-13 Mathematics Techniques00-14 Physics Techniques00-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0001 Measurement01-01 The Senses01-02 Concepts and Fundamental Quantities01-03 Standard Units01-04 Derived Quantitites and Conversion

Factors01-05 Measurement of Circles01-06 Experimental Error01-07 Scientific Notation01-08 Scientific Method01-09 Tools of Measurement01-10 Safety in the Laboratory01-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0102 Motion02-01 Frame of Reference02-02 Straight-line Motion02-03 Speed and Velocity02-04 Acceleration02-05 Acceleration in Uniform Circular Mo-

tion02-06 Projectile Motion02-07 Vectors02-08 Relative Velocity02-09 Angular and Linear Quantities02-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0203 Force and Motion03-01 Force03-02 Newton’s First Law of Motion03-03 Newton’s Second Law of Motion03-04 Newton’s Law of Gravitation03-05 Newton’s Third Law of Motion03-06 Friction03-07 Momentum

03-08 Fluid Forces and Pressure03-09 Hydraulic Devices03-10 Collisions03-11 Buoyancy and Fluid Flow03-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0304 Work and Energy04-01 Work04-02 Power04-03 Kinetic Energy and Potential Energy04-04 Conservation of Energy04-05 Forms and Sources of Energy04-06 Simple and Compound Machines04-07 Non-conservative Energy04-08 Rotational Energy04-09 Torque04-10 Rolling Motion04-11 Simple Harmonic Motion04-12 Pendulum04-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0405 Temperature and Heat05-01 Temperature05-02 Heat05-03 Specific Heat and Latent Heat05-04 Thermodynamics05-05 Heat Transfer05-06 Phases of Matter05-07 The Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory05-08 Heating and Cooling Systems05-09 Thermal Pollution05-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0506 Waves06-01 Wave Properties06-02 Electromagnetic Waves06-03 Color06-04 Sound Waves06-05 Standing Waves and Resonance06-06 The Doppler Effect06-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0607 Wave Effects07-01 Reflection07-02 Refraction and Dispersion07-03 Diffraction, Interference, and Polariza-

tion07-04 Spherical Mirrors07-05 Lenses07-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0708 Electricity and Magnetism08-01 Electric Charge08-02 Electricity


08-03 Electric Circuits08-04 Magnetism08-05 Electromagnetism08-06 Electronics08-07 Capacitance08-08 AC Circuits08-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0809 Atomic Physics09-01 The Dual Nature of Light09-02 The Bohr Theory of the Hydrogen

Atom09-03 Quantum-Physics Applications09-04 Matter Waves and Quantum Mechan-

ics09-05 Atomic Quantum Numbers09-06 Multielectron Atoms and the Periodic

Table09-99 Associated problems in Chapter 0910 Nuclear Physics10-01 The Atomic Nucleus10-02 Nuclear Stability10-03 Radioactive Decay10-04 Nuclear Reactions10-05 Fission and Fusion10-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1011 The Periodic Table11-01 Elements11-02 The Periodic Table11-03 Classification of Elements11-04 Periodic Characteristics11-05 Groups of Elements11-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1112 Compounds, Molecules, and Ions12-01 Principles of Compound Formation12-02 Ionic Compounds12-03 Properties of Ionic Compounds12-04 Covalent Compounds12-05 Properties of Covalent Compounds12-06 Oxidation Number12-07 Naming Compounds12-08 Carbon and Some Simple Organic

Compounds12-09 Hydrocarbons12-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1213 Some Chemical Principles13-01 Types of Matter13-02 Early Chemical Laws13-03 Atomic and Molecular Weights13-04 Molecular Volumes

13-05 Avogadro’s Number13-06 Solutions13-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1314 Chemical Reactions14-01 Basic Concepts14-02 Energy and Rate of Reaction14-03 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions14-04 Electrochemical Reactions14-05 Acids and Bases14-06 Acids and Bases in Solution14-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1415 Complex Molecules15-01 Common Organic Compounds15-02 Biochemistry15-03 The Ingredients of Life and the Genetic

Code15-04 Artificial Molecules — Plastics15-05 Drugs15-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1516 The Sky16-01 Introduction16-02 The Sky and Its Motion16-03 Cycles of the Sky16-04 The Origin of Modern Astronomy16-05 Gravitation16-06 Radiation and Spectra16-07 Astronomical Instruments16-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1617 The Stars17-01 Starlight17-02 The Sun17-03 The Family of Stars17-04 Celestial Distances17-05 Gas and Dust in Space17-06 Formation and Structure of Stars17-07 Evolution of Stars17-08 Deaths of Stars17-09 Neutron Stars and Black Holes17-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1718 The Galaxies18-01 The Milky Way Galaxy18-02 Galaxies18-03 Active Galaxies, Quasars, Giant Black

Holes18-04 Cosmology18-05 Evolution, Distribution of Galaxies18-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1819 The Solar System19-01 Origin of the Solar System


19-02 Earth, the Terrestrial Planets, and theMoon

19-03 The Large Planets19-04 Rings, Moons and Pluto19-05 Asteroids, Comets and Meteors19-99 Associated problems in Chapter 1920 The Universe20-01 The Big Bang20-02 Life in the Universe20-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2021 Earth21-01 Dynamic and Evolving Planet21-02 Minerals and Rocks21-03 Igneous Rocks, Intrusive Activity21-04 Volcanism and Volcanoes21-05 Weathering, Erosion, Soil21-06 Sediment, Sedimentary Rocks21-07 Metamorphism, Metamorphic Rocks21-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2122 Structural Geology22-01 Geologic Time22-02 Earthquakes22-03 Earth’s Interior22-04 The Seafloor22-05 Plate Tectonics22-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2223 Isostasy23-01 Deformation, Mountain Building23-02 Running Water23-03 Groundwater23-04 Glaciers and Glaciation23-05 Wind and Deserts23-06 Shorelines23-07 Mass Wasting23-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2324 Concepts and Principles24-01 Fossils24-02 Evolution: Theory, Evidence24-03 Primate and Human Evolution24-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2425 Eons and Eras25-01 Precambrian: Hadean, Archean25-02 Precambrian: Proterozoic25-03 Early Paleozoic History25-04 Late Paleozoic History25-05 Paleozoic Invertebrates25-06 Paleozoic Vertebrates and Plants25-07 Mesozoic History25-08 Mesozoic Life

25-09 Cenozoic: Tertiary Period25-10 Cenozoic: Quaternary Period25-11 Cenozoic Life25-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2526 The Atmosphere26-01 Composition26-02 Origin26-03 Vertical Structure26-04 Energy Content26-05 Atmospheric Measurement26-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2627 Winds and Clouds27-01 Causes of Air Motion27-02 Local Winds and World Circulation27-03 Jet Streams27-04 Cloud Classification27-05 Cloud Formation27-06 Condensation and Precipitation27-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2728 Air Masses and Storms28-01 Air Masses28-02 Fronts and Cyclonic Disturbances28-03 Local Storms28-04 Tropical Storms28-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2829 Weather Forecasting29-01 The National Weather Service29-02 Data Collection and Weather Observa-

tion29-03 Weather Maps29-04 Folklore and the Weather29-99 Associated problems in Chapter 2930 Pollution and Climate30-01 Pollutants30-02 Sources of Pollution30-03 The Cost of Pollution30-04 Pollution, Weather, and Climate30-99 Associated problems in Chapter 3031 Oceanography31-01 Origins31-02 History31-03 Plate Tectonics31-04 Ocean Basins31-05 Sediments31-06 Water31-07 Atomspheric Circulation31-08 Ocean Circulation31-09 Waves31-10 Tides


31-11 Coasts31-12 Life in the Ocean31-13 Pelagic Communities31-14 Benthic Communities31-15 Uses and Abuses31-99 Associated problems in Chapter 31

Chapter 1, section 1, The Senses 6

Approaching Cars01:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3Two cars approach each other; both cars

are moving westward, one at 78 km/h, theother at 64 km/h.

What is the magnitude of the velocity of thefirst car relative to (in the frame of referenceof) the second car?

Part 2 of 3What is the direction of the resultant veloc-ity?

1. westward

2. eastward

3. Unable to determine.

Part 3 of 3After they pass, how will their relative veloc-ity change?

1. Less than before.

2. Greater than before.

3. No change.


Holt SF 08 0001:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Example 01: This is an example of a simplemultiple choice question.Answer Designator: ans1 · · · ans9: The

answers are designated by a variable begin-ning with “ans” and ending with an integerbetween “1” and “9”. The integer indicatesthe question in the problem for which thevariable is the answer.Choice Macro: choiceabc: TEX

macro for multiple choice string answers.a) Is always left blank by the person editing

the problem. This space is reserved for

the automatic insertion of “correct” in theversion which includes the explanation.

b) The number of the choice. This num-ber corresponds with the value given for“ans1=b”.

c) The string answer; e.g., “orange”.¯=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=¯What color is an orange?

1. red

2. blue

3. yellow

4. orange

5. brown

6. gray

Relative Speeds 0101:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A flashbulb is placed in the middle of abus. When the flashbulb goes off, light fromthe bulb strikes the rear and front of the bussimultaneously, as seen by an observer, Karl,sitting in the bus.

As seen by another observer, Fred, standingon the curb as the bus moves past, the light

.

1. hits the front of the bus slightly before ithits the rear.

2. hits the rear of the bus slightly before ithits the front.

3. hits the front and back of the bus simul-taneously.

4. Not enough information to form a conclu-sion.

Seeds8E 06 1901:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Why don’t we see hydrogen Balmer lines in

Chapter 1, section 1, The Senses 7

the spectra of stars with temperature of 3,200K?

1. There is no hydrogen in stars this cool.

2. The stars are hot enough that most ofthe hydrogen is ionized and the atoms cannotabsorb energy.

3. These stars are so cool that nearly all ofhydrogen atoms are in the ground state.

4. Stars of this temperature are too cool toproduce an absorption spectrum.

5. Stars of this temperature are too hot toproduce an absorption spectrum.

Chapter 1, section 2, Concepts and Fundamental Quantities 8

Comparison 5001:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which is the biggest number?

1. 3× 10−8

2. 3.0× 10−18

3. 4× 10−8

4. 4× 10−18

Chapter 1, section 3, Standard Units 9

Conversion 0101:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Which conversion factor would you use tochange 18 kilometers to meters?

1.1000 m

1 km

2.1 km

1000 m

3.100 m

1 km

4.1 km

100 m

Conversion 10001:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A temperature of 0.5 C corresponds to? ?


Convert a temperature of 270 C intoKelvin.


260 Kelvin is the same as how many F?


Convert 5.1 gallons into the equivalentnumber of liters.

Conversion 10401:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

There are special instruments called mi-crometers which are able to measure distances

as small as1

10000of an inch.

How many millimeters is1

10000of an

inch?


How many miles are there in5100 kilometers?


How many kilometers are there in5100 miles?


How many centimeters are there in5.1 yards?


How many seconds are there in 510 days?


How many days are there in 595.5 seconds?


How many kilograms are there in5500 milligrams?


How many milligrams are there in5.1 pounds?


Howmany liters are there in 43milliliters?



How many milliliters are there in0.465 liters?


Convert 5.1 gallons into the equivalentnumber of milliliters.






How many miles are there in5100 kilometers?


How many seconds are there in 510 days?


Convert the temperature 1.58114×109C toKelvin. (Only use three significant digits.)


Howmany liters are there in 43milliliters?


How many centifeet are there in5.1 millifeet?


How many milliliters are there in0.465 liters?


500 K is equal to what F?


How many millipoise are there in0.54 kilopoise?


How many kilopoise are there in55 millipoise?


Convert a temperature of 18 degrees Kelvininto C.


300 Kelvin is the same as how many F?

Conversion 12801:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

There are special instruments called mi-crometers which are able to measure distancesas small as 1/10000 of an inch.

How many millimeters is 1/10000 of aninch?


How many miles are there in


5100 kilometers?






Assume that all chickens have5500 feathers.

If it takes you 5.5 seconds to pluck54.5 feathers, how many hours would it takeyou to defeather 4950 chickens?


The side of a square is 5.1 centimeters.What is the area of the square?

Conversion 5001:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

42.7 g of Cu represents how many kg?

1. 0.0427 kg

2. 4.27× 101 kg

3. 42,700 kg

4. 4.27× 104


A 2000 kilocalorie diet corresponds to howmany kilojoules?

1. 8368

2. 10460

3. 12590

4. 14920

5. 83700


A liter is 1000 cm3.What is the length of any side (in cm) of a

regular cube which will have a volume of 1000liters?

1. 10 cm

2. 100 cm

3. 1000 cm

4. None of these


A sample of 354. g iron is the same as:

1. 0.354 kg

2. 3.54 kg

3. 35.4 kg

4. none of the other answers is correct


A sheet of typing paper is 11.5 inches long.How many centimeters is this?

1. 16.2 cm

2. 18.7 cm

3. 24.3 cm


4. 29.2 cm


A weight of 0.16 kilogram is ? .

1. 1600 mg

2. 1.6× 105 mg

3. 16000 mg

4. 1.6× 10−4 mg


Assuming that a sheet of typing paper is21.50 cm wide, what is the width expressed inmeters?

1. 0.2150

2. 0.215

3. 215.0

4. 215


Austin’s average rainfall per year is 31.5inches.

Convert this measurement to meters perdecade. (1 in = 2.54 cm, and 1 decade = 10years)

1. 8.00

2. 80.0

3. .125

4. 315.

Conversion 58

01:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Convert 3.97 g/cm3 to lb/in3.

1. .143 lb/in3

2. .0222 lb/in3

3. 110. lb/in3

4. 6.99 lb/in3


Convert: 35.0 cc = ? mL

1. 35.0

2. 35

3. 350

4. 3.50


Earl Campbell, FB 1974-77 and the 1977Heisman Trophy Winner, rushed for 4443yards in 765 attempts for his career at UT.

Calculate his average gain per rush in me-ters.

1. 5.81

2. 5.31

3. .188

4. 3.69


Express 1.09 kcal in J.

1. 4560 J


2. 4560. J

3. 1090 J

4. 4.56 J


Express 13.4 cm2 in square millimeters.

1. 0.134 mm2

2. 1.34 mm2

3. 1340 mm2

4. 13400 mm2

5. 13.4 mm2


Five liters is also ? .

1. 5000 mL

2. 500 mL

3. 50000 mL

4. 5× 105 mL


For the conversion of 0.0003140 kilogramsto ounces, the conversion factors are 103

grams per kilogram, 1 pound per 453.6 gramsand 16 ounces per pound.

The correctly expressed answer is ?ounces.

1. 1.1× 10−2

2. 1.11× 10−2

3. 1.108× 10−2

4. 1.1076× 10−2

5. 1× 10−2


How many calories is 130. joules? (1 calorie= 4.18 joules)

1. 31.1

2. 3.11

3. 543

4. 54.3


How many grams are in 268. mg?

1. 2.68 g

2. 26.8 g

3. 0.268 g



How many grams of tomatoes are equiv-alent to 1.50 pounds of tomatoes? (1 lb =453.6 g)

1. 453.

2. 680.

3. 920.

4. 1300.



How many kilograms are in 120. lbs? (1 lb= 453.6 g)

1. 54.43

2. 54.4

3. 26.45

4. 26.5

5. 5.44× 107


How many microns (µm) are in a kilometer(km)?

1. thousand

2. million

3. billion

4. trillion

5. bajillion


One liter, a volume of a cube with sides oflength 10 cm, is the same as

1. 100 cm3

2. 1000 cm3

3. 10 cm3



The area of a square with 50 cm sides is? .

1. 2.5× 102 cm2

2. 2.5× 10−1 m2

3. 2.5 m2

4. 2.5× 104 mm2


The density of aluminum is 1.424 oz./in3.In the SI system it is ( 1 in3 = 16.4 mL; 1

oz = 31.1 g)

1. 2.70 g/mL

2. 2.70 mL/g

3. 0.751 g/mL

4. 726 mL/g


The length of 4 meters is the same as ? .

1. 400 mm

2. 40 mm

3. 4000 mm

4. 40000 mm


The number of millimeters in 0.101 meteris

1. 1.01× 10−4 mm

2. 1.01× 10−3 mm

3. 1.01× 104 mm


4. 1.01× 102 mm

5. 9.90× 103 mm


The weight of one atom of carbon weighing12.01 u when expressed in ounces is ? . (1u is 1.66 × 10−24 gram and 16.0 oz is 453.6grams)

1. 7.03× 10−25

2. 3.19× 10−22

3. 1.99× 10−23

4. 7.23× 1024


How many centimeters are there in 0.500mile? (1 mile = 5280 ft and 2.54 cm. = 1inch.)

1. 8.05× 104

2. 8.048× 103

3. 6.70× 103

4. 1.61× 105


Using the identity 2.540 cm = 1 inch, howmany centimeters are in 1 yard (36 in)?

1. 9.144 cm

2. 14.17 cm

3. 23.31 cm

4. 91.44 cm


What is the weight in milligrams of 0.0013kg of iron?

1. 130 mg

2. 1300 mg

3. 13 mg

4. 1.3 mg


Which distance is longest?

1. one mile

2. one kilometer

3. 1000 centimeters

4. 10,000 millimeters


Which is the largest energy unit?

1. a calorie

2. a Calorie

3. a joule

4. a kilojoule


Which of the following units is largest?

1. all are equivalent

2. 100 cm


3. 0.00100 km

4. 1.00 m

5. 1000 mm


Which of the following units of volume islargest?

1. mL

2. L

3. cL

4. dL

5. qt.


You are shopping for a new washing ma-chine.

If you have 36 inches of space (width) avail-able, will a machine of 97 cm width fit?

1. yes

2. no


A sheet of typing paper is 11.5 inches long.How many centimeters is it?

1. 16.21

2. 18.71

3. 24.31

4. 29.2

Conversion 85


How many grams of tomatoes are equiva-lent to 1.50 pounds of tomatoes?

1. 453.

2. 680.

3. 920.

4. 1300.


Howmany liters of milk are there in 1 gallonof milk?

1. 3.78

2. 3.92

3. 4.03

4. 4.57


Assume that a sheet of typing paper is 21.50centimeters wide.

What is the width expressed in meters?

1. 0.2150

2. 0.215

3. 215.0

4. 215


The average lead pencil is 190. mm long.What is its length in inches?

1. 7.48


2. 48.26

3. 482.6

4. 74.8


For the conversion of 0.0003140 kilogramsto ounces, 1 × 103 grams = 1 kilogram, 1pound = 453.58 grams, and 16 ounces = 1pound

The correct answer is ? ounces.

1. 1.1× 10−2

2. 1.11× 10−2

3. 1.108× 10−2

4. 1.1076× 10−2

5. 1.0× 10−2


For the conversion of 0.073 gallons tomilliliters, 4 quarts = 1 gallon and 1.057quarts 1 liter.

The correct answer is ? mL.

1. 2.8× 102

2. 3× 102

3. 2.763× 102

4. 2.76× 102

5. 2.7625× 102


Liquid nitrogen boils at −321F.What is its boiling point on the Kelvin

scale?

1. 77 K

2. 112 K

3. 362 K

4. 210 K

5. 146 K


How many liters is 50 milliliters?

1. .050 L

2. .50 L

3. 5.0 L

4. 50 L

5. 500 L


The boiling point of liquid oxygen (LOX) is54.4 K.

What is its boiling point on the Fahrenheitscale?

1. −361.8F

2. −336.2F

3. −451.4F

4. −425.8F

5. −139.3F


The boiling point of zinc is 420C.


What is this in F?

1. 251F

2. 216F

3. 724F

4. 962F

5. 788F


Copper melts at 1083C.What is its melting temperature in F?

1. 1324F

2. 583F

3. 619F

4. 797F

5. 1981F


Express 13.4 square centimeters in squaremillimeters.

1. 0.134 mm2

2. 1.34 mm2

3. 1340 mm2

4. 13400 mm2

5. 13.4 mm2


There are 36 inches in a yard.How many yards are in a 381 inch ribbon?

1. 11

2. 10.6

3. 0.094

4. 10.58

5. 0.0945


0.0367 seconds is equal to how many mil-liseconds?

1. 36.7

2. 0.0367

3. 3.67

4. 3.67× 10−5

5. 3.67× 10−6


A temperature of 2 F corresponds to? ?

Density 0101:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A block of wood has a volume of 64 cm3

and a mass of 640 g.What would be its density?


A marble is found to have a volume of 4 mLand a mass of 16 g.

What would be its density?

Error 5001:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.


What is the percent relative error of thelength of a paper clip which has a measuredvalue of 1.05 inches with the uncertainty of0.05 inches?

1. 2100%

2. 476%

3. 4.76%

4. 4.0%

5. 2.10%

Estimation 5001:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A liter is about

1. a cup

2. a pint

3. a quart

4. a gallon

Formula 0101:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The formula for density is

1. length * width * height

2. length * width

3.mass

volume

4. mass * volume


The formula for volume is


2. length * width

3.mass

volume

4. mass * volume


The formula for area is


2. length * width

3.mass

volume

4. mass * volume

Metric 0101:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The kilogram is a unit of

1. mass.

2. volume.

3. length.

4. temperature.


The prefix that means1

1000is

1. kilo.

2. centi.

3. milli.

4. micro.


Length is to meter as


1. mass is to kilogram.

2. liter is to distance.

3. weight is to mass.

4. density is to volume.


Which of the following has the greatestmass?

1. a slice of bread

2. a snail

3. your science textbook

4. a child


Dimensional analysis is the

1. ability to identify the properties of a sub-stance.

2. skill of using a conversion factor effec-tively.

3. skill of converting one unit of measure toanother.

4. ability to identify a problem and solveit.


A factor that always equals one is a

1. fraction that has been simplified to itslowest terms.

2. conversion factor.

3. fraction that has a larger numerator thandenominator.

4. fraction that has a larger denominatorthan numerator.


One tenth (0.1) of a meter is called

1. centimeter.

2. dekameter.

3. decimeter.

4. millimeter.


A gram is what part of a kilogram?

1. 0.5

2. 0.01

3. 0.001

4. 0.1


Which of the following is equivalent to acubic centimeter?

1. liter

2. centiliter

3. milliliter

4. deciliter



Liquid volume can best be measured in

1. liters.

2. cubic centimeters.

3. meters.

4. grams.


The length of a ”normal” car would best bemeasured in

1. liters.

2. dekameters.

3. millimeters.

4. meters.


Which of the following would you use forfilling your gas tank?

1. milliliters

2. kiloliters

3. liters

4. meters


If a room measures 10 m by 6 m, whatwould its area be?

1. 60 cm2

2. 60 cm3

3. 60 m2

4. 60 m3

5. 60 m

6. 60 cm


The length of this piece of paper could bestbe measured in

1. centimeters.

2. dekameters.

3. hectometers.

4. meters.


A school bus would be a meter.

1. longer than

2. shorter than

3. the same as


10 km = m.

1. 100.

2. 1000.

3. 10,000.

4. 100,000.



Which of the following would equal 5 me-ters?

1. 50 Dm

2. 50 dm

3. 0.5 Hm

4. 50 cm


Mass can be measured in units called

1. grams.

2. liters.

3. cubic centimeters.

4. None of these


Volume can be measured in units called

1. grams.

2. liters.

3. square centimeters.

4. None of these

Metric System 5001:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The metric system of measurement is basedon units of ?

1. 100

2. 10

3. 1

4. 1000

5. log 10


Velocity is measured as ? in the metricsystem.

1. m/s

2. m3/s

3. m/s3

4. m2/s2


Volume in the metric system is measuredas ? .

1. meter

2. liter

3. m2

4. L3


Which set of units is NOT in order of in-creasing magnitude?

1. µW < kW < MW

2. µg < mg < ng

3. cPa < dPa < kPa

4. mm < cm < dm

5. µL < dL < kL

Metric System 54



Which set of units is in order of increasingmagnitude?

1. nL < mL < dL

2. mg < dg < cg

3. mW < kW < cW

4. Mm < km < cm

5. mA < µA < cA


Which answer is expressed to the nearestmilligram?

1. 14.7 g

2. 14.72 g

3. 14.721 g

4. 14.7213 g

PS303 Unit Conversion Sig Figs01:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3NOTE: For this problem use significant fig-

ures.You measure a distance to be 3 miles. Con-

vert this into the proper SI unit with theproper prefix.

1. 4.827 km

2. 4.83 km

3. 4.8 km

4. 5 km

5. 1.865 km

6. 1.87 km

7. 1.9 km

8. 2 km

Part 2 of 3NOTE: For this problem use significant fig-ures.

You observe your speedometer reading at60 mph. Convert this into the proper SI unitwith the proper prefix.

1. 26.82 m/s

2. 26.8 m/s

3. 27 m/s

4. 30 m/s

5. 1.342×105 m/s

6. 134 km/s

7. 130 km/s

8. 100 km/s

Part 3 of 3NOTE: For this problem use significant fig-ures.

A marathon is 26.3 miles. How many cen-timeters is that?

1. 4.232×106 cm

2. 4.23×106 cm

3. 4.2×106 cm

4. 4.0×106 cm

5. 4×106 cm

6. 42.3167×106 cm

7. 0.423×103 cm


8. 42.3×106 cm

Scientific Notation 0101:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

What is the standard form for 2× 10−3?

1. 2000

2. 200

3. 20

4. 2

5. 0.2

6. 0.02

7. 0.002

8. 0.0002

Scientific Notation 5001:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

0.00397 in scientific notation is ? .

1. 3.97× 10−3

2. 3.97× 103

3. 3.97× 105

4. 39.7× 10−5


45,500,000,000 in scientific notation is

1. 4.55× 1010

2. 4.55× 10−10

3. 455.× 107

4. 455.× 10−7


The number 0.00875 in scientific notationis

1. .0875× 101

2. 8.75× 10−3

3. 8.75× 103

4. 8.8× 10−3


The number 0.0540 in scientific notation is

1. 5.40× 10−2.

2. 5.4× 10−3.

3. 5.4× 10−2.

4. 5.4× 102.


The ? of a number tells how many timesthe number must be multiplied by itself.

1. exponent

2. significant digit

3. scientific notation

4. mantissa

5. base number


When coding a number in scientific nota-tion, moving the decimal point to the leftcorresponds to multiplying by a ? power


of 10.

1. positive

2. negative


Actor Kevin Costner, who played baseballfor Cal State Fullerton, earned $48 million inthe years 1991-1992.

Express his earnings in appropriate scien-tific notation.

1. 4.8× 107

2. 48× 106

3. 4.8000000× 107

4. 48,000,000


Express 4592.3 to two (2) significant fig-ures.

1. 4.5× 103

2. 4.592× 103

3. 4.59× 102

4. 4.6× 103


Express 3.90 × 10−4 in decimal notation.

1. 0.000390

2. 0.00039

3. 39,000

4. 3.900


Express the number 0.0006584 in scientificnotation to 3 significant figures.

1. 6.580× 10−4

2. 6.58× 10−3

3. 6.59× 10−4

4. 6.58× 10−4


Express the number 9067.5 in scientific no-tation to 4 significant figures.

1. 9.068× 103

2. 9.067× 103

3. 906.7× 101

4. 90.67× 102


Express 4592.3 to two (2) significant fig-ures.

1. 4.5× 103

2. 4.592× 103

3. 4.59× 102

4. 4.6× 103


In a measurement which digit(s) is/are anapproximation?


1. first

2. last

3. only those in proper scientific notation

4. no digit is uncertain


A factor of 1.0 × 10−12 corresponds to theprefix ? .

1. pico

2. femto

3. nano

4. micro


A factor of 1.0 × 102 corresponds to theprefix ? .

1. hecto

2. kilo

3. deci

4. centi



1. centi

2. kilo

3. deka

4. milli



1. kilo

2. centi

3. deci

4. hecto



1. milli

2. centi

3. deci

4. kilo



1. mega

2. giga

3. tera

4. kilo




1. micro

2. milli

3. mega

4. nano



1. nano

2. milli

3. micro

4. pico


The factor 1.0 × 1012 corresponds to theprefix ? .

1. tera

2. kilo

3. giga

4. mega


The measurement 3.2 × 10−3 g could alsobe written as:

1. 3.2 g

2. 3.2 kg

3. 3.2 pg

4. 3.2 mg

5. none of these


The prefix centi corresponds to a factor of? .

1. 1.0× 10−2

2. 1.0× 102

3. 1.0× 104

4. 1.0× 10−4


The prefix centi means

1. one thousand (1000)

2. one hundred (100)

3. one thousandth (1/1000)

4. one hundredth (1/100)


The prefix deci corresponds to a factor of? .

1. 1.0× 10−1

2. 1.0× 101

3. 1.0× 10−3

4. 1.0× 103


The prefix giga corresponds to a factor of? .


1. 1.0× 109

2. 1.0× 10−9

3. 1.0× 106

4. 1.0× 10−6


The prefix kilo corresponds to a factor of? .

1. 1.0× 103

2. 1.0× 10−3

3. 1.0× 106

4. 1.0× 10−6


The prefix mega corresponds to a factor of? .

1. 1.0× 106

2. 1.0× 10−6

3. 1.0× 109

4. 1.0× 10−9


The prefix micro corresponds to a factor of? .

1. 1.0× 10−6

2. 1.0× 106

3. 1.0× 10−7

4. 1.0× 10−8


The prefix milli corresponds to a factor of? .

1. 1.0× 10−3

2. 1.0× 103

3. 1.0× 104

4. 1.0× 10−4


The prefix milli means

1. one thousand (1000)

2. one hundred (100)

3. one thousandth (1/1000)

4. one hundredth (1/100)


The SI prefix that corresponds to a multi-plication factor of 1000 is

1. milli

2. kilo

3. micro

4. centi


The SI prefix that corresponds to a multi-plication factor of 0.01 is


1. mega

2. kilo

3. micro

4. centi

Scientific Notation 8401:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Write 635000.0 in scientific notation.

1. 6.35× 105

2. 6.35× 10−5

3. 63.5× 104

4. 63.5× 10−4

5. 635× 103

6. 635× 10−3

9. None of these

Significant Digits 0101:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2The number of significant digits in 2400 is

1. 1

2. 2

3. 3

4. 4

Part 2 of 2Scientific notation for 2400 is

1. 2.4× 101

2. 2.4× 102

3. 2.4× 103

4. 2.4× 10−1

5. 2.4× 10−2

6. 2.4× 10−3

7. None of these

Significant Digits01:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The number x = 0.0411 has how manysignificant digits?

Significant Digits 0201:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2The number of significant digits in 0.0314

is

1. 1

2. 2

3. 3

4. 4

5. 5

Part 2 of 2Scientific notation for 0.0314 is

1. 3.14× 103

2. 3.14× 102

3. 3.14× 101

4. 3.14× 10−3

5. 3.14× 10−2

6. 3.14× 10−1

7. None of these


Significant Digits 10001:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Keeping in mind scientific notation, round-ing, and significant figures, what is 60 / 30 /14.5?


Keeping in mind scientific notation, round-ing, and significant figures, what is 37.5 +50?


Keeping in mind scientific notation, round-ing, and significant figures, what is

12.5 + 10.05 + 48.5?

1. 71.1

2. 71.05

3. 70

4. 100

5. None of these


Keeping in mind scientific notation, round-ing and significant figures, what is 20− 58?


What is p+ q if p = 0.51 and q = 51?


If p = 5.1 × 10−3 and q = 5.1 × 10−4, findp+ q.

1. 6× 10−3

2. 5.6× 10−3

3. 5.61× 10−3

5. None of these

Significant Digits 10601:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

What is p− q if p = 0.51 and q = 51?


If p = 5.1 × 10−3 and q = 5.1 × 10−4, findp− q.


What is pq if p = 5.1 × 10−3 and q =5.1× 104?


What is p/q if p = 0.0051 and q = 51000 ?


Write the following number in scientific no-tation: 1.000/ 0.00016 .


Indicate in scientific notation the numberof significant figures in the following: r= 1.5 x103.


Evaluate the following expression: (0.105 )( 0.084 )( 285 )/(( 1.05 )( 3.5 x 10−7))


Significant Digits 11301:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

(3.785× 10−3) × (4.81× 105) = ?


0.000859 =? in scientific notation


The number 186,000 in scientific notationis

Significant Digits 11601:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

What is p times q if p = 5.1 x 10−3 and q =5.1 x 104?

Significant Digits 11701:03, basic, numeric, < 1 min, normal.

What is p− q if p = 0.51 and q = 51?

Significant Digits 5001:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A bathroom scale can weigh something upto 200 lbs. The 200 lbs is divided into onepound increments. A boy’s weight falls be-tween 113 and 114 pounds on this scale.

How many significant figures can be re-ported in his weight?

1. 2

2. 3

3. 4

4. 5


Calculate 13.21 m × 61.5 m, round off ifnecessary, and apply the rule for multiplica-tion and division of data numbers.

1. 812.415 m2

2. 812. m2

3. 812.4 m2

4. 812.42 m2


Calculate 21.3 cm × 1.3 cm, round off ifnecessary, and apply the rule for multiplica-tion and division of data numbers.

1. 27.69 cm2.

2. 27.6 cm2.

3. 27.7 cm2.

4. 28.0 cm2.


Calculate(6.34 cm) (1.2 cm)

(1.217 cm2), round off if

necessary, and apply the rule for multiplica-tion and division of data numbers.

1. 6.2514379

2. 6.251

3. 6.25

4. 6.2

5. 6.3



Calculate 124. mm − 87.2 mm, round off ifnecessary, and apply the rule for addition andsubtraction of data numbers.

1. 37.0 mm.

2. 36.8 mm.

3. 37. mm.

4. 36. mm.


Calculate 3217. km + 13.1 km + 1.30 km,round off if necessary, and apply the rule foraddition and subtraction of data numbers.

1. 3230. km

2. 3231. km

3. 3231.4 km

4. 3231.40 km

5. 3200. km


How many significant figures are in thenumber 0.00038?

1. 5

2. 4

3. 3

4. 2

5. 1


How many significant figures are in the

number 0.00204?

1. 3

2. 5

3. 2

4. 6

5. 4


In any calculations involving multiplicationor division, the answer should be expressed inthe ? number of digits that are present inthe ? precise number used in the calcula-tion.

1. greatest; least

2. least; least

3. same; least

4. greatest; most

5. least; most


In calculating 12.34 × 2.36 = 29.1224, howmany significant figures are you allowed toretain?

1. 1

2. 2

3. 3

4. 4



Keeping in mind the rules for rounding,significant digits and scientific notation, whatis 0.0025 × 111.09?

1. 0.278

2. 0.27

3. 0.3

4. 0.28


Keeping in mind the rules for rounding,significant digits, and scientific notation, what

is975.0321

0.0003?

1. 325010.7

2. 3.250107× 106

3. 3× 106

4. 3.25× 106

5. 3.3× 106


Keeping in mind the rules for significantdigits, if we multiply 11.55 by 2.5, how manysignificant digits are we allowed to keep?

1. 2

2. 4

3. 3

4. 5


Find 0.00147 × 8.314 × 7.100.

1. 8.68× 10−2

2. 8.677× 10−2

3. .087

4. 8.7× 102


Find 1.14 + 274.1 + 12.041 + 0.5817.

1. 287.9

2. 287.8627

3. 287.863

4. 287.86


Find 3.87× 10−1 − 4.670× 102.

1. −466.6

2. 466.613

3. −4.67× 102

4. 467


Find9.188× 1019

6.02× 10−14.

1. 1.53× 1033

2. 1.5262× 1033

3. 1.5333

4. 1.53× 10−34



Round 0.046151 to three significant figures.

1. .0462

2. .046

3. .0461

4. 4.615× 10−2


State the number of significant figures inthe following:

3610.; 8.90; 0.003010; 6.3× 10−2

1. 4; 3; 4; 2

2. 3; 2; 3; 2

3. 4; 2; 6; 2

4. 3; 3; 3; 3


The largest crowd to ever see a UT foot-ball game in Memorial Stadium was 83,053 vs

Houston in 1978.How many significant digits are in this

count?

1. 5

2. 4

3. infinite

4. 1


The number 0.000001010 has ? signifi-

cant digits.

1. 4

2. 3

3. 2

4. 10

5. 9


The number 0.02 has ? significant dig-its.

1. 1

2. 3

3. 2

4. 4

5. 5


The number 0.0920007 has ? significantdigits.

1. 6

2. 3

3. 8

4. 7

5. 0


The number 03.045 has ? significantdigits.


1. 4

2. 5

3. 3

4. 2

5. 1


The number 1.091 has ? significant dig-its.

1. 5

2. 4

3. 3

4. 2

5. 1


The number 199,078 has ? significantdigits.

1. 6

2. 5

3. 4

4. 3

5. 2


The number 4.0500 rounded to two signifi-cant figures is

1. 4.06

2. 4.05

3. 4.1

4. 4.0

5. 4


Using significant figures, 28.03 × 21.55 =

1. 604

2. 604.0

3. 604.04

4. 604.046

5. 604.0465


Using correct significant figures,3.42

4.731=

1. 0.72

2. 0.723

3. 0.7229

4. 0.72289

5. 84


Using significant figures, 8.90 + 15.3274 =

1. 24

2. 24.2


3. 24.22

4. 24.23

5. 24.2274


Which digits in 0.00139 are significant?

1. All six digits.

2. The first three digits only.

3. The las three digits only.

4. The 1 only.

5. The 3 and 9 only.


Which of the following rules for determiningsignificant digits is false?

1. All nonzero figures are significant.

2. All final zeroes are significant.

3. Zeroes between significant figures are sig-nificant.

4. You never start counting significant digitsuntil you reach the first nonzero figure.


Michael Jordan received a record high2,451,136 votes to go to the NBA All-Stargame.

How many significant figures is that num-ber?

1. six

2. seven

3. infinite

4. four

5. none


Find 3.12 + 40.124 + 1.2.

1. 44.444

2. 44.44

3. 44.4

4. 44

5. 40


Find 3.22 × (4× 101) × 13.250.

1. 1706.6

2. 1707

3. 1710

4. 1700

5. 2000


In the calculation 12.34 × 2.35 = 28.9990,how many significant digits are you allowedto retain?

1. 1

2. 2

3. 3


4. 4

5. 5


How many significant digits are present inthe number 1090.?

1. 2

2. 3

3. 4

4. 5


How many significant figures are there in0.004309?

1. 7

2. 4

3. 6

4. 3


Express the answer to 3.42 / 4.731 usingthe correct significant figures.

1. 0.72

2. 0.723

3. 0.7229

4. 0.72289

5. 84


Express the answer to 8.90 + 15.3274 usingthe correct significant figures.

1. 24

2. 24.2

3. 24.22

4. 24.23

5. 24.2274


The mass of a piece of sodium metal wasdetermined to be 2.0050 g.

Rounded off to 3 significant figures, thisnumber becomes ? .

1. 2.00 g

2. 2.01 g

3. 2.04 g

4. 2.05 g

5. 2.06 g


Three samples were weighed using threedifferent balances. All measurements are asaccurate as the precision below indicates. Theweights are 1.21 kg, 546 mg, and 23.14 g.

The total mass should be reported as ? .

1. 1233.676 g

2. 1233.68 g

3. 1233.7 g


4. 1234 g

5. 1.23× 103 g


Express 14.80 × 12.10 × 5.05 in scientificnotation with the proper significant figures.

1. 904

2. 9.04× 102

3. 9.044× 102

4. 904.4


What is the proper solution for

115.016 + 12.0 + 3.5182 =?

1. 130.

2. 130.5

3. 130.53

4. 130.534

5. 130.5342


Convert 6.65× 10−1 to decimal form:

1. 0.665

2. 0.0665

3. 6.65

4. 66.5

Significant Digits 95


Give the proper answer for the summation

7491 + (1× 102) =

1. 7.591× 103

2. 7.59× 103

3. 7.6× 103

4. 8× 103


Which one has three significant figures?

1. 16.07

2. 0.0140

3. 1.070

4. 0.016

5. 7,203.002


Keeping in mind scientific notation, round-ing, and significant figures, what is 22.5 ×15?


Keeping in mind scientific notation, round-ing, and significant figures, find 27.5× 12.5×40.


Keeping in mind scientific notation, round-ing, and significant figures, what is 27.5 /15?


Time01:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The modern standard of length is 1 m andthe speed of light is 3 ×108 m/sec.

Find the time ∆t taken to cover one meterat the given speed.

1. 3.3 ×10−7 s

2. 3.3 ×10−8 s

3. 3.3 ×10−9 s

4. 3.3 ×10−10 s

Units 5001:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A cube with sides of 0.1 meter has a volumeof ? .

1. 1 liter

2. 100 cm3

3. 1× 106 cm3

4. 1 m3

Chapter 1, section 4, Derived Quantitites and Conversion Factors 40

Acceleration Conversion01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An acceleration of 2 mi/h/s is equal to:

Air in a Classroom01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A classroom measures 40 m by 20 m by

12 m. The density of air is 1.29 kg/m3.What is the volume of the room in cubic

feet?

Part 2 of 2What is the weight of air in the room, inpounds?

Air in a Classroom 201:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A classroom measures 40 m by 20 m by

12 m. The density of air is 1.29 kg/m3.What is the volume of the room in cubic

feet?

Part 2 of 2What is the weight of air in the room, inpounds?

Area of a Lot01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A rectangular building lot is 100 ft by 150 ft.Find the area of this lot in m2.

Bike Chain01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

To protect her new two-wheeler, Iroda Bikebuys a length of chain. She finds that itslinear density is 0.9 lb/ft.

If she wants to keep its weight below 1.7 lb,what length of chain is she allowed?

Block Density01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A block of material has dimensions 4 cm by7 cm by 3 cm. Its mass is 566 gm.

What is its density?

Building a Fence01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

John and Mary Smith plan to put a woodenfence around their yard in order to keep themean cats away from their dog Fido.

What total length of fence is required toenclose a rectangular yard whose sides are11 m and 21 m in length? There is a gatethat is 1 m long. (Remember that 1 m =3.281 ft.)


Given that 1 liter is equal to 1000 cubiccentimeters, how many liters are there in 2.5cubic meters?

1. 2500

2. 250

3. 25000

4. 25


Express 300 liters of water in gallons.

1. 79.25

2. 39.63

3. 158.50

4. 60.0


If a leaking faucet drips at a rate of one


drop per second and the volume of each dropis 0.05 ml, calculate the volume, in liters, ofwater wasted per day.

1. 4320

2. 4.320

3. 2160

4. 8.64


A pint of blood would be how many mL? (1L = 1.057 qt and 1 qt = 2 pints.)

1. 529 mL

2. 946 mL

3. 473 mL

4. 454 mL


This evening after the final, Ralph plans toconsume at least 255 g of milk.

Calculate this volume in milliliters.

1. 281

2. 232

3. 280.8

4. 231.6

5. 256


Convert the volume of 3.5 in3 of mercury toits volume in milliliters.


How much volume does a 55 carat diamondoccupy?

Cube Density 0401:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Calculate the density of a solid cube thatmeasures 5 cm on each side and has a mass of350 g.

Cube Density 0501:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The mass of a solid cube is 856 g, and eachedge has a length of 5.35 cm.

Find the density of the cube.


A sample of air, analyzed for particulatematter, is found to contain 0.0185 grams ofparticulate matter in 54.5 m3 of air.

What is the concentration of this particu-late matter in µg/m3?


A sample of air contains 52.5 µg/m3 ofasbestos.

How much asbestos would be present ina room with dimensions 12.5 meters by17.5 meters by 11 meters?


A sample of air contains 27.5 µg/m3 ofberyllium dust.

How many atoms of beryllium are presentin a room with dimensions of 10 feet by12.5 feet by 17.5 feet?

Density 10301:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.


The density of water is 1 gm/cm3.What is the mass of 426 cm3 of water?


What is the mass of 17.5 cubic centimetersof mercury? Its density is 13.6 grams percubic centimeter.


What is the mass of 5.1 milliliters of asolution that has a density of 1 grams permilliliter?


A substance has a density of 2.35 grams percubic centimeter.

What volume of this substance weighs55 grams?


An object occupies a volume of 51 cubiccentimeters and weighs 510 grams.

What is the density of the object?


A metal cube having a mass of 80 grams isdropped into a graduated cylinder that con-tains 28.5 mL of water. This causes the waterlevel to rise to 42 mL.

What is the density of the metal?

Density 5001:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Big Bertha is the largest bass drum in theworld. It measures 54 inches in radius r, has awidth w of 36 inches, and weighs 500. pounds.

Find the density in g/cm3. (Use πr2w for

volume where π = 3.1416.)

1. 0.00152

2. 660.

3. 0.0420

4. 0.00476

5. 210.


Given:

1 pennyweight = 1.55 grams1 hogshead = 238.5 liters1 peck = 9.091 liters

Calculate the density of copper in penny-weights per peck for a piece of copper witha volume of 0.250 hogsheads and a mass of54.424 kg.

1. 5.35× 103 pw/peck

2. 1.90× 10−4 pw/peck

3. 3.45× 103 pw/peck

4. 6.57 pw/peck

5. 157.22 pw/peck


1 mole of silver has a volume of 10.3 mL.What is the density of silver?

1. 10.5 g/L

2. 10.5 g/mL

3. 0.0971 g/mL

4. 2.73 g/L


5. 2.73 g/mL


A graduated cylinder contains 20.0 mL ofwater. An irregularly shaped object is placedin the cylinder and the water level rises to the31.2 mL mark.

If the object has a mass of 47.9 g, what isits density?

1. 4.28 g/cm3

2. 1.53 g/mL

3. 2.40 g/mL

4. 2.34 g/cm3


A liquid has a density of 1.20 g/mL.How many mL of the liquid are there in a

60.0 g sample?

1. 50.0 mL

2. 36.0 mL

3. 54.0 mL

4. 72.0 mL


A liquid has a density of 1.50 g/mL.How many mL of the liquid are there in a

30.0 g sample?

1. 20.0 mL

2. 30.0 mL

3. 40.0 mL

4. 45.0 mL


An insoluble solid has a mass of 20.0 g. Itis placed in a graduated cylinder containing40.00 ml of water. The final volume is read as46.00 ml.

What is the density of the solid?

1. 0.300 g/ml

2. 0.500 g/ml

3. 2.30 g/ml

4. 3.33 g/ml


Calculate the density of mercury if 272grams occupies 20 milliliters.

1. 272 g

2. 20 mL

3. 272 mL

4. 0.07 g/mL

5. 13.6 g/mL


Copper has a density of 8.96 g/cm3.If a cylinder of copper weighing 42.38 g is

dropped into a graduated cylinder containing20.00 mL of water, what will be the new waterlevel?

1. 4.73 mL

2. 24.73 mL

3. 20.21 mL


4. .211 mL


Copper has a density of 8.96 g/cm3.If a cylinder of copper weighing 48.85 g is

dropped into a graduated cylinder containing20.00 mL of water, what will be the new waterlevel?

1. 5.45 mL

2. 24.7 mL

3. 25.5 mL

4. 45.8 mL

5. 68.9 mL


Density is measured as ? .

1. kg/m3

2. kg/m

3. kg/m2

4. m2/kg


Density is the ? of a substance.

1. mass per unit volume

2. weight per unit volume

3. mass per unit weight

4. volume per unit mass

5. volume per unit weight


Find the volume of the Hope Diamondgiven the density of diamond (carbon) is 3.51g/cm3 and the weight is 44 karats. (Conver-sion: 1 karat = 0.200 g)

1. 2.5 cm3

2. 772.00 cm3

3. 63 cm3

4. 31 cm3


If a pure gold crown weighed 2271.0 g inair and 2153 g when submerged in water, theweight of the water displaced by the crown is118 g.

Find the density of the metal in the crown.

1. 19.2 g/cm3

2. .0520 g/cm3

3. 18.2 g/cm3

4. 19.246 g/cm3


The density of ethyl alcohol is 0.790 g/mL.How many liters are in 1507 grams of ethyl

alcohol? (Use significant digits.)

1. 1.907

2. 1.91

3. 1.190

4. 1.19

Density 65



The density of gold is 19.3 g/mL.What is the mass of a gold nugget which

has a volume of 3.28 mL?

1. 63.3 g

2. 5.88 g

3. .170 g

4. 30.4 g


What is the density of a wood block thathas a mass of 97.5 g and measures 12 cm ×3.33 cm × 4.2 cm? (Use significant digits.)

1. 0.58 g/cm3

2. 0.5809381 g/cm3

3. 0.581 g/cm3

4. 1.72 g/cm3

5. 1.723538 g/cm3


What is the density of an apple that occu-pies 24 cm3 and has a mass of 45.0 g? (Usesignificant digits.)

1. 1.875 g/cm3

2. 1.9 g/cm3

3. 0.53 g/cm3

4. 0.5 g/cm3

5. 0.2536 g/cm3

Density 68


Which of the following is NOT a unit fordensity?

1. g/cm3

2. g/L

3. pounds/L

4. mg/mL

5. g/cm2


Which two properties must be known tocalculate the density of an object?

1. mass, temperature

2. mass, melting point

3. boiling point, mass

4. volume, mass

5. boiling point, volume


You need 100.00 mL of H2O and 5.00 mLof liquid plant food to make a solution foryour plants. You forgot to bring a measuringcup out to the greenhouse, but you do havea scale and know that the density of H2O =1.00 g/cm3, the density of liquid plant food =1.21 g/cm3 and 1 cm3 = 1 mL.

How many g of the liquid plant food wouldyou use?

1. 6.05 g

2. 0.242 g

3. 4.13 g


4. 6.21 g

5. 3.79 g


You need 50.0 g of milk for a cookie recipe,but you don’t have a scale. You do know thatmilk has a density of 1.10 g/cm3.

Knowing that 1 cm3 = 1mL, how many mLof milk should you should use for this cookierecipe?

1. 45.5 mL choice20.022 mL

3. 55.0 mL

4. 51.1 mL

5. 48.90 mL


The density of gold is 19.3 g/ml.What is the volume of a 2.00 g gold ingot?

1. 0.104 ml

2. 9.65 ml

3. 21.3 ml

4. 38.6 ml

5. none of these


The density of octane is 0.702 g/cm3.What is the mass of 65.00 cm3 of octane?

1. 45.6

2. 92.6

3. 0.0108

4. 36.1


Suppose a solid object has a volume of 2milliliters and a mass of 1.5 grams. Supposesome liquid has a volume of 0.5 liter and amass of 0.6 kilogram.

If this solid is placed in this liquid, the solid? .

1. will sink to the bottom

2. will float to the top

3. will remain wherever we put it


1.00 mole of silver has a volume of 10.3 mL.What is the density of silver?

1. 10.5 g/L

2. 10.5 g/mL

3. 0.0971 g/mL

4. 2.73 g/L

5. 2.73 g/mL


Ethyl alcohol has a density of 0.789 g/mL.What is the mass of 250 mL of this alcohol?

1. 197 grams

2. 317 grams

3. 171 grams

4. 250 grams



The density of Pepsi is 0.972 g/mL.How many ounces of Pepsi are in a 205 ml

cup? (1 gram = 0.035302 ounces.)

1. 7.24 ounces

2. 7.44 ounces

3. 5640 ounces

4. 7.03 ounces

5. 199 ounces


Compare the densities of 1 liter of waterwith a bathtub-full of water.

The density of 1 liter of water is

1. the same as for a bath-tub full.

2. less than for a bath-tub full.

3. greater than for a bath-tub full.


A block of wood is 105 cm × 5.1 cm × 6.2cm and weighs 2.26 kg.

What is its density?

1. 0.68 g/cm3

2. 6.8× 10−4 g/cm3

3. 1.5× 103 g/cm3

4. 1.5 g/cm3

5. not enough information given to answerthe question


What is the density of an object that has amass of 47.5 g and occupies 75 cm3?


You are stranded on a tropical island andhave limited kitchen utensils. You have de-cided to make a coconut milkshake. You need7.5 mL of coconut milk, but do not have ameasuring cup. You do have a scale.

Knowing 1 cm3 = 1 mL and that coconutmilk has a density of 27.5 g/mL how manygrams of coconut milk would you weigh out?


At normal temperature and pressure, airhas a density of 0.001184 g/mL.

What is the mass of air in a room that is3.35 meters by 3.25 meters by 3.1 meters?


A scary vapor has a density of 2.35 mg/cm3.How much will 291.5 liters of this haunting

substance weigh?


A substance has a density of 2.35 g/cm3.What volume of this substance weighs

55 grams?


Suppose you are scheduled to receive 5.1 mgof vitamin B daily.

If the container from which your shot isdrawn is labeled 0.51 mg of vitamin B permL, how many mL will you receive daily?



An object occupies a volume of 51 cm3 andweighs 510 grams.

What is the density of the object per cm3?


What is the weight of 5.1 ml of a solutionthat has a density of 1 g/mL?


At normal temperature and pressure, airhas a density of 0.01184 g/mL.

What is the weight of the air in a room thatis 3.3 meters by 3.3 meters by 3.3 meters?


A spherical particle has a radius of 1.4 ×10−8 cm and a mass of 1.25× 10−19 g.

What is the density of the particle?


How many mL of water would 7 grams of ametal with a density of 5.05 g/mL displace?


A granular sample of metal weighs15 grams. It displaces 6.5 mL of water.

What is the density of the metal?


The density of a liquid can be determinedby weighing a known volume of the liquid ina graduated cylinder.

The data from the experiment is as fol-lows: weight of cylinder 10.5 grams; weight of

cylinder and liquid 11.5 grams; reading fromcylinder 6.5 mL.

Calculate the density of this liquid usingthe data.


A 10 gram sample of a granulated metalwith a density of 5.25 was added to a gradu-ated cylinder containing 6.5 mL of water.

What is the apparent volume reading of thewater in the cylinder containing the granu-lated metal sample?


5.5 grams of a liquid with a density of5.75 g/mL was added to a graduated cylin-der.

What volume reading does the liquidhave?


An object with a volume of 4.9 millilitershas a mass of 49 grams.

What is the density of the object?


A gas cylinder having a volume of 16 mLcontains 3.6 g of gas.

What is the density of the gas L?


Calculate the mass of 3.5 in3 of mercury.(The density of Hg(`)=13.6 g/cm3.)


A sample of organic liquid has density 1.54g/mL.


What does 70 mL of the liquid weigh?

Density 9901:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

What is the density of a substance if 3.8 goccupies 1.47 cm3?

Distance Conversion01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Convert 60 mi/h to m/s. You may need 1mi = 1609 m.

Fill a Pool01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Water flows into a swimming pool at therate of 5 gal/min.

If the pool dimensions are 20 ft wide, 40 ftlong and 10 ft deep, how long does it take tofill the pool? (1 gallon = 231 cubic inches)

Fill a Water Bottle01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A plastic tube allows a flow of 15 cm3/s ofwater through it.

How long will it take to fill a 211 cm3 bottlewith water?

Heartbeats01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Assuming 60 heartbeats/min, estimate thetotal number of times the heart of a humanbeats in an average lifetime of 70 years.

Holt SF 01A 0101:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

A human hair is approximately 50 µm indiameter.

Express this diameter in meters.

Holt SF 01A 01M01:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

A human hair is approximately 50 µm indiameter.

Express this diameter in meters.

1. 5× 10−5 m

2. 5× 105 m

3. 5× 10−6 m

4. 5× 106 m

5. 5× 10−7 m

6. 5× 107 m

7. None of these


A typical radio wave has a period of 1 µs.Express this period in seconds.


Part 1 of 3A hydrogen atom has a diameter of about

10 nm.a) Express this diameter in meters.

Part 2 of 3b) Express this diameter in millimeters.

Part 3 of 3c) Express this diameter in micrometers.


Part 1 of 2The distance between the sun and the Earth

is about 1.5× 1011 m.a) Express this distance with an SI prefix.


1. 1.5× 10−1 Tm

2. 1.5× 10−1 Pm

3. 1.5× 10−1 Gm

4. 1.5× 10−1 Mm

5. 1.5× 10−1 mm

6. 1.5× 10−1 km

7. None of these

Part 2 of 2b) Express this distance in kilometers.

1. 1.5× 108 km

2. 1.5× 109 km

3. 1.5× 106 km

4. 1.5× 107 km

5. 1.5× 1010 km

6. 1.5× 1011 km

6. None of these


The distance between the sun and the Earthis about 1.5 × 1011 m. Express this distancein kilometers.

1. 1.5× 108 km

2. 1.5× 109 km

3. 1.5× 106 km

4. 1.5× 107 km

5. 1.5× 1010 km

6. 1.5× 1011 km

7. None of these

Holt SF 01A 0501:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

The average mass of an automobile in theUnited States is about 1.440× 106 g.

Express this mass in kilograms.

1. 1.440× 103 kg

2. 1.440× 109 kg

3. 1.440× 1012 kg

4. 1.440× 10−3 kg

5. 1.440× 10−6 kg

6. 1.440× 10−9 kg

7. 1.440× 10−12 kg

8. 1.440× 100 kg

9. None of these

Holt SF 01Rev 1101:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

Part 1 of 7a) Express 2 dm in millimeters.

Part 2 of 7b) Express 2 h 10 min in seconds.

Part 3 of 7c) Express 16 g in micrograms.

Part 4 of 7d) Express 0.75 km in centimeters.

Part 5 of 7e) Express 0.675 mg in grams.


Part 6 of 7f) Express 462 µm in centimeters.

Part 7 of 7g) Express 35 km/h in meters per second.


Part 1 of 5Use the SI prefixes to convert these hy-

pothetical units of measure into appropriatequantities.

a) Express 10 rations in dekarations.

Part 2 of 5b) Express 2000 mockingbirds in kilomock-ingbirds.

Part 3 of 5c) Express 10−6 phones in microphones.

Part 4 of 5d) Express 10−9 goats in nanogoats.

Part 5 of 5e) Express 1019 miners in examiners.

Holt SF 01Rev 1301:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Use the fact that the speed of light in avacuum is about 3.00× 108 m/s to determinehow many kilometers a pulse from a laserbeam travels in exactly one hour.


A metric ton is 1.000× 103 kg.How many 85 kg people can safely occupy

an elevator that can hold a maximum mass ofexactly 1 metric ton?


A billionaire offers to give you $5 billion ifyou will count out the amount in $1 bills ora lump sum of $5000. Assume that you cancount at an average rate of one bill per second,and be sure to allow for the fact that you needabout 10 hours a day for sleeping and eating.Which offer should you accept?

In order to answer this, how long will ittake you to count out the $5 billion?


Exactly 1 qt of ice cream is to be made inthe form of a cube.

What should be the length of one side inmeters for the container to have the appropri-ate volume?

(

4 qt = 3.786× 10−3 m3.)

Holt SF 01Rev 4201:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

If one micrometeorite (a sphere with a di-ameter of 1.0 × 10−6 m) struck each squaremeter of the moon each second, it would takemany years to cover the moon with microme-teorites to a depth of 1.0 m. Consider a cubicbox, 1.0 m on a side, on the moon.

How long would it take to completely fillthe box with micrometeorites?


One cubic centimeter(

1.0 cm3)

of waterhas a mass of 0.001 kg at 25 C.

Find the mass of 1 m3 of water at 25 C.


Part 1 of 2


Assuming biological substances are 90%water and the density of water is 1000 kg/m3,estimate the masses of the following:

a) a spherical cell with a diameter of 1 µm(

volume =4

3πr3

)

.

Part 2 of 2b) a fly, which can be approximated by acylinder 4 mm long and 2 mm in diameter(

volume = πr2`)

.

House Volume01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A house is 50 ft long and 26 ft wide, and

has 8 ft high ceilings.What is the volume of the house?

Part 2 of 2What is the volume of the house in cubiccentimeters?

Mass Comparisons01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

One cubic meter (1.0 m3) of aluminum hasa mass of 2700 kg, and a cubic meter of ironhas a mass of 7860 kg.

Find the radius of a solid aluminum spherethat has the same mass as a solid iron sphereof radius 2 cm.

Mass Density Ratio01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

The planet Jupiter has an average radius10.95 times that of the Earth and a mass317.4 times that of the Earth.

Calculate the ratio of Jupiter’s mass densityto the mass density of the Earth.

Planet Density01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The radius of a certain planet is 5.85 ×

107 m, and its mass is 5.68× 1026 kg.

Find the density of this planet (The volume

of a sphere is given by4

3π r3.)

Part 2 of 2Find its surface area s in square feet. (Thesurface area of a sphere is given by 4π r2.)

Population Density01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Mivalle has a population of 40200 peopleand an area of 6.84 mi2.

What is its population density?

Rain Density01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Rain drops fall on a tile surface at a densityof 4675 drops/ft2. There are 16 tiles/ft2.

How many drops fall on each tile?

Rectangle Area01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

What is the area of a rectangle whose sidesare 5 m and 4 m?

Room Volume01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A room is 15 ft deep, 20 ft wide and 7 fthigh.

Express the volume of this room in cubicmeters. You will need 1 inch = 2.54 cm.

Saturn Density 0101:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2The mass of the planet Saturn is 5.64 ×

1026 kg and its radius is 6× 107 m.a) Calculate its density.

Part 2 of 2b) If this planet were placed in a large enoughocean of water, would it float?

1. No


2. Yes

3. More information is needed.

Saturn Density 0201:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

The mass of the planet Saturn is 5.64 ×1026 kg and its radius is 6× 107 m.

a) Calculate its density.

Sphere Mass01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A sphere of metal has a radius of 4.6 cmand has a density of 7.9 gm/cm3.

What is the mass of the sphere?

Units 0301:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3Express the following distances in meters:The length of a 100 yd dash.

Part 2 of 3The length of a marathon run of 26 mi, 385 yd.

Part 3 of 3The distance from Seattle, Washington, toMiami, Florida ( 3273 mi).


A farad is a measure of electrical ? .

1. capacitance

2. differential resistance

3. shock

4. potential


A ? is a measure for the ? of elec-tricity.

1. coulomb, quantity

2. coulomb, quality

3. luminosity, quantity

4. luminosity, quality


A(n) ? is a measurement of electrical? .

1. ohm, resistance

2. ohm, capacitance

3. volt, resistance

4. volt, capacitance


A pascal is a unit of measurement of ?and is defined as ? .

1. pressure, kg/m-s2

2. pressure, kg/m-s

3. temperature, C/m2

4. temperature, C/m


A unit of energy is

1. a calorie

2. a degree centigrade

3. electricity


4. heat


A unit of temperature is a

1. calorie

2. Kelvin

3. specific heat

4. joule


A ? , which is a unit of force, is definedas kg m/s2.

1. newton

2. watt

3. ohm

4. volt


An SI unit of energy is

1. meter, m

2. kilogram, kg

3. Kelvin, K

4. joule, J

5. second, s


Electrical potential differences are mea-

sured in ? .

1. volts

2. watts

3. farads

4. ohms


Energy is defined as kg m2/s2 which iscalled a ? .

1. joule

2. watt

3. volt

4. ohm


kg m2/s3 defines the unit of measurementcalled a ? .

1. watt

2. candela

3. volt

4. ampere


The base unit for length is the ? .

1. meter

2. gram

3. millimeter


4. milligram


The base unit for mass is the ? .

1. kilogram

2. centimeter

3. meter

4. degree


The base unit for temperature on the abso-lute scale is ? .

1. kelvin

2. celsius

3. fahrenheit

4. degree


The base unit for the amount of a substanceis the ? .

1. mole

2. gram

3. meter

4. liter


The base unit for time is the ? .

1. second

2. minute

3. hour

4. day


The calorie is a unit of

1. length

2. volume

3. temperature

4. energy

5. density


The Kelvin scale is more commonly used bychemists because it is ?

1. easier to spell than Fahrenheit.

2. the only scale which has a temperaturefor boiling water.

3. the only temperature scale with an abso-lute zero.

4. the same size as a Fahrenheit degree.

5. none of the above


What is the zero point on the absolute scaledefined as?

1. The temperature at which water freezesand ice melts.


2. The temperature at which molecular mo-tion ceases.

3. The temperature at which water boils.

4. The equivalent to 0C.

5. The equivalent to 0F.


Which of the following is a fundamentalunit of measure?

1. velocity

2. volume

3. length

4. density

5. energy


Which of the following is a fundamentalunit of measure?

1. volume

2. mass

3. area

4. pressure

5. energy


Which of the following is not a fundamentalunit?

1. grams

2. meter

3. mole

4. density

Volume 5001:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The volume of a sphere is4

3πr3, r being the

radius.Calculate the volume of a ball (in cm3) that

has a diameter of 9.3 inches. (1 inch = 2.54cm exactly)

1. 4.95× 101

2. 6.9× 103

3. 3.369× 103

4. 1.21095× 105

5. 5.5212× 105

Volume 5101:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which one has the largest volume?

1. 380 g water (density = 1 g/cm3)

2. 600 g chloroform (density = 1.5 g/cm3)

3. 0.5 L milk (density = 1.05 g/cm3)

4. 100 cm3 steel (density = 7.86 g/cm3)

Volume Conversion01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Convert the volume 8.5 in.3 to m3, recallingthat 1 in. = 2.54 cm and 1 cm = 10−2 m.

Washington Monument01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The Washington Monument in the District


of Columbia has a height of 555 ft, 5 in.Express this height in meters to four signif-

icant figures.

Wire Mass01:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A piece of wire has a density of 6.4 gm/cm.What is the mass of 13.6 cm of the wire?

Chapter 1, section 5, Measurement of Circles 58


Part 1 of 4Consider a circle of radius 3.5 cm.a) Calculate its circumference (C = 2πr).

Part 2 of 4b) Calculate its area

(

A = πr2)

.

Part 3 of 4Consider a circle of radius 4.65 cm.

c) Calculate its circumference (C = 2πr).

Part 4 of 4d) Calculate its area

(

A = πr2)

.


Part 1 of 2An ancient unit of length called the cubit

was equal to approximately 50 centimeters,which is, or course, approximately 0.50 me-ters. It has been said that Noah’s ark was300 cubits long, 50 cubits wide, and 30 cubitshigh.

a) Estimate the volume of the ark using 1palm = 0.08 m and 6 palms = 1 cubit.

Part 2 of 2b) Estimate the volume of a typical home(2000 ft2 in size and 10 ft tall).

Chapter 1, section 7, Scientific Notation 59

Hewitt CP9 01 E0501:07, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

When you step from the shade into thesunlight the Sun’s heat is as evident as theheat from hot coals in a fireplace in an oth-erwise cold room. You feel the Sun’s heatnot because of its high temperature (highertemperatures can be found in some welder’storches), but because the Sun is big.

Which do you estimate is larger, the Sun’sradius or the distance between the moon andthe Earth? Do you find your answer surpris-ing?

1. Sun’s radius is larger.

2. Sun’s radius is smaller.

3. Equal size.



You can obtain a rough estimate of thesize of a molecule with the following simpleexperiment: Let a droplet of oil spread outon a fairly large but smooth water surface.The resulting ”oil slick” that forms on thesurface of the water will be approximatelyone molecule thick.

Given an oil droplet with a mass of 9.00 ×10−7 kg and a density of 918 kg/m3 thatspreads out to form a circle with a radius of41.8 cm on the water surface, what is theapproximate diameter of an oil molecule?

Chapter 1, section 8, Scientific Method 60

Experiment 0101:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 4Two students noticed that plants growing

close to a window grew better than the samekind of plant growing at the back of the roomunder a colored light bulb. They thoughtthe difference might be the type of light theplants received. To see if they were correct,they placed plant A in white (normal) light,plant B under a violet light, and plant C undergreen light. They watched and measured the3 plants over a two-week period, making sureall three plants got the same amount of water.They found plant A grew 8 cm, plant B grew6 cm, and plant C grew 3 cm.

a) What was their hypothesis?

1. Light comes in different colors.

2. Plants grow in light.

3. Colored light helps plants grow.

4. The type of light affects a plant’sgrowth.

Part 2 of 4b) Which plant could be considered a control?

1. Plant A

2. Plant B

3. Plant C

4. All three plants

5. None of the plants

Part 3 of 4c) What is the variable being tested?

1. humidity

2. the amount of water

3. the amount of light

4. the color of the light

Part 4 of 4d)Which of the plants are in the experimentalgroup?

1. Plants A and B

2. Plants B and C

3. Plants A and C

4. All three plants

5. None of the plants


Which of the following is not a scientifichypotheses?

1. Chlorophyll makes grass green.

2. The Earth rotates about its axis becauseliving things need an alternation of light anddarkness.

3. Tides are caused by the moon.

4. The Earth rotates around the Sun.

5. The wind is caused by the Sun.

Hewitt CP9 01 P0101:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

What is fact?

1. A phenomenon about which competentobservers who have made a series of observa-tions are in agreement.

2. An educated guess; a reasonable expla-nation of an observation or experimental re-sult that is not fully accepted as factual untiltested over and over again by experiment.


3. A general hypothesis or statement aboutthe relationship of natural quantities that hasnot been contradicted; also known as a prin-ciple.

4. An orderly method for gaining, organiz-ing, and applying new knowledge.

5. A synthesis of a large body of informationthat encompasses well-tested and verify hy-potheses about certain aspects of the naturalworld.


What is a hypothesis?







What is law?







What is the scientific method?








What is theory?







Poke a hole in a piece of cardboard and holdthe cardboard in the sunlight. Note the imageof the sun that is cast below.

Try a square hole; what is the image of thesun?

1. triangular

2. round

3. square

4. pentagon

5. hexagon

Hewitt CP9 01 R0101:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following activities involvesthe upmost human expression of passion, tal-ent, and intelligence?

1. painting and sculpture

2. literature

3. music

4. religion

5. science

Scientific Method 0101:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

When using the scientific method, the firststep is to

1. gather information on the problem.

2. form a hypothesis.

3. record and analyze data.

4. state the problem.


In any experiment, the one factor that isbeing tested is the

1. variable.

2. control.

3. experiment.

4. data.


The set of steps used to solve problems inan orderly way.

1. experiment

2. observation


3. scientific method

4. variable

5. control


A procedure for testing a hypothesis.

1. experiment

2. observation


4. variable

5. control


Any factor in an experiment that affects theresults of the experiment.

1. hypothesis

2. observation


4. variable

5. control

Scientific Method 5001:08, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A scientific statement, often mathematicalin form, that summerizes experimental datais called a ? .

1. law

2. theory

3. hypothesis

4. proposition

Chapter 1, section 9, Tools of Measurement 64

Length 0101:09, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3Consider the metric ruler.

1 2 3 4 5 6

a b c

a) What is the measurement for a?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the measurement for b?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the measurement for c?


Consider the metric ruler. fig[1,100] Whatis the measurement?


Consider the metric ruler. fig[1,100] Whatis the measurement?

Liquid 0101:09, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A word meaning the shape of a liquid at itssurface is

1. meniscus.

2. control.

3. variable.

4. capillarity.

Mass 0101:09, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Consider the scale on a balance.

10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1000 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000

100 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

What is the measurement?


Consider the scale on a balance. fig[1,210]What is the measurement?


Consider the scale on a balance. fig[1,210]What is the measurement?

Measurement 5001:09, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

? refers to how closely a measured valueagrees with the correct value.

1. accuracy

2. precision


? refers to how closely individual mea-surements agree with each other.

1. precision

2. accuracy


You bought a 5 pound bag of sugar atH.E.B. Not trusting the store, you weighedthe sugar at home to make sure that you gotwhat you paid for. Your scale reports that thestore’s 5 pound bag of sugar does weigh 5 lbs.

This is an example of


1. accuracy.

2. precision.


You have a reported 1 pound bar of gold,but every time you weigh it, the scale reportsthat it weighs 937.00 g.

This is an example of

1. precision.

2. accuracy.

Measurements 0101:09, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Which instrument would be used to mea-sure the mass of a small stone?

1. metric ruler

2. triple-beam balance

3. graduated cylinder

4. Celsius thermometer


Which instrument would be used to mea-sure the length of your finger?

1. metric ruler





Which instrument would be used to mea-sure the temperature of a glass of lemonade?

1. metric ruler





Which instrument would be used to mea-sure the mass of a cube of sugar?

1. metric ruler





Which instrument would be used to mea-sure the volume of a small jar of juice?

1. metric ruler





Which instrument would be used to mea-sure the air temperature?

1. metric ruler






Which instrument would be used to mea-sure the mass of a handful of powder?

1. metric ruler





Which instrument would be used to mea-sure the volume of a diamond?

1. metric ruler





Which instrument would be used to mea-sure your height?

1. metric ruler





Which instrument would be used to mea-sure the mass of a coin?

1. metric ruler




Temperature 0101:09, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Consider the Celsius thermometers.

80

70

60

a) 10

0

5

-5

-10

b)

a) What is the first measurement?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the second measurement?



fig[1,50] a) What is the first measurement?




fig[1,50] a) What is the first measurement?


Volume 0101:09, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.


Part 1 of 2Consider the graduated cylinders.

4

3

2

1

a)

50

40

b)

a) What is the first measurement?



Consider the graduated cylinder. fig[1,50]What is the measurement?


Consider the graduated cylinder.

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

40

50

60

70

80

100

90

What is the measurement?

Chapter 1, section 10, Safety in the Laboratory 68

Safety 0101:10, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

When diluting an acid, always pour

1. the water into the acid.

2. the acid into the water.

3. the base into the water.

4. the water into the base.


When inserting glass tubing into a rubberstopper,

A. use a turning motion.

B. apply a lubricant.

C. force the tubing into the stopper.

1. Only A is true.

2. Only B is true.

3. Only C is true.

4. A and B are true.

5. B and C are true.

6. A and C are true.

7. None is true.

8. All three are true.


To protect glassware from an open flame,

1. use a wire or asbestos screen.

2. immerse the glasware in water.

3. hold the glassware over the flame.

4. None of these


Always point a test tube that is beingheated

1. away from you and toward others.

2. toward you and away from others.

3. toward you and others.

4. away from you and others.

5. straight up.


When working with chemicals and burners,always wear

A. safety goggles.

B. a laboratory apron or coat.

C. long sleeves.

1. Only A is true.

2. Only B is true.

3. Only C is true.




7. All are true.

8. None is true.


To test the odor of fumes,


1. inhale the fumes directly from the con-tainer.

2. gently wave the fumes toward your nose.

3. heat the substance before smelling it.

4. take a deep breath and inhale.


When using scalpels or razor blades, cutthe material

1. away from you.

2. on a right angle.

3. toward you.

4. in your hand.


To dispose of all chemicals,

1. follow your teacher’s instructions.

2. throw them in the trash.

3. burn them in a burner.

4. flush them down the sink.


You should know the location of safetyequipment in the laboratory and

1. where it is produced.

2. use or test it once a week.

3. use or test it once a month.

4. how to use it properly.


After cutting glass tubing, always fire pol-ish the ends

1. to remove impurities.

2. for easier insertion into stoppers.

3. to remove sharp edges.

4. and place in cold water.


Consider the following statements:A. Never perform activities that are not

authorized by your teacher.

B. When working with acids and bases,

pour them over your work bench.

C. You may heat liquids in a closed

container.

1. Only A is true.

2. Only B is true.

3. Only C is true.




7. None is true.



Consider the following statements:


A. When you finish an experiment,

leave all of the equipment at your

work station for the next group.

B. Always use a clamp or tongs when

handling hot containers.

C. If you spill any material, quickly

clean it up with a cloth.

1. Only A is true.

2. Only B is true.

3. Only C is true.




7. None is true.



Consider the following statements:A. Rinse any acids off your skin or

clothing with water.

B. Always keep the lids of all chemical

containers open.

C. Glassware may be heated before it

has completely dried.

1. Only A is true.

2. Only B is true.

3. Only C is true.




7. None is true.



Which of the following is a safe lab proce-dure?

1. Carry out experiments you do not under-stand.

2.Work alone in the lab.

3. Wear safety goggles when heating chemi-cals.

4. Remove your safety goggles to check aflame.

5. None of these is safe.

6. All of these are safe.


If acid is splashed on your lab partner, im-mediately do which of the following?

1.Wipe them off with a paper towel.

2. Flush the area with lots of water.

3.Wrap them in the fire blanket.

4. Spray them with the fire extinguisher.


An important rule to follow in class is to

1. follow your teacher’s instructions.

2. be very popular in your lab group.

3. eat lots of healthy snacks during lab.


4. get to lab early so you can start beforeclass.


At the end of an experiment, you should

1. leave the lab equipment out for the nextclass to use.

2. clean your lab equipment and area.

3. wear your goggles out of the room.

4. dispose of all trash in the sinks.


MSDS (Material Safety and Data Sheets)are used to tell

1. a chemical’s shelf life.

2. information on any potentially harmfulchemical in the lab.

3. where the chemical can be found natu-rally.

4. how to use a chemical for home experi-ments.

Chapter 1, section 99, Associated problems in Chapter 01 72


Part 1 of 5How many significant figures are in the fol-

lowing measurements?a) 300 000 000 m/s.

1. 1

2. 2

3. 3

4. 4

5. 5

6. 6

7. None of these

Part 2 of 5b) 25.030C.

1. 5

2. 1

3. 2

4. 3

5. 4

6. 6

7. None of these

Part 3 of 5c) 0.006 070C.

1. 4

2. 1

3. 2

4. 3

5. 5

6. 6

7. None of these

Part 4 of 5d) 1.004 J.

1. 4

2. 1

3. 2

4. 3

5. 5

6. 6

7. None of these

Part 5 of 5e) 1.3 05 20 MHz.

1. 6

2. 1

3. 2

4. 3

5. 4

6. 5

7. None of these


Part 1 of 3The value of the speed of light is now known


to be 2.997 924 58 × 108 m/s. Express thespeed of light

a) with three significant figures.

1. 3× 108 m/s

2. 3.00× 108 m/s

3. 3.0× 108 m/s

4. 2.998× 108 m/s

5. 2.9979× 108 m/s

6. 2.99792× 108 m/s

7. 2.997925× 108 m/s

8. 2.9979246× 108 m/s

9. None of these

Part 2 of 3b) with five significant figures.

1. 3× 108 m/s

2. 3.0× 108 m/s

3. 3.00× 108 m/s

4. 2.9979× 108 m/s

5. 2.998× 108 m/s

6. 2.99792× 108 m/s

7. 2.997925× 108 m/s

8. 2.9979246× 108 m/s

9. None of these

Part 3 of 3c) with seven significant figures.

1. 3× 108 m/s

2. 3.0× 108 m/s

3. 3.00× 108 m/s

4. 2.998× 108 m/s

5. 2.9979× 108 m/s

6. 2.997925× 108 m/s

7. 2.99792× 108 m/s

8. 2.9979246× 108 m/s

9. None of these


Part 1 of 4How many significant figures are in the fol-

lowing measurements?a) 78.9± 0.2 m.

1. 3

2. 1

3. 2

4. 4

5. 5

6. 6

7. None of these

Part 2 of 4b) 3.788× 109 s.

1. 4

2. 1

3. 2

4. 3


5. 5

6. 6

7. None of these

Part 3 of 4c) 2.46× 106 kg.

1. 3

2. 1

3. 2

4. 4

5. 5

6. 6

7. None of these

Part 4 of 4d) 0.0032 mm.

1. 2

2. 1

3. 3

4. 4

5. 5

6. 6

7. None of these


Part 1 of 4Use significant figures to calculate the fol-

lowing:a) Find the sum of the measurements 756 g,

37.2 g, 0.83 g, and 2.5 g.

1.Whole number (797 g)

2. Hundredths (796.53 g)

3. Tenths (796.5 g)

4. Tens (800 g)

5. Three significant figures (797 g)

6. Two significant figures (800 g)

7. One significant figure (800 g)

8. None of these

Part 2 of 4

b) Find the quotient3.2 m

3.563 s.

1. Two significant figures (0.90 m/s)

2. One significant figure (0.9 m/s)

3. Three significant figures (0.898 m/s)

4. Four significant figures (0.8981 m/s)

5. Tenths (0.9 m/s)

6. Hundredths (0.90 m/s)

7. Thousandths (0.898 m/s)

8. None of these

Part 3 of 4c) Find the product of 5.67 mm and π.

1. Three significant figures (17.8 mm)

2. Two significant figures (18 mm)

3. Four significant figures (17.81 mm)

4. Five significant figures (17.813 mm)

5.Whole number (18 mm)


6. Tenths (17.8 mm)

7. Hundredths (17.81 mm)

8. Thousandths (17.813 mm)

9. None of these

Part 4 of 4d) Find the difference of 27.54 s and 3.8 s.

1. Tenths (23.7 s)

1. Tens (20 s)

1.Whole number (24 s)

1. Hundredths (23.74 s)

3. One significant figure (20 s)

3. Two significant figures (24 s)

3. Three significant figures (23.7 s)

3. Four significant figures (23.74 s)

4. None of these


A fisherman catches two sturgeons. Thesmaller of the two has a measured length of93.46 cm (two decimal places and four signif-icant figures), and the larger fish has a mea-sured length of 135.3 cm (one decimal placeand four significant figures).

What rule must be used on the sum to findthe total length of the two fish?

1. Tenths (228.8 cm)

2.Whole number (229 cm)

3. Hundredths (228.76 cm)

4. Hundreds (230 cm)

5. Two significant figures (230 cm)

6. Three significant figures (229 cm)

7. Four significant figures (228.8 cm)

8. Five significant figures (228.76 cm)

9. None of these


A farmer measures the distance around arectangular field. The length of each long sideof the rectangle is found to be 38.44 m, andthe length of each short side is found to be19.5 m.

What is the total distance around the field?

1. Tenths (115.9 m)

2.Whole number (116 m)

3. Hundredths (115.88 m)

4. Hundreds (120 m)

5. Two significant figures (120 m)

6. Three significant figures (116 m)

7. Four significant figures (115.9 m)

8. Five significant figures (115.88 m)

9. None of these

PS303 Notation01:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3Select the best conclusion to the sentence.

We use significant figures ...

1. to indicate uncertainty in a measure-ment.


2. for convenience in writing and reading.

3. because they are more accurate.

4. to indicate the measurement tool used.

5. because we like that they confuse physicalscience students.

6. to speed up the measurement process.

7. because they were mandated in the USConstitution.

8. because they are an international stan-dard.

Part 2 of 3Select the best conclusion to the sentence. Weuse scientific notation ...



3. because it is more accurate.


5. because we like that it confuses physicalscience students.


7. because it was mandated in the US Con-stitution.

8. because it is an international standard.

Part 3 of 3Select the best conclusion to the sentence.We use SI units such as meters, kilograms andseconds ...



3. because they are more accurate.


5. because we like that they confuse physicalscience students.


7. because it was mandated in the US Con-stitution.

8. because they are an international stan-dard.

PS303 Unit I Problem 401:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The following are some measurements of

the gas mileage for a car (in miles per hour):

20.4 mph 21.4 mph 22.4 mph

23.4 mph 24.4 mph 25.4 mph

26.4 mph 27.4 mph 28.4 mph

29.4 mph 30.4 mph 31.4 mph .

What is the average gas mileage?

Part 2 of 3What is the uncertainty in this result?

Part 3 of 3What is the relative uncertainty?

Chapter 2, section 1, Frame of Reference 77

Monroe5E TF 13 1902:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

A) In North America, accreted terranes havebeen identified only in the North Ameri-can Pacific northwest.

B) Many accreted terranes are composedof oceanic crust and originated as seamounts.

C) An important means of continental accre-tion is plutonism.

Which of the preceding statements is/aretrue?

1. Only B and C are true.

2. A, B, and C are true.

3. None is true.

4. Only A is true.

5. Only B is true.

6. Only C is true.

7. Only A and B are true.

8. Only A and C are true.

Motion 0302:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Motion is

1. an increase in the speed of an object.

2. a decrease in the speed of an object.

3. the stopping of an object relative to aframe of reference.

4. a change in position relative to a frame ofreference.


The object or point from which movementis determined is called

1. terminal velocity.

2. motion.

3. momentum.

4. frame of reference.


The most common frame of reference is

1. the Earth.

2. the object you are observing.

3. you.

4. the sky.


Part 1 of 2Runner A is 5 km east of runner B, who is

5 km east of a parking lot.a) Where is runner A with respect to the

parking lot?

1. −5 km from the lot.

2. −10 km from the lot.

3. +5 km from the lot.

4. +10 km from the lot.

Part 2 of 2b) The parking lot is

1. a position between the two runners.

2. the displacement between the two run-ners.

Chapter 2, section 1, Frame of Reference 78

3. a reference point for the two runners.

4. a distance between the two runners.

Relative Velocities02:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3Two cars approach each other. Both cars

are moving westward, one at v1 = 70 km/h,the other at v2 = 60 km/h.

What is the magnitude of the velocity of thefirst car relative to (in the frame of referenceof) the second car?

Part 2 of 3What is the direction of the resultant veloc-ity?


2. eastward

3. westward

Part 3 of 3After they pass, will their relative velocitychange?

1. yes

2. no


Speeding Electron02:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An electron travels 1.63 m in 5.7× 10−8 s.How fast is it traveling?

Upstream vs Downstream02:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You head downstream on a river in a canoe.You can paddle at 5 km/h and the river isflowing at 2 km/h.

How far downstream will you be in 30 min?

Chapter 2, section 2, Straight-line Motion 79

Average Speed 0102:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A person takes a trip, driving with a con-stant speed 89.5 km/h except for a 22 minrest stop.

If the person’s average speed is 77.8 km/h,how far is the trip?

Average Velocity 0102:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2After 12.5 s, a jogger’s displacement is

400 m. What is the average velocity ina) m/s?

Part 2 of 2b) in km/h?

Blown Off Course02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A ship is expecting to travel to its home

port 500 km due East. Before the ship startsto travel, a severe storm comes up and blowsthe ship 400 km due South.

How far is the ship from its home port?

Part 2 of 2Consider: East to be 0 and North 90.

At what angle North of East must the shiptravel to reach its destination?

Building a Lead02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Two cars travel in the same direction along

a straight highway, one at 55 mi/h and theother at 70 mi/h.

Assuming they start at the same point, howmuch sooner does the faster car arrive at adestination 10 miles away?

Part 2 of 2How far must the faster car travel before it

has a 15 min lead on the slower car?

Cars Leaving School02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4Both car A and car B leave school at the

same time, traveling in the same direction.Car A travels at a constant speed of 75 km/h,while car B travels at a constant speed of85 km/h.

How far is Car A from school 2 h later?

Part 2 of 4How far is car B from school 2 h later?

Part 3 of 4How long does it take car A to reach a gasstation a distance 100 km from the school?

Part 4 of 4How long does it take car B to reach the gasstation?

Coasting Down a Hill02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The position of a car coasting down a hill

was observed at various times and the resultsare summarized in the table below.

time distance

0 s 0 m1 s 3 m2 s 10.5 m3 s 23 m4 s 40.5 m5 s 63 m

a) Find the average velocity of the car dur-ing the first second.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the average velocity of the car duringthe last three seconds.

Part 3 of 3


c) Find the average velocity of the car duringthe entire period of observation.

Constant Velocity 0102:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

At 1:00 p.m., a car, traveling at a constantvelocity of 94 km/h toward the west, is 20 kmto the west of our school.

Where will it be at 3:30 p.m.?

Cyclist02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A cyclist maintains a constant velocity of

5 m/s headed away from point A. At someinitial time, the cyclist is 250 m from point A.

What will be his displacement from hisstarting position after 60 s?

Part 2 of 2What will be his position from point A afterthat time?

Darting Child02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Ann is driving down a street at 55 km/h.Suddenly a child runs into the street.

If it takes Ann 0.75 s to react and apply thebrakes, how far will she have moved beforeshe begins to slow down?

Directions02:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

When giving directions to your house, youtell someone to drive two miles east, thenthree miles north, then one mile west.

What are the components of a vector thatpoints from his house to yours?

1. The west component of the vector is threemiles; the north component is 3 miles.

2. The west component of the vector is 1mile; the north component is 3 miles.

3. The east component of the vector is 1mile; the south component is 3 miles.

4. The west component of the vector is 1mile; the south component is 3 miles.

5. The east component of the vector is threemiles; the south component is 3 miles.

6. The east component of the vector is 1mile; the north component is 3 miles.

7. None of these.

Displacement 0102:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Tammy leaves the office, drives 26 km due

north, then turns onto a second highway andcontinues in a direction of 30 north of eastfor 62 km.

What is her total displacement from theoffice?

Part 2 of 2At what angle is her displacement? (Considereast to be 0 and north 90.)

Displacement 0202:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2John is running at 5 m/s along the x axis.

He runs for 4 s. How far does John run?

Part 2 of 2What is the relationship should be used tosolve the previous problem?

1. x =v

t

2. x = v × t

3. x = v + t

4. x = v − t

5. None of these.


Displacement and Distance02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2A physics book is moved once around the

perimeter of a table of dimensions 1 m by 3m.

If the book ends up at its initial position,what is its displacement?

1. 0 m

2. 1 m

3. 2 m

4. 3 m

5. 4 m

6. 5 m

7. 6 m

8. 7 m

9. 8 m

10. None of these

Part 2 of 2What is the distance traveled?

1. 0 m

2. 1 m

3. 2 m

4. 3 m

5. 4 m

6. 5 m

7. 6 m

8. 7 m

9. 8 m

10. None of these

Displacement and Velocity02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A particle moving along the x axis is located

at 12 m at 1 s and at 4 m at 3 s.a) Find its displacement during this time

interval.

Part 2 of 3b) What is its average velocity during thistime interval?

Part 3 of 3c) Calculate the particle’s average speed dur-ing this time interval.

Distance02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

How far will an object move in 2 s if itsaverage speed during that time is 52 m/s?

Distance Time Graph 0102:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 6Consider the following graph of motion.

0 1 2 3 4 50

10

20

30

40

50

Time (sec)

Dis

tanc

e (m

)

a) How far did the object travel between 2 sand 4 s?

1. 10 m

2. 20 m

3. 30 m


4. 40 m

5. 50 m

Part 2 of 6b) The graph indicates

1. constant position.

2. constant velocity.

3. increasing velocity.

4. decreasing velocity.

5. no motion.

Part 3 of 6c) What is the speed from 2 s to 4 s?

1. 10 m/s

2. 20 m/s

3. 5 m/s

4. 15 m/s

5. 0 m/s


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Time (sec)

Dis

tanc

e (m

)

d) How far did the object travel between 3 sand 9 s?

1. 50 m

2. 100 m

3. 150 m

4. 200 m

5. 250 m

6. 300 m

7. 350 m

8. 400 m

9. 450 m

10. 500 m

Part 5 of 6e) The graph indicates



3. increasing velocity.

4. decreasing velocity.

5. no motion.

Part 6 of 6f) What is the average speed from 3 s to 9 s?

1. 20 m

2. 25 m

3. 30 m

4. 36 m

5. 40 m

6. 47 m

7. 50 m

8. 58 m

9. 60 m


Distance Time Graph 0202:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.


0 1 2 3 40

10

20

30

Time (hr)

Dis

tanc

e (k

m)

a) What distance was covered in the first 3hours?

1. 5 km

2. 10 km

3. 15 km

4. 20 km

5. 25 km

6. 30 km

Part 2 of 3b) The graph indicates



3. changing velocity.

4. no acceleration.

5. no motion.


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Time (sec)

Dis

tanc

e (m

)

c) The distance is

1. constant.

2. increasing.

3. decreasing.

Distance vs Time02:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The slope at any point of a distance-timegraph represents

1. displacement.

2. average acceleration.

3. instantaneous acceleration.

4. instantaneous velocity.

5. average force.

Elevator Speed02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The elevators in the John Hancock building

in Chicago move 900 ft in 30 s.a) What is their speed?

Part 2 of 2b) What is this speed in miles per hour?

Glacier Movement 0102:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2


A glacier advances at 4.8× 10−6 cm/s.How far will it move in 63000 s?

Part 2 of 2How far in 7 years?

Glacier Movement 0202:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A glacier advances at 4.8× 10−6 cm/s.How far will it move in 7 years?

Graphical Analysis 0102:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.


0 10 20 30 40 500

20

40

60

80

100

Time (sec)

Dis

tanc

e (m

)

Swimmer

1

Swimmer 2

a) How many meters can Swimmer 1 cover in30 seconds?

1. 10 m

2. 20 m

3. 30 m

4. 40 m

5. 50 m

6. 60 m

7. 70 m

8. 80 m

9. 90 m

10. 100 m

Part 2 of 7b) How far can Swimmer 2 cover in 30 sec-onds?

1. 10 m

2. 20 m

3. 30 m

4. 40 m

5. 50 m

6. 60 m

7. 70 m

8. 80 m

9. 90 m

10. 100 m

Part 3 of 7c) Predict the distance Swimmer 1 can go in60 seconds.

1. 40 m

2. 50 m

3. 60 m

4. 70 m

5. 80 m

6. 90 m

7. 100 m

8. 110 m

9. 120 m

10. 130 m

Part 4 of 7


d) Predict the distance Swimmer 2 can go in60 seconds.

1. 40 m

2. 50 m

3. 60 m

4. 70 m

5. 80 m

6. 90 m

7. 100 m

8. 110 m

9. 120 m

10. 130 m

Part 5 of 7e) Which swimmer has the greatest speed?

1. Swimmer 1

2. Swimmer 2

3. The speeds are the same.


Part 6 of 7f) The speed of Swimmer 1 is

1. 1 m/s.

2. 2 m/s.

3. 3 m/s.

4. 4 m/s.

5. 5 m/s.

6. 6 m/s.

7. 7 m/s.

8. 8 m/s.

9. None of these

Part 7 of 7g) The speed of Swimmer 2 is

1. 1 m/s.

2. 2 m/s.

3. 3 m/s.

4. 4 m/s.

5. 5 m/s.

6. 6 m/s.

7. 7 m/s.

8. 8 m/s.

9. None of these

Graphical Analysis 0202:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.


0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.60

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

Time (hr)

Dis

tanc

e (k

m)

C

Car A

Car

B

Car A an

d Car

B

a) How long does it take for the cars to be atthe same position?

1. 10 m


2. 20 m

3. 30 m

4. 40 m

5. 50 m

6. 60 m

7. 70 m

8. 80 m

9. 90 m

10. 100 m

Part 2 of 7b) How far can Swimmer 2 cover in 30 sec?

1. 10 m

2. 20 m

3. 30 m

4. 40 m

5. 50 m

6. 60 m

7. 70 m

8. 80 m

9. 90 m

10. 100 m

Part 3 of 7c) Predict the distance Swimmer 1 can go in60 sec.

1. 40 m

2. 50 m

3. 60 m

4. 70 m

5. 80 m

6. 90 m

7. 100 m

8. 110 m

9. 120 m

10. 130 m

Part 4 of 7d) Predict the distance Swimmer 2 can go in60 sec.

1. 40 m

2. 50 m

3. 60 m

4. 70 m

5. 80 m

6. 90 m

7. 100 m

8. 110 m

9. 120 m

10. 130 m


1. Swimmer 1

2. Swimmer 2





1. 1 m/sec.

2. 2 m/sec.

3. 3 m/sec.

4. 4 m/sec.

5. 5 m/sec.

6. 6 m/sec.

7. 7 m/sec.

8. 8 m/sec.

9. None of these


1. 1 m/sec.

2. 2 m/sec.

3. 3 m/sec.

4. 4 m/sec.

5. 5 m/sec.

6. 6 m/sec.

7. 7 m/sec.

8. 8 m/sec.

9. None of these

Graphical Analysis 0302:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 7

Consider the following graph of motion.

0

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

100

123

20 30

12

3

40 50 60

12

3

figure 2 figure 3

40 50 60

12

3

a) How many meters can Swimmer 1 cover in30 sec?

1. 10 m

2. 20 m

3. 30 m

4. 40 m

5. 50 m

6. 60 m

7. 70 m

8. 80 m

9. 90 m

10. 100 m


1. 10 m

2. 20 m

3. 30 m

4. 40 m


5. 50 m

6. 60 m

7. 70 m

8. 80 m

9. 90 m

10. 100 m


1. 40 m

2. 50 m

3. 60 m

4. 70 m

5. 80 m

6. 90 m

7. 100 m

8. 110 m

9. 120 m

10. 130 m


1. 40 m

2. 50 m

3. 60 m

4. 70 m

5. 80 m

6. 90 m

7. 100 m

8. 110 m

9. 120 m

10. 130 m


1. Swimmer 1

2. Swimmer 2




1. 1 m/sec.

2. 2 m/sec.

3. 3 m/sec.

4. 4 m/sec.

5. 5 m/sec.

6. 6 m/sec.

7. 7 m/sec.

8. 8 m/sec.

9. None of these


1. 1 m/sec.

2. 2 m/sec.


3. 3 m/sec.

4. 4 m/sec.

5. 5 m/sec.

6. 6 m/sec.

7. 7 m/sec.

8. 8 m/sec.

9. None of these


A ball is rolling across the top of a billiardtable and slowly rolls to a stop.

How would Aristotle interpret this observa-tion? How would Galileo interpret it?

1. They both would say that the ball comesto rest because the ball seeks its natural stateof rest.

2. They both would say that it comes torest because of some forces acting on it–likelyfriction between the ball and table surface andwith the air.

3. Aristotle would say that the ball comes torest because the ball seeks its natural state ofrest. Galileo would likely have said it comes torest because of some forces acting on it–likelyfriction between the ball and table surface andwith the air.

4. Galileo would say that the ball comes torest because the ball seeks its natural stateof rest. Aristotle would likely have said itcomes to rest because of some forces acting onit–likely friction between the ball and tablesurface and with the air.

5. All are wrong.

Hewitt CP9 02 E03

02:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

What Aristotelian idea did Galileo discreditin his fabled Leaning Tower demonstration?

1. He discredited Aristotle’s idea that therate at which bodies fall is directly propor-tional to their weight.

2. He discredited Aristotle’s idea that therate at which bodies fall is not related to theirweight.

3. He discredited Aristotle’s idea that therate at which bodies fall is inversely propor-tional to their weight.

4. He discredited Aristotle’s idea of gravita-tion.

5. All are wrong.


A space probe may be carried by a rocketinto outer space. What keeps the probe mov-ing?

1. The air keeps the probe moving.

2. The gravitation force keeps the probemoving.

3. Nothing keeps the probe moving. In theabsence of a propelling force it would continuemoving in a straight line.

4. Nothing keeps the probe moving. Theprobe will stop and drop to the earth.

5. All are wrong.


Your friend says that inertia is a force thatkeeps things in their places, either at rest ormotion.


Do you agree? Why or why no?

1. Agree. Only force can keep things in theirplaces.

2. Disagree. Inertia is a force that keepsthings moving.

3. Agree. Inertia is not a force that keepsthings moving.

4. Disagree. Inertia is a property of matterto behave this way, not some kind of force.

5. All are wrong.

Jet in Flight02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A jet travels at 400 m/s.How long does it take to travel 200 m?

Part 2 of 3How long to travel 5 km?

Part 3 of 3How long to travel 5 in.?

Jogging 0102:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A boy runs 3 blocks north, 4 blocks north-

east, and 5 blocks west.Determine the length of the displacement

vector that goes from the starting point to hisfinal position.

Part 2 of 2Determine the direction of the displacementvector. (Use counterclockwise as the positiveangular direction, between the limits of−180and +180 from east)

Jogging 0202:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2

A jogger runs in a straight line with anaverage velocity of 5 m/s for 4 min, and thenwith an average velocity of 4 m/s for 3 min.

What is her total displacement?

Part 2 of 2What is her average velocity during thistime?

Light From the Sun 0102:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Light from the sun reaches Earth in 8.3 min.The velocity of light is 3× 108 m/s.

How far is the Earth from the sun?

Light Speed02:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The time it takes for light, traveling at aspeed of 3.0× 108 m/s, to cover 300 m is:

1. 10−6 s

2. 1011 s

3. 106 s

4. 10−11 s

5. None of the above

Mile Markers 0102:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2While John is traveling along an interstate

highway, he notices a(n) 160 mi marker as hepasses through town. Later John passes a(n)115 mi marker.

a) What is the distance between town andJohn’s current location?

Part 2 of 2b) What is John’s current position?

Mile Markers 0202:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.


Part 1 of 2While John is traveling along a straight

interstate highway, he notices that the milemarker reads 260 km. John travels until hereaches the 150 km marker and then retraceshis path to the 175 km marker.

What is John’s resultant displacement fromthe 260 km marker?

Part 2 of 2How far has he traveled?


Which of the following are important inmeasuring motion?

1. distance, time, speed

2. velocity, acceleration, density

3. distance, volume, speed

4. acceleration, momentum, speed


The distance traveled by an object per unittime is called

1. velocity.

2. speed.

3. momentum.

4. acceleration.


Find the speed of an object that covers400 km in 5 hr.

1. 40 km/hr

2. 80 km/hr

3. 2000 km/hr

4. 800 km/hr


Velocity is

1. the same as speed.

2. the same as acceleration.

3. speed in a specific direction.

4. the same as momentum.


Part 1 of 2Consider a position-time graph.a) The position is to be graphed

1. along the vertical axis.

2. along the horizontal axis.

3. along either axis you choose.

Part 2 of 2b) The slope of the graph is

1. the velocity.

2. the speed.

3. the displacement.

4. the acceleration.


When an object is moving, average velocityis

1. total distance divided by total time.


2. changes in comparison to a referencepoint.

3. distance covered by a moving object perunit of time.

4. the average of all the velocities.

Motion 5002:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Chris Gilbert, 1966-68, was the first personin college football history, and the only UTplayer, to rush for more than 1000 yards ineach of three consecutive seasons. In 1967vs. TCU, he had Texas’ longest run fromscrimmage, 96 yards.

At an average speed of 4.9 s for 40.0 yards,how long did this run take?

1. 12 s

2. 8.5 s

3. 11.76 s

4. 12.63 s


How many feet will a snail travel in 4.80hours if it moves at an average speed of 1.26inches per minute?

1. 30.2 ft

2. 6.3 ft

3. .0331 ft

4. 24. ft


The 440 yard dash in track has been re-placed by the 400 meter dash.

Which is the longer distance and by howmany meters? 1 meter = 39.37 inches

1. 400 meters; 2.34 meters longer

2. 440 yards; 2.34 meters longer

3. 400 meters; 40.3 meters longer

4. 440 yards; 40.3 meters longer


What is the velocity of 55 miles/hour ex-pressed in meter/sec?

1. 25 m/s

2. 2.5× 103 m/s

3. 1.5× 103 m/s

4. 8.9× 104 m/s

5. 2.1 m/s


A sprinter completes the 100. yard dash in9.30 seconds.

How long would it take her to complete 100.meters if she continued at the same speed?

1. 10.2 sec

2. 10.9 sec

3. 9.30 sec

4. 10.7 sec

Motion 5502:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A jogger runs 105 yd in 10.00 seconds.What would be his time for a 450 m run at

the same rate?


Motion 5602:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The distance between bases on a baseballdiamond (a perfect square) is 90. feet andthe pitchers mound is one-half the distancebetween home and second base.

If Burt Hooton (All SWC, RHP, 1969-1971,ERA 1.14, 35 career wins, an average 11.94strikeouts per 9 innings) throws a slider at87.5 mi/hr, how many seconds will it take forthe ball to reach the plate?

Motion 5702:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

A molecule of N2 in air travels at about1000 ft/sec.

If the supersonic transport Concorde trav-els at 1500 miles/hour, how fast does it travelin ft/sec? (1 mile = 5280 ft)

Newspaper Route02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A girl delivering newspapers covers her

route by traveling 3 blks west, 4 blks north,then 6 blks east.

a) What was her resultant displacement?

Part 2 of 2b)What was the total distance she traveled?

Position vs Time 0102:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An object was suspended in a fixed place(y = 0) and then allowed to drop in a free fall.

Which of the following graphs correctly rep-resents its motion as the magnitude of thevertical displacement vs time?

1.

|y|

t

2.|y|

t

3.|y|

t

4.|y|

t

5.|y|

t

Position vs Time 0202:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The

scale on the horizontal axis is 2 s per divi-sion and on the vertical axis 3 m per division.

time (s)

posi

tion

(m)

What is the time represented by the third ticmark on the horizontal axis?


Part 2 of 3What is the position represented by the fourthtic mark on the vertical axis?

Part 3 of 3What is the position when t = 6 s?


Part 1 of 3The


time (s)

posi

tion

(m)

What is the time represented by the secondtic mark on the horizontal axis?

Part 2 of 3What is the position represented by the thirdtic mark on the vertical axis?

Part 3 of 3What is the position when t = 4 s?


Part 1 of 4The


time (s)

posi

tion

(m)

What is the time represented by the fourthtic mark on the horizontal axis?

Part 2 of 4What is the position represented by the thirdtic mark on the vertical axis?

Part 3 of 4What velocity is represented by the graph?

Part 4 of 4In which direction is the motion?

1. forward

2. backward



Part 1 of 2The


time (s)

posi

tion

(m)

What is the position when t = 6 s?

Part 2 of 2What is the velocity when t = 6 s?

Snail Race02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 7Consider the following lineup of a race:

fig[1,120] fig[2,120] fig[3,120] a) How manymeters can Swimmer 1 cover in 30 sec?

1. 10 m

2. 20 m

3. 30 m


4. 40 m

5. 50 m

6. 60 m

7. 70 m

8. 80 m

9. 90 m

10. 100 m


1. 10 m

2. 20 m

3. 30 m

4. 40 m

5. 50 m

6. 60 m

7. 70 m

8. 80 m

9. 90 m

10. 100 m


1. 40 m

2. 50 m

3. 60 m

4. 70 m

5. 80 m

6. 90 m

7. 100 m

8. 110 m

9. 120 m

10. 130 m


1. 40 m

2. 50 m

3. 60 m

4. 70 m

5. 80 m

6. 90 m

7. 100 m

8. 110 m

9. 120 m

10. 130 m


1. Swimmer 1

2. Swimmer 2



Part 6 of 7


f) The speed of Swimmer 1 is

1. 1 m/sec.

2. 2 m/sec.

3. 3 m/sec.

4. 4 m/sec.

5. 5 m/sec.

6. 6 m/sec.

7. 7 m/sec.

8. 8 m/sec.

9. None of these


1. 1 m/sec.

2. 2 m/sec.

3. 3 m/sec.

4. 4 m/sec.

5. 5 m/sec.

6. 6 m/sec.

7. 7 m/sec.

8. 8 m/sec.

9. None of these

Tortoise and Hare02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A speedy tortoise can run at 10 cm/s, and a

hare can run 20 times as fast. In a race, theystart at the same time, but the hare stops torest for 2 min and so the tortoise wins by a

shell (20 cm).How long does the race take?

Part 2 of 2What is the length of the race?

Traveling Electron02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An electron travels 1.63 m in 4.23× 10−8 s.How fast does it travel?

Tugboat Foghorn02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A sound wave, traveling at 340 m/s, isemmitted by the foghorn of a tugboat. Anecho is heard 2.6 s later.

How far away is the reflecting object?

Waiting at the End02:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You and a friend each drive 50 km to thesame destination. You travel at 90 km/h andyour friend at 95 km/h.

How long will your friend wait for you atthe end of the trip?

Chapter 2, section 3, Speed and Velocity 97

Hewitt CP9 03 E0102:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

What is the impact speed when a car mov-ing at 100 km/h bumps into the rear of an-other car traveling in the same direction at98 km/h?


You are stopped for speeding.Which of the following is your traffic fine

based on?

1. Average speed

2. Instantaneous speed

3. Linear speed

4. Circle speed

5. None of these


Which of the following is wrong?

1. The dragster rounded the curve at a con-stant velocity of 100 km/h.

2. The dragster rounded the curve at achanging velocity of 100 km/h.

3. The dragster rounded the curve at achanging speed of 100 km/h.

4.The dragster ran along a line at a constantvelocity of 100 km/h.

5. All are wrong.

Hewitt CP9 03 P0102:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

The ocean’s level is currently rising atabout 1 mm per year.

At this rate, in how many years will sealevel be 3 m higher than now?

Hewitt CP9 03 P0702:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

A reconnaissance plane flies 600 km awayfrom its base at 400 m/s, then flies back to itsbase at 600 m/s.

What is its average speed?


Heather and Matthew walk eastward witha speed of 0.98 m/s east.

If it takes them 34 min to walk to the store,how far have they walked?


If Joe rides south on his bicycle in a straightline for 15 min with an average speed of 12.5km/h, how far has he ridden?


Part 1 of 2It takes you 9.5 min to walk with an average

velocity of 1.2 m/s to the north from the busstop to the museum entrance.

a) How far did you walk?

Part 2 of 2b) What is your direction?

1. North

1. East


1. South

1.West

Holt SF 02A 04 0502:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2Simpson drives his car with an average ve-

locity of 48.0 km/h to the east.a) How long will it take him to drive 144

km on a straight highway?

Part 2 of 2b) How much time would Simpson save byincreasing his average velocity to 56.0 km/hto the east?


Part 1 of 2A bus travels 280 km south along a straight

path with an average velocity of 88 km/h tothe south. The bus stops for 24 min, then ittravels 210 km south with an average velocityof 75 km/h to the south.

a) How long does the total trip last?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the average velocity for the totaltrip?


A bus travels from El Paso, Texas, to anarea near Chihuahua, Mexico, in 5.2 h withan average velocity of 73 km/h to the south.

What is the bus’s displacement?


A school bus takes 0.530 h to reach the

school from your house.If the average velocity of the bus is 19.0

km/h to the east, what is the displacement?


Part 1 of 2Consider the position-time graph for a

squirrel running along a clothesline.

1 2 3 4 50

1

2

3

4

−1−2

time (s)position(m

)

a) What is the squirrel’s displacement atthe time t = 4.0 s?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the squirrel’s average velocity dur-ing the time interval between 0.0 s and 4.0s?

Holt SF 02Rev 10A02:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2Consider the position-time graph for a

squirrel running along a clothesline.


1 2 3 4 50

1

2

3

4

−1−2

time (s)

position(m

)

a) What is the squirrel’s displacement atthe time t = 3.5 s?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the squirrel’s average velocity dur-ing the time interval between 0.0 s and 3.5s?


The Olympic record for the marathon is 2h, 9 min, 21 s.

If the average speed of a runner achievingthis record is 5.436 m/s, what is the marathondistance?


Part 1 of 4Two cars are traveling on a desert road

between three consecutive poles, as shown inthe figure. After 5.0 s, they are side by sideat the next telephone pole. The distancebetween the poles is 70.0 m.

CarA

CarB

CarA

CarB

Note: Figure is not drawn to scale.a) Find the displacement of Car A after 5.0

s.

Part 2 of 4b) Find the displacement of Car B after 5.0 s.

Part 3 of 4c) Find the average velocity of Car A during5.0 s.

Part 4 of 4d) Find the average velocity of Car B during5.0 s.


Part 1 of 2Sally travels by car from one city to an-

other. She drives for 30.0 min at 80.0 km/h,12.0 min at 105 km/h, and 45.0 min at 40.0km/h, and she spends 15.0 min eating lunchand buying gas.

a) Find the total distance traveled.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the average speed for the trip.


Part 1 of 6The figure shows the position of a runner at

different times during a run.


0 10 20 30 400

1

2

3

4

5

time (min)

position(×

1000

m)

Note: Figure is drawn to scale.

a) For the time interval between t = 0 minand t = 10 min, what is the runner’s displace-ment?

Part 2 of 6b) For the same time interval, find the run-ner’s average velocity.

Part 3 of 6c) For the time interval between t = 10 minand t = 20 min, what is the runner’s displace-ment?

Part 4 of 6d) For the same time interval, find the run-ner’s average velocity.

Part 5 of 6e) What is the runner’s total displacement?

Part 6 of 6f) Find the average velocity for the entirerun.


Runner A is initially 6.0 km west of a flag-pole and is running with a constant velocityof 9.0 km/h due east. Runner B is initially 5.0km east of the flagpole and is running with a

constant velocity of 8.0 km/h due west.How far are the runners from the flagpole

when their paths cross?


Part 1 of 2Two cars travel westward along a straight

highway, one at a constant velocity of85 km/h, and the other at a constant velocityof 115 km/h.

a) Assuming that both cars start at thesame point, how much sooner does the fastercar arrive at a destination 16 km away?

Part 2 of 2b) How far must the cars travel for the fastercar to arrive 15 min before the slower car?


One swimmer in a relay race has a 0.50 slead and is swimming at a constant speed of4.00 m/s. The swimmer has 50.0 m to swimbefore reaching the end of the pool. A secondswimmer moves in the same direction as theleader.

What constant speed must the secondswimmer have in order to catch up to theleader at the end of the pool?


How long does it take an automobile trav-eling 60.0 km/h to become even with a carthat is traveling in another lane at 40.0 km/hif the cars’ front bumpers are initially 125 mapart?

Mountain Hike02:03, basic, numeric, < 1 min, normal.

You are on a hike in the mountains. You


have 3.5 km left to go before your next camp-site. The sun will set in 2.5 h. What averavespeed must you walk to get to camp at sunset?Answer in km/hr.

Relative Speeds 0202:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

Part 1 of 5You are sitting in a bus that is traveling

along a straight, level road at 60 m/s.a) How fast are you traveling relative to the

road?

1. 60 m/s

2. 120 m/s

3. 180 m/s

4. 240 m/s

5. 30 m/s

6. 15 m/s

7. 0 m/s

8. None of these

Part 2 of 5a) If you hold an apple over your head, howfast is it moving relative to the road?

1. 60 m/s

2. 120 m/s

3. 180 m/s

4. 240 m/s

5. 30 m/s

6. 15 m/s

7. 0 m/s

8. None of these

Part 3 of 5How fast is the apple traveling relative to you?

1. 60 m/s

2. 120 m/s

3. 180 m/s

4. 240 m/s

5. 30 m/s

6. 15 m/s

7. 0 m/s

8. None of these

Part 4 of 5If you drop the apple, what kind of motionwill you see?

1. Vertical motion straight down.

2.Curved motion downward with initial ver-tical velocity.

3. Projectile motion with initial horizontalvelocity.

4. Horizontal motion straight forward.

5. Linear motion at an angle downward.

6. Not enough information to draw a con-clusion.

Part 5 of 5When you drop the apple, what kind of mo-tion will a pedestrian outside the bus see?

1. Horizontal motion straight forward.

2.Curved motion downward with initial ver-tical velocity.


3. Vertical motion straight down.

4. Curved motion downward with initialhorizontal velocity.

5. Linear motion at an angle downward.

6. Not enough information to draw a con-clusion.

Up Escalator02:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An escalator is 20 m long. If a person stands

on the “up” escalator, it takes 50 s to ride tothe top.

If a person walks up the moving escalatorwith a speed of 0.5 m/s relative to the es-calator, how long does it take to get to thetop?

Part 2 of 2If a person walks down the “up” escalatorwith the same relative speed as in Part 1, howlong does it take to reach the bottom?

Velocity Direction02:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Consider the instantaneous velocity of abody. This velocity is always in the directionof

1. the motion at that instant.

2. the net force at that instant.

3. the least resistance at that instant.

Water Spider02:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A skater (water spider) maintains an av-

erage position on the surface of a stream bydarting upstream (against the current), thendrifting downstream (with the current) to itsoriginal position. The current in the stream

is 0.5 m/s relative to the shore, and the skaterdarts upstream 0.56 m (relative to a spot onshore) in 0.8 s during the first part of its mo-tion. Take upstream as the positive direction.

Determine the velocity of the skater relativeto the water during its dash upstream.

Part 2 of 3How far upstream relative to the water doesthe skater move during one cycle of this mo-tion?

Part 3 of 3What is the average velocity of the skaterrelative to the water?

Chapter 2, section 4, Acceleration 103

Acceleration 0102:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An object that speeds up, slows down, orchanges direction is undergoing

1. acceleration.

2. deceleration.

3. momentum.

4. potential energy.

Acceleration 0202:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A car travels in a straight line for 2.5 h at aconstant speed of 51 km/h.

What is its acceleration?

Acceleration at the Top02:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A stone is thrown straight up-ward and at the top of its trajec-tory its velocity is momentarily zero.

What is its acceleration at this point?

1. Zero

2. 9.8 m/s2 down

3. 9.8 m/s2 up

4. Unable to determine

Ant Race02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two ants race across a table 50 cm long.One travels at 4 cm/s and the other at 2 cm/s.

When the first one crosses the finish line,how far behind is the second one?

Average Speed 0202:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A person travels by car from one city to

another. She drives for 30 min at 80 km/h,12 min, at 100 km/h, and 45 min at 40 km/h,while spending 15 min eating lunch and buy-ing gas.

Determine the average speed for the trip.

Part 2 of 2Determine the distance between the citiesalong this route.


Part 1 of 2You drive a car 2 h at 40 km/h, then 2 h at

60 km/h.What is your average velocity?

Part 2 of 2What is your average velocity if you drive adistance of 100 km at a speed of 40 km/h, thenthe same distance at a speed of 60 km/h?


A car travels along a straight stretch ofroad. It proceeds for 14.5 mi at 55 mi/h, then22.5 mi at 45 mi/h, and finally 30.5 mi at35 mi/h.

What is the car’s average velocity duringthe entire trip?

Baseball Acceleration02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.


A baseball goes from zero to 30 m/s in0.11 s.

What is its average acceleration?

Body Acceleration02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The initial speed of a body is 5.2 m/s.What is its speed after 2.5 s if it accelerates

uniformly at 3 m/s2?

Part 2 of 2What is its speed after 2.5 s if it acceleratesuniformly at −3 m/s2?

Car Acceleration 0102:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A car accelerates from rest at 2 m/s2.How much time does it need to attain a

speed of 6 m/s?


A vehicle moves in a straight line with anacceleration of 2 km/h2 .

By how much does the speed change eachsecond?


A car increases its velocity from zero to60 km/h in 8 s.

What is its acceleration?

Crossbow Experiment02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3In deep space (no gravity), the bolt (arrow)

of a crossbow accelerates at 215 m/s2 andattains a speed of 125 m/s when it leaves thebow.

For how long is it accelerated?

Part 2 of 3

What speed will the bolt have attained 2 safter leaving the crossbow?

Part 3 of 3How far will the bolt have traveled during the2 s?

Displacement Curve02:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 4Consider a moving object whose po-

sition x is plotted as a function ofthe time t on the following figure:

x

1I 2 3

1

2

3

tOII III

Clearly, the object moved in different waysduring the time intervals denoted I, II and IIIon the figure.

During these three intervals, when was theobject’s speed highest? Caution: Do notconfuse the speed with the velocity.

1. During interval I.

2. During interval II.

3. During interval III.

4. During intervals II and III (same speedduring those two intervals).

5. Same speed during each of the three in-tervals.

Part 2 of 4During which interval(s) did the object haveno change in displacement?

1. During interval I only.

2. During interval II only.


3. During interval III only.

4. During each of the three intervals.

5. During none of the three intervals.

6. During intervals II and III.

Part 3 of 4During which interval(s) did the object’s ve-locity remain constant?






Part 4 of 4During which interval(s) does the object havenon-zero, positive acceleration?






Electron Acceleration02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An electron has an initial speed of

128000 m/s.If it undergoes an acceleration of 1.8 ×

1014 m/s2, how long will it take to reach aspeed of 516000 m/s?

Part 2 of 2How far has it traveled in this time?

Falling Side By Side02:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Two bodies are falling with negligible airresistance, side by side, above a horizontalplane.

If one of the bodies is given an additionalhorizontal acceleration during its descent, it

1. strikes the plane at the same time as theother body

2. has the vertical component of its velocityaltered

3. has the vertical component of its acceler-ation altered

4. follows a hyperbolic path

5. follows a straight line path along the re-sultant acceleration vector

Final Velocity02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A car traveling initially at 7 m/s acceleratesat the rate of 0.8 m/s2 for 2 s.

What is its velocity at the end of the accel-eration?

Graphical Analysis 0402:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Identify which of the following graphs rep-resent motion at constant speed (note the axescarefully).

a)x

t

b)v

t

c)


a

t

d)v

t

e)a

t

1. (a) and (d)

2. (a), (b), and (c)

3. (a) and (c)

4. (a), (b), and (d)

5. (d) only

6. (a), (b), and (e)

7. (a) only

8. (c) only

9. (e) only

10. None of these


Was it Galileo or Newton who first came upwith the concept of inertia?

1. Newton

2. Galileo came up with the concept of iner-tia before Newton was born.

3. Galileo came up with the concept of iner-tia after Newton was born.

4. They came up with the concept of inertia

about the same time.

5. All are wrong.


Light travels in a straight line at a constantspeed of 300,000 m/s.

What is the acceleration of light?

1. 300,000m

s2

2. 300,0m

s2

3. 30m

s2

4. 0m

s2

5. All are wrong.


Can an object reverse its direction of travelwhile maintaining a constant acceleration?

1. Yes. A ball tossed upward reverses itsdirection of travel at its highest point while itsacceleration g, directed downward, remainsconstant.

2.No. The direction of the speed is the sameas the direction of the acceleration.

3. Yes. A ball bounces back from a wall.

4. No. If the acceleration is constant, thedirection of the speed will be unchanged.

5. All are wrong.


Starting from rest, Car 1 accelerates to aspeed of 50 km/h, Car 2 accelerates to a speedof 60 km/h, Car 3 accelerates to a speed of 70km/h, and Car 4 is still.


Can you say which car underwent thegreater acceleration?

1. Car 1

2. Car 2

3. Car 3

4. Car 4

5. You can’t tell which one is the great-est.


Which one of the following is not an ex-ample wherein the acceleration of a body isopposite in direction to its velocity?

1. A ball rising.

2. A car braking to a stop.

3. A ball falling.

4. A tennis ball being hit by a racket.

5. A piece of paper rising thrown to thesky.


Suppose that three balls are rolled simulta-neously from the top of a hill along the slopesas shown below.

1 2 3

Which one reaches the bottom first?

1. 1

2. 2

3. 3

4. The balls reach the bottom at the sametime.

5. 1 and 2

6. 2 and 3

7. 1 and 3


Which is greater, an acceleration from25 km/h to 30 km/h or one from 96 km/hto 100 km/h if both occur during the sametime.

1. First situation.

2. Second situation.

3. Same acceleration for both.

4. Unable to tell.


Suppose that a freely falling object weresomehow equipped with a odometer. Wouldthe readings of distance fallen each secondindicate equal or different falling distances forsuccessive seconds?

1. Distance reading would indicate greaterdistances fallen in successive seconds.

2. Distance reading would indicate smallerdistances fallen in successive seconds.

3. Distance reading would indicate equaldistances fallen in successive seconds.

4. At first,distance reading would indicateequal distances fallen in successive seconds,then greater distances fallen in successive sec-onds.


5. All are wrong.


If air resistance can be neglected, how doesthe acceleration of a ball that has been tossedstraight upward compare with its accelerationif simply dropped?

1.The acceleration of a ball tossed upward isgreater than that of a ball dropped downwardwhich is g.

2.The acceleration of a ball tossed upward issmaller than that of a ball dropped downward,which is g.

3. The acceleration of a ball tossed upwardis same as that of a ball dropped downward.Both are greater than g.

4. The acceleration of a ball tossed upwardis same as that of a ball dropped downward.Both are smaller than g.

5. The acceleration of a ball tossed upwardis same as that of a ball dropped downward,which is g.


Someone standing at the edge of a cliffthrows a ball nearly straight up at a cer-tain speed, and another ball nearly straightdown with the same initial speed.

If the air resistance is negligible, which ballwill have the greater speed when it strikes theground below?

1. The ball up

2. The ball down

3. The speed of the two ball is same.

4. That depends on the height of the cliff.

5. All are wrong.


If you drop an object, its acceleration to-ward the ground is 10 m/s2.

If you throw it down instead, what is itsacceleration?

1. greater than 10 m/s2

2. smaller than 10 m/s2

3. 10 m/s2

4. It depends on the force of throwing

5. All are wrong.


While rolling balls down an inclined plane,Galileo observed that the ball rolled 1 cubit(the distance from elbow to fingertip) as hecounted to ten.

How far had the ball rolled from its startingpoint when he had counted to twenty?


Two balls are released simultaneously fromrest at the left end of equal-length tracks asshown.

A

B

Which ball reaches the end of its track first?

1. A


2. B

3. They reach the end of the track at thesame time.

4. It depends on the initial speed.

5. All are wrong.


What is the acceleration of a vehicle thatchanges its velocity from 100 km/h to a deadstop in 10 s?


A ball is thrown straight up with an initialspeed of 30 m/s.

How high does it go, and how long is it inthe air? g = 10 m/s2.


Part 1 of 3Assume: g = 10 m/s2.What is the magnitude of the instantaneous

velocity (speed) of a freely falling object 10 safter it is released from a position of rest?

Part 2 of 3What is its average speed during this 10 sinterval?

Part 3 of 3How far will it fall during this time?

Hewitt CP9 03 P05b02:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

Part 1 of 3

What is the instantaneous velocity of afreely falling object 10 s after it is releasedfrom a position of rest?

Part 2 of 3What is its average velocity during this 10 sinterval? g = 9.8 m/s2.

Part 3 of 3How far will it fall during this time?


If there were no air drag, how fast woulddrops fall from a cloud 1000 m above theEarth’s surface? g = 10 m/s2.


Which of the following are scalar quantities,which are vector quantities?a) velocity.b) age.c) speed.d) acceleration.e) temperature.

1. Vectors: velocity, acceleration. Scalars:age, temperature, speed.

2. Vectors: velocity. Scalars: age, tempera-ture, speed,acceleration.

3. Vectors: age, temperature, speed.Scalars: velocity, acceleration.

4. Vectors: velocity, acceleration, age, tem-perature, speed.

5. All are wrong.

Holt SF 02B 0102:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

When the shuttle bus comes to a sudden


stop to avoid hitting a dog, it acceleratesuniformly at −4.1 m/s2 as it slows from 9.0m/s to 0 m/s.

Find the time interval of acceleration forthe bus.


A car traveling at 7.0 m/s accelerates 2.5m/s2 to reach a speed of 12.0 m/s.

How long does it take for this accelerationto occur?


With an average acceleration of −0.50m/s2, how long will it take a cyclist to bring abicycle with an initial speed of 13.5 m/s to acomplete stop?


Turner’s treadmill starts with a velocity of−1.2 m/s and speeds up at regular intervalsduring a half-hour workout. After 25 min, thetreadmill has a velocity of −6.5 m/s.

What is the average acceleration of thetreadmill during this period?


Part 1 of 2Suppose a treadmill has an average acceler-

ation of 0.0047 m/s2.a) How much does its speed change after

5.0 min?

Part 2 of 2b) If the treadmill’s initial speed is 1.7 m/s,what will its final speed be?

Holt SF 02C 0102:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

A car accelerates uniformly from rest to aspeed of 23.7 km/h in 6.5 s.

Find the distance the car travels during thistime.


When Maggie applies the brakes of her car,the car slows uniformly from 15.0 m/s to 0m/s in 2.50 s.

How many meters before a stop sign mustshe apply her brakes in order to stop at thesign?


Hint: To answer this question, calculate thedistance the plane travels while it is comingto a rest.

A jet plane lands with a speed of 100 m/sand can accelerate uniformly at a maximumrate of −5.0 m/s2 as it comes to rest.

Can this plane land at an airport where therunway is 0.80 km long?

Holt SF 02C 0402:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

A driver in a car traveling at a speed of78 km/h sees a cat 101 m away on the road.

How long will it take for the car to acceler-ate uniformly to a stop in exactly 99 m?


A car enters the freeway with a speed of 6.4m/s and accelerates uniformly for 3.2 km in3.5 min.


How fast is the car moving after this time?

Holt SF 02D 0102:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2A car with an initial speed of 23.7 km/h

accelerates at a uniform rate of 0.92 m/s2 for3.6 s.

a) Find the final speed of the car.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the displacement of the car after thattime.


Part 1 of 2An automobile with an initial speed of 4.30

m/s accelerates uniformly at the rate of 3.0m/s2.

a) Find the final speed of the car after 5.0s.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the displacement of the car after 5.0s.


Part 1 of 2A car starts from rest and travels for 5.0 s

with a uniform acceleration of −1.5 m/s2.a) What is the final velocity of the car?

Part 2 of 2b) How far does the car travel in this timeinterval?


Part 1 of 2

A driver of a car traveling at 15.0 m/s ap-plies the brakes, causing a uniform accelera-tion of −2.0 m/s2.

a) How long does it take the car to acceler-ate to a final speed of 10.0 m/s?

Part 2 of 2b) How far has the car moved during thebraking period?

Holt SF 02E 0102:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

A baby sitter pushing a stroller starts fromrest and accelerates uniformly at a rate of0.500 m/s2.

What is the velocity of the stroller after ithas traveled 6.32 m?


Part 1 of 3A car traveling initially at +7.0 m/s accel-

erates uniformly at the rate of +0.80 m/s2 fora distance of 245 m.

a) What is its velocity at the end of theacceleration?

Part 2 of 3b) What is its velocity after it accelerates for125 m?

Part 3 of 3c) What is its velocity after it accelerates for67 m?


Part 1 of 2A car accelerates uniformly in a straight

line from rest at the rate of 2.3 m/s2.a) What is the speed of the car after it has

traveled 55 m?


Part 2 of 2b) How long does it take the car to travel 55m?


A certain car is capable of accelerating at auniform rate of 0.85 m/s2.

What is the magnitude of the car’s displace-ment as it accelerates uniformly from a speedof 83 km/h to one of 94 km/h?

Holt SF 02E 0502:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

An aircraft has a lift off speed of 120 km/h.What minimum uniform acceleration does

this require if the aircraft is to be airborneafter a takeoff run of 240 m?


A motorboat accelerates uniformly from avelocity of 6.5 m/s to the west to a velocity of1.5 m/s to the west.

If its acceleration was 2.7 m/s2 to the east,how far did it travel during the acceleration?

Holt SF 02F 0102:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2A robot probe drops a camera off the rim of

a 239 m high cliff on Mars, where the free-fallacceleration is −3.7 m/s2.

a) Find the velocity with which it hits theground.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the time required for the camera toreach the ground.


Part 1 of 2A flowerpot falls from a windowsill 25.0 m

above the sidewalk.a) What is the velocity of the flowerpot

when it strikes the ground?

Part 2 of 2b) How much time does a passerby on thesidewalk below have to move out of the waybefore the flowerpot hits the ground?


Part 1 of 2A tennis ball is thrown vertically upward

with an initial velocity of +8.0 m/s.a) What will the ball’s velocity be when it

returns to its starting point?

Part 2 of 2b) How long will the ball take to reach itsstarting point?


Part 1 of 2Stephanie serves a volleyball from a height

of 0.80 m and gives it an initial velocity of+7.5 m/s straight up.

a) How high will the volleyball go?

Part 2 of 2b) How long will it take the ball to reach itsmaximum height?


Part 1 of 2Maria throws an apple vertically upward


from a height of 1.3 m with an initial velocityof +2.4 m/s.

a) Will the apple reach a friend in a treehouse 5.3 m above the ground?

1. No, the apple will reach 3.70642 m belowthe tree house

2. Yes, the apple will reach 3.70642 m abovethe tree house





Part 2 of 2b) If the apple is not caught, how long will itbe in the air before it hits the ground?


A car traveling in a straight line has a ve-locity of +5.0 m/s. After an acceleration of0.75 m/s2, the car’s velocity is +8.0 m/s.

In what time interval did the accelerationoccur?


A car traveling at +7.0 m/s accelerates atthe rate of 0.80 m/s2 for an interval of 2.0 s.

Find vf .


Part 1 of 2A snowmobile has an initial velocity of +3.0

m/s.a) If it accelerates at the rate of +0.50 m/s2

for 7.0 s, what is the final velocity?

Part 2 of 2b) If instead it accelerates at the rate of −0.60m/s2, how long will it take to reach a completestop?


Part 1 of 3A car moving westward along a straight,

level road increases its velocity uniformly from+16 m/s to +32 m/s in 10.0 s.

a) What was the car’s acceleration?

Part 2 of 3b) How far did it move while accelerating?

Part 3 of 3c) What was its average velocity?


A ball initially at rest rolls down a hill withan acceleration of 3.3 m/s2.

If it accelerates for 7.5 s, how far will itmove?


A bus slows down uniformly from 75.0km/h to 0 km/h in 21.0 s.

How far does it travel before stopping?


Part 1 of 2


A car accelerates from rest at −3.00 m/s2.a) What is the velocity at the end of 5.0 s?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the displacement after 5.0 s?


A car accelerates uniformly from rest to aspeed of 65 km/h (18 m/s) in 12 s.

Find the distance the car travels during thistime.


Part 1 of 2A car starts from rest and travels for 5.0

s with a uniform acceleration of +1.5 m/s2.The driver then applies the brakes, causing auniform acceleration of −2.1 m/s2.

a) If the brakes are applied for 3.0 s, howfast is the car going at the end of the brakingperiod?

Part 2 of 2b) How far has it gone from its start?


A boy sledding down a hill accelerates at1.40 m/s2.

If he started from rest, in what distancewould he reach a speed of 7.00 m/s?


Part 1 of 6Consider the plot below describing motion

of an object along a straight path as shown inthe figure below.

−6−5−4−3−2−10

1

2

3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

time (s)

velocity

(m/s)

Find the average acceleration during thetime interval 0 s to 3 s.

Part 2 of 6Find the average acceleration during the timeinterval 3 s to 6 s.

Part 3 of 6Find the average acceleration during the timeinterval 0 s to 9 s.

Part 4 of 6Find the instantaneous acceleration at 2 s.




Part 1 of 2A plane lands with a velocity of +120 m/s

and accelerates at a maximum rate of −6.0m/s2.

a) From the instant the plane touches therunway, what is the minimum time neededbefore it can come to rest?


Part 2 of 2The plane is landing on a naval aircraft carrierthat is 0.80 km long.

b) What distance does the plane require toland?


Part 1 of 2A sailboat starts from rest and accelerates

at a rate of 0.21 m/s2 over a distance of 280 mm.

a) Find the magnitude of the boat’s finalvelocity.

Part 2 of 2b) How long does it take the boat to travelthis distance?


An elevator is moving upward 1.20 m/swhen it experiences an acceleration of 0.31m/s2 downward, over a distance of 0.75 m.

What will its final speed be?


A worker drops a wrench from the top of atower 80.0 m tall.

What is the velocity when the wrenchstrikes the ground?


A peregrine falcon dives at a pigeon. Thefalcon starts downward from rest with free-fallacceleration.

If the pigeon is 76.0 below the initial posi-tion of the falcon, how long does the falcontake to reach the pigeon? Assume that the

pigeon remains at rest.


A ball is thrown upward from the groundwith an initial speed of 25 m/s; at the sameinstant, a ball is dropped from rest from abuilding 15 m high.

After how long will the balls be at the sameheight?


Part 1 of 2A ball is thrown vertically upward with a

speed of 25.0 m/s from a height of 2.0 m.a) How long does it take to reach its highest

point?

Part 2 of 2b) How long does the ball take to hit theground after it reaches its highest point?


Part 1 of 4Suppose you are on another planet where

the acceleration of gravity is different thanthat on Earth; e.g., g 6= 9.8 m/s2 .

A ball is thrown directly upward into theair. A continuous measurement is made ofthe vertical position of the ball with respectto time. The result is a curve shown in thefigure below.


0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.40

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

time (s)

position(m

)

How much time does the ball take to reachits maximum height of 0.2 m? (The requiredprecision of your answer is decreased becauseof graphical resolution in the figure.)

Part 2 of 4How much time does the ball take to reachone-half of its maximum height h = 0.1 m?

Part 3 of 4Estimate the slope of the position vs timegraph at several places; e.g., the first one-half height (h = 0.1 m), the full height (h =0.2 m), and the second one-half height (h =0.1 m).

Hint: Draw a velocity vs time graph. Youshould see a straight line. The acceleration ofgravity on your planet is the slope of this line.

What is the slope of the velocity vs timegraph?

Part 4 of 4What is the velocity of the ball when it wasinitially thrown upward?


The Earth’s radius is about 6380 km. Thespace shuttle is orbiting about 320.0 km aboveEarth’s surface.

If the average speed of the space shuttle is27800 km/h, find the time required for it tocircle Earth.

Holt SF 02Rev 4402:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,

wording-variable.

Part 1 of 3A train travels between stations 1 and 2,

as shown in the figure. The engineer of thetrain is instructed to start from rest at station1 and accelerate uniformly between points Aand B, then coast with a uniform velocity be-tween points B and D, and finally accelerateuniformly between points C and D until thetrain stops at station 2. The distances AB,BC, and CD are all equal, and it takes 5.00min to travel between the two stations. As-sume that the uniform accelerations have thesame magnitude, even when they are oppositein direction.

Station A Station B

A B C D

a) How much of this 5.00 min period doesthe train spend between points A and B?

Part 2 of 3b) How much of this 5.00 min period does thetrain spend between points B and C?

Part 3 of 3c) How much of this 5.00 min period does thetrain spend between points C and D?


Part 1 of 4Two students are on a balcony 19.6 m above

the street. One student throws a ball verti-cally downward at 14.7 m/s. At the sameinstant, the other student throws a ball verti-cally upward at the same speed. The secondball just misses the balcony on the way down.

a) What is the velocity of the first ball as itstrikes the ground?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the velocity of the second ball asit strikes the ground?


Part 3 of 4c) What is the difference in the time the ballsspend in the air?

Part 4 of 4d) How far apart are the balls 0.800 s afterthey are thrown?


A rocket moves upward, starting from restwith an acceleration of 29.4 m/s2 for 3.98 s.It runs out of fuel at the end of the 3.98 s, butdoes not stop.

How high does it rise above the ground?


Part 1 of 2A small first-aid kit is dropped by a rock

climber who is descending steadily at 1.3 m/s.a) After 2.5 s, what is the velocity of the

first-aid kit?

Part 2 of 2b) How far is the kit below the climber afterthe 2.5 s?


Part 1 of 2A small fish is dropped by a pelican that is

rising steadily at 0.50 m/s.a) After 2.5 s, what is the velocity of the

fish?

Part 2 of 2b) How far below the pelican is the fish afterthe 2.5 s?


wording-variable.

A ranger in a national park is driving at56 km/h when a deer jumps onto the road65 m ahead of the vehicle. After a reactiontime of t s, the ranger applies the brakes toproduce an acceleration of −3.0 m/s2.

What is the maximum reaction time al-lowed if the ranger is to avoid hitting thedeer?


Part 1 of 2A speeder passes a parked police car at 30.0

m/s. The police car starts from rest with auniform acceleration of 2.44 m/s2.

a) How much time pases before the speederis overtaken by the police car?

Part 2 of 2b) How far does the speeder get before beingovertaken by the police car?

Holt SF 02Rev 52 5302:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 5An ice sled powered by a rocket engine

starts from rest on a large frozen lake andaccelerates at 13.0 m/s2. At t1 the rocketengine is shut down and the sled moves withconstant velocity v for another t2 s. The totaldistance traveled by the sled is 5.30 × 103 mand the total time is 90.0 s.

a) Find t1.

Part 2 of 5b) Find t2.

Part 3 of 5c) Find v.

Part 4 of 5At the 5800 m mark, the sled begins to accel-


erate at −7.0 m/s2.d) What is the final position of the sled

when it comes to rest?

Part 5 of 5e) How long does it take for the sled to cometo rest?


A tennis ball with a velocity of +10.0 tothe right is thrown perpendicularly at a wall.After striking the wall, the ball rebounds inthe opposite direction with a velocity of−8.00m/s to the left.

If the ball is in contact with the wall for0.012 s, what is the average acceleration ofthe ball while it is in contact with the wall?


Part 1 of 2A parachutist descending at a speed of 10.0

m/s loses a shoe at an altitude of 50.0 m.a) What is the velocity of the shoe just

before it hits the ground?

Part 2 of 2b) When does the shoe reach the ground?


Part 1 of 4A mountain climber stands at the top of a

50.0 m cliff hanging over a calm pool of water.The climber throws two stones vertically 1.0s apart and observes that they cause a singlesplash when they hit the water. The firststone has an initial velocity of +2.0 m/s.

a) What will the velocity of the first stonebe at the instant both stones hit the water?

Part 2 of 4

b) How long after the release of the first stonewill the two stones hit the water?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the initial velocity of the secondstone when it is thrown?

Part 4 of 4d) What will the velocity of the second stonebe the instant both stones hit the water?


Part 1 of 3A model rocket is launched straight upward

with an initial speed of 50.0 m/s. It acceler-ates with a constant upward acceleration of2.00 m/s2 until its engines stop at an altitudeof 150 m.

a) What is the maximum height reached bythe rocket?

Part 2 of 3b) When does the rocket reach maximumheight?

Part 3 of 3c) How long is the rocket in the air?


Part 1 of 4A professional race-car driver buys a car

that can accelerate at 5.9 m/s2. The racerdecides to race against another driver in asouped-up stock car. Both start from rest,but the stock-car driver leaves 1.0 s before thedriver of the sports car. The stock car moveswith a constant acceleration of +3.6 m/s2.

a) Find the time it takes the sports-cardriver to overtake the stock-car driver.

Part 2 of 4b) Find the distance the two drivers travel


before they are side by side.

Part 3 of 4c) Find the velocity of the race car when thetwo drivers are side by side.

Part 4 of 4d) Find the velocity of the stock car when thetwo drivers are side by side.


Part 1 of 3Two cars are traveling along a straight line

in the same direction, the lead car at 25 m/sand the other car at 35 m/s. At the momentthe cars are 45 m apart, the lead driver ap-plies the brakes, causing the car to have anacceleration of −2.0 m/s2.

a) How long does it take for the lead car tostop?

Part 2 of 3Assume that the driver of the chasing carapplies the brakes at the same time as thedriver of the lead car.

b) What must the chasing car’s minimumnegative acceleration be to avoid hitting thelead car?

Part 3 of 3c) How long does it take the chasing car tostop?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A ball is thrown straight upward and re-

turns to the thrower’s hand after 3.00 s in theair. A second ball is thrown at an angle of30.0 with the horizontal.

At what speed must the second ball bethrown so that it reaches the same height asthe one thrown vertically?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A car is parked on a cliff overlooking the

ocean on an incline that makes an angle of24.0 below the horizontal. The negligentdriver leaves the car in neutral, and the emer-gency brakes are defective. The car rolls fromrest down the incline with a constant acceler-ation of 4.00 m/s2 and travels 50.0 m to theedge of the cliff. The cliff is 30.0 m above theocean.

a) How long is the car in the air?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the car’s position relative to thebase of the cliff when the car lands in theocean?


Acceleration is the

1. rate of change in momentum.

2. rate of change in displacement.

3. rate of change in velocity.

4. amount of time needed for an object toreach its destination.


Deceleration is

1. negative velocity.

2. negative speed.

3. negative acceleration.

4. negative density.



What is the acceleration of an object thattakes 20 s to change from a speed of 200 m/sto 300 m/sec?

1. 5 m/s

2. 5 m/s/s

3. 100 m/s

4. 100 m/s/s


An object traveling at a constant 20 m/secin a circular path is changing its

1. speed.

2. momentum.

3. velocity.

4. mass.


If the average velocity of an object is thesame for all time intervals, then the objectmoves at a(n)


2. instantaneous velocity.

3. changing speed.

4. relative speed.

No Change in Velocity02:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Assume: Quantanties are instantaneousunless stated otherwise.

The change in velocity ∆v of an object iszero over a short time interval ∆t.

Which of the following must be true?

1. The object must be at rest.

2. The object must have constant accelera-tion over the interval.

3. The object must have constant velocityover the interval.

4. The object must have zero average accel-eration over the interval.

5. The object must have zero average veloc-ity over the interval.

6. The object must be changing position.

7. The object must begin and end at thesame position.

8. Nothing can be determined without addi-tional information.

Object Acceleration02:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

If the acceleration of an object is zero atsome instant in time, what can be said aboutits velocity at that time?

1. It is negative.

2. It is zero.

3. It is positive.

4. It is not changing at that time.


Outwitted Again02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Another scheme to catch the roadrunnerhas failed and a safe falls from rest from thetop of a 25 m high cliff toward Wiley Coy-


ote, who is standing at the base. Wiley firstnotices the safe after it has fallen 15 m.

How long does he have to get out of theway?

Particle Acceleration02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A particle accelerates from rest at 2 m/s2.What is its speed 3 s after the particle starts

moving?

Projectile Fired Up02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A projectile is fired straight upward at

100 m/s.How fast is it moving at the instant it

reaches the top of its trajectory?

Part 2 of 2How fast is it moving at the instant it reachesthe top of its trajectory if the projectile isfired upward at 12 from the horizontal?

Projectile Motion02:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3Q

RP

How do the speeds of the ball at the threepoints compare?

1. vP < vQ < vR

2. vR < vQ < vP

3. vQ < vR < vP

4. vQ < vP = vR

5. vP = vR < vQ

Part 2 of 3Which of the following diagrams best shows

the direction of the acceleration of the ball atpoint P?

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Part 3 of 3Which of the following best indicates the di-rection of the net force, if any, on the ball atpoint Q?

1.

2.

3.

4.

5. There is no net force on the ball at point


Q.

Rebounding Tennis Ball02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A tennis ball with a speed of 10 m/s isthrown perpendicularly at a wall. After strik-ing the wall, the ball rebounds in the oppositedirection with a speed of 8 m/s.

If the ball is in contact with the wall for0.012 s, what is the magnitude of the averageacceleration a of the ball while it is in contactwith the wall?

Return to the Start02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A particle, traveling at 6 m/s decelerates at1.1 m/s2.

How long will it take to get back to thestarting point?

Rocket Acceleration02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A rocket initially at rest accelerates at arate of 50 m/s2 for 1 min.

What is its speed at the end of this time?

Rocket Powered Sleds02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Rocket-powered sleds are been used to

test the responses of humans to acceleration.Starting from rest, one sled can reach a speedof 444 m/s in 1.8 s and can be brought to astop again in 2.15 s.

Find the acceleration of the sled while ac-celerating.

Part 2 of 2Find the acceleration of the sled when brak-ing.

Sled Acceleration02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3

A rocket-driven sled running on a straight,level track has been used to study the physio-logical effects of large accelerations on astro-nauts. One such sled can attain a speed of444 m/s in 1.8 s starting from rest.

What is the acceleration of the sled, assum-ing it is constant?

Part 2 of 3How many g’s would you pull? (What factortimes g = 9.80 m/s2 is this?)

Part 3 of 3How far does the sled travel in 1.8 s, startingfrom rest?

Trajectory Acceleration02:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3A boy throws a ball upward. Compare

the magnitudes of the gravitational acceler-ations at three points along the path of theball. Point A is before the ball reaches thetop. Point B is at the top, point C is af-ter it has passed the top and it is on itsway down and having passed the level of A.

B

A

C

The magnitudes of the acceleration are re-lated as

1. aA= g

2. aA< a

B

Part 2 of 3The magnitudes of the acceleration are re-lated as

1. aB= 0


2. aB= a

A

3. aB> a

C

Part 3 of 3The magnitudes of the acceleration are re-lated as

1. aC< a

Band a

A< a

B

2. aC= a

B= a

A

Vehicle Acceleration02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A car traveling in a straight line has a ve-locity of 5 m/s at some instant. After 4 s, itsvelocity is 8 m/s.

What is its average acceleration in this timeinterval?

Velocity vs Time 0102:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

An object was suspended in a fixed place,then allowed to drop in a free fall.

Taking the positive direction downwards,which of the follow-ing graphs correctly represents its motion?

v

t

t

t

t

t

a)

b)

c)

d)

e)

v

v

v

v

1. (a)

2. (d)

3. (c)

4. (b)

5. (e)

Velocity vs Time 0202:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The scale on the horizontal axis is 2 s per

division and on the vertical axis 3 m/s perdivision.

time (s)

velo

city

(m

/s)

What is the time represented by the secondtic mark on the horizontal axis?


Part 2 of 3What is the velocity represented by the thirdtic mark on the vertical axis?


Velocity vs Time 0302:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The scale on the horizontal axis is 2 s per

division and on the vertical axis 3 m/s perdivision.

time (s)

velo

city

(m

/s)

What is the time represented by the third ticmark on the horizontal axis?

Part 2 of 3What is the velocity represented by the fourthtic mark on the vertical axis?


Velocity vs Time 0402:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The diagram shows a velocity-time graphfor a car moving in a straight line.

t

v

P

At point P the car must be

1. moving with zero acceleration.

2. climbing the hill.

3. stationary.

4. accelerating.

5. moving at about 45 with respect to thex axis.

Wind Acceleration02:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A sailboat is initially moving at a speedof 3 m/s. A strong wind blows up and ac-celerates the boat forward with a constantacceleration of 0.2 m/s2 for 10 s.

What is the final speed of the sail boat?

Zero Acceleration02:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

An object’s acceleration is zero at someinstant in time, t .

Its velocity is

1. not changing at any time.

2. zero at t.

3. positive at t.

4. negative at t.

5. not changing at t.

Chapter 2, section 5, Acceleration in Uniform Circular Motion 125


Which one of the following is an example ofsomething that undergoes acceleration whilemoving at constant speed?

1. An object moving in a circular path atconstant speed.

2. A football in the air.

3. A car moving on the road.

4. A man in the elevator.

5. All are wrong.


Why is the linear speed greater for a horseon the outside of a merry-go-round than for ahorse closer to the center?

1. Because the tangential speed of the horseis directly proportional to the distance fromthe center.

2. Because it is easier for the outside horseto move.

3. Because the horse on the outside isstronger.

4. Because the horse on the outside haslonger legs.

5. Because the horse on the outside feels lessforce from the merry-go-round.

6. None of the above.


In what sense does the moon “fall”?

1. The moon moves in a straight line towardthe Earth.

2. The moon falls in the sense that it fallsaway from the straight line it would follow ifthere were no forces acting on it.

3. Some stones on the moon drop from ittoward the Earth.


Since the moon is gravitationally attractedto the Earth, why doesn’t it simply crash intothe Earth?

1.When the moon moves close to the Earth,the air on the Earth repels it.

2. The moon does not have enough speed tocrash into the Earth.

3. The moon’s tangential velocity is whatkeeps the moon coasting around the Earthrather than crashing into it.

4. The sun attracts the moon so that themoon cannot move to the Earth.


When the space shuttle coasts in a circularorbit at constant speed about the Earth, is itaccelerating? If so, in what direction?

1. No, the shuttle is not accelerating.

2. Yes, the shuttle is accelerating. The ac-celeration is toward the Earth’s center.

3. Yes, the shuttle is accelerating. The ac-celeration is in the direction from the Earthto the moon.

4. Yes, the shuttle is accelerating. The ac-celeration is in the direction from the moonto the sun.



Which planets have a greater period than 1Earth year, those closer to the sun than Earthor those farther from the sun than Earth?

1. those closer to the sun

2. those farther from the sun

3. It cannot be determined.

4. both the planets closer to the sun thanEarth and those farther from the sun thanEarth


Would the speed of a satellite in close circuitorbit about Jupiter be greater than, equal to,or less than 8 km/s?

1. greater than

2. equal to

3. less than

4. not to be determined


Of all the United states, why is Hawaiithe most efficient launching site for non-polarsatellites?(Hint:look at the spinning Earthfrom above either pole and compare it to aspinning turntable.)

1. Hawaii is the warmest place in the US,and therefore energy is saved most.

2. There is not any strong cold wind inHawaii.

3. Hawaii is composed by some small is-

lands. Once the launching of satellites fails,the satellite can easily go to the sea instead ofdamaging the residential areas.

4. Hawaii is closer to the equator, and there-fore has a greater tangential speed about thepolar axis.


Two planets are never seen at midnight.Which two?

1. Jupiter and Mars

2. Neptune and Pluto

3. Saturn and Jupiter

4. Neptune and Mercury

5. Venus and Mercury


What is the shape of the orbit when thevelocity of the satellite is everywhere perpen-dicular to the force of gravity?

1. rectangle

2. parabola

3. hyperbola

4. circle

5. ellipse


If the Space Shuttle circled the Earth ata distance equal to the Earth-moon distance,how long would it take for it to make a com-plete orbit?


1. 28 days

2. 35 days

3. 365 days

4. 7 days

5. 24 hours


A “geosynchronous”Earth satellite can re-main directly overhead in Singapore, but notin San Francisco. Why?

1. The temperature in Singapore is warmenough, but not for San Francisco.

2. Singapore lies on the Earth’s equatorwhile San Francisco doesn’t.

3. There are much more people in Singaporethan in San Francisco. So they use more pow-erful commercial satellite which can remaindirectly overhead in Singapore.

4. The climate in Singapore is constant overthe year while it is not in San Francisco.


If you stopped an Earth satellite dead in itstracks, it would simply crash into the Earth.

Why, then, don’t the communications satel-lites that hover motionless above the samespot on Earth crash into the Earth?

1. Because the satellites are not attractedby the Earth.

2. Because their orbital period coincideswith the daily rotation of the Earth.

3. Because the moon attracts the satellitesat the same time.

4. Because there is no power on the satel-lites.

Chapter 2, section 6, Projectile Motion 128


Before the time of Galileo and Newton,some learned scholars thought that a stonedropped from the top of a tall mast of amoving shop would fall vertically and hit thedeck behind the mast by a distance equal tohow far the ship had moved forward while thestone was falling.

In light of your understanding of Newton’sfirst law, what do you think about this?

1. That’s right; if the speed is fast enough,the stone will drop into the sea.

2. The stone will fall vertically if releasedfrom rest.

3. The stone will have a horizontal motion;it will hit the deck in front of the mast.

4. The stone will fall in any trajectory; itdepends on the speed of the shop.

5. All are wrong.


The chimney of a stationary toy train con-sists of a vertical spring gun that shoots steelballs a meter or so straight into the air–sostraight that the ball always falls back intothe chimney.

If the train is moving, under which condi-tion will the ball fall back into the chimney?

1. The train moves at constant speed alongthe straight track.

2. The train suddenly increases its speedwhen the ball is in the air.

3. The train suddenly decreases its speedwhen the ball is in the air.

4. The train moves at a constant speed on a

circular track.

5. All are wrong.


A heavy crate accidentally falls from a high-flying airplane just as it flies directly above ashiny red Camaro smartly parked in a car lot.

Relative to the Camaro, where will thecrate crash?

1. The crate will hit the Camaro.

2. The crate will not hit the Camaro, butwill crash a distance beyond it determined bythe height and speed of the plane.

3. The crate will continue to fly and will notcrash.

4. The crate will hit the front part of thecar.


How does the vertical component of a pro-jectile’s motion compare with the motion ofvertical free fall?

1.When air resistance is negligible, the ver-tical component of motion for a projectile isgreater than that of free fall.

2.When air resistance is negligible, the ver-tical component of motion for a projectile isless than that of free fall.

3.When air resistance is negligible, the ver-tical component of motion for a projectile isidentical to that of free fall.




At what point in its trajectory does a bat-ted baseball have it’s minimum speed?

1. Minimum speed occurs at the bottom.

2. Minimum speed occurs at the top.

3. Minimum speed occurs at somewhere inthe middle height.

4. Minimum speed occurs at the beginningpoint.

5. Minimum speed occurs at the endingpoint.


When a rifle is being fired at a distanttarget, why isn’t the barrel lined up so that itpoints exactly at the target?

1. The target might be moving.

2. To compensate for the bullet’s fall, thebarrel is elevated.

3. The target is not so clear.

4. The bullet might be blew by the air.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An autographed baseball rolls off of a 0.70

m high desk and strikes the floor 0.25 m awayfrom the desk.

How fast was it rolling on the desk before itfell off?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A cat chases a mouse across a 1.0 m high

table. The mouse steps out of the way, andthe cat slides off the table and strikes the floor2.2 m from the edge of the table.

What was the cat’s speed when it slid offthe table?

Holt SF 03D 03 0402:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A pelican flying along a horizontal path

drops a fish from a height of 5.4 m. The fishtravels 8.0 m horizontally before it hits thewater below.

a) What was the pelican’s initial speed?

Part 2 of 2b) If the pelican was traveling at the samespeed but was only 2.7 m above the water,how far would the fish travel horizontally be-fore hitting the water below?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .In a scene in an action movie, a stunt man

jumps from the top of one building to thetop of another building 4.0 m away. After arunning start, he leaps at an angle of 15 withrespect to the flat roof while traveling at aspeed of 5.0 m/s.

To determine if he will make it to the otherroof, which is 2.5 m shorter than the build-ing from which he jumps, find his verticaldisplacement upon reaching the front edge ofthe lower building with respect to the tallerbuilding.


A golfer can hit a golf ball a horizontaldistance of over 300 m on a good drive.

What maximum height will a 301.5 m drive


reach if it is launched at an angle of 25.0 tothe ground?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A baseball is thrown at an angle of 25

relative to the ground at a speed of 23.0 m/s.The ball is caught 41.3 m from the thrower.

a) How long is it in the air?

Part 2 of 2b) How high is the tallest spot in the ball’spath?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Salmon often jump waterfalls to reach their

breeding grounds.Starting 2.00 m from a waterfall 0.550 m

in height, at what minimum speed must asalmon jumping at an angle of 32.0 leave thewater to continue upstream?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A quarterback throws the football to a sta-

tionary receiver who is 31.5 m down the field.The football is thrown at an initial angle of40.0 to the ground.

a) At what initial speed must the quarter-back throw the ball for it to reach the receiver?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the ball’s highest point during itsflight?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .The fastest recorded pitch in Major League

Baseball was thrown by Nolan Ryan in 1974.If this pitch were thrown horizontally, the ballwould fall 0.809 m (2.65 ft) by the time itreached home plate, 18.3 m (60 ft) away.

How fast was Ryan’s pitch?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A shell is fired from the ground with an

initial speed of 1.70×103 m/s (approximatelyfive times the speed of sound) at an initialangle of 55.0 to the horizontal.

a) Neglecting air resistance, find the shell’shorizontal range.

Part 2 of 2b) How long is the shell in motion?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A person standing at the edge of a seaside

cliff kicks a stone over the edge with a speedof 18 m/s. The cliff is 52 m above the water’ssurface, as shown.

18 m/s

52m

Note: Figure not drawn to scalea) How long does it take for the stone to fall


to the water?

Part 2 of 2b) With what speed does the stone strike thewater?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A spy in a speed boat is being chased down

a river by government officials in a faster craft.Just as the officials’ boat pulls up next to thespy’s boat, both boats reach the edge of a 5.0m waterfall. The spy’s speed is 15 m/s andthe officials’ speed is 26 m/s.

How far apart will the two vessels be whenthey land below the waterfall?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A place kicker must kick a football from a

point 36.0 m (about 39 yd) from the goal. Asa result of the kick, the ball must clear thecrossbar, which is 3.05 m high. When kicked,the ball leaves the ground with a speed of 20.0m/s at an angle of 53 to the horizontal.

a) To determine if the ball clears the cross-bar, what is its height with respect to thecrossbar when it reaches the plane of thecrossbar?

Part 2 of 2b) To determine if the ball approaches thecrossbar while still rising or while falling, whatis its vertical velocity at the crossbar?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A daredevil is shot out of a cannon at 45.0

to the horizontal with an initial speed of 25.0

m/s. A net is positioned at a horizontal dis-tance of 50.0 m from the cannon from whichthe daredevil is shot.

At what height above the cannon’s mouthshould the net be placed in order to catch thedaredevil?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .When a water gun is fired while being

held horizontally at a height of 1.00 m aboveground level, the water travels a horizontaldistance of 5.00 m.

a) Find the initial velocity of the water.

Part 2 of 2A child, who is holding the same gun in ahorizontal position, is sliding down a 45.0

incline at a constant speed of 2.00 m/s. Thechild fires the gun when it is 1.00 m above theground and the water takes 0.329 s to reachthe ground.

b) How far will the water travel horizon-tally?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A ship maneuvers to within 2.50 × 103 m

of an island’s 1.80 × 103 m high mountainpeak and fires a projectile at an enemy ship6.10 × 102 m on the other side of the peak,as illustrated. The ship shoots the projectilewith an initial velocity of 2.50 × 102 m/s atan angle of 75.0.

250m/s

75

2500 m610 m

1800 m


Note: Figure is not drawn to scalea) How close to the enemy ship does the

projectile land?

Part 2 of 2b) How close (vertically) does the projectilecome to the peak?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A ball player hits a home run, and the

baseball just clears a wall 7.00 m high located130.0 m from home plate. The ball is hit atan angle of 35.0 to the horizontal, and airresistance is negligible. Assume the ball is hitat a height of 1.0 m above the ground.

a) What is the initial speed of the ball?

Part 2 of 3b) How much time does it take for the ball toreach the wall?

Part 3 of 3c) Find the speed of the ball when it reachesthe wall.


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A daredevil jumps a canyon 12 m wide. To

do so, he drives a car up a 15 incline.a) What minimum speed must he achieve

to clear the canyon?

Part 2 of 2b) If the daredevil jumps at this minimumspeed, what will his speed be when he reachesthe other side?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 2.00 m tall basketball player attempts a

goal 10.00 m from the basket (3.05 m high).If he shoots the ball at a 45.0 angle, at

what initial speed must he throw the basket-ball so that it goes through the hoop withoutstriking the backboard?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 80 g autographed baseball rolls off of

a 1.2 m high table and strikes the floor ahorizontal distance of 0.8 m away from thetable. See the figure below.

1.2m

0.8 m

How fast was it rolling on the table beforeit fell off?

Holt SF 03Rev 58A02:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 80 g autographed baseball slides off of

a 1.2 m high table and strikes the floor ahorizontal distance of 0.9 m away from thetable. See the figure below.


1.2m

0.9 m

How fast was it rolling on the table beforeit fell off?

Part 2 of 2What was the direction of the ball’s velocityjust before it hit the floor?

That is, at what angle (in the range−90 to+90 relative to the horizontal directed awayfrom the table) did the ball hit the floor?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A golf ball with an initial angle of 34

lands exactly 240 m down the range on alevel course.

a) Neglecting air friction, what initial speedwould achieve this result?

Part 2 of 2b) Find the maximum height reached by theball.


Part 1 of 2A person can jump a horizontal distance of

3.0 m on Earth.

a) How far could the person jump on themoon, where the free-fall acceleration is g/6and g = 9.81 m/s2?

Part 2 of 2b) How far could the person jump on Mars,where the acceleration due to gravity is0.38g?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A science student riding on a flatcar of a

train moving at a constant speed of a 10.0m/s throws a ball toward the caboose alonga path that the student judges as makingan initial angle of 60.0 with the horizontal.The teacher, who is standing on the groundnearby, observes the ball rising vertically.

How high does the ball rise?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A football is thrown toward a receiver with

an initial speed of 18.0 m/s at an angle of35.0 above the horizontal. At that instant,the receiver is 18.0 m from the quarterback.

With what constant speed should the re-ceiver run to catch the football at the level atwhich it was thrown?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A rocket is launched at an angle of 53

above the horizontal with an initial speed of75 m/s, as shown. It moves for 25 s alongits initial line of motion with an overall accel-eration of 25 m/s2. At this time its enginesfail and the rocket proceeds to move as a freebody.


a) What is the rocket’s maximum altitude?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the rocket’s total time of flight?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the rocket’s horizontal range?

Chapter 2, section 7, Vectors 135


Part 1 of 2A truck driver attempting to deliver some

furniture travels 8 km east, turns around andtravels 3 km west, and then travels 12 km eastto his destination.

a) What distance has the driver traveled?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the magnitude of the driver’s totaldisplacement?


Part 1 of 2While following the directions on a treasure

map, a pirate walks 45.0 m north, then turnsand walks 7.5 m east.

a) What is the magnitude of the sin-gle straight-line displacement that the piratecould have taken to reach the treasure?

Part 2 of 2b) At what angle with the north would hehave to walk?


Part 1 of 2Emily passes a soccer ball 6.0 m directly

across the field to Kara, who then kicks theball 14.5 m directly down the field to Luisa.

a) What is the magnitude of the ball’s totaldisplacement as it travels between Emily andLuisa?

Part 2 of 2b) How many degrees to the side of straightdown the field is the ball’s total displace-ment?


Part 1 of 2A hummingbird flies 1.2 m along a straight

path at a height of 3.4 m above the ground.Upon spotting a flower below, the humming-bird drops directly downward 1.4 m to hoverin front of the flower.

a) What is the magnitude of the humming-bird’s total displacement?

Part 2 of 2Howmany degrees below the horizontal is thistotal displacement?

Holt SF 03B 01 0202:07, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

Part 1 of 2A truck travels beneath an airplane that is

moving 105 km/h at an angle of 25 to theground.

a) How fast must the truck travel to staybeneath the airplane?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the magnitude of the vertical com-ponent of the velocity of the plane?

Holt SF 03B 0302:07, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

Part 1 of 2A truck travels up a hill with a 15 incline.

The truck has a constant speed of 22 m/s.a) What is the horizontal component of the

truck’s velocity?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the vertical component of thetruck’s velocity?



Part 1 of 2A cat climbs 5 m directly up a tree.a) What is the horizontal component of the

cat’s displacement?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the vertical component of the cat’sdisplacement?


Part 1 of 2A superhero flies 125 m from the top of

a tall building at an angle of 25 below thehorizontal.

a) What is the horizontal component of thesuperhero’s displacement?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the vertical component of the su-perhero’s displacement?


Part 1 of 2A child rides a toboggan down a hill that

descends at an angle of 30.5 to the horizontal.The hill is 23.0 m long.

a) What is the horizontal component of thechild’s displacement?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the vertical component of thechild’s displacement?


Part 1 of 2A skier squats low and races down a(n) 18

ski slope. During a 5 s interval, the skieraccelerates at 2.5 m/s2.

a) What is the horizontal component of

the skier’s acceleration (perpendicular to thedirection of free fall)?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the vertical component of theskier’s acceleration?


Part 1 of 2A football player runs directly down the

field for 35 m before turning to the right atan angle of 25 from his original directionand running an additional 15 m before beingtackled.

a) What is the magnitude of the runner’stotal displacement?

Part 2 of 2b) At what angle to his original displacementis his total displacement (with counterclock-wise positive)?


Part 1 of 2A plane travels 2.5 km at an angle of 35 to

the ground, then changes direction and travels5.2 km at an angle of 22 to the ground.

a) What is the magnitude of the plane’stotal displacement?

Part 2 of 2b) At what angle above the horizontal is theplane’s total displacement?


Part 1 of 2During the rodeo, a clown runs 8.0 m north,

turns 35 east of north, and runs 3.5 m. Then,after waiting for the bull to come near, theclown turns due east and runs 5.0 m to exit


the arena.a) What is the magnitude of the clown’s

total displacement?

Part 2 of 2b) How many degrees east of north is theclown’s total displacement?


Part 1 of 2An airplane flying parallel to the ground

undergoes two consecutive displacements.The first is 75 km at 30.0 west of north,and the second is 155 km at 60.0 east ofnorth.

a) What is the magnitude of the plane’stotal displacement?

Part 2 of 2b) At what angle east of north is the plane’stotal displacement?


Part 1 of 3A girl delivering newspapers travels 5

blocks west, 8 blocks north, then 9 blockseast.

a) What is the magnitude of her resultantdisplacement?

Part 2 of 3b) Find the direction (measured from dueeast, with counterclockwise positive) of herdisplacement.

Part 3 of 3c) What is the total distance she travels?


Part 1 of 2

A golfer takes two putts to sink his ball inthe hole once he is on the green. The firstputt displaces the ball 6.00 m east, and thesecond putt displaces it 5.40 m south.

a) How large a displacement would put theball in the hole in one putt?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the direction (measured from dueeast, with counterclockwise positive) of thedisplacement?


A quarterback takes the ball from the lineof scrimmage, runs backward for 10.0 yards,then runs sideways parallel to the line ofscrimmage for 15.0 yards. At this point, hethrows a 50.0 yard forward pass straight downthe field.

What is the magnitude of the football’sresultant displacement?


Part 1 of 4Note: You are not given the direction

moved after any of the 90 turns, so therecould be more than one answer.

A shopper pushing a cart through a storemoves 40.0 m south down one aisle, thenmakes a 90 turn and moves 15.0 m. Hethen makes another 90 turn and moves 20.0m.

a) What is the magnitude of the small-est possible displacement the shopper couldhave?

Part 2 of 4b) At how many degrees from due south isthis displacement?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the magnitude of the largest pos-sible displacement the shopper could have?


Part 4 of 4d) At how many degrees from due south isthis displacement?


Part 1 of 2A submarine dives 110.0 m at an angle of

10.0 below the horizontal.a) What is the horizontal component of the

submarine’s displacement?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the vertical component of the sub-marine’s displacement?


Part 1 of 2A person walks 25.0 north of east for 3.10

km. Another person walks due north and dueeast to arrive at the same location.

a) How large is the east component of thissecond path?

Part 2 of 2b) How large is the north component of thissecond path?


Part 1 of 2A roller coaster travels 41.1 m at an angle

of 40.0 above the horizontal.a) How far does it move horizontally?

Part 2 of 2b) How far does it move vertically?


Part 1 of 2A person walks the path shown. The total

trip consists of four straight-line paths.

S

N

W E

100 m300

m

30.0

150m

200m

60.0

Note: Figure is not drawn to scale.a) At the end of the walk, what is the mag-

nitude of the person’s resultant displacementmeasured from the starting point?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the direction (measured from duewest, with counterclockwise positive) of theperson’s resultant displacement?


Part 1 of 2The pilot of an aircraft wishes to fly due

west in a 50.0 km/h wind blowing toward thesouth. The speed of the aircraft in the absenceof a wind is 205 km/h.

a) How many degrees from west should theaircraft head? Let clockwise be positive.

Part 2 of 2b) What should the plane’s speed be relativeto the ground?


A hunter wishes to cross a river that is1.5 km wide and that flows with a speed of5.0 km/h. The hunter uses a small powerboat


that moves at a maximum speed of 12 km/hwith respect to the water.

What is the minimum time necessary forcrossing?


Part 1 of 3A motorboat heads due east at 12.0 m/s

across a river that flows toward the south at aspeed of 3.5 m/s.

a) What is the magnitude of the resultantvelocity relative to an observer on the shore?

Part 2 of 3b)What is the angle from the original heading(with counterclockwise positive) of the boat’sdisplacement?

Part 3 of 3c) If the river is 1360 m wide, how long doesit take the boat to cross?


Part 1 of 2An escalator is 20.0 m long. If a person

stands on the escalator, it takes 50.0 s to ridefrom the bottom to the top.

a) If a person walks up the moving escalatorwith a speed of 0.500 m/s relative to theescalator, how long does it take the person toget to the top?

Part 2 of 2b) If a person walks down the “up” escala-tor with the same relative speed as in thefirst part, how long does it take to reach thebottom?

Holt SF 03Rev 57 shortened02:07, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

An escalator is 20.0 m long. If a person

stands on the escalator, it takes 50.0 s to ridefrom the bottom to the top.

If a person walks up the moving escalatorwith a speed of 0.500 m/s relative to theescalator, how long does it take the person toget to the top?


The eye of a hurricane passes over GrandBahama Island. It is moving in a direction60.0 north of west with a speed of 41.0 km/h.Exactly 3.00 hours later, the course of thehurricane shifts due north, and its speed slowsto 25.0 km/h, as shown.

How far from Grand Bahama is the hurri-cane 4.50 h after it passes over the island?


A boat moves through a river at 7.5 m/srelative to the water, regardless of the boat’sdirection.

If the water in the river is flowing at 1.5m/s, how long does it take the boat to make around trip consisting of a 250 m displacementdownstream followed by a 250 m displacementupstream?


Part 1 of 4A water spider maintains an average po-

sition on the surface of a stream by dartingupstream (against the current), then driftingdownstream (with the current) to its origi-nal position. The current in the stream is0.500 m/s relative to the shore, and the waterspider darts upstream 0.560 m (relative to aspot on shore) in 0.800 s during the first partof its motion. Use upstream as the positivedirection.

a) Find the velocity of the water spider


relative to the water during its dash upstream.

Part 2 of 4b) What is its velocity (relative to the water)during its drift downstream?

Part 3 of 4c) How far upstream relative to the water doesthe water spider move during one cycle of thisupstream and downstream motion?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the average velocity of the waterspider relative to the water for one completecycle?


Part 1 of 2A car travels due east with a speed of 50.0

km/h. Rain is falling vertically with respectto Earth. The traces of the rain on the sidewindows of the car make an angle of 60.0

with the vertical.a) Find the magnitude of the velocity of the

rain with respect to the car.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the magnitude of the rain’s velocitywith respect to Earth.


A shopper in a department store can walkup a stationary (stalled) escalator in 30.0 s.

If the normally functioning escalator cancarry the standing shopper to the next floorin 20.0 s, how long would it take the shopperto walk up the moving escalator? Assume thesame walking effort for the shopper whetherthe escalator is stalled or moving.

Chapter 2, section 8, Relative Velocity 141


A passenger at the rear of a train travelingat 15 m/s relative to Earth throws a base-ball with a speed of 15 m/s in the directionopposite the motion of the train.

What is the velocity of the baseball relativeto Earth as it leaves the thrower’s hand?


A spy runs from the front to the back of anaircraft carrier at a velocity of 3.5 m/s. Theaircraft carrier is moving forward at 18.0 m/s.

How fast does the spy appear to be run-ning when viewed by an observer on a nearbystationary submarine (forward is positive)?


Part 1 of 2A ferry is crossing a river. The ferry is

headed due north with a speed of 2.5 m/srelative to the water and the river’s velocityis 3.0 m/s to the east.

a) What is magnitude of the boat’s velocityrelative to Earth?

Part 2 of 2b) Find the direction in which the ferry ismoving (measured from due east, with coun-terclockwise positive).


Part 1 of 2A pet store supply truck moves at 25.0 m/s

north along a highway. Inside, a dog moves at1.75 m/s at an angle of 35.0 east of north.

a) What is the magnitude of the dog’s ve-

locity relative to the road?

Part 2 of 2b) At how many degrees east of north is thedog actually moving?


The pilot of a plane measures an air velocityof 165 km/h south. An observer on the groundsees the plane pass overhead at a velocity of145 km/h toward the north.

What is the velocity of the wind that isaffecting the plane? Let north be positive.


Part 1 of 3A river flows due east at 1.50 m/s. A

boat crosses the river from the south shoreto the north shore by maintaining a constantvelocity of 10.0 m/s due north relative to thewater.

a) What is the magnitude of the velocity ofthe boat as viewed by an observer on shore?

Part 2 of 3b) How many degrees off course is the boatforced by the current?

Part 3 of 3c) If the river is 325 m wide, how far down-stream is the boat when it reaches the northshore?


Part 1 of 2A swimmer can swim in still water at a

speed of 9.50 m/s. He intends to swim directlyacross a river that has a downstream currentof 3.75 m/s.

a) How many degrees from straight across

Chapter 2, section 8, Relative Velocity 142

the river should he head? Let upstream be apositive angle.

Part 2 of 2b) What is the magnitude of the swimmer’svelocity relative to the bank?

Chapter 2, section 9, Angular and Linear Quantities 143


A girl sitting on a merry-go-round movescounterclockwise through an arc length of2.50 m.

If the girl’s angular displacement is 1.67rad, how far is she from the center of themerry-go-round?


A beetle sits at the top of a bicyclewheel and flies away just before it would besquashed. Assuming that the wheel turnsclockwise, the beetle’s angular displacementis π rad, which corresponds to an arc lengthof 1.2 m.

What is the wheel’s radius?


A car on a Ferris wheel has an angulardisplacement of π

4rad, which corresponds to

an arc length of 29.8 m.What is the Ferris wheel’s radius?


Part 1 of 4Consider the following table:

∆θ ∆s ra +0.25 m 0.10 m

+0.75 rad b 8.5 mc −4.2 m 0.75 m

+135 +2.6 m d

a) What is the value of a?

Part 2 of 4

b) What is the value of b?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the value of c?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the value of d?


A car tire rotates with an average angularspeed of 29 rad/s.

In what time interval will the tire rotate 3.5times?


A girl ties a toy airplane to the end of astring and swings it around her head. Theplane’s average angular speed is 2.2 rad/s.

In what time interval will the plane movethrough an angular displacement of 3.3 rad?


The average angular speed of a fly movingin a circle is 7.0 rad/s.

How long does the fly take to move through2.3 rad?



ωavg ∆θ ∆ta +2.3 rad 10.0 s

+0.75 rev/s b 0.050 sc −1.2 turns 1.2 s

+2.0π rad/s +1.5π rad d



Part 2 of 4b) What is the value of b?




A figure skater begins spinning counter-clockwise at an angular speed of 4.0π rad/s.During a 3.0 s interval, she slowly pulls herarms inward and finally spins at 8.0π rad/s.

What is her average angular accelerationduring this time interval?


What angular acceleration is necessary toincrease the angular speed of a fan blade from8.5 rad/s to 15.4 rad/s in 5.2 s?



αavg ∆ω ∆ta +121.5 rad/s 7.0 s

+0.75 rad/s2 b 0.050 sc −1.2 turns/s 1.2 s





The wheel on an upside-down bicycle movesthrough 18.0 rad in 5.00 s.

What is the wheel’s angular acceleration ifits initial angular speed is 2.0 rad/s?


A diver performing a double somersaultspins at an angular speed of 4.0π rad/s pre-cisely 0.50 s after leaving the platform.

Assuming the diver begins with zero initialangular speed and accelerates at a constantrate, what is the diver’s angular accelerationduring the double somersault?


A fish swimming behind an oil tanker getscaught in a whirlpool created by the ship’spropellers. The fish has an angular speed of1.0 rad/s. After 4.5 s, the fish’s angular speedis 14.5 rad/s.

If the water in the whirlpool accelerates ata constant rate, what is the angular accelera-tion?


Part 1 of 2A remote-controlled car’s wheel accelerates

at 22.4 rad/s2.a) If the wheel begins with an angular speed

of 10.8 rad/s, what is the wheel’s angularspeed after exactly three full turns?

Part 2 of 2b) How long does the wheel in part a) take tomake the three turns?



A woman passes through a revolving doorwith a tangential speed of 1.8 m/s.

If she is 0.80 m from the center of the door,what is the door’s angular speed?


A softball pitcher throws a ball with a tan-gential speed of 6.93 m/s.

If the pitcher’s arm is 0.660 m long, whatis the angular speed of the ball before thepitcher releases it?


An athlete spins in a circle before releasinga discus with a tangential speed of 9.0 m/s.

What is the angular speed of the spinningathlete? Assume the discus is 0.75 m from theathlete’s axis of rotation.



vt ω ra 121.5 rad/s 0.0300 m

0.75 m/s b 0.050 mc 1.2 turns/s 3.8 m

2.0π m/s 1.5π rad/s d






A dog on a merry-go-round undergoes a 1.5m/s2 linear acceleration.

If the merry-go-round’s angular accelera-tion is 1.0 rad/s2, how far is the dog from theaxis of rotation?


A young boy swings a yo-yo horizontallyabove his head at an angular acceleration of0.35 rad/s2.

If the tangential acceleration of the yo-yoat the end of the string is 0.18 m/s2, how longis the string?


What is a tire’s angular acceleration if thetangential acceleration at a radius of 0.15 mis 9.4× 10−2 m/s2?

Holt SF 07G 0102:09, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

A girl sits on a tire that is attached toan overhanging tree limb by a rope. Thegirl’s father pushes her so that her centripetalacceleration is 3.0 m/s2.

If the length of the rope is 2.1 m, what isthe girl’s tangential speed?


A young boy swings a yo-yo horizontally


above his head so that the yo-yo has a cen-tripetal acceleration of 250 m/s2.

If the yo-yo’s string is 0.50 m long, what isthe yo-yo’s tangential speed?


Part 1 of 2A dog sits 1.5 m from the center of a merry-

go-round.a) If the dog undergoes a 1.5 m/s2 cen-

tripetal acceleration, what is the dog’s linearspeed?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the angular speed of the merry-go-round?


A race car moves along a circular track atan angular speed of 0.512 rad/s.

If the car’s centripetal acceleration is 15.4m/s2, what is the distance between the carand the center of the track?


A piece of clay sits 0.20 m from the centerof a potter’s wheel.

If the potter spins the wheel at an angularspeed of 20.5 rad/s, what is the magnitudeof the centripetal acceleration of the piece ofclay on the wheel?

Holt SF 07H 0102:09, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

A girl sits on a tire that is attached to anoverhanging tree limb by a rope 2.10 m inlength. The girl’s father pushes her with atangential speed of 2.50 m/s. Besides the

force opposing the girl’s weight, the magni-tude of the force that maintains her circularmotion is 88.0 N.

What is the girl’s mass?


A bicyclist is riding at a tangential speed of13.2 m/s around a circular track with a radiusof 40.0 m.

If the magnitude of the force that maintainsthe bike’s circular motion is 377 N, what is thecombined mass of the bicycle and rider?


A dog sits 1.50 m from the center of amerry-go-round with an angular speed of 1.20rad/s.

If the magnitude of the force that maintainsthe dog’s circular motion is 40.0 N, what isthe dog’s mass?


A 905 kg test car travels around a 3.25 kmcircular track.

If the magnitude of the force that maintainsthe car’s circular motion is 2140 N, what isthe car’s tangential speed?


A car on a Ferris wheel has an angulardisplacement of 0.34 rad.

If the car moves through an arc length of 12m, what is the radius of the Ferris wheel?



When a wheel is rotated through an angleof 35, a point on the circumference travelsthrough an arc length of 2.5 m. When thewheel is rotated through angles of 35 rad and35 rev, the same point travels through arclengths of 143 m and 9.0×102 m, respectively.

What is the radius of the wheel?


How long does it take the second hand of aclock to move through 4.00 rad?


A phonograph record has an initial angularspeed of 33 rev/min. The record slows to 11rev/min in 2.0 s.

What is the record’s average angular accel-eration during this time interval?


If a flywheel increases its average angularspeed by 2.7 rad/s in 1.9 s, what is its averageangular acceleration?


A potter’s wheel moves from rest to anangular speed of 0.20 rev/s in 30.0 s.

Assuming constant angular acceleration,what is its angular acceleration in rad/s2?


Part 1 of 2A drill starts from rest. After 3.20 s of

constant angular acceleration, the drill turnsat a rate of 2628 rad/s.

a) Find the drill’s angular acceleration.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the angle through which thedrill rotates during this period.


A tire placed on a balancing machine ina service station starts from rest and turnsthrough 4.7 rev in 1.2 s before reaching itsfinal angular speed.

Assuming that the angular acceleration ofthe wheel is constant, calculate the wheel’sangular acceleration.


A small pebble breaks loose from the treadsof a tire with a radius of 32 cm.

If the pebble’s tangential speed is 49 m/s,what is the tire’s angular speed?


The Emerald Suite is a revolving restaurantat the top of the Space Needle in Seattle,Washington.

If a customer sitting 12 m from therestaurant’s center has a tangential speed of2.18× 10−2 m/s, what is the angular speed ofthe restaurant?


A bicycle wheel has an angular accelerationof 1.5 rad/s2.

If a point on its rim has a tangential accel-eration of 48 cm/s2, what is the radius of the


wheel?


When a string is pulled in the correct di-rection on a window shade, a lever is releasedand the shaft that the shade is wound aroundspins.

If the shaft’s angular acceleration is 3.8rad/s2 and the shade accelerates upward at0.086 m/s2, what is the radius of the shaft?


A building superintendent twirls a set ofkeys in a circle at the end of a cord.

If the keys have a centripetal accelerationof 145 m/s2 and the cord has a length of 0.34m, what is the tangential speed of the keys?


A sock stuck to the side of a clothes-dryerbarrel has a centripetal acceleration of 28m/s2.

If the dryer barrel has a radius of 27 cm,what is the tangential speed of the sock?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A roller-coaster car speeds down a hill past

point A and then rolls up a hill past point B,as shown in the figure. The car has a speed of20.0 m/s at point A.

10 m

15 m

A

B

Note: Figure is not drawn to scale.a) If at point A the track exerts a force on

the car that is 2.06 × 104 N greater than thecar’s weight, what is the mass of the car?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the maximum speed the car canhave at point B for the gravitational force tohold it on the track?


Earth orbits the sun once every 365.25 days.Find the average angular speed of Earth

about the sun.


Part 1 of 2An airplane is flying in a horizontal circle

at a speed of 105 m/s. The 80.0 kg pilotdoes not want the centripetal acceleration toexceed 7.00 times free-fall acceleration.

a) Find the minimum radius of the plane’spath.

Part 2 of 2b) At this radius, what is the magnitude ofthe net force that maintains circular motionexerted on the pilot by the seat belts, thefriction against the seat, and so forth?


A car traveling at 30.0 m/s undergoes aconstant negative acceleration of magnitude


2.00 m/s2 when the brakes are applied.How many revolutions does each tire make

before the car comes to a stop? Assume thatthe car does not skid and that each tire has aradius of 0.300 m.


A coin with a diameter of 2.40 cm isdropped onto a horizontal surface. The coinstarts out with an initial angular speed of18.0 rad/s and rolls in a straight line withoutslipping.

If the rotation slows with an angular ac-celeration of magnitude 1.90 rad/s2, how fardoes the coin roll before coming to rest?


A mass attached to a 50.0 cm string startsfrom rest and is rotated in a circular pathexactly 40 times in 1.00 min before reaching afinal angular speed.

What is the angular speed of the mass after1.00 min?


Part 1 of 2The radius of the Earth is about

6.37× 106 m.a) What is the centripetal acceleration of a

point on the equator?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the centripetal acceleration of apoint at the North Pole?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A copper block rests 30.0 cm from the cen-

ter of a steel turntable. The coefficient ofstatic friction between the block and the sur-face is 0.53. The turntable starts from restand rotates with a constant angular accelera-tion of 0.50 rad/s2.

After what time interval will the block startto slip on the turntable?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An air puck of mass 0.025 kg is tied to

a string and allowed to revolve in a circleof radius 1.0 m on a frictionless horizontalsurface. The other end of the string passesthrough a hole in the center of the surface,and a mass of 1.0 kg is tied to it, as shownin the figure. The suspended mass remainsin equilibrium while the puck revolves on thesurface.

1 m

1 kg

0.025 kg

a) What is the magnitude of the force thatmaintains circular motion acting on the puck?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the linear speed of the puck?


A cable passes over a pulley. Because of thefriction, the force in the cable is not the sameon opposite sides of the pulley. The force onone side is 120.0 N, and the force on the otherside is 100.0 N.

Assuming that the pulley is a uniform diskwith a mass of 2.1 kg and a radius of 0.81


m, determine the magnitude of the angularacceleration of the pulley.


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A cylindrical 5.00 kg pulley with a radius of

0.600 m is used to lower a 3.00 kg bucket intoa well. The bucket starts from rest and fallsfor 4.00 s.

a) What is the linear acceleration of thefalling bucket?

Part 2 of 3b) How far does it drop?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the angular acceleration of thecylindrical pulley?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A horizontal 800.0 N merry-go-round with

a radius of 1.5 m is started from rest by aconstant horizontal force of 50.0 N appliedtangentially to the merry-go-round.

Find the kinetic energy of the merry-go-round after 3.0 s. Assume it is a solid cylin-der.


A top has a moment of inertia of 4.00 ×10−4 kg ·m2 and is initially at rest. It is freeto rotate about a vertical stationary axis. Astring around a peg along the axis of the topis pulled, maintaining a constant tension of5.57 N in the string.

If the string does not slip while it is woundaround the peg, what is the angular speed ofthe top after 80.0 cm of string has been pulled

off the peg?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81m/s2 .A pulley has a moment of inertia of

5.0 kg ·m2 and a radius of 0.50 m. A cordis wrapped over the pulley and attached toa hanging object on either end. Assume thecord does not slip, the axle is frictionless, andthe two hanging objects have masses of 2.0 kgand 5.0 kg.

a) Find the acceleration of each mass.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the force in the cord supporting thesmaller mass.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the force in the cord supporting thelarger mass.


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81m/s2 .A 4.0 kg mass is connected by a light cord to

a 3.0 kg mass on a smooth surface as shown.The pulley rotates about a frictionless axleand has a moment of inertia of 0.50 kg ·m2

and a radius of 0.30 m.

4kg

3kg

F1

F2

R

Note: Figure is not drawn to scale

Assume that the cord does not slip on thepulley.

a) What is the acceleration of the two


masses?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the magnitude of the force F1?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the magnitude of the force F2?



When you jump upward, your hang time isthe time your feet are off the ground.

Does hang time depend on your verticalcomponent of velocity when you jump, yourhorizontal component of velocity, or both?

1. Hang time depends only on the verticalcomponent of your lift-off velocity.

2. Hang time depends only on the horizontalcomponent of your lift-off velocity.

3.Hang time depends on both the horizontaland the vertical component of your lift-offvelocity.

4. Sometimes hang time depends only onthe vertical component of your lift-off velocity,sometimes it depends on both the vertical andhorizontal.

Vector Quantity02:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following is a vector quantity?

1. mass

2. density

3. none of these

4. temperature

5. speed

Chapter 3, section 1, Force 153

Force on a Table Top03:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Atmospheric pressure is 14.7 lb/in2.What is the total force on a table top 27 in

wide by 43 in long?

Forces 0103:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

No force is necessary to

1. start an object moving.

2. stop an object from moving.

3. cause a change in the motion of an ob-ject.

4. keep an object moving the way it is al-ready moving.


A push or pull that gives energy to an ob-ject, causing that object to start moving, stopmoving, or change its motion is

1. a force.

2. inertia.

3. friction.

4. pressure.


is the tendency of matter to resist anychange in motion.

1. Inertia

2. Momentum

3. Friction

4. Pressure


The weakest of the universal forces is

1. gravity.

2. magnetic.

3. electric.

4. nuclear.


Objects with different charges attract eachother because of force.

1. electric

2. gravitational

3. centripetal

4. nuclear


The universal force that acts on the protonsand neutrons of an atom is called theforce.

1. nuclear

2. electric

3. gravitational

4. magnetic


An example of the weak nuclear force is


1. nuclear decay.

2. lightning.

3. static cling.

4. ocean tides.


What is the net force on a Mercedes con-vertible traveling along a straight road at asteady speed of 100 km/h?

1. 0 N

2. 10 N

3. 100 N

4. 200 N

5. All are wrong.


If an object is not accelerating, can you tellhow many forces acts on it?

1. 0

2. 1

3. 2

1. 3

5. No. I can’t tell.


In the orbiting space shuttle you are handedfour identical boxes. The first one is filled withsand. The second one is filled with iron. Thethird one is filled with water. The last one is

filled with feathers. Shake the boxes.Which one offers the greatest resistance and

which one offers the smallest resistance?

1. iron, feathers

2. sand, water

3. iron, water

4. feathers, iron

5. All are wrong.


A race car travels along a raceway at aconstant velocity of 200 km/h.

What is the net force acting on the car?

1. 0 N

2. It depends on the mass of the car.

3. 200 N

4. 100 N

5. All are wrong.


What force pushes up on you when youjump vertically off the ground?

1. The force of the ground pushing up onyou

2. The force of your feet pushing your body

3. The force of gravitation

4. The force of air drag

5. All are wrong.

Hewitt CP9 04 E35



What is the net force on a 1-N apple whenyou hold it at rest above your head and whatis the net force on it after you release it?

1. 0 N, 1 N

2. 0 N, 0 N

3. 1 N, 0 N

4. 1 N, 1 N

5. All above are wrong.


Part 1 of 2The wind exerts a force of 452 N north on

a sailboat, while the water exerts a force of325 N west on the sailboat.

a) What is the magnitude of the net exter-nal force on the sailboat?

Part 2 of 2b) How many degrees west of north is this netexternal force directed?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A mass of 0.55 kg attached to a vertical

spring stretches the spring 36 cm from itsoriginal equilibrium position.

What is the spring constant?


A load of 45 N attached to a spring thatis hanging vertically stretches the spring 0.14m.

What is the spring constant?

Holt SF 12A 03 0403:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2A slingshot consists of a light leather cup

attached between two rubber bands. It takesa force of 32 N to stretch the bands 1.2 cm.

a) What is the equivalent spring constantof the rubber bands?

Part 2 of 2b) How much force is required to pull the cupof the slingshot 3.0 cm from its equilibriumposition?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Janet wants to find the spring constant of a

given spring, so she hangs the spring verticallyand attaches a 0.40 kg mass to the spring’sother end.

If the spring stretches 3.0 cm from itsequilibrium position, what is the spring con-stant?


In preparing to shoot an arrow, an archerpulls a bow string back 0.400 m by exerting aforce that increases uniformly from 0 to 230N.

What is the equivalent spring constant ofthe bow?


In an arcade game, a 0.12 kg disk is shotacross a frictionless horizontal surface by be-ing compressed against a spring and then re-leased. The spring has a spring constant of


230 N/m and is compressed from its equilib-rium position by 6.0 cm.

What is the magnitude of the spring forceon the disk at the moment it is released?


A child’s toy consists of a piece of plasticattached to a spring, as shown. The spring iscompressed against the floor a distance of 2.0cm and released.

If the spring constant is 85 N/m, what isthe magnitude of the spring force acting onthe toy at the moment it is released?

Net Force 0203:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4You have two forces, 100 N and 75 N. What

is their resultant if the first acts upward andthe second downward?

Part 2 of 4What is the direction of the resultant?

1. downward

2. upward

Part 3 of 4What is their resultant if they both act down-ward?

Part 4 of 4What is the direction of this resultant?

1. downward

2. upward


Part 1 of 3A(n) 30 N object is in free fall. What net

force acts on the object?

Part 2 of 3What is the net force when the object encoun-ters 10 N of air resistance?

Part 3 of 3What is the net force when it falls fast enoughto encounter an air resistance of 30 N?

Perpendicular Vectors 0103:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A pair of 200 N vectors are perpendicular.What is the magnitude of their resultant?

Perpendicular Vectors 0203:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two vectors of magnitudes 10 N and 20 Nact at right angles to each other.

What is the magnitude of their resultant?

PS 303 7 1103:01, basic, numeric, < 1 min, wording-variable.

Suppose the gravitational force between themoon and the earth were equal to S.

If the moon’s mass were doubled, by whatfactor of S would the gravitational force be-tween the earth and moon be?

PS 303 7 203:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2The sum of two forces, one having a magni-

tude of 8 N acting due west and other havinga magnitude of 3 N acting due north is

1. (−8 N, 3 N)


2. (8 N,−3 N)

3. (8 N, 3 N)

4. (−8 N,−3 N)

5. (3 N,−8 N)

6. (−3 N, 8 N)

7. (3 N, 8 N)

8. (−3 N,−8 N)

8. (11 N, 11 N)

8. (5 N,−5 N)

Part 2 of 2What is the magnitude of that force?

PS303 Spring Balance03:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

From your experience with springs in lab,you learned something about the relationshipbetween the extension of a spring scale andthe weight hung from it.

Assume you observe for a certain springthat it stretched a distance 1.7 cm when youhung a weight of 1.9 N from it. When youhung a 2.85 N weight it stretched a total of2.55 cm. Using this information determinethe weight of an object which causes a 4 cmdisplacement when hung from the spring bal-ance.

Reaction Force 0303:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A 0.75 kg physics book with dimensions of

24 cm by 20 cm is on a table. What force doesthe book apply to the table?

Part 2 of 2What pressure does the book apply?

Scaling a Vector 0103:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A vector drawn 3 cm long represents a forceof 10 N.

What force does a vector that is 13 cm long,drawn to the same scale, represent?

Scaling a Vector 0203:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A vector drawn 3 cm long represents a forceof 10 N.

How long would you draw a vector for aforce of 110 N?

Springs03:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

An ideal spring obeys Hooke’s law, F =−kx. A mass of 0.50 kilogram hung verticallyfrom this spring stretches the spring 0.075meter.

The value of the force constant k for thespring is most nearly

1. 0.33 N/m

2. 0.66 N/m

3. 6.6 N/m

4. 33 N/m

5. 66 N/m

Stretching a Spring 0103:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A certain spring stretches 2 cm when itsupports a load of 0.5 kg.

If the elastic limit is not reached, how farwill it stretch when it supports a load of32 cm?

Stretching a Spring 0203:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2


The force required to stretch a Hooke’s-lawspring varies from 0 N to 50 N as we stretchthe spring by moving one end 12 cm from itsunstressed position. Find the force constantof the spring.

Part 2 of 2Find the work done in stretching the spring.

Chapter 3, section 2, Newton’s First Law of Motion 159

Comparing Accelerations03:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Suppose a cart is being moved by a certainnet force.

If the net force is increased by a factor of 2,by what factor does its acceleration change?


When forces are balanced, the motion ofthe object

1. does not change.

2. is completely stopped.

3. is decreased.

4. is increased.


For every action, the reaction is

1. equal and opposite in direction.

2. equal and in the same direction.

3. unequal and opposite in direction.

4. unequal and in the same direction.


Motion when an unbalanced force acts onan object is described by Newton’s

1. second law of motion.

2. first law of motion.

3. third law of motion.

4. law of universal gravitation.


Newton’s third law of motion describes

1. why forces act in pairs.

2. all aspects of an object’s motion.

3. motion when a balanced force acts on anobject.

4. motion when an unbalanced force acts onan object.


Isaac Newton developed how many lawsthat describe all states of motion?

1. three

2. one

3. two

4. four


Force equals mass times

1. acceleration.

2. inertia.

3. velocity.

4. friction.


Forces that are opposite and equal arecalled forces.


1. balanced

2. unbalanced

3. frictional

4. fluid


forces always cause a change in mo-tion.

1. unbalanced

2. balanced

3. frictional

4. fluid


Start a ball rolling down a bowling alleyand you’ll find it moves slightly slower withtime.

Does this violate Newton’s law of inertia?Defend your answer.

1. Yes, it violates Newton’s law because noforce acted upon it.

2. No, it doesn’t violate Newton’s law be-cause air drag and friction acted upon theball.

3. Yes, it violates Newton’s law because theair drag cancels the friction; the total force onthe ball is zero.

4. No, it doesn’t violate Newton’s law be-cause the law of inertia also can be appliedupon moving objects.

5. All are wrong.

Hewitt CP9 02 E19


Can an object be in mechanical equilibriumwhen only a single force acts on it? Explain.

1. Yes, it can. The object will have an equaland opposite force because the force acted onit.

2. Yes, it can. The single force will keep theobject in mechanical equilibrium.

3. No, it can’t. There would be have to beanother or other forces to result in a zero netforce for equilibrium.

4. No, it can’t. To be in mechanical equilib-rium, no forces can act on the object.

5. All are wrong.


A hockey puck slides across the ice at aconstant speed.

Is it in equilibrium? Why or why not?

1. Yes. It is in dynamic equilibrium.

2.Yes. The puck can be considered at rest.

3. No. It is moving.

4. No. The puck can’t be considered atrest.

5. All are wrong.


A child learns in school that the Earth istraveling faster than 100,000 kilometers perhour around the sun, and in a frightened toneasks why we aren’t swept off.

What is your explanation?

1. Because we are traveling just as fast as


the Earth.

2. Because we are traveling faster than theEarth.

3. Because we are traveling slower than theEarth.

4. Because the Earth rotates on its ownaxis.

5. All are wrong.


Part 1 of 2A man is pulling on his dog with a force of

70.0 N directed at an angle of +30.0 to thehorizontal.

a) What is the x component of this force?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the y component of this force?


Part 1 of 4A crate is pulled to the right with a force

of 82.0 N, to the left with a force of 115 N,upward with a force of 565 N, and downwardwith a force of 236 N.

a) What is the net external force in the xdirection?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the net external force in the ydirection?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the magnitude of the net externalforce on the crate?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the direction of the net externalforce on the crate (measured from the positive

x axis, with counterclockwise positive)?


Part 1 of 2A gust of wind blows an apple from a tree.

As the apple falls, the force of gravity on theapple is 9.25 N downward, and the force ofthe wind on the apple is 1.05 N to the right.

a) What is the magnitude of the net exter-nal force on the apple?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the direction of the net externalforce on the apple (measured from the down-ward vertical, so that the angle to the right ofdownward is positive)?


Part 1 of 2Four forces act on a hot-air balloon, shown

from the side.

950 N1520 N

5120

N

4050N

Note: Figure is not drawn to scalea) Find the magnitude of the resultant force

on the balloon.

Part 2 of 2


b) Find the direction of the resultant force (inrelation to the 1520 N force, with up beingpositive).


Part 1 of 2Two lifeguards pull on ropes attached to

a raft. If they pull in the same direction,the raft experiences a net external force of334 N to the right. If they pull in oppositedirections, the raft experiences a net externalforce of 106 N to the left.

a) Draw a free body diagram for each situ-ation and find the magnitude of the larger ofthe two individual forces.

Part 2 of 2b) What is the magnitude of the smaller ofthe individual forces?


Part 1 of 2A dog pulls on a pillow with a force of 5 N

at an angle of 37 above the horizontala) What is the x component of this force?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the y component of this force?

Mass 5003:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A pilot with an 80 kg mass on earth wouldhave a mass of ? in zero gravity.

1. 80. kg

2. 13 kg

3. 0.0 kg

4. .800 kg


Area is measured as ? .

1. m2

2. meter

3. m3

4. m4


Doug English, former UT All-Americanand All-Pro lineman, had a mass of 119.8kg in 1974.

On the moon, his mass would be ? .

1. 0.0 kg

2. 119.8 kg

3. 20.0 kg

4. 0.0 lbs


Suppose the mass and weight of 1 liter ofiron were measured on the earth and on themoon.

The mass would be ? in the two placesand the weight would be ? in the twoplaces.

1. the same, different

2. the same, the same

3. different, different

4. different, the same

Monroe TF 03 0303:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,


wording-variable.

A) Mafic magma has lower viscosity.B) Felsic lavas would tend to be slowmoving,

thick, and move only short distances.C) Bowen’s Reactions Series explains the or-

der of mineral formation with decreasingtemperature.

Which of the preceding statements is/aretrue?


2. None is true.

3. Only A is true.

4. Only B is true.

5. Only C is true.




Weight 5003:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

An astronaut weighs 120 lbs on the surfaceof the Earth.

On the moon, where the gravity is 16 that of

Earth, she would weigh

1. 20 lbs.

2. 120 lbs.

3. 114 lbs.

4. 360 lbs.

5. 720 lbs.

Chapter 3, section 3, Newton’s Second Law of Motion 164

Acceleration to the Right03:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Two forces act on a 30 kg mass to give it

an acceleration of 40 m/s2 in the positive xdirection.

If one of the forces acts in the negative ydirection with a magnitude of 25 N, what isthe magnitude of the second force?

Part 2 of 2What is the direction of the second force?


2. Up to the left

3. Down to the right

4. Down to the left

5. Straight up

6. Straight down

7. To the right

8. To the left

9. Up to the right

Crate and Dolly03:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The com-

bined weight of a crate and dolly is 300 N.

T

If the person pulls on the rope with a con-stant force of 20 N, what is the acceleration ofthe system (crate plus dolly)? Assume thatthe system starts from rest and that there areno frictional forces opposing the motion of thesystem.

Part 2 of 2How far will it move in 2 s?

Dragster Acceleration03:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A dragster and driver together have mass

873 kg. If the dragster, starting from rest,attains a speed of 26.3 m/s in 0.59 s.

Find the average acceleration of the drag-ster during this time interval.

Part 2 of 3What is the size of the average force on thedragster during this time interval?

Part 3 of 3Assume: The driver has a mass of 68 kg.

What horizontal force does the seat exerton the driver?


Each bone in the chain of bones formingyour spine is separated from its neighbors bydisks of elastic tissue.

What happens, then, when you jump heav-ily onto your feet from an elevated position?

1. The space between each disk will becomelarger because of Newton’s first law.

2. The discs tend to compress upon eachother because of Newton’s first law.

3. The space between each disk will becomelarger because of Newton’s second law.

4. The discs tend to compress upon eachother because of Newton’s second law.

5. All are wrong.


When you jump vertically off the ground,


what is your acceleration when you reach yourhighest point?

1. g

2.g

2

3.g

3

4. 0 m/s2

5. All are wrong.


The net external force on the propeller of a3.2 kg model airplane is 7.0 N forward.

What is the acceleration of the airplane?


The net external force on a golf cart is 390 Nnorth.

If the cart has a total mass of 270 kg, whatis the cart’s acceleration?


A car has a mass of 1.50× 103 kg.If the force acting on the car is 6.75× 103 N

to the east, what is the car’s acceleration?


A 2.0 kg otter starts from rest at the top ofa muddy incline 85 cm long and slides downto the bottom in 0.50 s.

What net external force acts on the otteralong the incline?

Holt SF 04B 05

03:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

A soccer ball kicked with a force of 13.5 Naccelerates at 6.5 m/s2 to the right.

What is the mass of the ball?


What acceleration will you give to a 24.3 kgbox if you push it with a force of 85.5 N?


A freight train has a mass of 1.5× 107 kg.If the locomotive can exert a constant pull

of 7.5 × 105 N, how long would it take toincrease the speed of the train from rest to85 km/h? (Disregard friction.)


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 3.00 kg ball is dropped from the roof of

a building 176.4 m high. While the ball isfalling to Earth, a horizontal wind exerts aconstant force of 12.0 N on the ball.

a) How long does it take to hit the ground?

Part 2 of 3b) How far from the building does the ball hitthe ground?

Part 3 of 3c)What is its speed when it hits the ground?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 40.0 kg wagon is towed up a hill inclined


at 18.5 with respect to the horizontal. Thetow rope is parallel to the incline and exertsa force of 140 N on the wagon. Assume thatthe wagon starts from rest at the bottom ofthe hill, and disregard friction.

How fast is the wagon going after moving30.0 m up the hill?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A shopper in a supermarket pushes a loaded

32 kg cart with a horizontal force of 12 N.a) Disregarding friction, how far will the

cart move in 3.5 s, starting from rest?

Part 2 of 2b) How far will the cart move in the 3.5 s ifthe shopper places a(n) 85 N child in the cartbefore pushing it?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 2.00 kg block is in equilibrium on an

incline of 36.0.What is Fn of the incline on the block?


What net external force is required to givea 25 kg suitcase an acceleration of 2.2 m/s2 tothe right?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A block with a mass of 5.0 kg is held in

equilibrium on an incline of 25.0 by the hori-

zontal force ~F , as shown.

5 kg

µ = 0

F25

25

What is the magnitude of F?

Part 2 of 2What is the magnitude of the normal force?


A 2.0 kg mass starts from rest and slidesdown an inclined plane 8.0×10−1 m long in0.50 s.

What net force is acting on the mass alongthe incline?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 2.26 kg book is dropped from a height of

1.5 m.a) What is its acceleration?

Part 2 of 2b) What is its weight?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 5.0 kg bucket of water is raised from a

well by a rope.If the upward acceleration of the bucket is

3.0 m/s2, find the force exerted by the ropeon the bucket of water.



Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 3.46 kg briefcase is sitting at rest on a

level floor.a) What is its acceleration?

Part 2 of 2b) What is its weight?


Part 1 of 3A boat moves through the water with two

forces acting on it. One is a 2.10×103 Nforward push by the motor, and the other is a1.80×103 N resistive force due to the water.

a) What is the acceleration of the 1200 kgboat?

Part 2 of 3b) If it starts from rest, how far will it movein 12 s?

Part 3 of 3c) What will its speed be at the end of thistime interval?


Part 1 of 2A 1250 kg car is pulling a 325 kg trailer.

Together, the car and trailer have an acceler-ation of 2.15 m/s2.

a) What is the net force on the car?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the net force on the trailer?


wording-variable.

Part 1 of 4The figure below shows a plot of the speed

of a person’s body during a chin-up versus

time.t v

0.00 s 0.000 m/s0.50 s 0.100 m/s1.00 s 0.200 m/s1.50 s 0.200 m/s2.00 s 0.000 m/s

All motion is vertical and the mass of theperson (excluding the arms) is 64.0 kg.

0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.00

0.1

0.2

0.3

Time (s)

Speed(m

/s)

Note: The line through thepoints is only to guide the eye.

a) What is the magnitude of the averageforce exerted on the body by the arms duringthe first time interval?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the magnitude of the average forceexerted on the body by the arms during thesecond time interval?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the magnitude of the average forceexerted on the body by the arms during thethird time interval?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the magnitude of the average forceexerted on the body by the arms during thelast time interval?

Holt SF 04Rev 61



A machine in an ice factory is capable ofexerting 3.00 × 102 N of force to pull largeblocks of ice up a slope. The blocks eachweigh 1.22× 104 N.

Assuming there is no friction, what is themaximum angle that the slope can make withthe horizontal if the machine is to be able tocomplete the task?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A hockey puck is hit on a frozen lake and

starts moving with a speed of 12.0 m/s. Ex-actly 5.00 s later, its speed is 6.00 m/s.

a) What is its average acceleration?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the coefficient of kinetic frictionbetween the puck and the ice?

Part 3 of 3c) How far does the puck travel during this5.00 s interval?


Part 1 of 2Consider the 700 N weight held by two

cables shown below. The left-hand cable ishorizontal.

700 N

35

a) What is the tension in the cable slantedat an angle of 35?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the tension in the horizontal ca-ble?

Chapter 3, section 4, Newton’s Law of Gravitation 169


If you drop an object, it will acceleratedownward at a rate of g = 9.8 m/s2.

If you throw it downward instead, its accel-eration (in the absence of air resistance) willbe

1. 9.8 m/s2

2. less than 9.8 m/s2.

3. greater than 9.8 m/s2.



A solid metal ball and a hollow plastic ballof the same external radius are released fromrest in a large vacuum chamber.

When each has fallen 1 m, they both havethe same

1. inertia

2. speed

3. momentum

4. kinetic energy

5. change in potential energy

Ball Tossed Up 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A ball is thrown upwards and caught whenit comes back down.

Neglecting air resistance, its speed whencaught is .

1. more than its initial speed.

2. the same as its initial speed.

3. less than its initial speed.

4. Not enough information to answer.

Ball Tossed Up 0203:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A ball tossed vertically upward rises,reaches its highest point, and then falls backto its starting point.

During this time the acceleration of the ballis .

1. directed upward.

2. in the direction of motion.

3. opposite its velocity.

4. directed downward.

5. directed upward initially, then directeddownward.

Bullet Fired Down 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2A bullet is fired straight down from the top

of a high cliff.Ignoring air friction, once the bullet has left

the gun, the acceleration of the bullet will be.

1. first slower than 9.8 m/s2, then faster.

2. equal to 0.


4. more than 9.8 m/s2.

5. first faster than 9.8 m/s2, then slower.

6. equal to 9.8 m/s2.


Part 2 of 2


The speed of the bullet will be .

1. equal to 9.8 m/s.

2. always slower than its initial speed.

3. always faster than its initial speed.

4. equal to 9.8 m/s2.

5. equal to zero.

6. equal to its initial speed.

7. first faster than its initial speed, thenslower.

8. first slower than its initial speed, thenfaster.


Bullet Fired Down 0203:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2A bullet is fired straight down from the top

of a high cliff.What is the acceleration of the bullet?

1. Less than 9.8 m/s2.

2. Equal to 9.8 m/s2.

3. More than 9.8 m/s2.

4. First faster than 9.8 m/s2, then slower.

5. First slower than 9.8 m/s2, then faster.


Part 2 of 2What conclusion can be reached about thespeed of the bullet?

1. First slower than its initial speed, thenfaster.

2. Always slower than its initial speed.

3. Equal to 9.8 m/s.

4. Equal to 9.8 m/s2.

5. Equal to zero.

6. Equal to its initial speed.

7. First faster than its initial speed, thenslower.

8. Always faster than its initial speed.


Coin Acceleration03:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3The following 3 questions refer to a coin

which is tossed straight up into the air. Af-ter it is released it moves upward, reachesits highest point and falls back down again.Choose the statement which indicates the ac-celeration of the coin during each of the stagesof the coin’s motion described below. Take upto be the positive direction.

The coin is moving upward after it is re-leased.

1. The acceleration is zero.

2. The acceleration is in the negative direc-tion and increasing.

3. The acceleration is in the negative direc-tion and decreasing.

4. The acceleration is in the negative direc-tion and constant.

5. The acceleration is in the positive direc-tion and constant.

6. The acceleration is in the positive direc-tion and increasing.


7. The acceleration is in the positive direc-tion and decreasing.

Part 2 of 3The coin is at its highest point.








Part 3 of 3The coin is moving downward.








Dripping Faucet03:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Consider drops of water that fall froma dripping faucet. As the drops fall they

.


2. get closer together.

3. remain at a relatively fixed distance fromone another.

4. get farther apart.

Dropped Golf Ball03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A golf ball is released from rest from the top

of a very tall building. Choose a coordinatesystem whose origin is at the starting pointof the ball, and whose y axis points verticallyupward.

Neglecting air resistance, calculate the ve-locity of the ball after 3 s.

Part 2 of 2What is the position of the ball after 3 s?(Neglect air resistance.)

Dropped Object 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

In the absence of air friction, an objectdropped near the surface of the Earth ex-periences a constant acceleration of about9.8m/s2.

This means that the

1. speed of the object increases 9.8m/s dur-ing each second.

2. speed of the object as it falls is 9.8m/s.

3. object falls 9.8 meters during each sec-ond.


4. object falls 9.8 meters during the firstsecond only.

5. derivative of the distance with respect totime for the object equals 9.8m/s2.

Dropped Object 0203:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An object is dropped from rest.What is its instantaneous speed when it has

been in motion for 3 s?

Dropped Object 0303:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An object is dropped from rest.What is the acceleration after 2 s?

Dropped Rock03:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, nor-mal.

If you drop a rock from a height of 5 m, itaccelerates at 9.8 m/s2 and strikes the ground1.01015 s later.

If you drop the same rock from half thatheight, its acceleration will be .

1. about half.

2. the same.

3. more.

4. 0.


Dropped vs Fired03:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A bullet is dropped into a river from a veryhigh bridge. At the same time, a second bulletis fired from a gun, straight down toward thewater.

Neglecting air resistance, the accelerationjust before striking the water .

1. is greater for the dropped bullet.

2. is greater for the fired bullet.

3. depends on how high they started.

4. is the same for each bullet.


Dropping vs Throwing03:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

If you drop an object, it will acceleratedownward at a rate of 9.8 m/s2.

If you throw it downward instead, its accel-eration (in the absence of air resistance) willbe .



3. greater than 9.8 m/s2.

4. 9.8 m/s2

Earth Acceleration 0103:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

When you drop a 0.4 kg apple, Earth ex-erts a force on it that accelerates it at 9.8 m/s2

toward the earth’s surface. According to New-ton’s third law, the apple must exert an equalbut opposite force on Earth.

If the mass of the earth 5.98×1024 kg, whatis the magnitude of the earth’s accelerationtoward the apple?

Falling Object 0103:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

An object is falling freely.How much gain in speed each second does

it acquire?

Falling Object 0203:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.


An object is in free fall. At one instant, itis traveling at 40 m/s.

Exactly 1.5 s later, what is its speed?

Falling Object 0303:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An object falls freely from rest on a planetwhere the acceleration due to gravity is15 m/s2.

After 3 s, what will be its speed?

Falling Object 0403:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Assuming no air resistance, objects fall atconstant .

1. velocity.

2. acceleration.

3. speed.

4. distances each successive second.

Free Fall 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A freely falling body has a constant accel-eration of 9.8 m/s2.

This means that:

1. the body falls 9.8 m during each second.

2. the body falls 9.8 m during the first secondonly.

3. the acceleration of the body decreases by9.8 m/s2 during each second.

4. the acceleration of the body increases by9.8 m/s2 during each second.

5. the speed of the body increases by 9.8m/s during each second.


In each second of fall, the distance a freelyfalling object will attain is .


2. about 5 m.

3. about 10 m.

4. the same, but not 5 m or 10 m.

5. increasing.

Gravitational 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The strength of the gravitational force be-tween objects depends on

1. the mass of each object and the distancebetween them.

2. neither the masses nor the distance be-tween them.

3. the mass of each object.

4. the distance between the objects.

Gravity 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Near the surface of the Earth, the accelera-tion due to gravity is 9.8 m/sec/sec.

After falling 6 sec, an object would have avelocity of

1. 58.8 m/sec.

2. 15.8 m/sec.

3. 3.8 m/sec.

4. 9.8 m/sec.

Gravity 0203:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.


The size of the force of gravity between twoobjects depends on the of the two objectsand the distance between them.

1. mass

2. volume

3. friction

4. motion

Gravity on Planet X03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2On planet X, an object weighs 12 N. On

planet B where the magnitude of the free-fallacceleration is 1.6 g (where g = 9.8 m/s2 isthe gravitational acceleration on Earth), theobject weighs 27 N.a) What is the mass of the object on planetX?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the free-fall acceleration on planetX?

Heavy vs Light03:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A heavy object and a light object aredropped at the same time from rest in a vac-uum.

The heavier object reaches the ground.

1. later than the lighter object.

2. sooner than the lighter object.

3. at the same time as the lighter object.



An astronaut tosses a rock on the moon.

What force(s) act on the the rock during itscurved path?

1. gravitation force

2. friction force

3. air drag

1. air push

5. All are wrong.


Part 1 of 4Gravity on the surface of the moon is only

1

6as strong as gravity on the Earth.

What is the weight of a 10 kg object on theEarth? g = 10 m/s2.

Part 2 of 4What is the weight on the moon?

Part 3 of 4What is the mass on the earth?

Part 4 of 4What is the mass on the moon?


In the absence of air drag, why does the hor-izontal component of a projectile’s motion notchange, while the vertical component does?

1. Gravitation acts vertically while there areno forces horizontally.

2. Gravitation acts horizontally while thereare no forces vertically.

3. The force exerted by the projectile’spower is equal to the gravitational force.


4. The force exerted by the projectile’spower is greater than the gravitational force.

5. The force exerted by the projectile’spower is less than the gravitational force.

Holt SF 07I 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Two balls, each with a mass of 0.800 kg,exert a gravitational force of 8.92 × 10−11 Non each other.

How far apart are the balls?


Mars has a mass of about 6.40 × 1023 kg,and its moon Phobos has a mass of about9.60× 1015 kg.

If the magnitude of the gravitational forcebetween the two bodies is 4.60 ×1015 N, howfar apart are Mars and Phobos?


Part 1 of 3Find the magnitude of the gravitational

force a 67.5 kg person would experience whilestanding on the surface of

a) Earth, with a mass of 5.98 ×1024 kg anda radius of 6.37 ×106 m.

Part 2 of 3b) Mars, with a mass of 6.34 ×1023 kg and aradius of 3.43 ×106 m.

Part 3 of 3c) Pluto, with a mass of 1.32 ×1022 kg and aradius of 1.15 ×106 m.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Tarzan tries to cross a river by swinging

from one bank to the other on a vine thatis 10.0 m long. His speed at the bottom ofthe swing, just as he clears the surface of theriver, is 8.0 m/s. Tarzan does not know thatthe vine has a breaking strength of 1.0 × 103

N.What is the largest mass Tarzan can have

and make it safely across the river?


The gravitational force of attraction be-tween two students sitting at their desks inphysics class is 3.20 ×10−8 N.

If one student has a mass of 50.0 kg and theother has a mass of 60.0 kg, how far apart arethe students sitting?


If the gravitational force between the elec-tron (9.11× 10−31 kg) and the proton (1.67×10−27 kg) in a hydrogen atom is 1.0 × 10−47

N, how far apart are the two particles?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 13500 N car traveling at 50.0 km/h

rounds a curve of radius 2.00× 102 m.a) Find the centripetal acceleration of the

car.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the force that maintains circular mo-tion.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the minimum coefficient of static fric-tion between the tires and the road that will


allow the car to round the curve safely.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 2 ×103 kg car rounds a circular turn of

radius 20.0 m.If the road is flat and the coefficient of static

friction between the tires and the road is 0.70,how fast can the car go without skidding?


Part 1 of 3During a solar eclipse, the moon, Earth,

and sun lie on the same line, with the moonbetween Earth and the sun.

mEarth = 5.98× 1024 kg

mmoon = 7.36× 1022 kg

msun = 1.99× 1030 kg

dEarth,moon = 3.84× 108 m

dEarth,sun = 1.496× 1011 m

a) How large a gravitational force is exertedon the moon by the sun?

Part 2 of 3b) How large a gravitational force is exertedon the moon by Earth?

Part 3 of 3c) How large a gravitational force is exertedon Earth by the sun?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .In a popular amusement-park ride, a cylin-

der of radius 3.00 m is set in rotation at anangular speed of 5.00 rad/s, as shown in thefigure. The floor then drops away, leaving the

riders suspended against the wall in a verticalposition.

3 m

What minimum coefficient of friction be-tween a rider’s clothing and the wall of thecylinder is needed to keep the rider from slip-ping?

Mass and Weight 0103:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A person weighs 125 lb.Determine her weight in newtons.

Part 2 of 2Determine her mass in kilograms.

Mass and Weight 0203:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3An object has a mass of 10 kg.What is its weight on the earth?

Part 2 of 3What is its mass on the moon where the forceof gravity is 1/6 that of the earth?

Part 3 of 3What is the weight of that object on themoon?


The force that causes an object to follow acircular path is a(n) force.


1. centripetal

2. gravitational

3. fluid

4. inertial

Motorcycle Mass03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You new motorcycle weighs 2450 N.What is its mass?

Odometer Reading 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Assume a freely-falling object were some-how equipped with an odometer to measurethe distance it travels.

The distance it travels each second wouldbe .

1. Not enough information to determine.

2. constant.

3. less than the second before.

4. greater than the second before.

Odometer Reading 0203:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Assume a freely-falling object on earth issomehow equipped with a speedometer.

Its speed reading would increase each sec-ond by .

1. an amount dependent on its initialspeed.

2. about 5 m/s.

3. about 15 m/s.

4. about 20 m/s.

5. about 10 m/s.

Projectiles 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Projectile motion is caused by the

1. downward force of gravity and horiontalmotion of velocity.

2. downward force of gravity.

3. horizontal motion of velocity.

4. vertical motion of velocity.

Rock Thrown Up 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A rock thrown straight up reaches its max-imum height.

Its velocity is .

1. zero and its acceleration is zero.

2. zero and its acceleration is about 10m/s2.

3. about 10 m/s and its acceleration is about10 m/s2.

4. about 10 m/s and its acceleration iszero.


Rock Thrown Up 0203:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

When a rock thrown straight up reaches itsmaximum height, its

1. velocity is 10 m/s and its acceleration iszero.

2. velocity is zero and its acceleration iszero.

3. velocity is about 10 m/s and its accelera-tion is about 10 m/s2


4. velocity is zero and its acceleration isabout 10 m/s2


Speedometer Reading 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Assume a freely-falling object were some-how equipped with a speedometer on a planetwhere the acceleration due to gravity is 20meters per second per second.

Its speed reading would increase each sec-ond by .

1. 20 m/s.

2. 10 m/s.

3. 30 m/s.

4. 40 m/s.

5. 5 m/s.

6. a value dependent on its initial speed.

Speedometer Reading 0203:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

If a freely-falling object were somehowequipped with a speedometer on a planetwhere the acceleration due to gravity is 20meters per second per second, then its speedreading would increase each second by

1. 30 m/s.

2. 10 m/s.

3. 20 m/s.

4. 40 m/s.

5. It depends on its initial speed.

Spring Scale03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You place a 7.5 kg television set on a springscale.

If the scale reads 78.4 N, what is the accel-eration of gravity at that location?

Thrown Vertically03:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Someone standing at the edge of a cliffthrows one ball straight up and another ballstraight down at the same initial speed.

Neglecting air resistance, which ball hasthe greatest final velocity upon reaching theground?

1. The ball with initial upward velocity.

2. They will both hit with the same veloc-ity.

3. The ball with initial downward velocity.


Velocity and Acceleration03:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An object falls with constant acceleration.Its velocity must .

1. continually decrease.

2. be constant also.

3. continually change by varying amountsdepending on its speed.

4. continually change by the same amounteach second.

5. none of these.

Vertical Motion03:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An object is shot vertically upward into theair with a positive initial velocity.

Which of the following correctly describes


the velocity and acceleration of the object atits maximum elevation?

1. velocity > 0 Acceleration > 0

2. velocity = 0 Acceleration = 0

3. velocity < 0 Acceleration < 0

4. velocity = 0 Acceleration < 0

5. velocity > 0 Acceleration < 0

Weight 0103:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The weight of an object varies with the

1. pull of gravity.

2. volume of the object.

3. dimensions of the object.

4. speed of the object.

Weight 0203:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Weight is measured in

1. Newtons.

2. kilograms.

3. Pascals.

4. m/sec/sec.

Weight Conversion03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Billy’s weight is 120 lb.What is his actual weight in Newtons?

Weight in Space03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A(n) 1.25 kg book in space has a weight of

8.35 N.What is the value of gravitational field at

that location?

Weight of a Boxer03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A 95.1 kg boxer has his first match in

the Canal Zone with gravitational acceler-ation 9.782 m/s2 and his second match atthe North Pole with gravitational accelera-tion 9.832 m/s2.

a) What is his mass in the Canal Zone?

Part 2 of 4b) What is his weight in the Canal Zone?

Part 3 of 4c) What is his mass at the North Pole?

Part 4 of 4d) What is his weight at the North Pole?

Weight of Lead03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You have 11 kg of lead.What is the weight?

Weight on Alderon03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You weigh 185 lb on Earth. When youreach Alderon, you discover that its gravity is1.125 that of earth.

What is your weight on Alderon?

Weight on Jupiter03:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A man weighs 875 N on Earth.What would he weigh on Jupiter, where the

free-fall acceleration is 25.9 m/s2?

Chapter 3, section 5, Newton’s Third Law of Motion 180

Bag of Nails03:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2When a 100 N bag of nails hangs motionless

from a single vertical strand of rope, howmuch tension is exerted in the strand?

Part 2 of 2How much tension if the bag is supported by2 vertical strands? That is, how much tensionis exerted in each strand?

Earth Acceleration 0203:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

If the Earth’s gravitational force causesa falling 60 kg student to accelerate down-ward at 9.8 m/s2, determine the upward ac-celeration of the Earth during the student’sfall. Take the mass of the Earth to be5.98× 1024 kg.

Elevator03:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Consider a person standing in an elevatorthat is accelerating upward. The upward nor-mal force N exerted by the elevator floor onthe person is

1. larger than the weight (gravitationalforce) of the person.

2. identical to the weight (gravitationalforce) of the person.

3. smaller than the weight (gravitationalforce) of the person.

Force and Motion03:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Two students sit in identical office chairsfacing each other. Bob has a mass of 95 kg,while Jim has a mass of 77 kg. Bob placeshis bare feet on Jim’s knees, as shown to theright. Bob then suddenly pushes outward

with his feet, causing both chairs to move.

Bob Jim

In this situation, while Bob’s feet are in con-tact with Jim’s knees,

1. Neither student exerts a force on theother.

2.Bob exerts a force on Jim, but Jim doesn’texert a force on Bob.

3. Each student exerts a force on the other,but Jim exerts a larger force.

4. Each student exerts a force on the other,but Bob exerts a larger force.

5. Each student exerts the same amount offorce on the other.

6. None of these answers is correct.


A car headrest help to guard againstwhiplash in a rear-end collisions.

Which law applies here?

1. The law of inertia

2. Newton’s second law

3. Newton’s third law

4. The law of gravitation

5. All are wrong.


A staging that weighs Wstaging supports a


painter weighing 200 N. The reading on theleft scale is 400 N and the reading on the rightscale is 300 N.

400 N 300 N

Wstaging200 N

What is the weight of the staging?


A staging that weighs 300 N supports twopainters, one 250 N and the other 300 N. Thereading in the left scale is F` = 400 N .

400 N Fr

300 N250 N 300 N

What is the reading Fr in the right handscale?


Part 1 of 2Harry the painter swings year after year

from his bosun’s chair. His weight is 500 Nand the rope, unknown to him, has a breakingpoint of 300 N.

Does the rope break when he is supportedas shown at the left above.

1. Harry’s weight is distributed over tworopes.

2. Harry is just lucky, and the rope doesn’tbreak.

3. Harry’s weight is too great and the ropedoes break.

4. Harry is just unlucky, and the rope doesbreak.

Part 2 of 2One day Harry is painting near a flagpole,and, for a change, he ties the free end of therope to the flagpole instead of to his chair asshown at the right.

Why did Harry end up taking his vacationearly?

1. Harry’s weight is too great and the ropedoes break.

2. Harry’s weight is distributed over tworopes.

3. Harry is just lucky, and the rope doesn’t


break.

4. Harry is just unlucky, and the rope doesbreak.


The rope supports a lantern that weighs 50N.

Is the tension in the rope less than, equalto, or more than 50 N?

1. Less than, by the parallelogram rule.

2. Equal to, so the lantern is at equilib-rium.

3. More than, because the two ropes formsome angle.

4. It depends on the angle between the tworopes.

5. All are wrong.


As you stand on a floor, does the floor exertan upward force against your force?

How much force does it exert?Why are you not moved upward by this

force?

1. Yes. More than my weight, because thethe two forces cancel each other.

2. Yes. Less than my weight, because thethe two forces cancel each other.

3. Yes. Equal to my weight, because the thetwo forces cancel each other.

4. No. The force is zero.

5. All are wrong.

Hewitt CP9 02 E31


Can you say that no force acts on a body atrest?

Or is it correct to say that no net force actson it?

Defend your answer.

1. No force acts on a body at rest; if so, thebody will move.

2. No force acts on a body at rest; All forcesare canceled by each other when a body is atrest.

3. No net force acts on a body at rest; whenthe net force is zero, the body is in staticequilibrium.

4. No net force acts on a body at rest; be-cause there is no force on the body at all.

5. All are wrong.


What is the acceleration of a 10 kg block ofcement when pulled sideways with a net forceof 200 N?


What is the acceleration of a 20 kg pail ofcement that is pulled upward (not sideways!)with a force of 300 N? (g = 10 m/s2).


If a mass of 1 kg is accelerated 1 m/s2 by aforce of 1 N, what would be the accelerationof a 2 kg mass acted on by a force of 2 N?

Hewitt CP9 04 P05


03:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

How much acceleration does a 747 jumbojet of mass 30000 kg experience in takeoffwhen the thrust for each of four engines is30000 N?

Hewitt CP9 04 P0603:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Two boxes are seen to accelerate at thesame rate when a force F is applied to thefirst and 4F is applied the second.

What is the mass ratio of the first box tothe second?


Sprinting near the end of a race, a runnerwith a mass 60 kg accelerates from a speedof 6 m/s to a speed of 7 m/s in 2 s. To gainspeed the runner produces a backward forceon the ground, so that the ground pushes therunner forward, providing the force necessaryfor the acceleration.

Calculate this average force.


Before going into orbit, an astronaut has amass of 55 kg. When in orbit, a measurementdetermines that a force of 66 N causes her tomove with an acceleration of 1.1 m/s2.

To regain her original weight, should shego on a diet or start eating more candy? Toanswer this, find her mass in orbit.


Consider a baseball player batting a ball.Identify the action-reaction pairs when the

ball is in flight.

1. Action: Earth pulls down on ball. Re-action: Ball pulls up on Earth. Action: Airpushes ball. Reaction: Ball pushes air.

2. Action: Ball pulls down on Earth. Re-action: Earth pulls up on ball. Action: Airpushes ball. Reaction: Ball pushes air.

3. Action: Bat pushes ball forward. Reac-tion: Ball pulls up on Earth. Action: Ballpushes air. Reaction: Air pushes ball.

4. Action: Bat pushes ball backward. Reac-tion: Earth pulls down on ball. Action: Ballpushes air. Reaction: Air pushes ball.

5. All are wrong.


Consider a baseball player batting a ball.Identify the action-reaction pairs when the

ball is being hit.

1. Action: bat hits ball. Reaction: ball hitsbat.

2. Action: bat hits ball. Reaction: bat hitsball.

3. Action: ball hits bat. Reaction: ball hitsbat

4. Action: ball hits bat. Reaction: batpushes air

5. All are wrong.


When the athlete holds the barbell on hishand, the reaction force is the weight of thebarbell on his hand.

How does this force vary for the case wherethe barbell is accelerated upward? Down-ward?


1. Upward: the reaction force is greaterthan the weight of the barbell. Downward:the reaction force is less than the weight ofthe barbell.

2. Upward: the reaction force is greaterthan the weight of the barbell. Downward:the reaction force is greater than the weightof the barbell.

3. Upward: the reaction force is less thanthe weight of the barbell. Downward: thereaction force is greater than the weight ofthe barbell.

4. Upward: the reaction force is less thanthe weight of the barbell. Downward: thereaction force is less than the weight of thebarbell.

5. All are wrong.


Which one of the following is correct?

1. You can exert greater force on the pedalsof a bicycle if you pull up on the handlebars.You can exert smaller force on the pedals of abicycle if you push down on the handlebars.

2. You can exert greater force on the pedalsof a bicycle if you pull up on the handlebars.You can exert greater force on the pedals of abicycle if you push down on the handlebars.

3. You can exert smaller force on the pedalsof a bicycle if you pull up on the handlebars.You can exert greater force on the pedals of abicycle if you push down on the handlebars.

4. You can exert smaller force on the pedalsof a bicycle if you pull up on the handlebars.You can exert smaller force on the pedals of abicycle if you push down on the handlebars.

5. All are wrong.


When two vectors sum to zero, how mustthey be related?

1. The magnitudes are the same; the direc-tions are opposite.

2. The magnitudes are the same; the direc-tions are the same.

3. The magnitudes are different; the direc-tions are opposite.

4. The magnitudes are different; the direc-tions are the same.

5. All are wrong.


Why does vertically falling rain makeslanted streaks on the side windows of a mov-ing automobiles?

If the streaks make an angle of 45 , whatdoes this tell you about the relative speed ofthe car and the falling rain?

1. The speed of the car is the same as thatof the falling rain.

2. The speed of the car is half of that of thefalling rain.

3. The speed of the car is two times greaterthan that of the falling rain.

4. The speed of the car is three times greaterthan that of the falling rain.

5. All are wrong.


Consider a stone at rest on the ground.


There are two interactions that involve thestone. One is between the stone and theEarth; Earth pulls down on the stone and thestone pulls up on the Earth.

What is the other interaction?

1.The other interaction is between the stoneand the ground.

2. The other interaction is between theground and the Earth.

3. The other interaction is between theground and air.

4. The other interaction is between theEarth and air.



Part 1 of 5Given: g = 9.8 m/s2 .Three blocks are in contact with each other

on a frictionless horizontal surface. A 360 Nhorizontal force is applied to the block withmass of 2 kg as shown in the figure below.

2 kg 4 kg 6 kgF

µ = 0

a) What is the net force on the block withmass 2 kg?

Part 2 of 5b) What is the resultant force on the blockwith mass 4 kg?

Part 3 of 5c) What is the resultant force on the blockwith mass 6 kg?

Part 4 of 5d)What is the magnitude of the force betweenthe block with mass 4 kg and 6 kg?

Part 5 of 5e) What is the magnitude of the force betweenthe block with mass 2 kg and 4 kg?

Horse and Buggy03:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Consider a buggy being pulled by a horse.Which is correct?

1.The horse can pull the buggy forward onlyif the horse weighs more than the buggy.

2. The horse pulls forward slightly harderthan the buggy pulls backward on the horse,so they move forward.

3. The horse pulls before the buggy has timeto react so they move forward.

4. The force on the buggy is as strong as theforce on the horse. The horse is joined to theEarth by flat hoofs, while the buggy is free toroll on its round wheels.


Part 1 of 2A book weighing 10 N is placed on a table.How much support force does a table exert

on the book?

Part 2 of 2What is the net force on the book in thiscase?

Pulleys 0303:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The systems are in equilibrium. The

suspended weight is W1 = 10 N.


T1

T2

T3

W1 W2

W3

Find the tension T1.

Part 2 of 3The suspended weight is W2 = 10 N.


Part 3 of 3The suspended weight is W3 = 10 N.

What is the tension T3?



suspended weight is W1 = 10 lb.

W1 W2

W3

T1

T2


Part 2 of 2The suspended weight is W2 = 20 N and theweight in the string is W3 = 6 N.Find the tension T2.



suspended mass is m = 0.5 slug.

T1T2

mW


Part 2 of 2The suspended weight is W = 15 N.



Part 1 of 2The systems are in equilibrium. In the sys-

tem on the left, m = 1.5 slug andW1 = 10 lb.

T2

mT1

W1

W2

W3


Part 2 of 2In the system on the right, W2 = 8 N andW3 = 10 N.



The system is in equilibrium. The sus-pended massm = 2.73 slug. Use g = 32 ft/s2.

Note: lb ≡ slugft

s2. The pulleys and string

are massless and the string is unstretchable.


m

T

Find the tension T .



suspended weight is W1 = 20 N.

T2

m

T1

W2

W1


Part 2 of 2The suspended mass is m = 2000 g, and thesuspended weight in the string isW2 = 1.5 N.Find the tension T2.


The system is in equilibrium. The sus-pended mass is 2.5 slug.

m

T



The system is in equilibrium. m1 =

20 kg, m2 = 7 kg, and m3 = 9 kg.

T

m2

m3

m1



The system is in equilib-rium. The suspended mass m = 2.73 kg.

m

T


Reaction Force 0103:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A book rests on the shelf of a bookcase.The reaction force to the force of gravity

acting on the book is

1. The force exerted by the book on theearth.

2. None of these.

3. The weight of the book.

4. The frictional force between book andshelf.

5. The force of the shelf holding the book


up.

Reaction Force 0203:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You hit someone with a force of 200 N.How much force is exerted on you?

Three Forces03:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An object in equilibrium has three forces

exerted on it. A(n) 33 N force acts at 80, anda(n) 44 N force acts at 60.

What is the magnitude of the third force?

Part 2 of 2What is the direction of the third force?

Tug of War03:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 60 kg boy and a 40 kg girl use an elas-tic rope while engaged in a tug-of-war on africtionless icy surface.

If the acceleration of the girl toward theboy is 3 m/s2, determine the magnitude ofthe acceleration of the boy toward the girl.

Chapter 3, section 6, Friction 189

Friction 0103:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The amount of sliding friction depends onthe

1. weight of the moving object and the typeof surface that the object slides across.

2. density and volume of the object.

3. acceleration and mass of the object.

4. density and mass of the object.


Which of the following is not used to reducefriction?

1. rough surfaces

2. oil

3. wheels

4. ball bearings


The friction produced by wheels or ballbearings is called

1. rolling friction.

2. sliding friction.

3. starting friction.

4. fluid friction.


The force that opposes motion is

1. friction.

2. inertia.

3. falling.

4. unbalanced.


The opposing force that resists motionwhen two surfaces come into contact is called

1. friction.

2. inertia.

3. falling.

4. unbalanced.


What kind of friction occurs when an objectfalls through the air?

1. fluid

2. sliding

3. falling

4. rolling

Friction 0703:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A dockworker loading crates on a ship finds

that a 20 kg crate, initially at rest on a hori-zontal surface, requires a 75 N horizontal forceto set it in motion. However, after the crateis set in motion, a horizontal force of 60 Nis required to keep it moving with a constantspeed.

Find the coefficient µs of static friction be-tween crate and floor.


Part 2 of 2Find the coefficient µk of kinetic friction.


Consider a ball at rest in the middle of atoy wagon.

When the wagon is pulled forward, what isthe motion of the ball?

1. The ball will stay at rest on the wagon.

2.The ball will stay where it was; the surfacewould slide beneath the ball.

3. From a point of view outside the wagon,the ball stays in place as the back of the wagonmoves toward it. Because of friction, the ballmay roll along the cart surface.

4. The ball will move faster than thewagon.

5. All are wrong.


Pull horizontally on a crate with a force of200 N and it slides across the floor in dynamicequilibrium.

How much friction is acting on the crate?


Which of the following is correct?

1. In free fall, air resistance is more effectivein slowing a feather than a coin.

2. Air resistance is more effective in slowinga feather than a coin.

3. Air resistance is less effective in slowing afeather than a coin.

4. Air resistance is as effective in slowing afeather as a coin.

5. All are wrong.


If it takes 1 N to push horizontally on yourbook to make it slide at constant velocity, howmuch force of friction acts on the book?

1. 0 N

2. 1 N

3. 2 N

1. 4 N

5. All are wrong.


A(n) 400 kg bear grasping a vertical treeslides down at constant velocity.

What is the friction force that acts on thebear? (g = 10 m/s2)


What is the greatest acceleration a runnercan muster if the friction between her shoesand the pavement is 90% her weight? (g =10 m/s2).


A firefighter of mass 80 kg slides down avertical pole with an acceleration of 4 m/s2.

What is the friction force that acts on him?(g = 10 m/s2).



Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Once a 24 kg crate is in motion on a hori-

zontal floor, a horizontal force of 53 N keepsthe crate moving with a constant velocity.

What is µk, the coefficient of kinetic fric-tion, between the crate and the floor?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 25 kg chair initially at rest on a horizontal

floor requires a 365 N horizontal force to setit in motion. Once the chair is in motion, a327 N horizontal force keeps it moving at aconstant velocity.

a) What is the coefficient of static frictionbetween the chair and the floor?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the coefficient of kinetic frictionbetween the chair and the floor?


Part 1 of 8Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A museum curator moves artifacts into

place on many different display surfaces. Con-sider the following table giving approximatevalues for coefficients of friction:

Materials µs µk

steel on steel 0.74 0.57

aluminum on steel 0.61 0.47

rubber on dry concrete 1.0 0.8

rubber on wet concrete – 0.5

wood on wood 0.4 0.2

glass on glass 0.9 0.4

waxed wood on wet snow 0.14 0.1

waxed wood on dry snow – 0.04

metal on metal (lubricated) 0.15 0.06

ice on ice 0.1 0.03

Teflon on Teflon 0.04 0.04

synovial joints in humans 0.01 0.003

a) What is Fs,max for moving a 145 kgaluminum sculpture across a horizontal steelplatform?

Part 2 of 8b) What is Fk for moving the 145 kg alu-minum sculpture across the horizontal steelplatform?

Part 3 of 8c) What is Fs,max for pulling a 15 kg steelsword across a horizontal steel shield?

Part 4 of 8d) What is Fk for pulling the 15 kg steel swordacross the horizontal steel shield?

Part 5 of 8e) What is Fs,max for pushing a 250 kg woodbed on a wood floor?

Part 6 of 8f) What is Fk for pushing the 250 kg woodbed on a wood floor?

Part 7 of 8g) What is Fs,max for sliding a 0.55 kg glassamulet on a glass display case?

Part 8 of 8


h) What is Fk for sliding the 0.55 kg glassamulet on a glass display case?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A student moves a box of books down the

hall by pulling on a rope attached to the box.The student pulls with a force of 185 N at anangle of 25.0 above the horizontal. The boxhas a mass of 35.0 kg, and µk between the boxand the floor is 0.27.

Find the acceleration of the box.

Part 2 of 2Now the student moves the box up a ramp(with the same coefficient of friction) inclinedat 12 with the horizontal.

b) If the box starts from rest at the bottomof the ramp and is pulled at an angle of 25

with respect to the incline and with the same185 N force, what is the acceleration up theramp?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 75.0 kg box slides down a 25.0 ramp

with an acceleration of 3.60 m/s2.

75kg

µk

3.6m/

s2

25

a) Find µk between the box and the ramp.

Part 2 of 2b) What acceleration would a 175 kg masshave down this ramp?


A box of books weighing 325 N moves witha constant velocity across the floor when it ispushed with a force of 425 N exerted down-ward at an angle of 35.2 below the horizontal.

Find µk between the box and the floor.


Part 1 of 3Two forces, 450 N at 15 and 300 N at 26

are applied to a car in an effort to accelerateit.

3000 kg

450 N15

300 N26

a) Find the resultant of these two forces.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the direction of the resultant force(in relation to forward, with counterclockwiseconsidered positive).

Part 3 of 3Assume: There is no friction.

c) If the car has a mass of 3000 kg, whatacceleration does it have?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A(n) 95 kg clock initially at rest on a hor-

izontal floor requires a(n) 650 N horizontalforce to set it in motion. After the clock is inmotion, a horizontal force of 560 N keeps itmoving with a constant velocity.

a) Find µs between the clock and the floor.


Part 2 of 2b) Find µk between the clock and the floor.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 30 kg box slides down a 30.0 ramp with

an acceleration of 1.20 m/s2.

30kg

µ 30

Find the coefficient of kinetic friction be-tween the box and the ramp.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 4.00 kg block is pushed along the ceiling

with a constant applied force of 85.0 N thatacts at an angle of 70.0 with the horizontal.The block accelerates to the right at 6.00m/s2.

4 kg

85N70

µ

6 m/s2

What is the coefficient of kinetic frictionbetween the block and the ceiling?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 5.4 kg bag of groceries is in equilibrium

on an incline of 25.

5.4kg

µ 25

What is the magnitude of the normal forceon the bag?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A clerk moves a box of cans down an aisle

by pulling on a strap attached to the box. Theclerk pulls with a force of 185.0 N at an angleof 25.0 with the horizontal. The box has amass of 35.0 kg, and the coefficient of kineticfriction between the box and floor is 0.450.

What is the acceleration of the box?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A(n) 925 N crate is being pushed across a

level floor by a force of 325 N at an angleof 25 above the horizontal. The coefficientof kinetic friction between the crate and thefloor is 0.25.

925 N

µk = 0.25

325N

25

What is the acceleration of the box?



Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 35 kg box rests on the back of a truck.

The coefficient of static friction between thebox and the truck bed is 0.300.

What maximum acceleration can the truckhave before the box slides backward?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A girl coasts down a hill on a sled, reaching

level ground at the bottom with a speed of7.0 m/s. The coefficient of kinetic frictionbetween the sled’s runners and the hard, icysnow is 0.050, and the girl and sled togetherweigh 645 N.

How far does the sled travel on the levelground before coming to a rest?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A box of books weighing 319 N is shoved

across the floor by a force of 485 N exerteddownward at an angle of 35 below the hori-zontal.

If µk between the box and the floor is 0.57,how long does it take to move the box 4.00 m,starting from rest?


Part 1 of 4Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 3.00 kg block starts from rest at the top

of a 30.0 incline and accelerates uniformlydown the incline, moving 2.00 m in 1.50 s.

a) What is the magnitude of the accelera-tion of the block?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the coefficient of kinetic friction

between the block and the incline?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the magnitude of the frictionalforce acting on the block?

Part 4 of 4d)What is the speed of the block after it slidesthe distance of 2.00?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 75 kg person escapes from a burning

building by jumping from a window 25 mabove a catching net.

Assuming that air resistance is simply aconstant 95 N force on the person during thefall, determine the person’s velocity just be-fore hitting the net.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .The parachute on a race car that weighs

8820 N opens at the end of a quarter-mile runwhen the car is traveling 35 m/s.

What net retarding force must be suppliedby the parachute to stop the car in a distanceof 1100 m?


Given: g = 9.8 m/s2.The coefficient of static friction between the

3 kg crate and the 20 incline is 0.3.


3 kg

µk

F

20

What minimum force F must be applied tothe crate perpendicular to the incline to pre-vent the crate from sliding down the incline?


The board sandwiched between two otherboards in the figure weighs 95.5 N.

95.5 N

If the coefficient of friction between theboards is 0.663, what must be the magnitudeof the horizontal forces acting on both sidesof the center board to keep it from slippingdownward?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A car is traveling at 50.0 km/h on a flat

highway.a) If the coefficient of kinetic friction be-

tween the road and the tires on a rainy day is0.100, what is the minimum distance neededfor the car to stop?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the stopping distance when thesurface is dry and the coefficient of kinetic

friction is 0.600?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Two blocks with masses of 45.0 kg and 23.5

kg are stacked on a table with the heavierblock on top. The coefficient of static frictionis 0.600 between the two blocks and 0.300between the bottom block and the table. Ahorizontal force is slowly applied to the topblock until one of the blocks moves.

a) What is the friction force between theblocks?

Part 2 of 3b)What is the friction force between the lowerblock and the table?

Part 3 of 3c) What minimum value for the coefficientof static friction between the masses and thetable would cause the slippage to first happenbetween the blocks?


Part 1 of 2A truck driver slams on the brakes and

skids to a stop through a displacement of ∆x.a) If the truck has twice the mass, by what

factor does the stopping distance change?

1. 1

2. 2

3. 4

4. 0.5

5. 0.25

6. None of these


Part 2 of 2b) If the initial velocity of the truck werehalved, by what factor would the stoppingdistance change?

1. 0.25

2. 1

3. 2

4. 4

5. 0.5

6. None of these


Part 1 of 2A 150 N block rests on a table. The sus-

pended mass has a weight of 75 N.

150 N

75 N

µs

a) What is the magnitude of the minimumforce of static friction required to hold bothblocks at rest?

Part 2 of 2b) What minimum coefficient of static frictionis required to ensure that both blocks remainat rest?

PS 303 7 703:06, basic, numeric, < 1 min, normal.

If it requires 5 N to push a box weighing20 N across the floor, what is the coefficientof friction between the box and the floor?

Chapter 3, section 7, Momentum 197

Bullet in a Block03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A(n) 15 g bullet is shot into a(n) 5085 gwooden block standing on a frictionless sur-face. The block, with the bullet in it, acquiresa velocity of 1 m/s.

Calculate the velocity of the bullet beforestriking the block.

Car Collision 0103:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A car with mass 1245 kg, moving at 29 m/s,strikes a(n) 2175 kg car at rest. If the twocars stick together, with what speed do theymove?

Car Collision 0203:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A 1000 kg car traveling initially with a

speed of 55 m/s in an easterly directioncrashes into the rear end of a 3500 kg truckmoving in the same direction at 18 m/s.

V

Before

After

The velocity of the car right after the collisionis 10 m/s to the east. What is the speed ofthe truck right after the collision?

Part 2 of 2How much mechanical energy is lost in thecollision?

Cart Recoil03:07, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Two carts are put back-to-back on a track.Cart A has a spring-loaded piston; cart B,

which has twice the inertial mass of cart A, isentirely passive. When the piston is released,it pushes against cart B, and the carts moveapart. How do the magnitudes of the finalmomenta p and kinetic energies K compare?

1. pA > pB, KA = KB

2. pA > pB, KA > KB

3. pA = pB, KA > KB

4. pA > pB, KA < KB

5. pA = pB, KA = KB

6. pA = pB, KA < KB

7. pA < pB, KA > KB

8. pA < pB, KA = KB

9. pA < pB, KA < KB

Chunk the Textbook03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A(n) 730 N man stands in the middle of afrozen pond of radius 5 m. He is unable to getto the other side because of a lack of frictionbetween his shoes and the ice. To overcomethis difficulty, he throws his 1.2 kg physicstextbook horizontally toward the north shore,at a speed of 5 m/s.

How long does it take him to reach thesouth shore?

Collision 0103:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A(n) 25 g object moving to the right at

20 cm/s overtakes and collides elastically witha 10 g object moving in the same direction at15 cm/s.

Find the velocity of faster object after thecollision.

Part 2 of 2


Find the velocity of slower object after thecollision.

Collision 0203:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A(n) 2575 kg van runs into the back of a(n)825 kg compact car at rest. They move offtogether at 8.5 m/s. Assuming no frictionwith the ground, find the initial speed of thevan.

Collision Effect03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An impulse of 150 N s is required to stop a

person’s head in a car collision.If the face is in contact with the steering

wheel for 0.02 s, what is the force on thecheekbone?

Part 2 of 2If a force of 900 N fractures the cheekbone,how long must it be in contact with the steer-ing wheel in order to fracture?

Golf Club Speed03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

High-speed stroboscopic photographs showthat the head of a 200 g golf club is travelingat 55 m/s just before it strikes a 46 g golf ballat rest on a tee. After the collision, the clubhead follows through at 40 m/s.

Find the speed of the golf ball immediatelyafter impact.


A common saying goes, “It’s not the fallthat hurts you; it’s the sudden stop.”

Translate this into Newton’s laws of mo-tion.

1. Newton’s first law

2. Newton’s second law

3. Newton’s third law

4. Gravitation law

5. All are wrong.


Suppose two carts, one twice as massiveas the other, fly apart when the compressedspring that joins them is released.

How fast does the heavier cart roll com-pared with the lighter cart?

1.1

2vlight

2. 2 vlight

3. vlight

4.1

3vlight

5. All are wrong.


If a Mack truck and Honda Civic have ahead-on collision, upon which vehicle is theimpact force greater?

Which vehicle experiences the greater ac-celeration?

1. The forces are the same; the Civic experi-ences the greater acceleration.

2. The force on the truck is greater; theacceleration are the same.

3. The forces are the same; the accelerationsare same.

4. The forces are the same; the truck expe-riences the greater acceleration.

5. All are wrong.



How does impulse differ from force?

1. Force produces acceleration. Impulse pro-duces change in momentum.

2. Force produces acceleration.Impulse pro-duces momentum.

3. Force produces momentum.Impulse pro-duces acceleration.

4. Force is usually bigger than momentum.

5. Momentum is bigger than force.

6. None of these.


Why might a wine glass survive a fall ontoa carpeted floor but not onto a concrete floor?

1. Since the carpet is softer than the concreteand the force of impact is reduced by theextended time of impact.

2. The decrease of momentum of the wineglass in the carpet is less than that in theconcrete.

3. The decrease of momentum of the wineglass in the carpet is more than that in theconcrete.

4. The decrease of velocity of the wine glassin the carpet is less than that in the concrete.

5. The decrease of velocity of the wine in thecarpet is more than that in the concrete.



Which one of the following undergoes thegreatest change in momentum if the baseballshave the same speed just before being caughtand just before being thrown.

1. A baseball that is caught.

2. A baseball that is thrown.

3.A baseball that is caught and then thrownback.


Railroad car A rolls at a certain speed andmakes a perfectly elastic collision with car Bof the same mass. After the collision, car A isobserved to be at rest.

How does the speed of car B compare withthe initial speed of car A?

1. The speed of car B is more than the initialspeed of car A.

2. The speed of car B is less than the initialspeed of car A.

3. The speed of car B is the same as theinitial speed of car A.

4. Cannot compare since the number of theenergy is not conserved.


An ostrich with a mass of 146 kg is runningto the right with a velocity of 17 m/s.

Find the momentum of the ostrich.


Part 1 of 3A 21 kg child is riding a 5.9 kg bike with a


velocity of 4.5 m/s to the northwest.a) What is the total momentum of the child

and the bike together?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the momentum of the child?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the momentum of the bike?


What velocity must a car with a mass of1210 kg have in order to have the same mo-mentum as a 2250 kg pickup truck travelingat 25 m/s to the east?


A 0.50 kg football is thrown with a velocityof 15 m/s to the right. A stationary receivercatches the ball and brings it to rest in 0.020s.

What is the force exerted on the receiver?


An 82 kg man drops from rest on a divingboard 3.0 m above the surface of the waterand comes to rest 0.55 s after reaching thewater.

What force does the water exert on him?


A 0.40 kg soccer ball approaches a playerhorizontally with a velocity of 18 m/s to thenorth. The player strikes the ball and causesit to move in the opposite direction with avelocity of 22 m/s.

What impulse was delivered to the ball by

the player?


Part 1 of 2A 0.50 kg object is at rest. A 3.00 N force

to the right acts on the object during a timeinterval of 1.50 s.

a) What is the velocity of the object at theend of this time interval?

Part 2 of 2At the end of this interval, a constant force of4.00 N to the left is applied for 3.00 s.

b) What is the velocity at the end of the3.00 s?


Part 1 of 2A 2250 kg car traveling to the west at 20.0

m/s slows down uniformly.a) How long would it take the car to come

to a stop if the force on the car is 8450 N tothe east?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the car’s displacement during thetime it takes to stop?


Part 1 of 3A 2500 kg car traveling to the north is

slowed down uniformly from an initial velocityof 20.0 m/s by a 6250 N braking force actingopposite the car’s motion.

a) What is the car’s velocity after 2.50 s?

Part 2 of 3b) How far does the car move during the 2.5 ss?


Part 3 of 3c) How long does it take the car to come to acomplete stop?


Part 1 of 2A 2250 kg car traveling to the west at 20.0

m/s slows down uniformly under a force of8450 N to the east.

a) How much force would be required tocause the same acceleration on a car of mass3250 kg?

Part 2 of 2b) How far would the car move before stop-ping?


A 63.0 kg astronaut is on a space walk whenthe tether line to the shuttle breaks. Theastronaut is able to throw a 10.0 kg oxygentank in a direction away from the shuttle witha speed of 12.0 m/s, propelling the astronautback to the shuttle.

Assuming that the astronaut starts fromrest, find the final speed of the astronaut afterthrowing the tank.


A(n) 85.0 kg fisherman jumps from a dockinto a 135.0 kg rowboat at rest on the westside of the dock.

If the velocity of the fisherman is 4.30 m/sto the west as he leaves the dock, what is thefinal velocity of the fisherman and the boat?


Part 1 of 3Each croquet ball in a set has a mass of

0.50 kg. The green ball, traveling at 12.0 m/s,strikes the blue ball, which is at rest.

Assuming that the balls slide on a friction-less surface and all collisions are head-on, findthe final speed of the blue ball in each of thefollowing situations:

a) The green ball stops moving after itstrikes the blue ball.

Part 2 of 3b) The green ball continues moving after thecollision at 2.4 m/s in the same direction.

Part 3 of 3c) The green ball continues moving after thecollision at 0.3 m/s in the same direction.


A boy on a 2.0 kg skateboard initially atrest tosses a(n) 8.0 kg jug of water in theforward direction.

If the jug has a speed of 3.0 m/s relative tothe ground and the boy and skateboard movein the opposite direction at 0.60 m/s, find theboy’s mass.


Part 1 of 4Calculate the magnitude of the linear mo-

mentum for each of the following casesa) a proton with mass 1.67× 10−27 kg mov-

ing with a velocity of 5× 106 m/s.

Part 2 of 4b) a 1.5 g bullet moving with a speed of300 m/s to the right.

Part 3 of 4c) a 7.5 kg sprinter running with a velocity of10 m/s.


Part 4 of 4d) Earth (m = 5.98× 1024 kg) moving withan orbital speed equal to 29800 m/s.


What is the momentum of a 0.148 kg base-ball thrown with a velocity of 35 m/s towardhome plate?


A 2.5 kg ball strikes a wall with a velocityof 8.5 m/s to the left. The ball bounces offwith a velocity of 7.5 m/s to the right.

If the ball is in contact with the wall for0.25 s, what is the constant force exerted onthe ball by the wall?


A football punter accelerates a 0.55 kg foot-ball from rest to a speed of 8.0 m/s in 0.25s.

What constant force does the punter exerton the ball?


Part 1 of 2A 0.15 kg baseball moving at +26 m/s is

slowed to a stop by a catcher who exerts aconstant force of −390 N.

a) How long does it take this force to stopthe ball?

Part 2 of 2b) How far does the ball travel before stop-ping?


Part 1 of 2A 65.0 kg ice skater moving to the right

with a velocity of 2.50 m/s throws a 0.150 kgsnowball to the right with a velocity of 32.0m/s relative to the ground.

a) What is the velocity of the ice skaterafter throwing the snowball? Disregard thefriction between the skates and the ice.

Part 2 of 2A second skater initially at rest with a massof 60.0 kg catches the snowball.

b) What is the velocity of the second skaterafter catching the snowball in a perfectly in-elastic collision?


A tennis player places a 55 kg ball machineon a frictionless surface. The machine fires a0.057 kg tennis ball horizontally with a veloc-ity of 36 m/s toward the north.

What is the final velocity of the machine?


Part 1 of 2After being struck by a bowling ball, a 1.5

kg bowling pin sliding to the right at 3.0 m/scollides head-on with another 1.5 kg bowlingpin initially at rest.

Find the final velocity of the second pin inthe following situations:

a) The first pin moves to the right after thecollision at 0.5 m/s.

Part 2 of 2b) The first pin stops moving when it hits thesecond pin.

Holt SF 06Rev 41



If a 0.147 kg baseball has a momentum of6.17 kg·m/s as it is thrown from home tosecond base, what is its velocity?


Part 1 of 2A moving object has a kinetic energy of 150

J and a momentum of 30.0 kg·m/s.a) Find the speed of the object.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the mass of the object.


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 0.10 kg ball of dough is thrown straight

up into the air with an initial speed of 15 m/s.a) What is its momentum at its maximum

height?

Part 2 of 2b) What is its momentum halfway to its max-imum height on the way up?


A 0.025 kg golf ball moving at 18.0 m/scrashes through the window of a house in 5.0×10−4 s. After the crash, the ball continues inthe same direction with a speed of 10.0 m/s.

Assuming the force exerted on the ball bythe window was constant, what was the mag-nitude of this force?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A(n) 8.0 g bullet is fired into a 2.5 kg pen-

dulum bob initially at rest and becomes em-bedded in it. The pendulum rises a verticaldistance of 6.0 cm.

What was the initial speed of the bullet?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A bird perched on a swing like the one

below has a mass of 52.0 g, and the base ofthe swing has a mass of 153 g.

8 cm

The swing and bird are originally at rest,then the bird takes off horizontally at 2.00m/s.

How high will the base of the swing riseabove its original level? Disregard friction.


A 85.0 kg astronaut is working on the en-gines of a spaceship that is drifting throughspace with a constant velocity. The astronautturns away to look at Earth and several sec-onds later is 30.0 m behind the ship, at restrelative to the spaceship. The only way to re-turn to the ship without a thruster is to throwa wrench directly away from the ship. Thewrench has a mass of 0.500 kg, and the astro-


naut throws the wrench with a speed of 20.0m/s.

How long does it take the astronaut to reachthe ship?


Part 1 of 2A constant force of 2.5 N to the right acts

on a 1.5 kg mass for 0.50 s.a) Find the final velocity of the mass if it is

initially at rest.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the final velocity of the mass if itis initially moving along the x-axis with avelocity of 2.0 m/s to the left.


Part 1 of 2A 55 kg pole vaulter falls from rest from a

height of 5.0 m onto a foam rubber pad. Thepole vaulter comes to rest 0.30 s after landingon the pad.

a) Calculate the athlete’s velocity just be-fore reaching the pad.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the constant force exerted on thepole vaulter due to the collision.


Assume: g = −9.81 m/s2 . Use the value5.98× 1024 kg as the mass of Earth.

A 7.50 kg laundry bag is dropped from restat an initial height of 3.00 m.

What is the speed of Earth toward the bagjust before the bag hits the ground?

Holt SF 08D 0103:07, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,

wording-variable.

A merry-go-round rotates at the rate of0.30 rad/s with a(n) 80.0 kg man standing ata point 2.0 m from the axis of rotation.

What is the new angular speed when theman walks to a point 1.0 m from the center?Assume that the merry-go-round is a solid6.50 × 102 kg cylinder with a radius of 2.00m.


A 2.0 kg bicycle wheel with a radius of0.30 m turns at a constant angular speed of25 rad/s when a(n) 0.30 kg reflector is at adistance of 0.19 m from the axle.

What is the angular speed of the wheelwhen the reflector slides to a distance of 0.25m from the axle?


A solid, vertical cylinder with a mass of10.0 kg and a radius of 2.00 m rotates withan angular speed of 7.00 rad/s about a fixedvertical axis through its center. A 0.250 kgpiece of putty is dropped vertically at a point1.00 m from the cylinder’s center of rotationand sticks to the cylinder.

What is the final angular speed of the sys-tem?


As Halley’s comet orbits the sun, its dis-tance from the sun changes dramatically.

If the comet’s speed at a distance of 8.8 ×1010 m from the sun is 5.4 × 104 m/s andangular momentum is conserved, what is itsspeed when it is 5.2× 1012 m from the sun?

Holt SF 08D 05



The entrance of a science museum featuresa funnel into which marbles are rolled one ata time. The marbles circle around the wall ofthe funnel, eventually spiraling down into theneck of the funnel. The internal radius of thefunnel at the top is 0.54 m. At the bottom,the funnel’s neck narrows to an internal radiusof 0.040 m. A 2.5 × 10−2 kg marble beginsrolling in a large circular orbit around thefunnel’s rim at 0.35 rev/s.

If it continues moving in a roughly circularpath, what will the marble’s angular speed beas it passes through the neck of the funnel?(Consider only the effects of the conservationof angular momentum.)

Impulse on a Nail03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A(n) 3.2 lb hammer head, traveling at5.8 ft/s strikes a nail and is brought to astop in 0.00083 s.

What force did the nail receive?

Misguided Consolation03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A(n) 130 lb student, contemplating thepoor score just received on a test, sits onthe edge of a 71 ft high cliff, pondering hisbleak future. Just then his 6 slug buddy, un-aware of the hazard, rushes from behind at13 ft/s and grabs him consoling.

How far from the bottom of the cliff willthey land?

Momentum 0103:07, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The amount of momentum an object hasdepends on its

1. mass and speed.

2. mass and height from the ground.

3. only its height from the ground.

4. only its speed.

5. only its mass.


The formula for momentum is

1. p = mv

2. p =∆v

∆t

3. p =∆d

∆t

4. p = mgh

5. p =1

2mv2


When two objects collide, is con-served.

1. momentum

2. acceleration

3. velocity

4. speed

5. energy

Momentum and Energy03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A 30 kg gun is standing on a frictionless

surface. The gun fires a 50 g bullet with amuzzle velocity of 310 m/s.

Calculate the momentum of the bullet im-mediately after the gun was fired.

Part 2 of 4


Calculate the momentum of the gun immedi-ately after the gun was fired.

Part 3 of 4Calculate the kinetic energy of the bullet im-mediately after the gun was fired.

Part 4 of 4Calculate the kinetic energy of the gun imme-diately after the gun was fired.

Momentum Comparison03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 7 kg bowling ball moves in a straight lineat 3 m/s. How fast must a 2.45 g Ping-Pongball move in a straight line so that the twoballs have the same momentum?

Pitching Machine Recoil03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A baseball player uses a pitching machineto help him improve his batting average. Heplaces the 50 kg machine on a frozen pond.The machine fires a 0.15 kg baseball horizon-tally at a speed of 36 m/s.

What is the magnitude of the recoil velocityof the machine?

Pitching Speed03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A pitcher claims he can throw a baseballwith as much momentum as a 3 g bullet mov-ing with a speed of 1500 m/s. A baseball hasa mass of 0.145 kg.

What must be its speed if the pitcher’sclaim is valid?

Return to the Shuttle03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A(n) 65 kg astronaut becomes separatedfrom the shuttle, while on a spacewalk. Shefinds herself 50 m away from the shuttle andmoving with zero speed relative to the shuttle.She has a(n) 0.65 kg camera in her handand decides to get back to the shuttle by

throwing the camera at a speed of 12 m/s inthe direction away from the shuttle.

How long will it take for her to reach theshuttle?

Rifle Recoil03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A(n) 2.5 kg rifle fires a(n) 20 g bullet at400 m/s. The magnitude of the recoil mo-mentum of the rifle is:

Speed Comparison03:07, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, nor-mal.

An open train car moves with speed 15 m/son a flat frictionless railroad track, with noengine pulling the car. It begins to rain. Therain falls straight down and begins to fill thetrain car.

The speed of the car

1. decreases

2. increases

3. stays the same

Stop a Freight Car03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A(n) 10000 kg freight car is rolling along atrack at 3 m/s.

Calculate the time needed for a force of1000 N to stop the car.

Stopped by a Block03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 10 g bullet is stopped in a block of wood (m = 5 kg ). The speed of the bullet-plus-woodcombination immediately after the collision is0.6 m/s.

What was the original speed of the bullet?

Students on Skates03:07, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.


Two students on roller skates stand face-to-face, then push each other away.

Which student will always have the fastestspeed?

1. The student with the larger mass.

2. The student with the smaller mass.

3. Unable to determined.

Velocity Change03:07, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Small rockets are used to make small ad-justments in the speed of satellites. One suchrocket has a thrust of 35 N.

If it is fired to change the velocity of a(n)72000 kg space craft by 63 cm/s, how longshould it be fired?

Chapter 3, section 8, Fluid Forces and Pressure 208

Aerodynamics 0103:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An airplane wing is designed to make theair move

1. faster over the top than under the bot-tom.

2. slower over the top than under the bot-tom.

3. the same speed on both sides of thewing.

Brine Strength03:08, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2When pickling cucumbers or other vegeta-

bles, it’s very important to use the rightamount of salt. An old recipe recommendsputting an egg into the pickling solution andmaking sure it neither sinks nor floats: Asinking egg indicates too little salt while anegg that floats on the surface indicates toomuch salt. What is the assumption behindthis recipe?

1. all eggs have the same density.

2. all eggs have the same weight.

3. all eggs have the same volume.

4. all eggs have the same shape.

5. the salt tends to neutralize the cholesterolin the egg.

Part 2 of 2Consider a steel ax and an aluminum piston.(Note that steel is denser than aluminum.)When weighed in water, the ax and the pistonhave the same apparent weight. But when thesame ax and the same piston are weighed inair:

1. they again have equal weights

2. the ax is heavier than the piston

3. both weigh less in air than in water

4. the piston is heavier than the ax

5.whichever of the two is longer weighs morethan the other

6. whichever of the two is wider weighs morethan the other

Bubble From the Deep03:08, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

At 25 m below the surface of the sea (den-sity of 1025 kg/m3 ), where the temperatureis 5C, a diver exhales an air bubble havinga volume of 1 cm3. If the surface tempera-ture of the sea is 20C, what is the volume ofthe bubble immediately before it breaks thesurface?

Buoyancy 0103:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Consider the completion of the statement:”The buoyant force exerted by a fluid can be

.”A. greater than the weight of the object.B. less than the weight of the object.C. the same as the weight of the object.


2. Only A is true.

3. Only B is true.

4. Only C is true.






An object floats because it displaces aweight of fluid

1. equal to or greater than its own weight.

2. equal to its volume.

3. less than its own weight.

4. with a density greater than 1 g/cm3.


Part 1 of 3Consider the table of densities.

Substance Density(

g/cm3)

Water 1.0Wood 0.8Steel 7.8Mercury 13.5

a) Which substance(s) will float whenplaced in water?

1. only the wood

2. only the steel

3. only the mercury

4. only the wood and the steel

5. only the mercury and the steel

6. only the wood and the mercury

7. All three will float.

8. None will float.

Part 2 of 3b) Which substance(s) will float when placedin mercury?

1. All three will float.

2. only the wood

3. only the steel

4. only the water

5. only the wood and the steel

6. only the water and the steel

7. only the wood and the water

8. None will float.

Part 3 of 3c) If all four substances are placed in onecontainer, how will they be arranged from topto bottom?

1. wood, water, steel, mercury

2. mercury, steel, water, wood

3. wood, water, mercury, steel

4. steel, mercury, water, wood

5. water, mercury, steel, wood

6. wood, steel, mercury, water

7. None of these


According to principle, the buoyantforce on an object is equal to the weight of thefluid displaced by that object.

1. Archimede’s

2. Newton’s

3. Boyle’s

4. Charles’


5. Bernouli’s


Why does a hot air balloon float?

1. Its overall density is less than the densityof the surrounding air.

2. The shape of the balloon provides lift.

3. The weight of air displaced by the balloonis less than the volume of the balloon.

4. The volume of the air dispaced by the bal-loon is less than the volume of the balloon.


Which of the following will sink in water(

density 1 g/cm3)

?

1. steel(

7.18 g/cm3)

2. balsa wood(

0.12 g/cm3)

3. cooking oil(

0.82 g/cm3)

4. ethyl alcohol(

0.798 g/cm3)


The strength of the buoyant force acting onan object in a fluid depends on the object’s

1. volume.

2. mass.

3. surface area.

4. weight.


Where is the fluid pressure the greatest?

1. 2 meters below the surface of a swimmingpool.

2. 1 meter below the surface of a swimmingpool.

3. 30 centimeters below the surface of aswimming pool.

4. The pressure is the same in all parts of aswimming pool.


Which of the following will float in corn

syrup(

density 1.38 g/cm3)

?

1. rubber(

1.23 g/cm3)

2. magnesium(

1.75 g/cm3)

3. mercury(

13.6 g/cm3)

4. aluminum(

2.7 g/cm3)


Consider the following statements.A. An object is said to be neutrally buoyant

when the weight of the object is less than thebuoyant force.

B. Bernoulli’s principle states that increas-ing the speed of a fluid increases the pressureof the fluid.

C. If the same force is spread out over alarger area, the pressure will increase.

Which one(s) is/are true?

1. None is true.

2. A and B only.

3. A and C only.


4. B and C only.

5. A only.

6. B only.

7. C only.


Car Tire Pressure03:08, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

A car tire gauge is used to fill a tire to agauge pressure of 42.5 lb/in 2 on a cold morn-ing when the temperature is -16C. Whatwould the tire gauge read (in lb/in2) whenthe tire has been heated up to 44.2C? Ignorethe expansion of the rubber. Atmosphericpressure is 14.7 lb/in2, 0C = 273.15K.

1. 55.8908 lb/in 2

2. 45.6546 lb/in 2

3. 48.2543 lb/in 2

4. 53.9873 lb/in 2

5. 60.2384 lb/in 2

6. 51.4355 lb/in 2

7. 65.0087 lb/in 2

8. 70.2523 lb/in 2

9. 73.3468 lb/in 2

10. 75.2718 lb/in 2


On a hot sunny day in August, the weath-erman reports that the barometric pressure is40 atmospheres.

How many pascals is this?


A guy who makes neon signs needs to makesure that the neon pressure in the tube isabout 4000 pascals.

What would this pressure be in atmo-spheres? ( 101300 pascals = 1 atm )


The radio reported this morning that thepressure outside was 25 torr which is equal to? .

Density 0303:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

is the mass of a substance divided byits volume.

1. Density

2. Pressure

3. Inertia

4.Weight

Fluids 0203:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Fluids are

1. either liquids or gases.

2. liquids.

3. either solids or gases.

4. liquids, gases, and solids.


A parachutist, after opening the chute,finds herself gently floating downward, no


longer gaining speed. She feels the upwardpull of the harness, while gravity pulls herdown.

How much is the pull of the harness?

1. Equal to the gravity

2. Smaller than the gravity

3. Greater than the gravity

4. Half of the gravity



Upon which will air resistance be the great-est: a sheet of paper, the same paper waddedinto a ball, or the same paper folded? Theyfall at different terminal speeds.

1. The first one

2. The second one

3. The third one

4. All forces are the same.

5. All are wrong.


When Galileo dropped two balls from thetop of the Leaning Tower of Pisa, air resis-tance was not really negligible.

Assuming both balls were the same size,one made of wood and one of metal, whichball struck the ground first?

1. The ball of metal, but only by a shorttime upon.

2. The ball of metal, by half the time as theball of wood.

3. They hit the ground at the same time.

4. The ball of wood.

5. All are wrong.


What will be the acceleration of a skydiverwhen air resistance builds up to be 50% of herweight? (g = 10 m/s2).


In a deep dive, a whale is appreciably com-pressed by the pressure of the surroundingwater.

What happens to the whale’s density?


2. Its density remains the same as before.

3. Its density decreases.

4. Its density increases.


Part 1 of 2In a car lift, compressed air exerts a force

on a piston with a radius of 5.00 cm. Thispressure is transmitted to a second pistonwith a radius of 15.0 cm.

a) How large a force must the compressedair exert to lift a 1.33× 104 N car?

Part 2 of 2b) What pressure produces this force? Ne-glect the weight of the pistons.



A 1.5 m wide by 2.5 m long water bedweighs 1025 N.

Find the pressure that the water bed exertson the floor. Assume that the entire lowersurface of the bed makes contact with thefloor.


Part 1 of 2A person rides up a lift to a mountain top,

but the person’s ears fail to ”pop”; that is,the pressure of the inner ear does not equalizewith the outside atmosphere. The radius ofeach eardrum is 0.40 cm. The pressure of theatmosphere drops from 1.010× 105 Pa at thebottom of the lift to 0.998×105 Pa at the top.

a) What is the net pressure on the inner earat the top of the mountain?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the magnitude of the net force oneach eardrum?

Holt SF 09C 0103:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .The Mariana Trench, in the Pacific Ocean,

is about 11.0 km deep.If atmospheric pressure at sea level is

1.01 × 105 Pa and the density of sea water is1.025× 103 kg/m3, how much pressure woulda submarine need to be able to withstand toreach this depth?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A container is filled with water to a depth

of 20.0 cm. On top of the water floats a30.0 cm thick layer of oil with a density of0.70× 103 kg/m3.

a) What is the pressure at the surface of thewater?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the absolute pressure at the bot-tom of the container?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A beaker containing mercury is placed in-

side a vacuum chamber in a laboratory. Thepressure at the bottom of the beaker is2.7× 104 Pa.

What is the height of the mercury in thebeaker?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Calculate the depth in the ocean at which

the pressure is three times atmospheric pres-sure.


The four tires of an automobile are inflatedto an absolute pressure of 2.000 × 105 Pa.Each tire has an area of 0.02400 m2 in contactwith the ground.

Determine the weight of the automobile.


A pipe contains water at 5.00×105 Pa aboveatmospheric pressure.

If you patch a 4.00 mm diameter hole in thepipe with a piece of bubble gum, how muchforce must the gum be able to withstand?



wording-variable.

A piston A has a diameter of 0.64 cm, asshown. A second piston B has a diameter of3.8 cm.

A

B

500 NF

In the absence of friction, determine theforce ~F necessary to support the 500.0 Nweight.


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A submarine is at an ocean depth of 250 m.

Assume that the density of sea water is 1.025×103 kg/m3 and the atmospheric pressure is1.01× 105 Pa.

a) Calculate the absolute pressure at thisdepth.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the magnitude of the force ex-erted by the water at this depth on a cir-cular submarine window with a diameter of30.0 cm.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A dairy farmer notices that a circular water

trough near the barn has become rusty andnow has a hole near the base. The hole is0.30 m below the level of the water that is inthe tank.

If the top of the trough is open to the

atmosphere, what is the speed of the water asit leaves the hole?


The hypodermic syringe shown in the figurecontains a medicine with the same density aswater. The barrel of the syringe has a cross-sectional area of 2.50 × 10−5 m2. The cross-sectional area of the needle is 1.00× 10−8 m2.In the absence of a force on the plunger, thepressure everywhere is atmospheric pressure.A 2.00 N force is exerted on the plunger,making medicine squirt from the needle.

F v2P2

A2

A1

P1

Determine the speed of the emerging fluid.Assume that the pressure in the needle re-mains at atmospheric pressure, that the sy-ringe is horizontal, and that the speed of theemerging fluid is the same as the speed of thefluid in the needle.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An engineer weighs a sample of mercury

(ρ = 13.6 × 103 kg/m3) and finds that theweight of the sample is 4.5 N.

What is the sample’s volume?


How much force does the atmosphere exerton 1.00 km2 of land at sea level?



wording-variable.

Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 70.0 kg man sits in a 5.0 kg chair so

that his weight is evenly distributed on thelegs of the chair. Assume that each leg makescontact with the floor over a circular area witha radius of 1.0 cm.

What is the pressure exerted on the floorby each leg?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A circular swimming pool at sea level has a

flat bottom and a 6.00 m diameter. It is filledwith water to a depth of 1.50 m.

a) What is the absolute pressure at thebottom?

Part 2 of 2Two people with a combined mass of 150 kgfloat in the pool.

b) What is the resulting increase in theaverage absolute pressure at the bottom?


In a time interval of 1.0 s, 5.0 × 1023

nitrogen molecules strike a wall area of8.0 cm2. The mass of one nitrogen moleculeis 4.68× 10−26 kg.

If the molecules move at 300.0 m/s andstrike the wall head-on in an elastic collision,what is the pressure exerted on the wall?


In testing a new material for shieldingspacecraft, 150 small ball bearings, each mov-ing at a supersonic speed of 400.0 m/s, collidehead-on and elastically with the material dur-

ing a 1.00 min interval.If the bearings each have a mass of 8.0 g

and the area of the tested material is 0.75 m2,what pressure is exerted on the material?

Pressure 0103:08, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

To find pressure, you must know

1. force and area.

2. mass and area.

3. force and mass.

4. weight and volume.


One reason air pressure increases at loweraltitudes is because

1. there are more air particles in a givenarea.

2. the air particles have more mass.

3. the air particles have less mass.

4. there are fewer air particles in a givenarea.


What is the pressure if a force of 200 N isapplied over an area of 50 cm2?

1. 4 N/cm2

2. 0.24 N/cm2

3. 10000 N/cm2

4. 150 N/cm2

Pressure 04



When you increase the area over whichpressure is applied,

1. the force on that area increases.

2. the pressure increases.

3. the pressure first increases and then de-creases.

4. the pressure decreases.


The pressure in a moving stream of fluid

1. is less than the pressure in the surround-ing fluid.

2. depends on the nature of the fluid.

3. depends on the volume of the fluid.

4. is greater than the pressure in the sur-rounding fluid.


Pressure is force divided by

1. area.

2. volume.

3. velocity.

4. energy.


Due to the force of gravity, the of afluid increases as depth increases.

1. pressure

2. velocity

3. mass

4. energy


Consider the following statements:A. A siphon is a simple tube or hose that

operates by creating a difference in pressure.B. The pressure in a moving stream of fluid

is more that the pressure in the surroundingfluid.

C. Fluids exert pressure in all directions.Which of the statements is/are true?

1. A and C only

2. B and C only

3. A and B only

4. A only

5. B only

6. C only


8. None are true.


Consider the following statements:A. When the air moving over the top of

an airplane wing is going faster than the airmoving under the wing, the airplane will rise.

B. The density of water is 1 g/cm3.C. Atmospheric pressure is measured with

a device called a barometer.Which of the statements is/are true?



2. A and B only

3. B and C only

4. A and C only

5. A only

6. B only

7. C only

8. None are true.


The equivalent unit for N/m2 is

1. Pascal.

2. Newton.

3. Joule.

4. None of these.


Atmospheric pressure is caused by

1. the weight of air above a particular loca-tion.

2. clouds.

3. the altitude above sea level.

4. air currents.

Pressure Change03:08, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A container of air at 25C is sealed off. If itis heated to 100C, what is the final pressurein the container?

Pressure Conversion

03:08, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The pressure exerted by the atmosphere isabout 100000 Pa. Convert this to kPa.

Running Out of Gas03:08, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

One morning Don’s car ran out of gasolinein a deserted area. He hiked to the nearest gasstation, reaching it during the hottest part ofthe day. Upon reaching the station, he filledup a 1 gallon container with gasoline andstarted his walk back. By the time he reachedhis car in the evening, the temperature haddropped 25 F.

Note: The volume expansion of gasolineis β = 0.00096 C−1. Neglect the change involume of the container.

How many gallons of gasoline did Don havewhen he reached his car?

Specific Gravity 5003:08, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Assume that you have the same volumeof each of the following substances (specificgravities in parentheses): magnesium (1.74),table salt (2.16), ethyl alcohol (0.789) andwater (1.00).

Which substance has the LEAST weight?

1. magnesium

2. table salt

3. ehtyl alcohol

4. water

Specific Gravity 5103:08, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Assume that you have the same mass ofeach of the following substances (specific grav-ities in parentheses): iron (7.86), copper(8.92), aluminum (2.70) and table salt (2.16).

Which one has the LEAST volume?


1. iron

2. copper

3. aluminum

4. table salt

Spiked Heels03:08, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 50 kg woman balances on one heel of apair of high-heeled shoes.

If the heel is circular with radius 0.5 cm,what pressure does she exert on the floor?

Tilted Chair03:08, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 70 kg man in a 5 kg chair tilts back sothat all the weight is balanced on two legsof the chair. Assume that each leg makescontact with the floor over a circular areawith a radius of 1 cm. Find the pressureexerted on the floor by each leg.

Chapter 3, section 9, Hydraulic Devices 219

Engine on a Lift03:09, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2In a machine shop, a hydraulic lift is used to

raise heavy equipment for repairs. The systemhas a small piston with a cross-sectional areaof 0.07 m2 and a large piston with a cross-sectional area of 0.21 m2. An engine weighing2700 N rests on the large piston.

What force must be applied to the smallpiston in order to lift the engine?

Part 2 of 2If the engine rises 0.2 m, how far does thesmaller piston move?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A large storage tank, open to the atmo-

sphere at the top and filled with water, devel-ops a small hole in its side at a point 16 mbelow the water level. The rate of flow ofwater from the leak is 2.5× 10−3 m3/min.

a) Determine the speed at which the waterleaves the hole.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the diameter of the hole.


Part 1 of 2A liquid with a density of 1.65× 103 kg/m3

flows through two horizontal sections of tub-ing joined end to end. In the first section, thecross-sectional area is 10.0 cm2, the flow speedis 275 cm/s, and the pressure is 1.20×105 Pa.In the second section, the cross-sectional areais 2.50 cm2.

a) Calculate the flow speed in the smallersection.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the pressure in the smaller sec-tion.


When a person inhales, air moves down thewindpipe at 15 cm/s. The average flow speedof the air doubles when passing through aconstriction in the bronchus.

Assuming incompressible flow, determinethe pressure drop in the constriction.


Part 1 of 2The wind blows with a speed of 30.0 m/s

over the roof of your house.a) Assuming the air inside the house is rel-

atively stagnant, what is the pressure differ-ence at the roof between the inside air and theoutside air?

Part 2 of 2b)What net force does this pressure differenceproduce on a roof having an area of 175 m2?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A bag of blood with a density of 1050 kg/m3

is raised 1.00 m higher than the level of apatient’s arm.

How much greater is the blood pressureat the patient’s arm than it would be if thebag were at the same height as the arm?Assume there is no change in drip speed atthe different heights.



A hydraulic brake system is shown. Thearea of the piston in the master cylinder is6.40 cm2, and the area of the piston in thebrake cylinder is 1.75 cm2. The coefficient ofkinetic friction between the brake shoe andthe wheel drum is 0.500.

Master cylinderBrake cylinder

Brake shoe

µk = 0.5

Wheel drumPedal

How large is the frictional force between thebrake shoe and the wheel drum when a forceof 44 N is exerted on the pedal?


A natural-gas pipeline with a diameter of0.250 m delivers 1.55 m3 of gas per second.

What is the the flow speed of the gas?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A water tank with a valve at the bottom is

shown.

10 m

A

Valve2 m

B

30

If this valve is opened, what is the max-

imum height attained by the water streamcoming out of the right side of the tank? As-sume that the cross-sectional area at A is verylarge compared with that at B.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Water flows through a 0.300 m radius pipe

at the rate of 0.200 m3/s. The pressure in thepipe is atmospheric. The pipe slants downhilland feeds into a second pipe with a radius of0.150 m, positioned 0.600 m lower.

What is the gauge pressure in the lowerpipe?


Part 1 of 2The aorta in an average adult has a cross-

sectional area of 2.0 cm2.a) Calculate the flow rate (in grams per

second) of blood (ρ = 1.0 g/cm3) in the aortaif the flow speed is 42 cm/s.

Part 2 of 2Assume that the aorta branches to form alarge number of capillaries with a combinedcross-sectional area of 3.0× 103 cm2.

b) What is the flow speed in the capillar-ies?


The approximate inside diameter of theaorta is 1.6 cm, and that of a capillary is1.0×10−6 m. The average flow speed is about1.0 m/s in the aorta and 1.0 cm/s in the cap-illaries.

If all the blood in the aorta eventually flowsthrough the capillaries, estimate the numberof capillaries in the circulatory system.



A cowboy at a ranch fills a water troughthat is 1.5 m long, 65 cm wide, and 45 cmdeep. He uses a hose having a diameter of2.0 cm, and the water emerges from the hoseat 1.5 m/s.

How long does it take the cowboy to fill thetrough?

Hydraulic Lift03:09, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The small piston of a hydraulic lift hasa cross-sectional area of A1 = 3 cm2

and the large piston has an area ofA2 = 200 cm2, as in the figure below.

F1

F2

A1 A2

What force must be applied to the small pis-ton to raise a load of 15 kN? (In service sta-tions this is usually accomplished with com-pressed air.)

Hydraulics 0103:09, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The brake system on a car is an example ofa(n)

1. hydraulic device.

2. simple machine.

3. lever.

4. inclined plane.

Chapter 3, section 10, Collisions 222


A 1500 kg car traveling at 15.0 m/s to thesouth collides with a 4500 kg truck that isinitially at rest at a stoplight. The car andtruck stick together and move together afterthe collision.

What is the final velocity of the two-vehiclemass?


A grocery shopper tosses a(n) 9.0 kg bagof rice into a stationary 18.0 kg grocery cart.The bag hits the cart with a horizontal speedof 5.5 m/s toward the front of the cart.

What is the final speed of the cart andbag?


A 1.50× 104 kg railroad car moving at 7.00m/s to the north collides with and sticks toanother railroad car of the same mass that ismoving in the same direction at 1.50 m/s.

What is the velocity of the joined cars afterthe collision?


A dry cleaner throws a 22 kg bag of laundryonto a stationary 9.0 kg cart. The cart andlaundry bag begin moving at 3.0 m/s to theright.

Find the velocity of the laundry bag beforethe collision.


Part 1 of 2A 47.4 kg student runs down the sidewalk

and jumps with a horizontal speed of 4.20 m/sonto a stationary skateboard. The studentand skateboard move down the sidewalk witha speed of 3.95 m/s.

a) Find the mass of the skateboard.

Part 2 of 2b) How fast would the student have to jumpto have a final speed of 5.00 m/s?


Part 1 of 2A 0.25 kg arrow with a velocity of 12 m/s

to the west strikes and pierces the center of a6.8 kg target.

a)What is the final velocity of the combinedmass?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the decrease in kinetic energyduring the collision?


Part 1 of 2During practice, a student kicks a 0.40 kg

soccer ball with a velocity of 8.5 m/s to thesouth into a 0.15 kg bucket lying on its side.The bucket travels with the ball after thecollision.

a)What is the final velocity of the combinedmass?




Part 1 of 2A 56 kg ice skater traveling at 4.0 m/s to

the north suddenly grabs the hand of a 65 kgskater traveling at 12.0 m/s in the oppositedirection as they pass. Without rotating, thetwo skaters continue skating together withjoined hands.

a) What is the final velocity of the twoskaters?



Part 1 of 3A 0.015 kg marble sliding to the right at

22.5 cm/s on a frictionless surface makes anelastic head-on collision with a 0.015 kg mar-ble moving to the left at 18.0 cm/s. After thecollision, the first marble moves to the left at18.0 cm/s.

a) Find the velocity of the second marbleafter the collision.

Part 2 of 3b) What is the total kinetic energy before thecollision?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the total kinetic energy after thecollision?


Part 1 of 3A 16.0 kg canoe moving to the left at 12 m/s

makes an elastic head-on collision with a 4.0kg raft moving to the right at 6.0 m/s. Afterthe collision, the raft moves to the left at 22.7m/s. Disregard any effects of the water.

a) Find the velocity of the canoe after thecollision.




Part 1 of 3A 4.0 kg bowling ball sliding to the right at

8.00 m/s has an elastic head-on collision withanother 4.0 kg bowling ball initially at rest.The first ball stops after the collision.

a) Find the velocity of the second ball afterthe collision.




Part 1 of 3A 25.0 kg bumper car moving to the right

at 5.00 m/s overtakes and collides elasticallywith a 35.0 kg bumper car moving to theright. After the collision, the 25.0 kg bumpercar slows to 1.50 m/s to the right, and the35.0 kg car moves at 4.50 m/s to the right.

a) Find the velocity of the 35.0 kg bumpercar before the collision.


Part 3 of 3c) What is the total kinetic energy after the


collision?


Two carts with masses of 4.0 kg and 3.0kg move toward each other on a frictionlesstrack with speeds of 5.0 m/s and 4.0 m/s,respectively. The carts stick together aftercolliding head-on.

Find their final speed.


A 1.20 kg skateboard is coasting along thepavement at a speed of 5.00 m/s when a 0.800kg cat drops from a tree vertically downwardonto the skateboard.

What is the speed of the skateboard-catcombination?


Two carts with masses of 10.0 kg and 2.5 kgmove in opposite directions on a frictionlesshorizontal track with speeds of 6.0 m/s and3.0 m/s, respectively. The carts stick togetherafter colliding head-on.

Find their final speed.


Part 1 of 2A railroad car with a mass of 2.00 × 104

kg moving at 3.00 m/s collides and joins withtwo railroad cars already joined together, eachwith the same mass as the single car andinitially moving in the same direction at 1.20m/s.

a)What is the final speed of the three joinedcars after the collision?



Part 1 of 2An 88 kg fullback moving east with a speed

of 5.0 m/s is tackled by a 97 kg opponentrunning west at 3.0 m/s, and the collision isperfectly inelastic.

a) What is the velocity of the players im-mediately after the tackle?



Part 1 of 2A 5.0 g coin sliding to the right at 25.0

cm/s makes an elastic head-on collision witha 15.0 g coin that is initially at rest. After thecollision, the 5.0 g coin moves to the left at12.5 cm/s.

a) Find the final velocity of the other coin.

Part 2 of 2b) How much kinetic energy is transferred tothe 15.0 g coin?


A billiard ball traveling at 4.0 m/s has anelastic head-on collision with a billiard ball ofequal mass that is initially at rest. The firstball is at rest after the collision.

What is the speed of the second ball afterthe collision?



wording-variable.

A 25.0 g marble sliding to the right at 20.0cm/s overtakes and collides elastically with a10.0 g marble moving in the same directionat 15.0 cm/s. After the collision, the 10.0 gmarble moves to the right at 22.1 cm/s.

Find the velocity of the 25.0 g marble afterthe collision.


A 15 g toy car moving to the right at20 cm/s has a head-on nearly elastic collisionwith a 20 g toy car moving in the opposite di-rection at 30 cm/s. After colliding, the 15 gcar moves with a velocity of 37 cm/s to theleft.

Find the speed of the second car after thecollision.


Two shuffleboard disks of equal mass, oneorange and the other yellow, are involved inan elastic collision. The yellow disk is initiallyat rest and is struck by the orange disk movinginitially to the right at 5.00 m/s. After thecollision, the orange disk is at rest.

What is the velocity of the yellow disk afterthe collision?


A 3.00 kg mud ball has a perfectly inelasticcollision with a second mud ball that is ini-tially at rest. The composite system moveswith a speed equal to one-third the originalspeed of the 3.00 kg mud ball.

What is the mass of the second mud ball?


wording-variable.

A 5.5 g experimental dart is fired into ablock of wood with a mass of 22.6 g. Thewood block is initially at rest on a 1.5 m tallpost. After the collision, the wood block anddart land 2.5 m from the base of the post.

Find the initial speed of the dart.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 730 N student stands in the middle of a

frozen pond having a radius of 5.0 m. He isunable to get to the other side because of alack of friction between his shoes and the ice.To overcome this difficulty, he throws his 2.6kg physics textbook horizontally toward thenorth shore at a speed of 5.0 m/s.

How long does it take him to reach thesouth shore?


A 1550 kg car moving south at 10.0 m/scollides with a 2550 kg car moving north. Thecars stick together and move as a unit afterthe collision at a velocity of 5.22 m/s to thenorth.

Find the velocity of the 2550 kg car beforethe collision.


Part 1 of 2A 2150 kg car moving east at 10.0 m/s

collides with a 3250 kg car moving east. Thecars stick together and move east as a unitafter the collision at a velocity of 5.22 m/s.

a) What is the velocity of the 3250 kg carbefore the collision?

Part 2 of 2


b) What is the decrease in kinetic energyduring the collision?


A 0.400 kg bead slides on a straight fric-tionless wire with a velocity of 3.50 cm/s tothe right, as shown. The bead collides elas-tically with a larger 0.600 kg bead initiallyat rest. After the collision, the smaller beadmoves to the left with a velocity of 0.70 cm/s.

0.4 kg

3.5 cm/s 0.6 kg

Find the distance the larger bead movesalong the wire in the first 5.0 s following thecollision.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 2250 kg car traveling at 10.0 m/s collides

with a 2750 kg car that is initially at restat a stoplight. The cars stick together andmove 2.50 m before friction causes them tostop. Assume that the negative accelerationis constant and that all wheels on both carslock at the time of impact.

Determine the coefficient of kinetic frictionbetween the cars and the road.


Part 1 of 2Two billiard balls with identical masses and

sliding in opposite directions have an elastichead-on collision. Before the collision, eachball had a speed of 22 cm/s.

a) Find the velocity of the billiard ball ini-tially moving to the right immediately afterthe collision.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the velocity of the billiard ball ini-tially moving to the left immediately after thecollision.


Part 1 of 2An unstable nucleus with a mass of 17.0 ×

10−27 kg initially at rest disintegrates intothree particles. One of the particles, of mass5.0 × 10−27 kg, moves along the positive y-axis with a speed of 6.0 × 106 m/s. Anotherparticle, of mass 8.4 × 10−27 kg, moves alongthe positive x-axis with a speed of 4.0 × 106

m/s.a) Find the speed of the third particle.

Part 2 of 2b) At what angle does the third particle move?

1. 41.7603 below the negative x-axis

2. 41.7603 above the negative x-axis

3. 41.7603 below the positive x-axis

4. 41.7603 above the positive x-axis

5. 20.8801 below the negative x-axis

6. 20.8801 above the negative x-axis

7. 20.8801 below the positive x-axis

8. 20.8801 above the positive x-axis

9. None of these

Chapter 3, section 11, Buoyancy and Fluid Flow 227


Part 1 of 2A piece of metal weighs 50.0 N in air, 36.0

N in water, and 41.0 N in an unknown liquid.a) Find the density of the metal.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the density of the unknown liquid.


A 2.8 kg rectangular air mattress is 2.00 mlong, 0.500 m wide, and 0.100 m thick.

What mass can it support in water beforesinking?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A ferry boat is 4.0 m wide and 6.0 m long.

When a truck pulls onto it, the boat sinks 4.00cm in the water.

What is the combined weight of the truckand the ferry?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An empty rubber balloon has a mass of

0.0120 kg. The balloon is filled with heliumat 0C, 1 atm pressure, and a density of 0.179kg/m3. The filled balloon has a radius of0.500 m.

a) What is the magnitude of the buoyantforce acting on the balloon?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the magnitude of the net force

acting on the balloon?


Part 1 of 2An object weighs 315 N in air. When tied

to a string, connected to a balance, and im-mersed in water, it weighs 265 N. When it isimmersed in oil, it weighs 269 N.

a) Find the density of the object.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the density of the oil.


A sample of an unknown material weighs300.0 N in air and 200.0 N when submergedin an alcohol solution with a density of 0.700×103 kg/m3.

What is the density of the material?


A frog in a hemispherical bowl, as shown,just floats in a fluid with a density of1350 kg/m3.

If the bowl has a radius of 6 cm and negli-gible mass, what is the mass of the frog?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .When a load of 1.0 × 106 N is placed on a


battleship, the ship sinks only 2.5 cm in seawater.

Estimate the cross-sectional area of the shipat water level.


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 1.0 kg beaker containing 2.0 kg of oil

with a density of 916 kg/m3 rests on a scale.A 2.00 kg block of iron is suspended from aspring scale and completely submerged in theoil, as shown.

2.0 kg

a) Find the equilibrium reading of thespring scale.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the equilibrium reading of the lowerscale.


A raft is constructed of wood having a den-sity of 600.0 kg/m3. The surface area of the

bottom of the raft is 5.7 m2, and the volumeof the raft is 0.600 m3.

When the raft is placed in fresh water hav-ing a density of 1.0× 103 kg/m3, how deep isthe bottom of the raft below water level?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A physics book has a height of 26 cm, a

width of 21 cm, and a thickness of 3.5 cm.a) What is the density of the physics book

if it weighs 19 N?

Part 2 of 3b) Find the pressure that the physics bookexerts on a desktop when the book lies faceup.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the pressure that the physics bookexerts on the surface of a desktop when thebook is balanced on its spine.


A jet of water squirts horizontally from ahole near the bottom of the tank as shown.


h

0.6 m

1 m

If the hole has a diameter of 3.50 mm andthe top of the tank is open, what is the heightof the water in the tank?


A water tank open to the atmosphere atthe top has two holes punched in its side, oneabove the other. The holes are 5.00 cm and12.0 cm above the ground.

What is the height of the water in the tankif the two streams of water hit the ground atthe same place?


A 2.0 cm thick bar of soap is floating inwater, with 1.900 cm of the bar underwater.Bath oil with a density of 899.0 kg/m3 isadded and floats on top of the water.

What is the depth of the oil layer when thetop of the soap is just level with the uppersurface of the oil?


wording-variable.

Oil having a density of 930 kg/m3 floats onwater. A rectangular block of wood 4.00 cmhigh and with a density of 960 kg/m3 floatspartly in the oil and partly in the water. Theoil completely covers the block.

How far below the interface between thetwo liquids is the bottom of the block?


A block of wood weighs 50.0 N in air. Asinker is hanging from the block, and theweight of the wood-sinker combination is200.0 N when the sinker alone is immersedin water. When the wood-sinker combinationis completely immersed, the weight is 140.0 N.

Find the density of the block.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A light spring with a spring constant of

90.0 N/m rests vertically on a table, as shown.A 2.00 g balloon is filled with helium (0 C and1 atm pressure) to a volume of 5.00 m3 andconnected to the spring, causing the spring tostretch. The magnitude of the force withinthe spring that pulls it back toward its un-stretched position is equal to k∆x.

(b)(a)

∆x

How much does the spring stretch when thesystem is in equilibrium?



Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A light balloon is filled with helium at

0.0 C and 1.0 atm and then released fromthe ground.

Determine its initial acceleration. Disre-gard the air resistance on the balloon.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 1.0 kg hollow ball with a radius of 0.10 m

is filled with air and is released from rest atthe bottom of a 2.0 m deep pool of water.

How high above the water does the ballrise? Disregard friction and the ball’s motionwhen it is only partially submerged.


A small ball 0.6 times as dense as water isdropped from a height of 10 m m above thesurface of a smooth lake.

Determine the maximum depth to whichthe ball will sink. Disregard any energy trans-ferred to the water during impact and sink-ing.


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A thin, rigid, spherical shell with a mass of

4.00 kg and diameter of 0.200 m is filled withhelium at 0 C and 1 atm pressure. It is thenreleased from rest on the bottom of a pool ofwater that is 4.00 m deep.

a) Determine the upward acceleration ofthe shell.

Part 2 of 2b) How long will it take for the top of the shellto reach the surface? Disregard frictionaleffects.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A light spring with a spring constant of

16.0 N/m rests vertically on the bottom of alarge beaker of water, as shown in (a).

A 5.00 × 10−3 kg block of wood with adensity of 650.0 kg/m3 is connected to thespring, and the mass-spring system is allowedto come to static equilibrium, as shown in (b).The magnitude of the force pulling the springback to its unstretched position equals k∆x.

k

m

(b)(a)

k

∆x

How much does the spring stretch?


Fluids 0103:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following is not a fluid?

1. sugar

2. air

3. water

4. oil


Consider the following statements.A. When you push an object, you transfer

energy to the object.B. The force needed to overcome sliding

friction is greater than the force needed toovercome rolling friction.

C. When the forces on an object are bal-anced, motion occurs.

Which one(s) are true?

1. A and B only.

2. A and C only.

3. B and C only.

4. A only.

5. B only.

6. C only.


8. None is true.


Consider the following statements.A. Propellers and jet engines produce a

force that is called thrust.

B. The force exerted by a fluid on a surfaceis called pressure.

C. The force that keeps a plane in the air iscalled lift.

Which one(s) are true?


2. A and B only.

3. A and C only.

4. B and C only.

5. A only.

6. B only.

7. C only.

8. None is true.


The uranium atom is the heaviest and mostmassive atom among the naturally occurringelements.

Why then, isn’t a solid bar of uranium thedensest metal?

1. There are a lot oxygen in a uranium solidbar.

2. The uranium atoms lose most of theirneutrons when combined into a solid bar.

3. Density has not only to do with the massof the atoms that make up a material, butwith the spacing between the atoms as well.

4. There are a lot of dangling bonds inside asolid bar of uranium.


Which has more volume–a kilogram of goldor a kilogram of aluminum?


1. A kilogram of gold

2. A kilogram of aluminum

3. They have same volumes.



Which has more weight–a liter of ice or aliter of water?

1. A liter of ice.

2. A liter of water.

3. They have same weights.



A thick rope is stronger than a thin rope ofthe same material.

Is a long rope stronger than a short rope?

1. Yes.

2. No.

3. They are the same.



Suppose you’re making a balcony that ex-tends beyond the main frame of your house.

In a concrete overhanging slab, should steelreinforcing rods be embedded in the top, mid-dle, or bottom of the slab?

1. in the top

2. in the middle

3. in the bottom



Consider two bridges that are exact repli-cas of each other except that every dimen-sion in the larger is exactly twice that of theother; that is, twice as long, structural ele-ments twice as thick, etc.

Which bridge is more likely to collapse un-der its own weight?

1. the smaller one

2. the larger one

3. They have the same strength.



Part 1 of 2The radius of the planet Saturn is 5.85×107

m, and its mass is 5.68× 1026 kg.a) Find the average density of Saturn (its

mass divided by its volume) if the volume of

a sphere is given by4

3πr3.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the surface area of Saturn if the sur-face area of a sphere is given by 4πr2.


Consider the following statements:A. The motion of an object looks different

to observers in the same frame of reference.B. Two cars moving at the same velocity

have different amounts of kinetic energy if


one car has more mass than the other car.C. The energy stored in food is one kind of

potential energy.Which of the statements are true?

1. A only.

2. B only.

3. C only.

4. A and B only.

5. A and C only.

6. B and C only.

7. None are true.

8. All are true.


Consider the following statements:A. A moving object is accelerating if its

speed or direction varies.B. The difference between speed and veloc-

ity is that speed indicates an object’s directionof motion.

C. A moving object does not accelerate ifits velocity remains constant.

Which of the statements are true?

1. A only.

2. B only.

3. C only.

4. A and B only.

5. A and C only.

6. B and C only.

7. None are true.

8. All are true.


A mother and daughter are on a seesaw inthe park.

How far from the center must the 120 lbmother sit in order to balance the 50 lb daugh-ter sitting 7 ft from the center?


It is specified that a certain nut be tight-ened to a torque of 40 N ·m.

If the mechanic is using a 40 cm longwrench, how much force must he apply tothe end of the wrench to meet specs?

Chapter 4, section 1, Work 234

Bucket in a Well04:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A man lifts a(n) 20 kg bucket from a welland does 6 kJ of work.

How deep is the well? Assume the man liftsthe bucket at constant speed.

Cheerleader Lift04:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A cheerleader lifts his 50 kg partner straightup off the ground a distance of 0.6 m beforereleasing her.

If he does this 20 times, how much work hashe done?


Convert 54.5 calories to joules.


Convert 1305 joules to calories.

Energy 0104:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Mechanical energy is associated with

1. motion.

2. chemical reactions.

3. the nuclei of atoms.

4. the motion of electric charges.


Electromagnetic energy is associated with

1. the motion of electric charges.

2. the nuclei of atoms.

3. motion.

4. chemical reactions.


Heat energy is associated with

1. the internal motion of particles of mat-ter.

2. motion.

3. position or shape.

4. holding together the nuclei of atoms.


Chemical energy is

1. energy that bonds atoms or ions to-gether.

2. contained in the nuclei of atoms.

3. a result of the motion of electric charges.

4. a result of the internal motion of particlesof matter.


Nuclear energy is

1. contained in the nuclei of atoms.

2. a result of the motion of electric charges.

3. a result of the internal motion of particlesof matter.

4. energy that bonds atoms or ions to-gether.



An example of stored chemical energy is

1. gasoline in an automobile.

2. an electric motor.

3. the sun’s energy.

4. light.


Potential energy and kinetic energy areforms of energy.

1. mechanical

2. chemical

3. heat

4. electromagnetic

5. nuclear


A tugboat pulls a ship with a constant nethorizontal force of 5.00×103 N and causes theship to move through a harbor.

How much work does the tugboat do on theship if each moves a distance of 3.00 km ?


A weight lifter lifts a set of weights a verticaldistance of 2.00 m.

If a constant net force of 350 N is exertedon the weights, how much net work is done onthe weights?


A shopper in a supermarket pushes a cartwith a force of 35 N directed at an angle of25 downward from the horizontal.

Find the work done by the shopper on thecart as the shopper moves along a 50.0 mlength of aisle.


If 2.0 J of work is done in raising a 180 gapple, how far is it lifted?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A person lifts a 4.5 kg cement block a ver-

tical distance of 1.2 m and then carries theblock horizontally a distance of 7.3 m.

a) Determine the work done by the personin the process.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the work done by the force ofgravity in the process.


A plane designed for vertical takeoff has amass of 8.0× 103 kg.

Find the net work done on the plane asit accelerates upward at 1.0 m/s2 through adistance of 30.0 m after starting from rest.


A catcher “gives” with a baseball when


catching it.If the baseball exerts a force of 475 N on

the glove such that the glove is displaced 10.0cm, how much work is done by the ball?


Part 1 of 3A flight attendant pulls her 70.0 N flight

bag a distance of 253 m along a level airportfloor at a constant velocity. The force sheexerts is 40.0 N at an angle of 52.0 above thehorizontal.

a) Find the work she does on the flight bag.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the work done by the force of frictionon the flight bag.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the coefficient of kinetic friction be-tween the flight bag and the floor.

Lifting Yourself04:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Stan does 176 J of work lifting himself0.3 m.

What is Stan’s mass?

Work 0104:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A force exerted over a distance to move anobject is

1. work.

2. momentum.

3. velocity.

4. measured in Newtons.


The amount of work done by two boys whoapply 200 N of force in an unsuccessful at-tempt to move a stalled car is

1. 0.

2. 400 N-m.

3. 400 N.

4. 200 N-m.

5. 200 N.


If you exert a force of 10 N to lift a boxa distance of 0.75 m, how much work do youdo?

1. 7.5 J

2. 75 J

3. 9.75 J

4. 10.75 J


A force acting on an object does no work if

1. the force is not in the direction of theobject’s motion.

2. the force is greater than the force of fric-tion.

3. the object accelerates.

4. a machine is used to move the object.

Work 5004:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following does not involvework?


1. A golf ball is struck.

2. A child is pushed on a swing.

3. A runner stretches by pushing against awall.

4. A weight lifter does military presses (lift-ing weights over head.)

5. A professor picks up a piece of chalk fromthe floor.

Work on a Block04:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Lee pushes horizontally with a force of 80 Non a 20 kg mass for 10 m across a floor.

Calculate the amount of work Lee did.

Work on a Raindrop04:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A 3.35× 10−5 kg raindrop falls vertically at

constant speed under the influence of gravityand air resistance.

After the drop has fallen 100 m, what is thework done by gravity?

Part 2 of 2What is the work done by air resistance?

Chapter 4, section 2, Power 238

Climbing a Rope 0104:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 700 N marine in basic training climbs a10 m vertical rope in 10 s at a constant speed.How much power does he exert during theclimb?

Electric Power 5004:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

How long would a 100 watt light bulb haveto be on to use the amount of energy in a 160Calorie Tootsie Roll?

1. about 6,700 seconds

2. about 670,000 seconds

3. about 670 seconds

4. about 67 seconds

5. about 6.7 seconds

Energy 5004:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

How much energy will a stock tank heaterrated at 1500 watts use in a 24 hour period?

1. 1500 Joules

2. 1500 × 24 × 60 Joules

3. 1500 × 3600 Joules

4. 1500 × 24 × 3600 Joules


A student weighing 700 N climbs at con-stant speed to the top of an 8 m vertical ropein 10 s. The average power expended by thestudent to overcome gravity is most nearly

1. 1.1 W

2. 87.5 W

3. 560 W

4. 875 W

5. 5,600 W


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 1.0× 103 kg elevator carries a maximum

load of 800.0 kg. A constant frictional forceof 4.0 × 103 N retards the elevator’s motionupward.

What minimum power must the motor de-liver to lift the fully loaded elevator at a con-stant speed 3.00 m/s?


A car with a mass of 1.50 × 103 kg startsfrom rest and accelerates to a speed of 18.0m/s in 12.0 s. Assume that the force ofresistance remains constant at 400.0 N duringthis time.

What is the average power developed bythe car’s engine?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A rain cloud contains 2.66× 107 kg of water

vapor.How long would it take for a 2.00 kW pump

to raise the same amount of water to thecloud’s altitude of 2.00 km?



How long does it take a 19 kW steam engineto do 6.8× 107 J of work?


Part 1 of 2A 1.50 × 103 kg car accelerates uniformly

from rest to 10.0 m/s in 3.00 s.a) What is the work done on the car in this

time interval?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the power delivered by the enginein this time interval?


Note: One horsepower is equal to 746 watts.An automobile engine delivers 50.0 hp.How much time will it take for the engine

to do 6.40× 105 J of work?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Water flows over a section of Niagara Falls

at the rate of 1.2× 106 kg/s and falls 50.0 m.How much power is generated by the falling

water?

Physical Quantity04:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A commonly used unit is the kilowatt hour.The physical quantity measured in kilowatthours is

1. current

2. power

3. work

4. force

5. none of the others

Power 0104:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Power equals work

1. divided by time.

2. divided by weight.

3. divided by distance.

4. times distance.


The unit of power is the

1.Watt.

2. Joule.

3. Coulomb.

4. Newton.


The rate at which work is done is called

1. power.

2. force.

3. resistance.

4. energy.


If you exert a force of 50 N to walk 4 m up aflight of stairs in 4 seconds, how much powerdo you use?


1. 50 W

2. 800 W

3. 3.13 W

4. 58 W


A student weighing 700 N climbs at con-stant speed to the top of an 8 m vertical ropein 10 s. The average power expended by thestudent to overcome gravity is most nearly

1. 1.1 W

2. 87.5 W

3. 560 W

4. 875 W

5. 5,600 W

Power of Nature04:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A rain cloud contains 2.6× 107 kg of watervapor.

How long would it take for a 2 kW pump tolift the same amount of water to an altitudeof 20000 m?

Power of Niagra Falls04:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Water flows over a section of Niagara Fallsat a rate of 1.2× 106 kg/s and falls 50 m.

How many 50 W bulbs can be lit with thispower?

Pushing a Mass04:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A force of 300 N is used to push a 145 kg

mass 30 m horizontally in 3 s.Calculate the work done on the mass.

Part 2 of 2Calculate the power.

Pushing a Wheelbarrow04:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Robin pushes a wheelbarrow by exerting a

145 N force horizontally. Robin moves it 60 mat a constant speed for 25 s.

What power does Robin develop?

Part 2 of 2If Robin moves the wheelbarrow 2 times asfast, how much power is developed?

Running Up Stairs04:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A student, late for class, ran up some stairsbetween landings. The landings are 8 m apart.The student has a mass of 50 kg and it took4 s to do the run.

What is the minimum power that the stu-dent was generating during the run?

Units 0204:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

12 kilowatts is equal to

1. 12000 watts.

2. 1200 watts.

3. 12 watts.

4. 1200 Joules.


A watt is

1. 1 s/joule


2. 1 cal/s

3. 1 joule/s

4. 1 s/cal


A Newton-meter is a measure of work alsoknown as the

1. Joule.

2.Watt.

3. Coulomb.

4. None of these

Chapter 4, section 3, Kinetic Energy and Potential Energy 242

Bobsled Run04:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A bobsled slides down an ice track start-ing (at zero initial speed) from the top of a(n)90 m high hill. Neglect friction and air re-sistance and determine the bobsled’s speed atthe bottom of the hill.

Climbing a Rope 0204:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Tim, with mass 60 kg, climbs a gymnasiumrope a distance of 3.5 m. How much potentialenergy does Tim gain?


The total amount of mass and in theuniverse is constant.

1. energy

2. momentum

3. power

4. work


A truck at the top of a hill has highergravitational potential energy than when it isat the bottom of the hill.

Why does it roll downhill?

1. To lower its potential energy.

2. To increase the entropy of the universe.

3. To decrease the entropy of the universe.

4. To increase its kinetic energy.


A car is lifted a vertical distance in a servicestation and therefore has potential energy rel-ative to the floor. If it were lifted twice ashigh, how much potential energy would ithave?

1. Same

2. Twice

3. One half

4. Cannot decide


Two cars are lifted to the same elevation ina service station. If one car is twice as massiveas the other, how do their potential energiescompare?

1.They have the same potential energy sincethey are lifted to the same elevation.

2. The car which is twice as massive as theother will have twice potential energy thanthe other car.

3. The car which is twice as massive as theother will have one half potential energy thanthe other car.

4. Cannot decide since we don’t know howthe cars were lifted.


Amoving car has kinetic energy. If it speedsup until it is going four times faster thanbefore, how much kinetic energy does it havein comparison?

1. Four times bigger than before

2. Four times smaller than before


3. Sixteen times bigger than before

4. Sixteen times smaller than before

5. Same

6. Cannot decide since the mass of the car isunknown.


Can momenta cancel? Can kinetic energiescancel?

1. They both can cancel.

2. Momenta can cancel since they are vec-tors. Kinetic energies cannot cancel sincethey are positive scalars.

3. They both cannot cancel since they arealways positive.

4. Momenta cannot cancel but kinetic ener-gies can cancel.


If a moving object doubles its speed, howmuch more momentum does it have? Howmuch more kinetic energy?

1. Momentum doubles. Kinetic energy dou-bles.

2.Momentum won’t change. Kinetic energydoubles.

3. Momentum doubles. Kinetic energy willincrease by four times.

4. Momentum doubles. Kinetic energywon’t change.

5. Both momentum and kinetic energy willremain the same.

6. Cannot decide.


Calculate the speed of an 8.0 × 104 kg air-liner with a kinetic energy of 1.1× 109 J.


What is the speed of a 0.145 kg baseball ifits kinetic energy is 109 J ?


Part 1 of 3Two bullets have masses of 3.0 g and 6.0 g,

respectively. Each is fired with a speed of 40.0m/s.

a) What is the kinetic energy of the firstbullet?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the kinetic energy of the secondbullet?

Part 3 of 3

c) What is the ratioKE2

KE1of their kinetic

energies?


Part 1 of 3Two 3.0 g bullets are fired with speeds of

40.0 m/s and 80.4 m/s, respectively.a) What is the kinetic energy of the first

bullet?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the kinetic energy of the secondbullet?


Part 3 of 3

c) What is the ratioKE2

KE1of their kinetic

energies?


A car has a kinetic energy of 4.32 × 105 Jwhen traveling at a speed of 23 m/s.

What is its mass?


A student wearing frictionless in-line skateson a horizontal surface is pushed by a friendwith a constant force of 45 N.

How far must the student be pushed, start-ing from rest, so that her final kinetic energyis 352 J ?


A 2.0 × 103 kg car accelerates from restunder the action of two forces. One is aforward force of 1140 N provided by tractionbetween the wheels and the road. The other isa 950 N resistive force due to various frictionalforces.

How far must the car travel for its speed toreach 2.0 m/s?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 2.1 × 103 kg car accelerates from rest

at the top of a driveway that is sloped at anangle of 20.0 with the horizontal. An averagefrictional force of 4.0×103 N impedes the car’smotion so that the car’s speed at the bottomof the driveway is 3.8 m/s.

What is the length of the driveway?


A 75 kg bobsled is pushed along a horizon-tal surface by two athletes. After the bobsledis pushed a distance of 4.5 starting from rest,its speed is 6.0 m/s.

Find the magnitude of the net force on thebobsled.


Part 1 of 5Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 10.0 kg crate is pulled up a rough incline

with an initial speed of 1.5 m/s. The pullingforce is 100.0 N parallel to the incline, whichmakes an angle of 15.0 with the horizontal.The coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.40 andthe crate is pulled a distance of 7.5 m.

a) Find the work done by Earth’s gravityon the crate.

Part 2 of 5b) Find the work done by the force of frictionon the crate.

Part 3 of 5c) Find the work done by the puller on thecrate.

Part 4 of 5d) Find the change in kinetic energy of thecrate.

Part 5 of 5e) Find the speed of the crate after it is pulled7.5 m.


A spring with a force constant of 5.2 N/m


has a relaxed length of 2.45 m. When amass is attached to the end of the spring andallowed to come to rest, the vertical length ofthe spring is 3.57 m.

Calculate the elastic potential energystored in the spring.


The staples inside a stapler are kept in placeby a spring with a relaxed length of 0.115 m.

If the spring constant is 51.0 N/m, howmuch elastic potential energy is stored in thespring when its length is 0.150 m?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 40.0 kg child is in a swing that is attached

to ropes 2.00 m long.Find the gravitational potential energy as-

sociated with the child relative to the child’slowest position under the following condi-tions:

a) when the ropes are horizontal.

Part 2 of 3b) when the ropes make a 30.0 angle withthe vertical.

Part 3 of 3c) at the bottom of the circular arc.


Part 1 of 2a) What is the kinetic energy of an auto-

mobile with a mass of 1250 kg traveling at aspeed of 11 m/s?

Part 2 of 2b) What speed would a fly with a mass of

0.550 g need in order to have the same kineticenergy as the automobile?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 50 kg diver steps off a diving board and

drops straight down into the water. The waterprovides an average net force of resistance of1500 N to the diver’s fall.

If the diver comes to rest 5 m below thewater’s surface, what is the total distance be-tween the diving board and the diver’s stop-ping point underwater?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .In a circus performance, a monkey on a sled

is given an initial speed of 4.0 m/s up a 25

incline. The combined mass of the monkeyand the sled is 20.0 kg, and the coefficientof kinetic friction between the sled and theincline is 0.20.

How far up the incline does the sled move?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 55 kg skier is at the top of a slope, as in

the figure. At the initial point A, the skier is10.0 m vertically above the final point B.

10 m

a) Find the difference in gravitational po-tential energy associated with the skier at thepoints A and B if the zero level for gravita-


tional potential energy is at point B.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the difference in potential energy ifthe zero level is at point A.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the difference in potential energy ifthe zero level is midway down the slope, at aheight of 5.00 m.


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 2.00 kg ball is attached to a ceiling by a

1.00 m long string. The height of the room is3.00 m.

What is the gravitational potential energyassociated with the ball relative to

a) the ceiling?

Part 2 of 3b) the floor?

Part 3 of 3c) a point at the same elevation as the ball?


Part 1 of 3A spring has a force constant of 500.0 N/m.Find the potential energy stored in the

spring when the spring isa) stretched 4.00 cm from equilibrium.

Part 2 of 3b) compressed 3.00 cm from equilibrium.

Part 3 of 3c) unstretched.


wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Tarzan swings on a 30.0 m long vine ini-

tially inclined at an angle of 37.0 with thevertical.

What is his speed at the bottom of theswing if he

a) starts from rest?

Part 2 of 2b) pushes off with a speed of 4.00 m/s?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A person doing a chin-up weighs 700.0 N,

disregarding the weight of the arms. Duringthe first 25.0 cm of the lift, each arm exertsan upward force of 355 N on the torso.

If the upward movement starts from rest,what is the person’s speed at this point?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An 80.0 N box of clothes is pulled 20.0 m up

a 30.0 ramp by a force of 115 N that pointsalong the ramp.

If the coefficient of kinetic friction betweenthe box and ramp is 0.22, calculate the changein the box’s kinetic energy.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 98.0 N grocery cart is pushed 12.0 m

along an aisle by a shopper who exerts aconstant horizontal force of 40.0 N.

If all frictional forces are neglected and thecart starts from rest, what is the grocery cart’sfinal speed?



Part 1 of 3A 0.60 kg rubber ball has a speed of 2.0 m/s

at point A and kinetic energy 7.5 J at pointB. Find

a) the ball’s kinetic energy at A.

Part 2 of 3b) the ball’s speed at B.

Part 3 of 3c) the total work done on the ball as it movesfrom A to B.


Part 1 of 2A 5.00 g bullet moving at 600.0 m/s pene-

trates a tree trunk to a depth of 4.00 cm.a) Use work and energy considerations to

find the magnitude of the force that stops thebullet.

Part 2 of 2b) Assuming that the frictional force is con-stant, determine how much time elapses be-tween the moment the bullet enters the treeand the moment the bullets stops moving.


Part 1 of 2A 2.50× 103 kg car requires 5.0 kJ of work

to move from rest to some final speed. Duringthis time, the car moves 25.0 m.

Neglecting friction, finda) the final speed.

Part 2 of 2b) the net horizontal force exerted on thecar.


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .The figure is a graph of the gravitational

potential energy and kinetic energy of a 75 gyo-yo as it moves up and down on its string.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80

200

400

600

Energy(m

J)

Time (s)

Mechanical energy

Kinetic energy

Potential energy

a) By what amount does the mechanicalenergy of the yo-yo change after 6.0 s?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the speed of the yo-yo after 1.5 s?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the maximum height of the yo-yo?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A skier starts from rest at the top of a hill

that is inclined at 10.5 with the horizontal.The hillside is 200.0 m long, and the coef-ficient of friction between the snow and theskis is 0.075. At the bottom of the hill, thesnow is level and the coefficient of friction isunchanged.

How far does the skier move along the hor-izontal portion of the snow before coming torest?

Holt SF 05Rev 56



Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An egg is dropped from a third-floor win-

dow and lands on a foam-rubber pad withoutbreaking.

If a 56.0 g egg falls 12.0 m from rest and the5.00 cm thick foam pad stops it in 6.25 ms,by how much is the pad compressed? Assumeconstant upward acceleration as the egg com-presses the foam-rubber pad. (Assume thatthe potential energy that the egg gains whilethe pad is being compressed is negligible.)


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A light horizontal spring has a spring con-

stant of 105 N/m. A 2.00 kg block is pressedagainst one end of the spring, compressing thespring 0.100 m. After the block is released,the block moves 0.250 m to the right beforecoming to rest.

What is the coefficient of kinetic friction be-tween the horizontal surface and the block?


Part 1 of 4Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 25 kg child on a 2.0 m long swing is

released from rest when the swing supportsmake an angle of 30.0 with the vertical.

a) What is the maximum potential energyassociated with the child?

Part 2 of 4b) Disregarding friction, find the child’s speedat the lowest position.

Part 3 of 4c) What is the child’s total mechanical en-ergy?

Part 4 of 4d) If the speed of the child at the lowestposition is 2.00 m/s, what is the change inmechanical energy due to friction?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A block starts at rest and slides down a

frictionless track.It leaves the track horizontally, striking the

ground (as shown in the figure above).

522 g

h

2.5m

4.6 m

9.81

m/s

2

a) At what height h above the ground is theblock released?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the speed of the block when itleaves the track?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the speed of the block when it hitsthe ground?


Part 1 of 2A mass-spring system oscillates with an

amplitude of 3.5 cm. The spring constantis 250 N/m and the mass is 0.500 kg.

a) Calculate the mechanical energy of themass-spring system.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the maximum acceleration of the


mass-spring system.


Part 1 of 2A 0.40 kg mass is attached to a spring with

a spring constant of 160 N/m so that the massis allowed to move on a horizontal frictionlesssurface. The mass is released from rest whenthe spring is compressed 0.15 m.

a) Find the force on the mass at the instantthe spring is released.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the acceleration of the mass at theinstant the spring is released.

Kinetic Energy 0104:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The amount of kinetic energy an object hasdepends on its

1. mass and speed.



4. only its speed.

5. only its mass.


The formula for kinetic energy is

1. KE =1

2mv2

2. KE = mgh

3. KE = mv

4. KE =∆v

∆t

5. KE =∆d

∆t


The factor that has the greatest effect onkinetic energy is

1. velocity.

2. mass.

3. height.

4. gravity.

Kinetic Energy 0404:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Consider a compact car that is being drivenat 100 km/h. From what height would the carhave to be dropped to have the same kineticenergy?


A 7 kg bowling ball moves at 3 m/s .How fast must a(n)46 g golf ball move so

that the two balls have the same kinetic en-ergy?


Part 1 of 3A(n) 0.6 kg particle has a speed of 2 m/s at

point A and kinetic energy of 7.5 J at B.What is its kinetic energy at A?

Part 2 of 3What is the particle’s speed at B?

Part 3 of 3What is the total work done on the particle asit moves from point A to B?

Kinetic Energy 07



Part 1 of 2Suppose an automobile has a kinetic energy

of 2000 J.When it moves with twice the speed, what

will be its kinetic energy?

Part 2 of 2Three times the speed?


Part 1 of 3Sally has a mass of 45 kg and is moving

with a speed of 10 m/s.Find Sally’s kinetic energy.

Part 2 of 3Sally’s speed changes to 5 m/s. Now what isher kinetic energy?

Part 3 of 3What is the ratio of the first kinetic energy tothe second one?

1.v21

v22

2.v1

v2

3.v22

v21

4.v2

v1


A(n) 1600 kg car travels at a speed of12.5 m/s.

What is its kinetic energy?

Lifting a Bowling Ball04:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 6.4 kg bowling ball is lifted 2.1 m intoa storage rack. Calculate the increase in theball’s potential energy.

Playground Swing04:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Betty weighs 420 N and she is sitting on

a playground swing seat that hangs 0.4 mabove the ground. Tom pulls the swing backand releases it when the seat is 1 m above theground.

How fast is Betty moving when the swingpasses through its lowest position?

Part 2 of 2If Betty moves through the lowest point at1 m/s, what is the magnitude of the workdone on the swing by friction?

Potential Energy 0104:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The amount of potential energy an objecthas depends on its


2. mass and speed.


4. only its speed.

5. only its mass.


The formula for potential energy is

1. PE = mgh

2. PE = mv

3. PE =∆v

∆t

4. PE =∆d

∆t

5. PE =1

2mv2



Which of the following is not an example ofan object with potential energy?

1. a ball rolling on the floor.

2. a car battery.

3. a diver prepared to jump off a divingboard.

4. a wrecking ball.


Which of the following has the least amountof potential energy?

1. A car traveling at 80 km/h.

2. A bird landing on a branch.

3. A rock at the top of a mountain.

4. A leaf about to fall.


Which of the following has the greatestamount of potential energy?

1. A 0.5 kg book at the top of a 100 m hill.

2. A 5 kg rock raised 5 m off the floor.

3. A 2 kg boulder at the top of a 10 m hill.

4. A 2 g penny in an airplane at 1000 mabove the earth.


Energy of position is called


2. kinetic energy.

3. chemical energy.

4. electrical energy.


A stretched spring has


2. kinetic energy.

3. chemical energy.

4. electrical energy.

Potential Energy 0804:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A carpenter places a board weighing 10 lbon the edge of the roof 10 ft above the ground.How much potential energy does the boardhave in relationship to the ground?

Potential Energy Change04:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Mary weighs 500 N and she walks downa flight of stairs to a level 5.5 m below herstarting point.

What is the change in Mary’s potential en-ergy?

Rock on the Edge04:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A(n) 20 kg rock is on the edge of a(n)

100 m cliff. What potential energy does therock possess relative to the base of the cliff?

Part 2 of 3The rock falls from the cliff. What is its ki-


netic energy just before it strikes the ground?

Part 3 of 3What speed does the rock have as it strikesthe ground?

Sack of Grain04:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A 98 N sack of grain is hoisted to a storage

room 50 m above the ground floor of a grainelevator.

How much work was required?

Part 2 of 3What is the potential energy of the sack ofgrain at this height?

Part 3 of 3The rope being used to lift the sack of grainbreaks just as the sack reaches the storageroom.

What kinetic energy does the sack have justbefore it strikes the ground floor?


A joule is a measure of

1. energy.

2. distance.

3. density.

4. volume.

5. momentum.

Vertical Leap04:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 70 kg high jumper leaves the ground witha vertical velocity of 6 m/s.

How high can he jump?

Chapter 4, section 4, Conservation of Energy 253


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A bird is flying with a speed of 18.0 m/s

over water when it accidentally drops a 2.00kg fish.

If the altitude of the bird is 5.40 m and airresistance is disregarded, what is the speed ofthe fish when it hits the water?

Holt SF 05E 02 0304:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 755 N diver drops from a board 10.0 m

above the water’s surface.a) Find the diver’s speed 5.00 m above the

water’s surface.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the diver’s speed just before strikingthe water.

Part 3 of 3c) If the diver leaves the board with an initialupward speed of 2.00 m/s, find the diver’sspeed when striking the water.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An Olympic runner leaps over a hurdle.If the runner’s initial vertical speed is 2.2

m/s, how much will the runner’s center ofmass be raised during the jump?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A pendulum bob is released from some ini-

tial height such that the speed of the bob atthe bottom of the swing is 1.9 m/s.

What is the initial height of the bob?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A child and sled with a combined mass of

50.0 kg slide down a frictionless hill that is7.34 m high.

If the sled starts from rest, what is its speedat the bottom of the hill?


Part 1 of 5Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 215 g particle is released from rest at

point A inside a smooth hemispherical bowlof radius 30.0 cm, as shown in the figure

2

3RR

A C

B

Calculatea) the gravitational potential energy at A

relative to B.

Part 2 of 5b) the particle’s kinetic energy at B.

Part 3 of 5c) the particle’s speed at B.

Part 4 of 5d) the potential energy at C.

Part 5 of 5


e) the kinetic energy at C.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 50.0 kg pole vaulter running at 10.0 m/s

vaults over the bar.If the vaulter’s horizontal component of ve-

locity over the bar is 1.0 m/s and air resistanceis disregarded, how high is the jump?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Tarzan and Jane, whose total mass is 130.0

kg, start their swing on a 5.0 m long vinewhen the vine is at an angle 30.0 with thehorizontal. At the bottom of the arc, Jane,whose mass is 50.0 kg, releases the vine.

What is the maximum height at whichTarzan can land on a branch after his swingcontinues? (Hint: Treat Tarzan’s and Jane’senergies as separate quantities.)


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 0.250 kg block on a vertical spring with a

spring constant of 5.00 × 103 N/m is pusheddownward, compressing the spring 0.100 m.When released, the block leaves the springand travels upward vertically.

How high does it rise above the point ofrelease?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A skier of mass 70.0 kg is pulled up a slope

by a motor-driven cable.How much work is required to pull the skier

60.0 m up a 35 slope (assumed to be friction-less) at a constant speed of 2.0 m/s?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An acrobat on skis starts from rest 50.0

m above the ground on a frictionless trackand flies off the track at a 45.0 angle abovethe horizontal and at a height of 10.0 m.Disregard air resistance.

a) What is the skier’s speed when leavingthe track?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the maximum height attained?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 75 kg man jumps from a window 1.0 m

above a sidewalk.a) What is his speed just before his feet

strike the pavement?

Part 2 of 2b) If the man jumps with his knees and an-kles locked, the only cushion for his fall isapproximately 0.50 cm in the pads of his feet.

Calculate the magnitude of the averageforce exerted on him by the ground in thissituation.


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A projectile of mass 5.0 kg is shot horizon-

tally with an initial speed of 17 m/s from aheight of 25.0 m above a flat desert surface.

a) For the instant before the projectile hits


the surface, find the work done on the projec-tile by gravity.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the change in kinetic energy since theprojectile was fired.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the final kinetic energy of the projec-tile.

Semicircular Track04:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The figure below shows a rough semicir-cular track whose ends are at a verticalheight h. A block placed at point P atone end of the track is released from restand slides past the bottom of the track.

h

P

Which of the following is true of the heightto which the block rises on the other side ofthe track?

1. It is equal toh

2π

2. It is equal toh

4

3. It is equal toh

2

4. It is equal to h

5. It is between zero and h; the exact heightdepends on how much energy is lost to fric-tion.

Chapter 4, section 5, Forms and Sources of Energy 256


The energy that an object has because ofits motion is

1. Kinetic energy

2. Potential energy

3. Electrical energy

4. Stored energy


A friend says the energy of oil and coal isactually a form of solar energy. Is your friendcorrect,or mistaken?

1. He is correct. Since these materials arethe result of photosynthesis, a biological pro-cess that incorporates the sun’s radiant en-ergy into plant tissue.

2. He is mistaken since the energy is actuallyfrom nuclear energy.

3. He is mistaken since the energy is actuallyfrom geothermal power.


What is the ultimate source of energiesfor the burning of fossil fuels,dams,and wind-mills?

1. The Sun

2. Nuclear energy

3. Geothermal power

4.Water

5. Rain

6. None of these.

Chapter 4, section 6, Simple and Compound Machines 257

Levers 0104:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A fulcrum is

1. the place where a lever is supported.

2. measured in Newton-meters.

3. measured in Joules.

4. a support for an inclined plane.


Which of the following is not a third-classlever?

1. scissors

2. broom

3. baseball bat

4. shovel


The advantage of using a third-class leveris that it

1. multiplies distance.

2. decreases distance.

3. multiplies effort force.

4. makes the resistance force smaller.


The fulcrum of a(n) -class lever is al-ways between the effort force and the resis-tance force.

1. first

2. second

3. third

4. None of these

Machines 0104:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An example of a compound machine is a

1. typewriter.

2. pair of scissors.

3. pair of pliers.

4. hammer.


A simple machine that is a straight slantedsurface is a(n)

1. inclined plane.

2. lever.

3. pulley.

4. wedge.

5. screw.

6. wheel and axle.


A doorknob is a simple machine called a(n)

1. wheel and axle.

2. lever.

3. pulley.


4. wedge.

5. screw.

6. inclined plane.


The of a machine compares its workoutput with its work input.

1. mechanical efficiency

2. mechanical advantage

3. ideal mechanical advantage

4. energy


A machine with a(n) of two doublesthe force applied to the machine.

1. mechanical advantage

2. mechanical efficiency

3. ideal mechanical advantage

4. energy


Consider the following statements.A. A third-class lever requires a larger effort

force for a given resistance force.B. If the effort force is less than the resis-

tance force, the mechanical advantage is lessthan 1.

C. The mechanical efficiency of a machineis decreased by reducing friction within themachine.

Which statement(s) is/are true?

1. Only A is true.


3. Only B is true.

4. Only C is true.





Consider the following statements.A. Windmills can be used to change me-

chanical energy into electric energy.B. Work relates force and simple machines.C. Power is the rate at which work is done.Which statement(s) is/are true?


2. Only A is true.


4. Only B is true.

5. Only C is true.




Consider the following statements.A. The mechanical efficiency of a machine

is always less than 100 percent.B. A machine that works with one move-

ment is a simple machine.C. A combination of complex machines is a

compound machine.Which statement(s) is/are true?



2. Only A is true.


4. Only B is true.

5. Only C is true.




A screwdriver being used to pry open a canof paint is an example of which type of simplemachine?

1. lever

2. wheel and axle

3. pulley

4. inclined plane

5. wedge

6. screw


If you have to apply 30 N of force on a crow-bar to lift an object that weighs 330 N, whatis the mechanical advantage of the crowbar?

1. 11

2. 0.09

3. 9900

4. 0.36


An inclined plane reduces the effort forceby

1. applying the force over a greater dis-tance.

2. reducing the work.

3. increasing the work.

4. reducing the effort distance.


How does an inclined plane differ from othersimple machines?

1. It has no moving parts.

2. It is not a lever.

3. It uses gears.

4. It is free of friction.

Mechanical Advantage 0104:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The mechanical advantage of a machine isthe number of times it

1. multiplies the effort force.

2. changes the direction of the effort force.

3. changes the direction of the resistanceforce.

4. multiplies the resistance force.

Neutralization 5004:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A neutralization reaction involves thetransfer of ? .


1. protons

2. electrons

3. neutrons

Pulleys 0104:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The mechanical advantage of a pulley sys-tem is equal to the

1. number of rope segments pulling up onthe load.

2. distance the load has to be moved.

3. weight of the object being lifted.

4. length of the rope.

Pulleys 0204:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A moveable pulley can

1. multiply force.

2. multiply distance.

3. have a mechanical advantage of less thanone.

4. change the direction of the force.

Chapter 4, section 7, Non-conservative Energy 261


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Starting from rest, a 5.0 kg block slides 2.5

m down a rough 30.0 incline in 2.0 s.Finda) the work done by the force of gravity.

Part 2 of 3b) the change in mechanical energy due tofriction.

Part 3 of 3c) the work done by the normal force betweenthe block and the incline.


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A horizontal force of 150 N is used to push

a 40.0 kg packing crate a distance of 6.00 mon a rough horizontal surface.

If the crate moves with constant velocity,calculate

a) the work done by the force.

Part 2 of 2b) the coefficient of kinetic friction.


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Starting from rest, a 10.0 kg suitcase slides

3.00 m down a frictionless ramp inclined at30.0 from the floor. The suitcase then slidesan additional 5.00 m along the floor beforecoming to a stop.

a) Find the speed of the suitcase at thebottom of the ramp.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the coefficient of kinetic friction be-tween the suitcase and the floor.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the change in mechanical energy dueto friction.


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 5.0 kg block is pushed 3.0 m at a con-

stant velocity up a vertical wall by a constantforce applied at an angle of 30.0 with thehorizontal, as shown in the figure.

3 m

30

5 kg

F

Drawing not to scale.If the coefficient of kinetic friction between

the block and the wall is 0.30, finda) the work done by the force on the block.

Part 2 of 3b) the work done by gravity on the block.

Part 3 of 3c) the magnitude of the normal force betweenthe block and the wall.

Chapter 4, section 9, Torque 262


Find the magnitude of the torque producedby a 3.0 N force applied to a door at a perpen-dicular distance of 0.25 m from the hinge.


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A simple pendulum consists of a 3.0 kg

point mass hanging at the end of a 2.0 m longlight string that is connected to a pivot point.

a) Calculate the magnitude of the torque(due to the force of gravity) around this pivotpoint when the string makes a 5.0 angle withthe vertical.

Part 2 of 2b) Repeat this calculation for an angle of15.0.


If the torque required to loosen a nut on thewheel of a car has a magnitude of 40.0N ·m,what minimum force must be exerted by amechanic at the end of a 30.0 cm wrench toloosen the nut?


Part 1 of 2A uniform 5.00 m long horizontal beam that

weighs 315 N is attached to a wall by a pinconnection that allows the beam to rotate. Itsfar end is supported by a cable that makes anangle of 53 with the horizontal, and a 545 Nperson is standing 1.50 m from the pin.

1.5m

5m

545N 315N

R FT

53

Note: Figure is not drawn to scale.

a) Assuming that the axis of rotation passesthrough the beam’s center of mass, find theforce FT in the cable.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the magnitude of the force R exertedon the beam by the wall if the beam is inequilibrium.


Part 1 of 2A uniform bridge 20.0 m long and weighing

4.00×105 N is supported by two pillars located3.00 m from each end. A 1.96 × 104 N car isparked 8.00 m from one end of the bridge.

a) How much force does the pillar closer tothe car exert?

Part 2 of 2b) Howmuch force does the pillar farther fromthe car exert?


Part 1 of 2A 700.0 N window washer is standing on a

uniform scaffold supported by a vertical ropeat each end. The scaffold weighs 200.0 N andis 3.00 m long. Assume the window washerstands 1.00 m from one end.

a) What is the force on the farther rope?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the force on the closer rope?



Part 1 of 2A 400.0 N child and a 300.0 N child sit on

either end of a 2.0 m long seesaw.a) How far from the 400.0 N child should

the pivot be placed to ensure rotational equi-librium? Disregard the mass of the seesaw.

Part 2 of 2b) Suppose a 225 N child sits 0.200 m fromthe 400.0 N child.

How far from the pivot must a 325 N childsit to maintain rotational equilibrium?


Part 1 of 2A potter’s wheel of radius 0.50 m and mass

100.0 kg is freely rotating at 50.0 rev/min.The potter can stop the wheel in 6.0 s bypressing a wet rag against the rim.

a) What is the angular acceleration of thewheel?

Part 2 of 2b) How much torque does the potter apply tothe wheel?


A bicycle tire of radius 0.33 m and mass 1.5kg is rotating at 98.7 rad/s.

What torque is necessary to stop the tire in2.0 s?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A light string 4.00 m long is wrapped

around a solid cylindrical spool with a ra-dius of 0.0750 m and a mass of 0.500 kg. A5.00 kg mass is then attached to the free endof the string, causing the string to unwindfrom the spool.

a) What is the angular acceleration of thespool?

Part 2 of 2b) How fast will the spool be rotating after allof the string has unwound?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A bucket filled with water has a mass of 54

kg and is hanging from a rope that is woundaround a 0.050 m radius stationary cylinder.

If the cylinder does not rotate and thebucket hangs straight down, what is the mag-nitude of the torque the bucket producesaround the center of the cylinder?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A mechanic jacks up a car to an angle of

8.0 with the horizontal in order to change thefront tires. The car is 3.05 m long and has amass of 1130 kg. Its center of mass is located1.12 m from the front end. The rear wheelsare 0.400 m from the back end.

Calculate the torque exerted by the cararound the back wheels.


Part 1 of 2The arm of a crane at a construction site is

15.0 m long, and it makes an angle of 20.0

with the horizontal. Assume that the max-imum load the crane can handle is limitedby the amount of torque the load produces


around the base of the arm.a) What is the magnitude of the maximum

torque the crane can withstand if the maxi-mum load the crane can handle is 450 N?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the maximum load for this craneat an angle of 40.0 with the horizontal?


Part 1 of 2A window washer is standing on a scaffold

supported by a vertical rope at each end. Thescaffold weighs 205 N and is 3.00 m long.Assume the 675 N worker stands 1.00 m fromone end of the scaffold.

a) What is the force on the rope fartherfrom the worker?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the force on the closer rope?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A floodlight with a mass of 20.0 kg is used to

illuminate the parking lot in front of a library.The floodlight is supported at the end of ahorizontal beam that is hinged to a verticalpole, as shown. A cable that makes an angle of30.0 with the beam is attached to the pole tohelp support the floodlight. Assume the massof the beam is negligible when compared withthe mass of the floodlight.

20 kg

30

Note: Figure is not drawn to scalea) Find the force FT provided by the cable.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the horizontal force exerted on thebeam by the pole.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the vertical force exerted on the beamby the pole.


Part 1 of 3A 1200.0 N uniform boom of length ` is

supported by a cable, as shown. The boom ispivoted at the bottom, the cable is attached

a distance3

4` from the pivot, and a 2000.0 N

weight hangs from the boom’s top.

2000 N

25

65

Note: Figure is not drawn to scalea) Find the force FT applied by the sup-

porting cable.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the horizontal component of the reac-tion force on the bottom of the boom.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the vertical component of the reactionforce on the bottom of the boom.


Part 1 of 3


A uniform 10.0 N picture frame is sup-ported as shown.

FT,1FT,2

10 N

F

P

5030 cm

15 cm

Note: Figure is not drawn to scalea) Find the force FT,1 in the cord that is

required to hold the frame in this position.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the force FT,2 in the cord that isrequired to hold the frame in this position.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the magnitude of the horizontal forceat P that is required to hold the frame in thisposition.


A 30.0 kg uniform solid cylinder has a ra-dius of 0.180 m.

If the cylinder accelerates at 2.30 ×10−2 rad/s2 as it rotates about an axisthrough its center, how large is the torqueacting on the cylinder?


A 350 kg merry-go-round in the shape of ahorizontal disk with a radius of 1.5 m is set inmotion by wrapping a rope about the rim ofthe disk and pulling on the rope.

How large a torque would have to be ex-erted to bring the merry-go-round from restto an angular speed of 3.14 rad/s in 2.00 s?

Holt SF 08Rev 45


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A wooden bucket filled with water has a

mass of 75 kg and is attached to a rope thatis wound around a cylinder with a radius of0.075 m. A crank with a turning radius of0.25 m is attached to the end of the cylinder.

What minimum force directed perpendicu-larly to the crank handle is required to raisethe bucket?


If the torque required to loosen a nut thatholds a wheel on a car has a magnitude of58 N ·m, what force must be exerted at theend of a 0.35 m lug wrench to loosen the nutwhen the angle is 56?


A 23.0 cm screwdriver is used to pry opena can of paint.

If the axis of rotation is 2.00 cm from theend of the screwdriver blade and a force of 84.3N is exerted at the end of the screwdriver’shandle, what force is applied to the lid?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 0.100 kg meterstick is supported at its

40.0 cm mark by a string attached to the ceil-ing. A 0.700 kg mass hangs vertically from the5.00 cm mark. A mass is attached somewhereon the meterstick to keep it horizontal and inboth rotational and translational equilibrium.The force applied by the string attaching themeterstick to the ceiling is 19.6 N.

a) Find the value of the unknown mass.


Part 2 of 2b) Find the point where the mass attaches tothe stick.


A uniform ladder 8.00 m long and weighing200.0 N rests against a smooth wall. Thecoefficient of static friction between the ladderand the ground is 0.600, and the ladder makesa 50.0 angle with the ground.

How far up the ladder can an 800.0 N personclimb before the ladder begins to slip?


Part 1 of 2A person is standing on tiptoe, and the per-

son’s total weight is supported by the force onthe toe. A mechanical model for the situationis shown, where T is the force in the Achillestendon and R is the force on the foot due tothe tibia. Assume the total weight is 700.0 N.

T

21.2

R15

18 cm

25 cmFn

Note: Figure is not drawn to scalea) Find the value of T .

Part 2 of 2b) Find the value of R.


Part 1 of 2A cylindrical fishing reel has a mass of 0.85

kg and a radius of 4.0 cm. A friction clutch inthe reel exerts a restraining torque of 1.3 N ·mif a fish pulls on the line. The fisherman getsa bite, and the reel begins to spin with anangular acceleration of 66 rad/s2.

a) Find the force of the fish on the line.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the amount of line that unwinds fromthe reel in 0.50 s.


Part 1 of 3The combination of an applied force and a

frictional force produces a constant torque of36 N ·m on a wheel rotating about a fixedaxis. The applied force acts for 6.0 s, duringwhich time the angular speed of the wheelincreases from 0 to 12 rad/s.

a) What is the moment of inertia of thewheel?

Part 2 of 3The applied force is then removed, and thewheel comes to rest in 65 s.

b) What is the frictional torque?

Part 3 of 3c) How many revolutions does the wheel makeduring the entire 71 s interval?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Hint: At 3:00 o’clock, the hour hand is not

precisely at 90 from vertical.Assume: The clock hands can be modeled

as thin rods.The hands of the clock in the famous Par-

liament Clock Tower in London are 2.7 m and4.5 m long and have masses of 60.0 kg and100.0 kg, respectively.

Calculate the magnitude of the torque


around the center of the clock due to theweight of these hands at 5:20 o’clock.

Part 2 of 2The torque is

1. clockwise.

2. counter-clockwise.

3. Can not be determined from given infor-mation.


A uniform 6.0 m tall aluminum ladder isleaning against a frictionless vertical wall.The ladder has a weight of 250 N. The lad-der slips when it makes a 60.0 angle with thehorizontal floor.

Determine the coefficient of static frictionbetween the ladder and the floor.


Part 1 of 3A ladder with a length of 15.0 m and a

weight of 520.0 N rests against a frictionlesswall, making an angle of 60.0 with the hori-zontal.

a) Find the horizontal force exerted on thebase of the ladder by Earth when an 800.0 Nfirefighter is 4.00 m from the bottom of theladder.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the vertical force exerted on the baseof the ladder by Earth when an 800.0 N fire-fighter is 4.00 m from the bottom of the lad-der.

Part 3 of 3c) If the ladder is just on the verge of slippingwhen the firefighter is 9.00 m up, what is thecoefficient of static friction between the ladder

and the ground?

Chapter 4, section 10, Rolling Motion 268


A 15.0 kg turntable with a radius of 25cm is covered with a uniform layer of dryice that has a mass of 9.00 kg. The angularspeed of the turntable and dry ice is initially0.75 rad/s, but it increases as the dry iceevaporates.

What is the angular speed of the turntableonce all the dry ice has evaporated?


A 65 kg woman stands at the rim of ahorizontal turntable with a moment of inertiaof 1.5×103 kg ·m2 and a radius of 2.0 m. Thesystem is initially at rest, and the turntable isfree to rotate about a frictionless vertical axlethrough its center. The woman then startswalking clockwise (when viewed from above)around the rim at a constant speed of 0.75rad/s relative to Earth.

With what angular speed does theturntable rotate?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 35 kg bowling ball with a radius of 13 cm

starts from rest at the top of an incline 3.5 min height.

Find the translational speed of the bowlingball after it has rolled to the bottom of theincline. (Assume that the ball is a uniformsolid sphere.)


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A solid 240 N ball with a radius of 0.200

m rolls 6.0 m down a ramp that is inclined at37 with the horizontal.

If the ball starts from rest at the top of theramp, what is the angular speed of the ball atthe bottom of the ramp?


Two spheres look identical and have thesame mass. One is hollow and the other issolid.

Which method would determine which iswhich?

1. Roll them down an incline.

2. Drop them from the same height.

3.Weigh them on a scale.

4. None of these


In a canyon between two mountains, aspherical boulder with a radius of 1.4 m isjust set in motion by a force of 1600 N. Theforce is applied at an angle of 53.5 measuredwith respect to the radius of the boulder.

What is the magnitude of the torque on theboulder?


Part 1 of 2a) Calculate the angular momentum of

Earth that arises from its spinning motionon its axis

(

IE = 0.331MER2E

)

.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the average angular momentumof Earth that arises from its orbital motionabout the sun.

Holt SF 08Rev 70

Chapter 4, section 10, Rolling Motion 269


Part 1 of 2A car is designed to get its energy from

a rotating flywheel with a radius of 2.00 mand a mass of 500.0 kg. Before a trip, thedisk-shaped flywheel is attached to an electricmotor, which brings the flywheel’s rotationalspeed up to 1000.0 rev/min.

a) Find the kinetic energy stored in theflywheel.

Part 2 of 2b) If the flywheel is to supply as much energyto the car as a 7457 W motor would, findthe length of time the car can run before theflywheel has to be brought back up to speedagain.


The figure shows a system of point massesthat rotates at an angular speed of 2.0 rev/s.The masses are connected by light, flexiblespokes that can be lengthened or shortened.

x

y

1.0m

1.0mm

m

m

m

Note: Figure is not drawn to scaleWhat is the new angular speed if the spokes

are shortened to 0.50 m? (An effect similarto this ocurred in the early stages of the for-mation of our galaxy. As the massive cloudof gas and dust contracted, an initially smallrotation increased with time.)

Chapter 4, section 11, Simple Harmonic Motion 270


A mass of 0.30 kg is attached to a springand is set into vibration with a period of 0.24s.

What is the spring constant of the spring?


When a mass of 25 g is attached to a certainspring, it makes 20 complete vibrations in 4.0s.

What is the spring constant of the spring?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 125 N object vibrates with a period of

3.56 s when hanging from a spring.What is the spring constant of the spring?


The body of a 1275 kg car is supportedon a frame by four springs. The spring con-stant of a single spring is 2.00 × 104 N/m.Four people riding in the car have a combinedmass of 255 kg. When driven over a potholein the road, the frame vibrates and for thefirst few seconds the vibration approximatessimple harmonic motion.

What is the period of vibration of the car?


Part 1 of 6A spring with a spring constant of 30.0

N/m is attached to different masses, and the

system is set in motion.a) What is its period for a mass of 2.3 kg?

Part 2 of 6b) What is its frequency?

Part 3 of 6c) What is the period for a mass of 15 g?

Part 4 of 6d) What is its frequency?

Part 5 of 6e) What is the period for a mass of 1.9 kg?

Part 6 of 6f) What is its frequency?


Part 1 of 2A spring with a spring constant of 1.8×102

N/m is attached to a 1.5 kg mass and then setin motion.

a) What is the period of the mass-springsystem?

Part 2 of 2a) What is the frequency of the vibration?

Chapter 4, section 12, Pendulum 271


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .You need to know the height of a tower, but

darkness obscures the ceiling. You note thata pendulum extending from the ceiling almosttouches the floor and that its period is 24 s.

How tall is the tower?

Holt SF 12B 0204:12, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .You are designing a pendulum clock to have

a period of 1.0 s.How long should the pendulum be?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A trapeze artist swings in simple harmonic

motion with a period of 3.8 s.Calculate the length of the cables support-

ing the trapeze.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Find the length of a pendulum that oscil-

lates with a frequency of 0.16 Hz.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A visitor to a lighthouse wishes to deter-

mine the height of the tower. The visitor tiesa spool of thread to a small rock to make asimple pendulum, then hangs the pendulumdown a spiral staircase in the center of thetower. The period of oscillation is 9.49 s.

What is the height of the tower?


Part 1 of 3A pendulum that moves through its equilib-

rium position once every 1.000 s is sometimescalled a “seconds pendulum.”

a) What is the period of any seconds pen-dulum?

1. 2.000 s

2. 1.000 s

3. 4.000 s

4. 0.500 s

5. 0.250 s

6. None of these

Part 2 of 3In Cambridge, England, a seconds pendulumis 0.9942 m long.

b)What is the free-fall acceleration in Cam-bridge?

1. 9.81236 m/s2

2. 9.79756 m/s2

3. 9.81341 m/s2

4. 9.79651 m/s2

5. 9.81 m/s2

6. None of these

Part 3 of 3In Tokyo, Japan, a seconds pendulum is0.9927 m long.

c) What is the free-fall acceleration inTokyo?

Chapter 4, section 12, Pendulum 272

1. 9.79756 m/s2

2. 9.81236 m/s2

3. 9.81341 m/s2

4. 9.79651 m/s2

5. 9.81 m/s2

6. None of these


What is the free-fall acceleration in a lo-cation where the period of a 0.850 m longpendulum is 1.86 s?


Given: g = 9.8 m/s2 .A simple 2.00 m long pendulum oscillates

in a location where g = 9.80 m/s2.How many complete oscilations does this

pendulum make in 5.00 min?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A certain pendulum clock that works per-

fectly on Earth is taken to the moon, whereg = 1.63 m/s2.

The clock is started at 12:00:00 A.M. andruns for 24 h.

a) What will be the reading for the hours?

Part 2 of 3b) What will be the reading for the minutes?

Part 3 of 3c) What will be the reading for the seconds?

Pendulum 0104:12, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

If you increase the length ` of a pendulumby a factor of 9 the period T

1. increases by a factor of 3.

2. increases by a factor of√3.



5. remains the same.

Pendulum04:12, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

The period T of the pendulum depends onI) the length ` of the pendulum;II) the mass m of the pendulum;III) the amplitude A or the angle θ.

1. I only

2. II only

3. III only

4. I and II only

5. I and III only

6. II and III only

7. I, II and III

8. None of these



Consider the following statements.A. Chemical energy is released when the

nucleus of an atom breaks apart.B. Energy can be converted from one form

to another.C. When an object warms up, it gains

chemical energy.Which statement(s) is/are true?

1. Only B is true.


3. Only A is true.


5. Only C is true.




The capacity to do work is called

1. Energy

2. Potential energy

3. Kinetic energy

4. Mechanical energy


The tub within a washer goes into its spincycle, starting from rest and reaching an an-gular speed of 11π rad/s in 8.0 s. At thispoint, the lid is opened, and a safety switchturns off the washer. The tub slows to rest in

12.0 s.Through how many revolutions does the

tub turn? Assume constant angular acceler-ation while the machine is starting and stop-ping.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A solid cylinder with a mass of 4.10 kg

and a radius of 0.050 m starts from rest at aheight of 2.00 m and rolls down a 30.0 slope,as shown.

What is the translational speed of the cylin-der when it leaves the incline?

Holt SF 08E 01ball04:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A solid ball with a mass of 4.10 kg and a

radius of 0.050 m starts from rest at a heightof 2.00 m and rolls down a 30.0 slope, asshown.

What is the translational speed of the ballwhen it leaves the incline?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 1.5 kg bicycle tire of radius 0.33 m starts

from rest and rolls down from the top of a hillthat is 14.8 m high.

What is the translational speed of the tirewhen it reaches the bottom of the hill? (As-sume that the tire is a hoop with I = mr2.)


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A regulation basketball has a 25 cm di-

ameter and may be approximated as a thin


spherical shell.How long will it take a basketball starting

from rest to roll without slipping 4.0 m downan incline that makes an angle of 30.0 withthe horizontal?


The net work done in accelerating a pro-peller from rest to an angular speed of 220rad/s is 3000.0 J.

What is the moment of inertia of the pro-peller?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 0.0200 m diameter coin rolls up a 15.0

inclined plane. The coin starts with an initialangular speed of 45.0 rad/s and rolls in astraight line without slipping.

How much vertical distance does it gainbefore it stops rolling?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .In a circus performance, a large 4.0 kg hoop

with a radius of 2.0 m rolls without slipping.If the hoop is given an angular speed of

6.0 rad/s while rolling on the horizontal andis allowed to roll up a ramp inclined at 15

with the horizontal, how far (measured alongthe incline) does the hoop roll?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 12 kg mass is attached to a cord that is

wrapped around a wheel with a radius of 10.0

cm, as shown. The acceleration of the massdown the frictionless incline is measured to be2.0 m/s2. Assume the axle of the wheel to befrictionless.

10 cm

12kg

2 m/s

2

37

Note: Figure is not drawn to scalea) Find the force in the rope.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the moment of inertia of the wheel.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the angular speed of the wheel 2.0 safter it begins rotating, starting from rest.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .As part of a kinetic sculpture, a 5.0 kg hoop

with a radius of 3.0 m rolls without slipping.If the hoop is given an angular speed of

3.0 rad/s while rolling on the horizontal andthen rolls up a ramp inclined at 20.0 with thehorizontal, how far does the hoop roll alongthe incline?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A coin with a diameter of 4.37 cm rolls up a

30.0 inclined plane. The coin starts with aninitial angular speed of 60.0 rad/s and rolls ina straight line without slipping.

How far does it roll up the inclined plane?


A solid sphere rolls along a horizontal,smooth surface at a constant linear speed


without slipping.What is the ratio between the rotational

kinetic energy about the center of the sphereand the sphere’s total kinetic energy?

1.2

5

2.3

5

3.2

7

4.3

7

5.5

3

6.7

2

7. None of these


Part 1 of 2A skater spins with an angular speed of

12.0 rad/s with his arms outstretched. Helowers his arms, decreasing his moment ofinertia from 41 kg ·m2 to 36 kg ·m2.

a) Calculate his initial rotational kineticenergy.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate his final rotational kinetic en-ergy.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .The efficiency of a pulley system is 64 per-

cent. The pulleys are used to raise a mass of78 kg to a height of 4.0 m.

What force is exerted on the rope of thepulley system if the rope is pulled for 24 min order to raise the mass to the requiredheight?


A crate is pulled 2.0 m at constant velocityalong a 15 incline. The coefficient of kineticfriction between the crate and the plane is0.160.

Calculate the efficiency of this procedure.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A pulley system has an efficiency of 87.5

percent.How much of the rope must be pulled in if

a force of 648 N is needed to lift a 150 kg desk2.46 m?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A pulley system is used to lift a piano 3.0

m.If a force of 2200 N is applied to the rope

as the rope is pulled in 14 m, what is theefficiency of the machine? Assume the massof the piano is 750 kg.

Chapter 5, section 1, Temperature 276

Boil Liquid Nitrogen05:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Liquid nitrogen has a boiling point of

−195.81 C at atmospheric pressure.Express this temperature in degrees

Fahrenheit.

Part 2 of 2Express this temperature in Kelvin.

Boil Water05:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

The boiling point of water is 212F.Express this in Kelvin.


What is −40C in K?

1. 44K

2. 233K

3. 25K

4. 298K

5. 789K


25C is approximately equal to

1. 60F

2. 80F

3. 100F

4. 32F

5. 0F


20C is approximately equal to:

1. 60F

2. 70F

3. 80F

4. 90F

5. 100F


On the Kelvin scale, a temperature of 43Cis ? .

1. 43 K

2. 230 K

3. 273 K

4. 316 K


Convert a temperature of 270 C into de-grees Kelvin.


Convert 5.1 gallons into the equivalentnumber of milliliters.


How many milligrams are there in5.1 slugs?



A stone is an old english unit of weight andit is equal to 14 slug.

How many kilograms are there in5 stones?

Gas Laws 5005:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A gas has a volume of 2 liters at a pressureof 3 atm.

What will be the volume of the gas if thepressure is increased to 6 atm?

1. 4 liters

2. 3 liters

3. 2 liters

4. 1 liter


A gas has a volume of 2.00 liters at a tem-perature of 127C.

What will be the volume of the gas if thetemperature is increased to 327C. (Assumethe pressure remains constant)

1. 4.00 liters

2. 6.00 liters

3. 2.00 liters

4. 3.00 liters


A gas has a volume of 6.0 liters at a pressureof 380 torr.

If the pressure is increased to 760 torr, whatwill be its new volume?

1. 6.0 liters

2. 3.0 liters

3. 12 liters

4. 9 liters


A gas has a volume of 9.0 liters at a pressureof 1520 torr.

If the pressure is decreased to 380 torr, whatwill be its new volume? (Assume temperatureremains constant)

1. 36 liters

2. 0.28 liters

3. 2.3 liters

4. 4.6 liters


A gas occupies 1.62 L at 810 torr and 15C.What volume, in liters, will it fill if the

pressure is changed to 750 torr and the tem-perature is raised to 42C?

1. 1.91 L

2. 4.90 L

3. 1.37 L

4. 1.60 L


A gas occupies 21.0 L at 1.00 atm pressureand 298 K.

What temperature is necessary to increasethe volume to 56.1 L if the pressure remainsconstant?

1. 796 K


2. 400C

3. 896 K

4. 697 K

5. 359 K


If the temperature of a fixed amount of gasis decreased at constant pressure its volumewill

1. increase

2. decrease

3. remain the same

4. insufficient data to answer this question


If the temperature of a fixed amount of gasis increased at constant pressure, its volumewill

1. increase

2. decrease

3. remain the same

4. insufficient data to answer the question


If the temperature of an ideal gas is raisedfrom 100C to 200C, while the pressure re-mains constant, the volume

1. doubles

2. remains the same

3. goes to 1/2 the original volume

4. increases by a factor of 100

5. none of these

Gas Laws 5905:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A sample of nitrogen occupies 11.2 litersunder a pressure of 580 torr at 32C.

What volume would it occupy at 32C ifthe pressure were increased to 800 torr?


A 30 liter tank contains a gas under a pres-sure of 450 atmospheres.

What volume would the gas occupy at thesame temperature at 700 torr of pressure?


Suppose that a sample of gas occupies125 mL of volume at 25C and a pressureof 250 torr.

What would be the volume of this sampleif the pressure were changed to 550 torr at25C?


At 50 C and 250 torr, a sample of gasoccupies 450 mL.

If the pressure remains constant, what vol-ume will the gas occupy when heated to150 C?


A 200 mL sample of a gas at 30 C and900 torr is heated to 70C and the pressureallowed to drop to 500 torr.

What volume will the gas occupy at these


new conditions?


Suppose that a sample of gas occupies125 mL of volume at 298 K and a pressureof 250 torr.

What would be the volume (expressed ofthis sample if the pressure were changed to550 torr at 298 K?


A 4.20 L sample of gas has its pressuredecreased from 3.5 atm to 1.5 atm.

What does the volume of the gas become?


An aerosol can contains 450 mL of com-pressed gas at 5.20 atm pressure. When thegas is sprayed into a large plastic bag, the baginflates to a volume of 2.14 L.

What is the pressure of gas inside the plas-tic bag?


To what temperature must 450 mL of gas at22 C be cooled, at constant pressure, so thatthe volume of the gas is reduced to 1.5 mL?

Heat 1105:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Temperature is a measure of average

1. kinetic energy.

2. amount of calories.

3. amount of work.

4. heat of fusion.


How would the average body temperatureof a healthy human, which is 37C, be repre-sented in Kelvin?

1. 310 K

2. 37 K

3. 0 K

4. 236 K


In your room there are things such as tables,chairs, other people, and so forth.

Which of these things has a temperaturegreater than the temperature of the air?

1. People

2. Tables

3. Chairs

4. Tables, chairs and other people

5. All above are wrong


How much is the temperature of a ther-mometer outdoors on a sunny days comparedwith the temperature of the air?

1. A little higher than the temperature ofthe air.

2. A little lower than the temperature of theair.

3. The same as the temperature of the air.

4. Much lower than the temperature of the


air.




1. There is no minimum temperature.

2. There is no maximum temperature.

3. When no more energy can be extractedfrom a material, it is at absolute zero.

4. There is no limit to how much energy canbe added to a material.

5. The kinetic energy has a minimum, zero,but no maximum.


What is the precise temperature at the bot-tom of Lake Superior at 12 AM on October31, 1894?

1. 4 C

2. 0 C

3. 100 C

4. 6 C




1. A piece of ice sink in a container of moltenwater.

2. A piece of ice not sink in a container ofmolten water.

3. A piece of solid iron sink in a container ofmolten iron.

4. A piece of solid aluminum sink in a con-tainer of molten aluminum.

5. In the solid state the structure of wa-ter is open-spaced, and ice is less dense thanwater.



1. The density of the water is the highest at4 C.

2. The density of the water is the highest at100C.






1. When the temperature below freezing,the water contract.

2. It is important to protect water pipes sothey don’t freeze.

3. When the temperature below freezing,the water expands.

4. When the temperature below freezing,the pipe contract.

5. The pipe (if metal) will fracture if water


in them freezes.


Wrap a fur coat around a thermometer.How will the temperature change?

1. Doesn’t change.

2. Rise.

3. Decrease.

4. Rise at first, then drop.

5. It depends on the material of the ther-mometer.


At what common temperature will a blockof wood and a block of metal both feel neitherhot nor cold to the touch?

1. When the temperature of the blocks arethe same as the temperature of your hand.

2. At room temperature.

3. At freezing point.

4. When the temperature of the blocksare higher than as the temperature of yourhand.

5. When the temperature of the blocks arelower than as the temperature of your hand.

Holt SF 10A 0105:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2The lowest outdoor temperature ever

recorded on Earth is −128.6F, recorded atVostok Station, Antarctica, in 1983.

a) What is this temperature on the Celsiusscale?

Part 2 of 2b) What is this temperature on the Kelvinscale?


Part 1 of 4The temperatures of one northeastern state

range from 105F in the summer to −25F inwinter.

a) What is the lower temperature on theCelsius scale?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the lower temperature on theKelvin scale?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the higher temperature on theCelsius scale?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the higher temperature on theKelvin scale?


Part 1 of 2The normal human body temperature is

98.6F. A person with a fever may record102F.

a) What is the lower temperature on theCelsius scale?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the higher temperature on theCelsius scale?


Part 1 of 2A pan of water is heated from 23C to 78C.


a) What is the change in temperature onthe Kelvin scale?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the change in temperature on theFahrenheit scale?


Part 1 of 2Liquid nitrogen is used to cool substances

to very low temperatures. The boiling pointof liquid nitrogen (at 1 atm of pressure) is77.34 K.

a) What is this temperature on the Celsiusscale?

Part 2 of 2b)What is this temperature on the Fahrenheitscale?


Part 1 of 2The highest recorded temperature on Earth

was 136F, at Azizia, Libya, in 1922.a) What is this temperature on the Celsius

scale?



Part 1 of 2The melting point of gold is 1947F.a) What is this temperature on the Celsius

scale?


Holt SF 10Rev 41


Part 1 of 2Absolute zero on the Rankine temperature

scale is TR = 0R, and the scale’s unit is thesame size as the Fahrenheit degree.

a) Write a formula that relates the Rankinescale to the Fahrenheit scale.

1. TF = TR − 459.67

2. TF = TF − 459.67

3. TF = TR + 459.67

4. TF = TR + 20

5. None of these

Part 2 of 2b) Write a formula that relates the Rankinescale to the Kelvin scale.

1. TR =9

5T

2. TR =9

5TF

3. None of these

4. TR =5

9TF

5. TR =5

9T


Part 1 of 4The boiling point of liquid hydrogen is

−252.87C.a) What is this temperature in degrees

Fahrenheit?

Part 2 of 4b) What is this temperature in kelvins?

Part 3 of 4Consider the temperature of a room at


20.5C.c) What is this temperature in degrees

Fahrenheit?

Part 4 of 4d) What is this temperature in kelvins?


Part 1 of 2The freezing and boiling points of water on

the imaginary “Too Hot” temperature scaleare selected to be exactly T freezing

TH= 51 TH

and T boilingTH

= 197 TH.a) Derive an equation relating the Too Hot

scale to the Celsius scale.

1. TC=

50

73(T

TH− 51)

2. TC=

50

73T

TH+ 51

3. TC=

73

50(T

TH− 51)

4. TC=

73

50T

TH+ 51

5. TC= T

TH+ 51

6. TC= T

TH− 51

7. None of the above

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate absolute zero in degrees TH.


At what Fahrenheit temperature are theCelsius and Fahrenheit temperatures numeri-cally equal?


At what Fahrenheit temperature are theKelvin and Fahrenheit temperatures numeri-

cally equal?

Temperature 5005:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A temperature of 113C is equal to ?F?

1. 71.6

2. 66.2

3. 134.6

4. 235.4

5. 163.4


A temperature of 34F is equal to ? C?

1. 1.1

2. 2

3. 66

4. 76



1. 13.9

2. 65.4

3. 2

4. 25


A temperature of 73C is equal to ? F?


1. 71.6

2. 66.2

3. 134.6

4. 235.4

5. 163.4



1. 36.1

2. 129.0

3. 65.0

4. 68.1


At room temperature a beaker of liquidmeasures 26C.

What is its temperature measured inKelvin?

1. 26C since they are both the same scale.

2. 299 K since they are the same scale, butoffset by 273.

3. −247 K

4. It is not possible to convert from C toK.

5. None of these


Convert 275 K to degree Celsius. (273 K =0C)

1. 2

2. 275

3. 463

4. 12.1


Copper melts at 1083C.What is its melting temperature in F?

1. 1949F

2. 583F

3. 602F

4. 634F

5. 1981F


How cold does it have to get to be twice ascold as 0 C?

1. −136.5C

2. 0C

3. Cannot be determined

4. −2C


The boiling point of liquid oxygen (LOX) is54.4 K.

What is its boiling point on the Fahrenheitscale?

1. −361.5F


2. −336.2F

3. −451.4F

4. −425.8F

5. −139.3F


The freezing point of Hg is 0.35C.What is the temperature in F below which

a mercury thermometer would not be usablebecause the mercury would freeze?

1. 32

2. −63

3. −31

4. 63


A temperature of 50C is what temperatureon the absolute scale?

1. 323 K

2. 223 K

3. 273 K

4. 373 K

5. 419 K


A unit of temperature is a ?

1. calorie

2. degree Kelvin

3. specific heat

4. Joule


How does the size of one degree Celsiuscompare with that of one degree Fahrenheitand one degree Kelvin?

1. Celsius and Kelvin degrees are the samesize and Fahrenheit degrees are smaller.

2. Celsius and Kelvin degrees are the samesize and Fahrenheit degrees are larger.

3. Kelvin degrees are larger than Celsiusdegrees, which are larger than Fahrenheit de-grees.

4. Kelvin degrees are smaller than Celsiusdegrees, which are smaller than Fahrenheitdegrees.

5. Temperature intervals are the same on allthree scales.

Temperature Change 0105:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A pan of water is heated from 25C to 80C.a) What is the change in its temperature

on the Kelvin scale?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the change in its temperature onthe Fahrenheit scale?

Temperature Change 0205:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The melting point of gold is 1064C, andthe boiling point is 2660C.

Compute the difference between these tem-peratures in Kelvin.

Temperature Change 03



A temperature difference of 5 K is equal to

1. a difference of 2.8 on the Celsius scale.

2. a difference of 9 on the Celsius scale.

3. a difference of 2.8 on the Rankin scale.

4. a difference of 0.5 on the Fahrenheitscale.

5. a difference of 9 on the Fahrenheitscale.

Temperature Conversion05:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2a) On a day when the temperature reaches

50 F, what is the temperature in degreesCelsius?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the temperature in Kelvin?

Temperature Extremes05:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The highest recorded temperature on Earth

was 136F, at Azizia, Libya, in 1992. Thelowest recorded temperature was −127F, atVostok Station, Antarctica, in 1960.

a) Express the low temperature extreme indegrees Celsius.

Part 2 of 2b) Express the high temperature extreme indegrees Celsius.


The SI unit for temperature is

1. Kelvin.

2. Calorie.

3. C.

4. joule.

5. F.

Chapter 5, section 2, Heat 287


How many calories of energy correspond to251 J?

1. 60.0 cal

2. .0600 cal

3. 60 cal

4. 59.990 cal


If 1.000 cal = 4.184 joule, how many joulesare in 41.841 cal?

1. 10

2. 100

3. 175.1

4. 0.1


Convert 800000 cal to kilojoules.


Convert 3.5× 106 J to calories.


James Joule investigated the relationshipbetween heat and

1. motion.

2. radiation.

3. temperature.

4. work.

Heat Energy 5005:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Find the specific heat capacity of iron if 6.1J of energy are needed to warm 1.50 g of ironfrom 20.00C to 29.00C

1. 0.45 J/gC

2. 2.2 J/gC

3. 37 J/gC

4. 1.0 J/gC

Heat Energy 5105:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The specific heat of ice is about 2 J/gCwhile for liquid water the specific heat is about4 J/gC.

The energy required to raise the tempera-ture of 10 g of ice from −5 to −4C is ?the energy required to raise the temperatureof 10 g of liquid water from +4 to +5C.

1. the same as

2. greater than

3. less than

Heat Energy 5205:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Calculate the amount of energy required toheat 175 g of water from 22.3C to 75.0C.


The specific heat capacity of silver is0.54 J/gC.

Express this in terms of calories per gramper Celsius degree.



A 23 g sample of metal X requires 530 J ofenergy to heat it from 10.0C to 92.0C.

Calculate the specific heat capacity of X.


The specific heat capacity of Hg(`) = 0.139J/gC.

Calculate the energy to heat 12 g of mer-cury from 37.0 C to 42.0 C.


4000 joules of heat are added to 42.5 gramsof water originally at 24.5C.

What is the final temperature of the wa-ter?


A 50 gram sample of an unknown metalrequires 750 joules of energy to heat it from30.5C to 95C.

What is the specific heat capacity of thismetal?


The specific heat of iron is 0.444 J/g-C.Calculate the amount of heat required to

raise the temperature of 105 grams of ironfrom 40C to 135C.


When 20 grams of a sample cools from 50Cto 27.5C it loses 27.5 joules of heat.

What is the specific heat of the sample?

Heating Aluminum


You have 50 g of aluminum (with specificheat 903 J/kg C) at 25C.

How much heat must be added to raise itstemperature to 125 C?

Heating a Metal05:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 500 g block of metal absorbs 5016 J ofheat when its temperature changes from 20Cto 30C.

Calculate the specific heat of the metal.

Heating Copper05:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 50 g sample of copper (with specific heat387 J/kgC) is at 25C.

If 1200 J of heat energy is added to thecopper, what is its final temperature?

Heating Water05:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You need to raise the temperature of 50 gof water from 4.5 C to 83C.

How much heat is needed to accomplishthis?

Mixing Water05:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 600 g sample of water at 90C is mixedwith 400 g of water at 22C. Assume no heatloss to the surroundings.

What is the final temperature of the mix-ture?

Specific Heat 5005:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Consider the following specific heats:copper, 0.384 J/g·C;lead, 0.159 J/g·C;water, 4.18 J/g·C;glass, 0.502 J/g·C.Assuming that they all have the same ini-


tial temperature and that same amount ofheat is added to identical masses of each ofthese substances, which substance attains thehighest temperature?

1. copper

2. lead

3. water

4. glass

Chapter 5, section 3, Specific Heat and Latent Heat 290

Climate 5005:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The climate modifying property of lakesand oceans is because of the water’s

1. high heat of vaporization.

2. density.

3. surface tension.

4. boiling point.

Condensing Steam05:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You have 60 g of steam at 100 C. Howmuch heat must be removed to change it to60 g of water at 20 C?

Heat 10005:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Consider an insulated system of 0.50 litersof water at 25C.

Adding 1280 grams of ice at −10C will re-sult in equilibrium conditions with how manygrams of ice at 0.0C?


Consider an insulated system with545 milliliters of water at 25C.

Determine the amount of ice at −10C thatmust be added to the system to result in theequilibrium conditions T = 0.0C, with noliquid remaining.


Which of the following would require thegreatest number of calories?

1. heating 100 g of water from 10C to 50C

2. heating 1000 g of water from 10C to12C




If a 10.0 g piece of metal required 100 calto raise its temperature by 20C, what wouldyou report as its specific heat?

1. 0.5 cal/g·C

2. 2 cal/g·C

3. 10 cal/g·C

4. 200 cal/g·C

Heat 5005:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

How many calories are required to heat 15.0g of ice at −10C to 15.0 g of liquid water at25C?

1. 1275

2. 375

3. 75

4. 1650

5. 8550


If 8000 calories of heat are added to 200 g ofwater at 20C, what is the final temperatureof the water?

1. 60C

2. 40C


3. 20C

4. 80C


If the heat of vaporization for liquid zinc is1.76 kJ/g, how much heat is needed to boil11.2 g of liquid zinc already at its boilingpoint?

1. 19.7 kJ

2. 19,700 J

3. 4.71 kcal

4. all answers are correct


The amount of energy required to convertone gram of a liquid to a gas at its boilingpoint is

1. ∆Hfusion

2. ∆Hformation

3. ∆Hvaporization

4. Heat of combustion

5. Specific heat of the liquid


The energy needed to change an amount ofa substance from a solid to a liquid is the

1. temperature.

2. Kelvin.

3. heat of fusion.

4. melting point.


The energy needed to change an amount ofa substance from a liquid to a gas is called the

1. temperature

2. Kelvin

3. heat of vaporization

4. boiling point


The heat of vaporization of gold is over 4times greater than that of the heat of fusionof gold.

This means that it is easier to

1. boil gold than to melt it.

2. melt gold than to boil it.

3. heat gold than to cool it down.

4. purify gold by physical methods.


The number of calories needed to raise thetemperature of 200 g of water from 20C to50C is ? .

1. 6000

2. 4000

3. 10000

4. 14000

Heat 58



The number of calories needed to raise thetemperature of 50 g of water from 20C to40C is ? .

1. 100

2. 200

3. 500

4. 1000


The heat needed to raise the temperatureof 500 g of water from 20C to 60C is ? .

1. 5 kcal

2. 10 kcal

3. 20 kcal

4. 40 kcal


The specific heat capacity of liquid water is4.184 J/g C.

Calculate the energy required to heat 10.0g of water from 26.5C to 83.7C.

1. 837 J

2. 572 J

3. 239 J

4. 2.39× 103 J

5. none of these


The specific heat capacity of silver is 0.24J/gC.

How many joules of energy are needed towarm 0.500 g of silver from 25.0C to 27.5C?

1. .30 J

2. .3 J

3. 5.21 J

4. .48 J


The specific heat of liquid water is 4.184J/gC; the specific heat of steam is 2.0 J/gC.The heat of vaporization of water is 2.26 kJ/gand the boiling point of water is 100C.

What is the total heat flow if 18 grams ofwater(`), at 12C, are heated to become steamat 109C?

1. 48 kJ

2. 41 kJ

3. 170 kJ

4. 7.0 kJ


The specific heat capacity of gold is 0.131J/gC.

How much energy is required to heat 1.3 gof gold from 25C to 46C?

1. .85 cal

2. 3.6 cal

3. 15 cal

4. −3.6 cal

Heat 64



When a pan containing liquid and solidwater (ice water) is put on a stove and stirredvigorously ? .

1. the temperature starts to rise immedi-ately

2. the temperature rises slowly at first thenmore and more rapidly

3. the temperature rises but only after theice melts


A friend is into heavy metal.On that note, if he supplied 3900 joules of

heat to a 100 gram chunk of LEAD (a ratherheavy metal with a density of 11.34 g/cm 3)at 25C, and the temperature rose to 325C,what is the specific heat of lead?

1. 0.130 J/g C

2. 0.120 J/g C

3. 1.47 J/g C

4. 0.444 J/g C

5. 0.068 J/g C


Consider the following classic: HumptyDumpty sat on a wall... Humpty Dumptyhad a great fall... All the king’s horses andall the king’s men, couldn’t put Humpty backtogether again.

Poor Humpty Dumpty has fallen prey to aparticular law of nature know as ? .

1. the 1st Law of Thermodynamics

2. the 2nd Law of Thermodynamics

3. conservation of momentum

4. catch-22

5. Murphy’s Law


Which of the following are the two factorsthat affect the amount of heat in a sample?

1. Calories and temperature of the sample.

2. Bond energies and activation energy ofthe sample.

3. Temperature and size of the sample.

4. Efficiency and mechanical energy of thesample.

5. Biomass and exothermic potential of thesample.


The specific heat of water is 1.00 cal/g-C,the heat of vaporization of water is 540 cal/g,and the heat of fusion of water is 80 cal/g.

How much heat would be required to con-vert 10 grams of ice at 0C to 10 grams ofwater at 75C?

1. 1.55 Kcal

2. 155 cal

3. 15.5 cal

4. 61.5 Kcal

5. 6150 cal



Calculate the heat released when a 40 gsample of water is frozen at 0C.

1. 20 calories

2. 400 calories

3. 3200 calories

4. 1600 calories


Calculate the heat when a 250 g sample ofwater is heated from 15C to 100C.

1. 44455 Joules

2. 250 Joules

3. 88910 Joules

4. 1100 Joules


Calculate the quantity of heat lost by thebody through the evaporation of 10 lbs ofwater as perspiration.

1. 12436 kiloJoules

2. 10257.5 kiloJoules

3. 6218 kiloJoules

4. 20515.0 kiloJoules


The specific heats and densities of severalmaterials are given below:

Brick: 0.220 cal/gC, 2.0 g/cm3

Concrete: 0.270 cal/gC, 2.7 g/cm3

Steel: 0.118 cal/gC, 7. g/cm39Water: 1.00 cal/gC, 1.00 g/cm3

Calculate the temperature change pro-duced in 100 g of steel by the addition of1 kcal of heat.

1. 84.75 C

2. 169.50 C

3. 42.37 C

4. 30.0 C






Which substance would store energy mostefficiently based on mass?

1. water

2. brick

3. concrete

4. steel






Which substance would store energy mostefficiently based on volume?

1. steel

2. water

3. brick


4. concrete


Heat of vaporization is the amount of heatrequired to

1. evaporate a liquid.

2. to condense a vapor.

3. to melt a solid.

4. to evaporate a solid.


The amount of heat that must be removedfrom one gram of a liquid at its freezing pointto freeze it with no change in temperature iscalled the

1. None of these

2. heat of fusion.

3. heat of vaporization.

4. heat of solution.


The molar heat of fusion of elemental iodineis 16.7 kJ/mol at its normal melting point of144C.

What quantity of heat is required to melt3 g of iodine at 144C?


The molar heat of vaporization of carbondisulfide, CS2, is 28.4 kJ/mol at its normalboiling point of 46C.

How much energy (heat) is required to va-

porize 5 g of CS2 at 46C?


The heat of fusion of a metal is7.35 joules/gram at its freezing point of 450F.

How much of this metal can be melted if5500 joules of energy are available?


The heat of fusion of a metal is7.35 joules/gram at its freezing point of 450F.

How much energy is required to melt530 grams of this metal?


The heat of vaporization of a substance is4900 joules/gram at its boiling point of 220C.

How much of this substance can be vapor-ized if 51000 joules of energy are available?


The heat of vaporization of a substance is4900 joules/gram at its boiling point of 220C.

How many joules of energy would be re-quired to evaporate 51000 grams of this sub-stance?

Heat 8305:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

How much heat is required to take 4 kg ofwater from 20C to near boiling at 99C?


How much heat in Joules is required to heatthe water in a hot water heater (200 L) from18C to 60C?

Heat 85



How much energe is required to heat 25 gof ice at −15C to water at 25C?


The heat capacity of ice is 0.50 cal/g-C.How much energy is required to heat

105 grams of ice at −15.5 C to water at50C?


How much heat would be required to con-vert 105 grams of ice at 0C to steam at100C?


Liquid Freon, CCl2F2, has a heat of vapor-ization of 38.6 cal/g. Used as a refrigerant, itis circulated in the cooling coils of a refrigera-tor and absorbs heat as it vaporizes.

How much heat could be removed if 1500 gof Freon vaporizes inside the coils?


If the specific heat of liquid water is 1 cal/g-C, calculate the amount of heat to heat 45 gof water from 5C to 17.5C.


Given: The specific heat of water is 4.18J/g-C.

Calculate the amount of heat required toraise the temperature of 105 grams of waterfrom 25 degrees C to 70 C.


Given: Specific heat of H2O is 4.184 J /g-C, specific heat of Fe is .444 J / g-C.

87.5 g of H2O at 95C is poured over 500 gFe at 5C in an insulated vessel.

What is the final temperature?


Benzene is a hydrocarbon that is commonlyused as a commercial solvent. However, it iscarcinogenic, i.e., accumulations in the bodycan cause cancer. The normal boiling pointof benzene is 80.0C and its molar heat ofvaporization is 30.8 kJ/mol.

What is the vapor pressure of benzene at25.0C (about room temperature)?


Calculate the amount of heat required toconvert 90 g of water at 52.5 C to steam at127.5 C.


If 140 grams of liquid water at 80C and140 grams of water at 30 C are mixed inan insulated container, what will the finaltemperature of the mixture be?


What would be the final temperature of thesystem if 20 g of lead at 120C are droppedinto 20 g of water at 17.5C in an insulatedcontainer?


Calculate the amount of heat required toconvert 55 grams of ice at −25C to steam at127.5C.

Heat 97



The molar heat of fusion of H2O at itsstandard melting point of 273.15 K is 6.012kJ/mole.

How much heat is needed to melt2.55 grams of ice at this temperature?


Given: 1 kcal = 4.184 kJ.How much heat will it take to convert

545 grams of ice at −10C into steam at+110C?


Consider an insulated system containing500 grams of water at 25.0C.

What will be the equilibrium temperatureof the system after adding 75 grams of ice at−10.0C?


A 3.0 kg gold bar at 99C is dropped into0.22 kg of water at 25C.

What is the final temperature? Assume thespecific heat of gold is 129 J/kg ·C.


A 0.225 kg sample of tin initially at 97.5Cis dropped into 0.115 kg of water initially at10.0C.

If the specific heat capacity of tin is230 J/kg ·C, what is the final equilibriumtemperature of the tin-water mixture?


Milk with a mass of 0.032 kg and a temper-ature of 11C is added to 0.16 kg of coffee at91C.

What is the final temperature? Assume thespecific heat capacities of the two liquids arethe same as water, and disregard any energytransfer to the liquids’ surroundings.


A cup is made of an experimental materialthat can hold hot liquids without significantlyincreasing its own temperature. The 0.75 kgcup has an initial temperature of 36.5C whenit is submerged in 1.25 kg of water with aninitial temperature of 20.0C.

What is the cup’s specific heat capacity ifthe final temperature is 24.4C?


Brass is an alloy made from copper andzinc. A 0.59 kg brass sample at 98.0C isdropped into 2.80 kg of water at 5.0C.

If the equilibrium temperature is 6.8C,what is the specific heat capacity of brass?


The air temperature above coastal areasis profoundly influenced by the large specificheat capacity of water.

How large of a volume of air can be cooledby 1.0C if energy is transferred as heat fromthe air to the water, thus increasing the tem-perature of 1.0 kg of water by 1.0C? Thespecific heat capacity of air is approximately1000.0 J/kg·C, and the density of air is ap-proximately 1.29 kg/m3.



A hot, just-minted copper coin is placed in101 g of water to cool. The water temperaturechanges by 8.39C and the temperature of thecoin changes by 83.8C.

What is the mass of the coin? Disregardany energy transfer to the water’s surround-ings and assume the specific heat of copper is387 J/kg ·C.

Holt SF 10D 0105:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

How much energy is required to change a42 g ice cube from ice at −11C to steam at111C?


Liquid nitrogen, which has a boiling pointof 77 K, is commonly used to cool substancesto low temperatures.

How much energy must be removed from1.0 kg of gaseous nitrogen at 77 K for it tocompletely liquefy? Assume the latent heatof liquid nitrogen is 2.01× 105 J/kg


A sample of lead used to make a lead sinkerfor fishing has an initial temperature of 27.3Cand is poured into a mold immediately afterit has melted.

How much energy is needed to melt 0.225kg of lead? Assume the specific heat, thelatent heat and the melting point of lead are128 J/kg ·C, 2.45 × 104 J/kg and 327.3 Crespectively.


You have collected exactly 1000 aluminum

cans for recycling, each with a mass of 14.0 g.How much energy is needed to melt them if

their initial temperature is 26.4C? Assumethe specific heat, the latent heat and themelting point of aluminum are 899 J/kg ·C,3.97× 105 J/kg and 660.4 C respectively.


A 0.011 kg cube of ice at 0.0C is added to0.450 kg of soup at 80.0C.

Assuming that the soup has the same spe-cific heat capacity as water, find the final tem-perature of the soup after the ice has melted.


At a foundry, 25 kg of molten aluminumwith a temperature of 660.4C is poured intoa mold.

If this is carried out in a room containing130 kg of air at 25C, what is the temperatureof the air after the aluminum is completelysolidified? Assume that the specific heat ca-pacity of air is 1.0× 103 J/kg ·C.


A 25.5 g silver ring (cp = 2.34× 102 J/kg·C) is heated to a temperature of 84.0 C andthen placed in a calorimeter containing 5.00×10−2 kg of water at 24.0 C. The calorimeter isnot perfectly insulated, however, and 0.140 kJof energy is transferred to the surroundingsbefore a final temperature is reached.

What is the final temperature?


When a driver brakes an automobile, fric-tion between the brake disks and the brake


pads converts part of the car’s translationalkinetic energy to internal energy.

If a 1500 kg automobile traveling at 32 m/scomes to a halt after its brakes are applied,how much can the temperature rise in eachof the four 3.5 kg steel brake disks? Assumethe disks are made of iron (cp = 448 J/kg · C)and that all of the kinetic energy is distributedin equal parts to the internal energy of thebrakes.


A plastic-foam container used as a picniccooler contains a block of ice at 0.0 C.

If 225 g of ice melts, how much heatpasses through the walls of the container?Assume the latent heat of plastic-foam is333000 J/kg.


The largest of the Great Lakes, Lake Supe-rior, contains about 1.20× 1016 kg of water.

If the lake had a temperature of 12.0C,how much energy would have to be removedto freeze the whole lake at 0C?


A hot-water heater is operated by solarpower.

If the solar collector has an area of6.0 m2 and the power delivered by sunlightis 550 W/m2, how long will it take to increasethe temperature of 1.0 m3 of water from 21Cto 61C?


A student drops two metallic objects into a

120 g steel container holding 150 g of waterat 25C. One object is a 253 g cube of copperthat is initially at 85C, and the other is achunk of aluminum that is initially at 5 C.To the students’s surprise, the water reachesa final temperature of 25C, precisely whereit started.

What is the mass of the aluminum chunk?Assume the specific heat of copper and alu-minum are 387 J/kg · C and 899 J/kg · C.


A 250 g aluminum cup holds and is in ther-mal equilibrium with 850 g of water at 83C.The combination of cup and water is cooleduniformly so that the temperature decreasesby 1.5C/min.

At what rate is energy being removed?Assume the specific heat of aluminum is899 J/kg · C.


A jar of tea is placed in sunlight until itreaches an equilibrium temperature of 32C.In an attempt to cool the liquid, which has amass of 180 g, 112 g of ice at 0.0C is added.

At the time at which the temperature of thetea is 15C, find the mass of the remaining icein the jar. Assume the specific heat capacityof the tea to be that of pure liquid water.


The lid of a pressure cooker forms a nearlyairtight seal. Steam builds up pressure andincreases temperature within the pressurecooker so that food cooks faster than it doesin an ordinary pot. The system is defined asthe pressure cooker and the water and steamwithin it.

If 2.0 g of water is sealed in a pressure


cooker and then vaporized by heating, and5175 J must be added as heat to completelyvaporize the water, what is the change in thesystem’s internal energy?

Matter 5005:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following cannot be used toidentify a type of matter?

1. density

2. color

3. temperature

4. melting point


A solid carbon dioxide sample transformsto the gaseous state at room temperature.

As a result the sample would undergo ? .

1. a change in density

2. a change in mass

3. a change in chemical properties

4. no change in physical properties

5. no change in energy content


You do an experiment in which you place asolid in a capillary tube. You heat this tubeand note the temperature at which the solidbecomes a liquid.

What does the experiment illustrate?

1. boiling point

2. chemical change

3. density

4. melting point

5. relative weight

States 5005:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The temperature at which a solid becomesa liquid is called the

1. melting point.

2. boiling point.

3. condensation point.

4. decomposition point.


The temperature at which a liquid becomesa gas is called the

1. boiling point.

2. melting point.

3. condensation point.

4. decomposition point.


The process by which a liquid is convertedto a gas is called

1. vaporization.

2. condensation.

3. ionization.

4. liquefaction.

States 53



The process by which a gas is converted toa liquid is called

1. condensation.

2. ionization.

3. sublimation.

4. vaporization.


The process by which a liquid is convertedto a solid is called

1. freezing.

2. condensation.

3. liquefaction.

4. vaporization.


The freezing point of water is

1. 273 K.

2. −273 K.

3. −32 K.

4. 32 K.

Vaporizing Water05:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

1 kg of ice at 0C is converted to steam of100C. How much heat is needed?

Chapter 5, section 4, Thermodynamics 302

Heat Pump 5005:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The fact that a heat pump requires energyto move heat from a colder object (the outsideof a house) to a hotter object (the inside ofthe house) is a real life observation of whichthermodynamic law?

1. the first law

2. the second law

3. the third law

4. the fourth law


When a container of gas is heated, whathappens to the average speed of its molecules?

1. increases

2. decreases

3. not to change



Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A vessel contains water. Paddles that are

propelled by falling masses turn in the wa-ter, causing the water’s internal energy to in-crease. The temperature of the water is thenmeasured, giving an indication of the water’sinternal energy increase.

If a total mass of 11.5 kg falls 6.69 m andall of the mechanical energy is converted tointernal energy, by how much will the internalenergy of the water increase? (Assume noenergy is transferred as heat out of the vesselto the surroundings or from the surroundings

to the vessel’s interior.)


A worker drives a 0.500 kg spike into arail tie with a 2.50 kg sledgehammer. Thehammer hits the spike with a speed of 65.0m/s.

If one third of the hammer’s kinetic en-ergy is converted to the internal energy of thehammer and spike, how much does the totalinternal energy increase?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 3.0 × 10−3 kg copper penny drops a dis-

tance of 50.0 m to the ground.If 65 percent of the initial potential energy

goes into increasing the internal energy of thepenny, find the magnitude of that increase.


A 2.5 kg block of ice at a temperature of0.0C and an initial speed of 5.7 m/s slidesacross a level floor.

If 3.3 × 105 J are required to melt 1.0 kgof ice, how much ice melts, assuming that theinitial kinetic energy of the ice block is entirelyconverted to the ice’s internal energy?


The amount of internal energy needed toraise the temperature of 0.25 kg of water by0.2C is 209.3 J.

How fast must a 0.25 kg baseball travelin order for its kinetic energy to equal thisinternal energy?



A force of 315 N is applied horizontally toa wooden crate in order to displace it 35.0 macross a level floor at a constant velocity. As aresult of this work the crate’s internal energyis increased by an amount equal to 14 percentof the crate’s initial internal energy.

Calculate the initial internal energy of thecrate.


A 0.75 kg spike is hammered into a railroadtie. The initial speed of the spike is equal to3.0 m/s.

If the tie and spike together absorb 85 per-cent of the spike’s initial kinetic energy asinternal energy, calculate the increase in in-ternal energy of the tie and spike.


Part 1 of 2Gas in a container is at a pressure of 1.6 ×

105 Pa and a volume of 4.0 m3.a) What is the work done by the gas if

it expands at constant pressure to twice itsinitial volume?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the work done by the gas if itis compressed at constant pressure to one-quarter of its initial volume?


A gas is enclosed in a container fitted with apiston. The applied pressure is maintained at599.5 kPa as the piston moves inward, whichchanges the volume of the gas from 5.317 ×

10−4 m3 to 2.523× 10−4 m3.How much work is done?


A toy balloon is inflated with helium at aconstant pressure that is 4.3×105 Pa in excessof atmospheric pressure.

If the balloon inflates from a volume of1.8×10−4 m3 to 9.5×10−4 m3, howmuch workis done by the balloon on the surroundingair?


Steam moves into the cylinder of a steamengine at a constant pressure and does 0.84J of work on a piston. The diameter of thepiston is 1.6 cm, and the piston travels 2.1 cmin one stroke.

What is the pressure of the steam?


A system’s initial internal energy is 27 J.Then heat is added to the system.

If the final internal energy is 34 J and thesystem does 26 J of work, how much heat isadded to the system?


The internal energy of the gas in a gasolineengine’s cylinder decreases by 195 J.

If 52.0 J of work is done by the gas, howmuch energy is transferred as heat?



A 2.0 kg quantity of water is held at con-stant volume in a pressure cooker and heatedby a range element. The system’s internal en-ergy increases by 8.0 × 103 J. However, thepressure cooker is not well insulated, and2.0 × 103 J of energy is transferred to thesurrounding air.

How much energy is transferred from therange element to the pressure cooker asheat?


Part 1 of 2The internal energy of a gas decreases by

344 J.a) If the process is adiabatic, how much

energy is transferred as heat?

Part 2 of 2b) How much work is done on or by the gas?


A steam engine’s boiler completely converts155 kg of water to steam. This process in-volves the transfer of 3.50× 108 J as heat.

If steam escaping through a safety valvedoes 1.76×108 of work expanding against theoutside atmosphere, what is the net changein the internal energy of the water-steam sys-tem?


How much work is done when a tire’s vol-ume increases from 0.03525 m3 to 0.03947 m3

at a pressure of 255000 Pa in excess of atmo-spheric pressure?


Helium in a toy balloon does work on itssurroundings as it expands with a constantpressure of 2.52 × 105 Pa in excess of atmo-spheric pressure. The balloon’s initial vol-ume is 1.1 × 10−4 m3, and its final volume is1.50× 10−3 m3.

Find the amount of work done by the gasin the balloon.


Part 1 of 2A gas expands when 606 J of energy is

added to it by heat. The expanding gas does418 J of work on its surroundings.

a) What is the overall change in the internalenergy of the gas?

Part 2 of 2b) If the work done by the gas equals 1212 J,how much energy must have been added asheat in order for the change in internal energyat the end of the process to equal the initialchange in internal energy?

Work Off a Meal 0105:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A student eats a dinner rated at2000 (food) Calories. He wishes to do anequivalent amount of work in the gymnasiumby lifting a 50 kg mass.

How many times must he raise the mass toexpend this amount of energy? Assume thathe raises it a distance of 2 m each time andthat he regains no energy when it is droppedto the floor.


An 80 kg weight watcher wishes to climb amountain to work off the equivalent of a largepiece of chocolate cake rated at 700 kcal (1kcal = 1000 cal). How high must the personclimb?



A 100 kg student eats a 200 Calorie dough-nut. To ”burn it off”, he decides to climb thesteps of a tall building. How high would hehave to climb to expend an equivalent amountof work? (1 food Calorie = 10 3 Calories.)

Chapter 5, section 5, Heat Transfer 306

Brass and Water05:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 200 g sample of brass at 100 C is placedin a calorimeter cup that contains 261 g ofwater at 20C. If you disregard the absorptionof heat by the cup, what will be the finaltemperature?

Coffee Temperatures05:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Assume the heat capacities of milk and cof-fee are the same as that of water, and neglectthe heat capacity of the container. What isthe final equilibrium temperature when 10 gof milk at 10 C is added to 160 g of coffee at90C?

Cooling a Car Engine05:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 250 kg cast-iron car engine contains wa-ter as a coolant. Suppose the engine’s tem-perature is 35C when it is shut off. The airtemperature is 10C. The heat given off bythe engine and water in it as they cool to airtemperature is 4.4 × 106 J. What mass ofwater is used to cool the engine?

Cooling a Hot Ingot05:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 0.05 kg ingot of metal is heated to200 C and then is dropped into a beakercontaining 0.4 kg of water initially at 20 C.If the final equilibrium state of the mixedsystem is 22.4 C, find the specific heat ofthe metal. The specific heat of water is4186 J/(kg · C).

Cup and Dishwasher05:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 400 g glass coffee cup is at room tem-perature, 20 C. It is then plunged into hotdishwater, 80 C. If the temperature of thecup reaches that of the dishwater, how much

heat does the cup absorb? Assume the massof the dishwater is large enough so its temper-ature doesn’t change appreciably.


Which of the following is most likely to bean insulator?

1. plastic

2. gold

3. silver

4. copper


A device used to measure energy changes iscalled a

1. calorimeter.

2. Kelvin scale.

3. bimetallic strip.

4. thermostat.


Part 1 of 4You have 100 g of water in a(n) 40 g

calorimeter cup at a temperature of 20 C.The specific heat of the water is 1 cal/g · Cand that of the calorimeter is 0.2 cal/g · C.You drop a(n) 300 g piece of metal at a tem-perature of 100 C into the calorimeter cupand the temperature stabilizes at 50 C.

a) How much heat did the calorimeter cupabsorb?

Part 2 of 4b) How much heat did the water absorb?


Part 3 of 4c) How much heat did the metal lose?

Part 4 of 4d) What was the specific heat of the metal?

Heat and Temperature 0105:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 4The following 4 questions refer to two

cups, A and B, each of which contains wa-ter which was initially at room temperature(25 C). Each question describes the quanti-ties of water and the manner in which theyare heated. Cup A above contains 40 gramsof water and cup B contains 20 grams ofwater. The water in both cups was ini-tially at room temperature (25 C). Both cupswere heated to a final temperature of 50 C.

A

40 g50°C

B

20 g50°C

RoomTemperature

25°C

Which cup had more heat energy trans-ferred to it?

1. Cup B had more heat energy trans-ferred.

2. Cup A had more heat energy trans-ferred.

3. Both cups had the same heat energytransferred.

4. Not enough information is given to deter-mine the answer.

Part 2 of 4Cup A above contains 40 grams of water andcup B contains 20 grams of water. The waterin both cups was initially at room temper-ature (25 C), and then cup A was heatedto 50 C and cup B was heated to 75 C.

A

40 g50°C

B

20 g75°C

RoomTemperature

25°C






Part 3 of 4Cup A above contains 40 grams of water andcup B contains 20 grams of water. The waterin both cups was initially at room temper-ature (25 C), and then cup A was heatedto 45 C and cup B was heated to 90 C.

A

40 g45°C

B

20 g90°C

RoomTemperature

25°C






Part 4 of 4Cup A above contains 25 grams of water andcup B contains 20 grams of water. The water


in both cups was initially at room temper-ature (25 C), and then cup A was heatedto 45 C and cup B was heated to 50 C.

A

25 g45°C

B

20 g50°C

RoomTemperature

25°C







Cup A contains 100 grams of water at 0

C and cup B contains 100 grams of water at50 C. The contents of the two cups are mixedtogether in an insulated container (no heat

can leak in or out). The final temperature ofthe water in the container is

1. Lower than 0 C.

2. Between 0 C and 25 C.

3. 25 C.


5. 50 C.

6. Higher than 50 C.


Cup A contains 100 grams of water at 0

C and cup B contains 200 grams of water at50 C. The contents of the two cups are mixedtogether in an insulated container (no heat

can leak in or out). The final temperature ofthe water in the container is

1. Lower than 0 C.



4. 25 C.

5. 50 C.

6. Higher than 50 C.


Part 1 of 4Three objects are kept outside for a long

time on a cold day: a piece of cotton, a pieceof wood, and a piece of metal. Which objectfeels the coldest when you touch it?

1. The cotton piece.

2. They all feel the same.

3. The wood piece.

4. The metal piece.

Part 2 of 4Which object has the lowest temperature?


2. They all have the same temperature.

3. The wood piece.

4. The metal piece.

Part 3 of 4The objects are all placed in an oven heated to90 C and left for a long time. Which object


will feel the warmest?


2. They all feel the same.

3. The wood piece.

4. The metal piece.

Part 4 of 4After they are heated for a long time, whichobject has the highest temperature?



3. The wood piece.

4. The metal piece.


You have three pots of boiling water on thestove. Which one has the lowest temperature?

1. The one that is boiling water vigorously.


3. The one which is just barely boiling.

4. The one that has been boiling the longesttime.


Part 1 of 2The following 2 questions each re-

fer to two different covered cups con-taining the same amount of hot wa-ter, initially at the same temperature.

A

100 g55°C

B

100 g55°C

RoomTemperature

25°C

CoveredStyrofoam Cup

Covered ShinyMetal Cup

Which of the cups above will cool down at afaster rate?

1. Cup A will cool faster than cup B.

2. Both cups will cool at the same rate.

3. Cup B will cool faster than cup A.


Part 2 of 2A

100 g55°C

B

100 g55°C

RoomTemperature

25°C

Covered DullBlack Cup


Which of the cups above will cool down at afaster rate?

1. Cup B will cool faster than cup A.

2. Cup A will cool faster than cup B.

3. Both cups will cool at the same rate.



Two cups are initially at the same temper-ature. Identical floodlights shine on them.

A

100 g55°C

B

100 g55°C

RoomTemperature

25°C

Covered DullBlack Cup


Which cup will heat up at a faster rate?


1. Cup A will heat faster than cup B.

2. Cup B will heat faster than cup A.

3. Both cups will heat at the same rate.

4. Neither will heat up.



When water freezes, it expands.What does this say about the density of ice

relative to the density of water?

1. Ice is less dense than water.

2. Ice is denser than water.

3. Ice is as dense as water.

4. Ice is harder than water.

5. Ice is bigger than water.

6. Ice is lighter than water.


For a bimetallic strip,which of the following is wrong?

1. The two metal have the same rate ofexpansion.

2. The two metal have different rate of ex-pansion.

3. The different expansions are what bendsthe strip or coil.

4. Without the different expansions abimetallic strip would not bend whenheated.

5. With the same expansions a bimetallicstrop would not bend when heated.


A method for breaking boulders used to beputting them in a hot fire, then dousing themwith cold water.


1.When doused, the outer part of the boul-ders cooled while the insides were still hot.

2. This method will not work.

3. When douse, the inner part of the boul-ders cooled while The outsides were still hot.

4. The contraction of the inner parts andthe outer parts are the same.

5. It’s not the contraction that fractured theboulder.


Which of the following is correct?1. A grandfather pendulum colock run

faster on a hot day.2. A grandfather pendulum colock run

slower on a hot day.3. On a hot day the pendulum lengthens

slightly, which increases its period.4. On a hot day the pendulum shortens

slightly, which increases its period.5. On a hot day the pendulum lengthens

slightly, which decreases its period.

1. 1,3

2. 2,3

3. 1,4

4. 1,5

5. 2,4



An old remedy for a pair of nested drinkingglasses that stick together is to run water intothe inner glass and over the surface of theouter glass.

Which of the following is best?

1. Cool the inner glass and heat the outerglass.

2. Cool the inner and the outer glass.

3. Heat the inner and the outer glass.

4. Heat the inner glass and cool the outerglass.

5. Heat only the outer glass.



1. The rocker will be slightly tipped towardthe end in summer.

2. The rocker will be slightly tipped towardthe middle in summer.

3. The rocker will be slightly tipped towardthe end in winter.

4. The rocker does not change its position inwinter.

5. The rocker does not change its position insummer.


A metal ball is just able to pass through ametal ring.


1. When the ball is heated, it will not passthrough the ring.

2. When the ball is heated, it will still passthrough the ring.

3. When the ring is heated, the size of thehole does not change.

4. When the ring is heated, the size of thehole decrease.

5. When the ring is cooled, the size of thehole increase.


Suppose you cut a small gap in a metal ring.Which of the follow is correct?

1. The gap in the ring will become widerwhen the ring is heated.

2. The gap in the ring will become narrowerwhen the ring is heated.

3. The gap in the ring will not change whenthe ring is heated.

4. The gap in the ring will become widerwhen the ring is cooled.

5. The gap in the ring will not change whenthe ring is cooled.



1.When the air inside a house is heated, thevolume of the air does not change.

2.When a gas is heated, it expands.

3. One can heat the air without increasingthe volume of the house.


4. When air is heated inside a house, someof the air leaks to the outside.

5. When you cool the house, air is drawn infron outside.


One of the reasons the first light bulbs wereexpensive was that the electrical lead wiresinto the bulb were made of platumum.


1. It is important that the metal leads andthe glass have the same coefficient of expan-sion.

2.The platumum expands at about the samerate as glass when heated.

3. It is important that the metal leads andthe glass have the same coefficient of resis-tance.

4. If the metal leads expand more than glass,the glass may crack.

5. If the metal expands less than glass uponbeing heated, air will leak in through theresulting gaps.


You can determine wind direction by wet-ting your finger and holding it up in the air.Explain.

1. Your wet finger will stop wind from blow-ing.

2. When a wet finger is held to the wind,evaporation is greater on the windy side,which feels cool. The cool side of your fin-ger is windward.

3.Your wet finger will produce gas to changethe direction of wind.

4. Your finger is more sensitive when it iswet.


When you step out of a swimming pool ona hot, dry day in the southwest, you feel quitechilly. Why?

1. The temperature outside the swimmingpool is much lower.

2. The temperature drop dramatically whenyou finish swimming.

3. The water evaporates rapidly in the dryair, gaining its energy from your skin, whichis cooled.

4. The temperature doesn’t change at all. Itis only because of you mind.


If all the molecules in a liquid had thesame speed, and some were able to evapo-rate, would the remaining liquid be cooled?

1. Evaporation would not cool the remainingliquid because the energy of exiting moleculeswould be no different than the energy ofmolecules left behind.

2. Yes, the remaining liquid will be cooledbecause there is lower energy left.

3. Yes, the remaining liquid will be cooledbecause evaporation can reduce the speed ofthe remaining molecules.

4. Evaporation would not cool the remainingliquid because of energy conservation of thewhole system.



Double-pane windows have nitrogen gas orvery dry air between the panes.

Why is ordinary air a poor idea?

1. There are a great number of oxygenmolecules that would have chemical reactionwith the window.

2. Ordinary air contains a lot of harmfulparticles.

3. Ordinary air is not physically stable.

4. Visibility of the windows is impaired ifthere is any condensation of water betweenthe panes of glass.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 3.0 kg rock is initially at rest at the top

of a cliff. Assume that the rock falls into thesea at the foot of the cliff and that its kineticenergy is transferred entirely to the water.

How high is the cliff if the temperature of1.0 kg of water is raised 0.10 C?

Water Temperature05:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 300 g glass thermometer initially at25 C is put into 200 cm3 of hot water at95 C. Find the final temperature of thethermometer, assuming no heat flows to thesurroundings. (The specific heat of glass is0.2 cal/(g · C).)

Zinc and Water05:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 10 kg piece of zinc at 71 C is placedin a container of water. The water has amass of 20 kg and has a temperature of 10 Cbefore the zinc is added. What is the finaltemperature of water and zinc?

Chapter 5, section 6, Phases of Matter 314

Creating Snow05:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The freezing of atmospheric moisture intosnow has a tendency to the temper-ature of the surrounding air.

1. increase

2. decrease

3. not change

Freezing Water05:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

When water freezes:

1. The temperature of the water decreases.

2.Heat is absorbed from the surroundings.

3. There is no heat exchange with the sur-roundings.

4. The temperature of the water increases.

5. Heat is given off to the surroundings.

Gases 5005:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following is NOT a true state-ment about gases?

1. They have no definite shape.

2. They have no definite volume.

3. They are not compressible.

4. Their volume decreases with increasingpressure.

Gases 5105:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following is not true of a gas?

1. A gas can be compressed into a very smallvolume.

2. The particles of a gas are held togetherby strong attractive forces.

3. A gas exerts pressure continuously and inall directions on the walls of a vessel in whichit is contained.

4. The particles of a gas tend to perme-ate the entire volume into which they arereleased.


Which of the following does not happenduring the phase change from solid to liquid?

1. The temperature rises.

2. Melting occurs.

3. Molecules move faster.

4. Heat is absorbed.


The following constants can be used forwater:Cw = 1 cal/gCLv = 540 cal/gLf = 80 cal/gHow much heat is needed to vaporize 100 g

of water at 100C?

1. 54000 cal

2. 100 cal

3. 80 cal

4. 800 cal

5. 10000 cal


6. 5400000 cal

7. None of these


Which of the following does not happen asthe temperature of a gas increases?

1. Kinetic energy decreases.

2. Molecules move faster.

3. Molecules have more collisions.

4. Kinetic energy increases.


When steam condenses

1. All of these occur.

2. it changes from the gas phase to the liquidphase.

3. it gives off heat.

4. molecules move closer together.

5. None of these occur.


A great amount of water vapor changesphase to become water in the clouds thatform a thunderstorm.

Does this release thermal energy or absorbit?

1. This will absorb thermal energy becausewater is heavier than water vapor.

2. This will absorb thermal energy becauseit gets cooler when water vapor becomes wa-

ter.

3. Enormous thermal energy is released asmolecular potential energy is transformed tomolecular kinetic energy in condensation.

4. Thermal energy is released because someof the water molecules lose their energies.


Why does the temperature of boiling waterremain the same as long as the heating andboiling continue?

1. The water and the stove have the sametemperature.

2. When water is boiling, it is being cooledby the boiling process as fast as it is beingheated by the stove.

3. The stove stops working when the wateris boiling.

4. The cold air around the water takes awaythe heat given by the stove.


Which state of matter is characterized byhaving molecules close together, but movingrandomly?

1. liquid

2. gas

3. solid

4. All of these


Which state of matter is characterized byhaving molecules far apart and moving ran-


domly?

1. gas

2. solid

3. liquid

4. All of these


Which state of matter is characterized byhaving molecules close together and confinedin their movement?

1. solid

2. gas

3. liquid

4. All of these

Phase Changes 5005:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Sublimation describes which of the follow-ing instances/

1. gas→ solid

2. solid→ gas

3. liquid→ gas

4. solid→ liquid

Solids 5005:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following is a true statementabout solids?

1. The melting point of a solid is affected byatmospheric pressure.

2. Solids have definite shape.

3. Solids have no definite volume.

4. Solids are easily compressible.


Which physical state is most highly or-dered?

1. solid

2. gas

3. liquid

4. all are the same


Matter is more likely to exist in the ?state as the temperature is raised and/or thepressure is reduced.

1. gas

2. solid

3. liquid

4. elemental


Which of the following ranks the threestates of matter from MOST to LEAST or-dered?

1. solid > liquid > gas

2. gas > liquid > solid

3. gas > solid > liquid

4. solid > gas > liquid



Which physical state is most highly disor-dered?

1. gas

2. liquid

3. solid

4. All are the same.


If a substance is a liquid

1. it has a definite volume but no definiteshape.

2. it has a definite volume and a definiteshape.

3. it has a definite shape but no definitevolume.

4. it is readily compressible.


Ice is ? liquid water.

1. less dense than

2. more dense than

3. as dense as

Temperature vs Heat 0105:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 6Consider the figure.

15°

Heat

Tem

p

80°

A

BC

D E

Identify the following:a) Freezing point.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. E

6. 15

7. 80

8. A, C, and E

9. B and D

10. None of these

Part 2 of 6b) Condensation.

1. D

2. B

3. C

4. A

5. E

6. 15

7. 80


8. A, C, and E

9. B and D

10. None of these

Part 3 of 6c) Phase change(s).

1. B and D

2. A

3. B

4. C

5. D

6. E

7. 15

8. 80

9. A, C, and E

10. None of these

Part 4 of 6d) Temperature change(s).

1. A, C, and E

2. A

3. B

4. C

5. D

6. E

7. 15

8. 80

9. B and D

10. None of these

Part 5 of 6e) Liquid.

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. E

6. 15

7. 80

8. B and D

9. A, C, and E

10. None of these

Part 6 of 6f) Solid.

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. E

6. 15

7. 80

8. B and D

9. A, C, and E

10. None of these


Water 5005:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Unlike most other liquids, water ? whenit freezes.

1. becomes more dense

2. becomes colder

3. becomes hotter

4. becomes less dense

Chapter 5, section 7, The Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory 320


For a given amount of gas at a constant tem-perature, the volume of gas varies inverselywith its pressure is a statement of ? Law.

1. Boyle’s

2. Charles’

3. Avogadro’s

4. Curie’s


A gas is enclosed in a cylinder fitted witha piston. The volume of the gas is 2.00 L at1.00 atm. pressure. The piston is moved toincrease the volume to 6.00 L.

Which of the following is a reasonable valuefor the pressure of the gas at the greater vol-ume?

1. 0.333 atm

2. 3.00 atm

3. 6.00 atm

4. 12.0 atm


A gas is enclosed in a 10.0 L tank at 1200mm Hg pressure.

Which of the following is a reasonable valuefor the pressure when the gas is pumped intoa 5.00 L vessel?

1. 2400 mm Hg

2. 600 mm Hg

3. 24 mm Hg

4. .042 mm Hg


The statement that the volume of a fixedamount of a gas at a constant pressure isdirectly proportional to its absolute tempera-ture is known as ? Law.

1. Charles’

2. Boyle’s

3. Gay-Lussac’s

4. Avogadro’s


A balloon is inflated outdoors on a cold dayin North Dakota at a temperature of −40 Cto a volume of 2.00 L. The pressure remainsconstant.

What is the volume of the balloon indoorsat a temperature of 25 C?

1. 2.6 L

2. 1.6 L

3. 2.0 L

4. −3.2 L


A sample of a gas occupies 460 mL at70.0C and 1.00 atmosphere.

At what temperature would the gas occupy650 mL at the same pressure?

1. 154C

2. −30.0C


3. 212C

4. 101C

5. 188C


If at constant temperature the pressure ona sample of ideal gas is doubled the volumewill ? .

1. double

2. be cut in half

3. remain the same

4. be decreased by a factor of 4


At 25C a 4.0 L sample of H2 exerts apressure of 5.0 atm.

What pressure would the same sample exertin a 2.0 L container at 25C?

1. 2.5 atm

2. 5.0 atm

3. 10. atm

4. 15. atm

5. 20. atm


Suppose you inhaled 1.00 liter of air at−30.0C (−22F), and held this air longenough to heat it to body temperature,37.0C.

What would be the new volume of the airin the lungs assuming the pressure remainedconstant?

1. 0.972 L

2. 0.811 L

3. 1.23 L

4. 1.02 L

5. 1.28 L


A sample of ideal gas occupies 10.0 L at25C.

If the temperature is increased to 125Cwhile maintaining the same pressure, the vol-ume will be ? .

1. 1201 L

2. 13.4 L

3. 50 L

4. 7.5 L


A sample of a gas occupies 1400 millilitersat 250C and 740 torr.

What volume would it occupy at the samepressure and 250C?


A sample of a gas occupies 1400 millilitersat 250 C and 740 torr.

At what temperature would it occupy1251.5 milliliters if the pressure is kept con-stant?


A sample of nitrogen occupies 11.2 liters


under a pressure of 580 torr at 32C.What volume would it occupy at 32C if

the pressure were increased to 800 torr?


A cylinder with a movable piston containsgas at a temperature of 27 C, with a volumeof 15 m3 and a pressure of 0.200× 105 Pa.

What will be the final temperature of thegas if it is compressed to 0.700 m3 and itspressure is increased to 0.800× 105 Pa?


Gas is confined in a tank at a pressure of1.00 × 108 Pa and a temperature of 15.0C.Half of the gas is withdrawn and the temper-ature is raised to 65.0C.

Find the new pressure in the tank.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A gas bubble with a volume of 0.10 cm3

is formed at the bottom of a 10.0 cm deepcontainer of mercury. The temperature is27 C at the bottom of the container and 37 Cat the top of the container.

What is the volume of the bubble just be-neath the surface of the mercury? Assumethat the surface is at atmospheric pressure.


An ideal gas is contained in a vessel offixed volume at a temperature of 325K and apressure of 1.22× 105 Pa.

If the pressure is increased to 1.78×105 Pa,what is the final temperature of the gas?


The pressure in a constant-volume gas ther-mometer is 7.09 × 104 Pa at 100.0 C and5.19× 104 Pa at 0.0 C.

What is the temperature when the pressureis 4.05× 103 Pa?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A swimmer has 8.20× 10−4 m3 of air in his

lungs when he dives into a lake.Assuming the pressure of the air is 95 per-

cent of the external pressure at all times, whatis the volume of the air at a depth of 10.0 m?Assume that the atmospheric pressure at thesurface is 1.013 × 105 Pa, the density of thelake water is 1.00 × 103 kg/m3, and the tem-perature is constant.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An air bubble has a volume of 1.50 cm3

when it is released by a submarine 100.0 mbelow the surface of the sea.

What is the volume of the bubble when itreaches the surface? Assume that the temper-ature of the air in the bubble remains constantduring ascent.


The density of helium gas at 0.0 C is0.179 kg/m3. The temperature is then raisedto 100.0 C, but the pressure is kept constant.

Assuming that helium is an ideal gas, cal-culate the new density of the gas.

Holt SF 09Rev 42



A weather balloon is designed to expandto a maximum radius of 20.0 m when the airpressure is 3.0 × 103 Pa and the temperatureof the air surrounding it is 200.0 K.

If the balloon is filled at a pressure of 1.01×105 Pa and 300.0 K, what is the radius of theballoon at the time of liftoff?


Part 1 of 2Before beginning a long trip on a hot day,

a driver inflates an automobile tire to a gaugepressure of 1.8 atm at 293 K. At the end ofthe trip, the gauge pressure in the tire hasincreased to 2.1 atm.

a) Assuming the volume of the air insidethe tire has remained constant, what is itstemperature at the end of the trip?

Part 2 of 2Air is released from the tire during a shorttime interval, so that the temperature remainsat the value found in part a). Assume thatthe amount of air released is small enough forthe tire’s volume to be treated as constant.

b) What quantity of air (as a fraction ofthe initial number of particles, Ni) must bereleased from the tire so that the pressurereturns to its initial value?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A cylindrical diving bell 3.0 m in diame-

ter and 4.0 m tall with an open bottom issubmerged to a depth of 220 m in the ocean.The temperature of the air at the surface is25C, and the air’s temperature 220 m down is5.0C. The density of sea water is 1025 kg/m3.

How high does the sea water rise in the bellwhen the bell is submerged?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An air bubble originating from a deep-sea

diver has a radius of 2.0 mm at the depthof the diver. When the bubble reaches thesurface of the water, it has a radius of 3.0 mm.Assume that the temperature of the air in thebubble remains constant.

a) Determine the depth of the diver.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the absolute pressure at thisdepth.


A sealed glass bottle at 27C contains air ata pressure of 1.01× 105 Pa and has a volumeof 30.0 cm3. The bottle is tossed into an openfire.

When the temperature of the air in thebottle reaches 225C, what is the pressureinside the bottle? Assume the volume of thebottle is constant.

Chapter 5, section 8, Heating and Cooling Systems 324

Freon 5005:08, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Freon is actually a trademark of what com-pany?

1. Dow

2. DuPont

3. Phillips

4. Exxon

5. Goodyear

Freon 5105:08, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following processes describesthe way in which freons are used to cool things(or, what is going on in your refrigerator andfreezer compartment)?

1. Freon is undergoing evaporation.

2. Freon is undergoing condensation.

3. Freon is undergoing freezing.

4. Cold freon is being circulated with noevaporation or condensation.

5. Freon is removing heat by changing itschemical structure.


In a solar heating system, heat is trans-ferred to water in a storage tank by means ofa

1. heat exchanger.

2. radiator.

3. cooling tower.

4. solar collector.


In a radiant electric system, heat is pro-duced from

1. electric resistance in cables or wires.

2. thermostats.

3. heat pumps.

4. packed fiberglass.


Weatherstripping prevents heat loss by

1. reducing convection and conduction.

2. preventing condensation.

3. increasing radiation.

4. lessening evaporation.


Which of the following is not part of acooling system?

1. cooling tower

2. storage tank

3. refrigerant

4. compressor


In which stroke of a four-stroke engine doesa spark plug ignite the gas?

Chapter 5, section 8, Heating and Cooling Systems 325

1. compression

2. power

3. exhaust

4. intake


A diesel engine

1. uses only air during the intake stroke.

2. is an external-combustion engine.

3. uses a spark plug to ignite fuel.

4. uses Freon.


A cooling tower

1. cools water as it flows through pipes.

2. causes thermal pollution.

3. cools water through insolution.

4. is controlled by a thermostat.


In passive solar heating,

1. buildings are heated directly by the sun.

2. a solar collector absorbs sunlight.

3. buildings have pipes to circulate hot wa-ter.

4. a heat exchaner is needed.


Consider the following statements.A. A central heating system generates heat

for an entire building from one central source.B. The source of heat for a heat pump

system is electricity.C. Glass is a poor conductor of heat.Which statement(s) is/are true?


2. Only B is true.


4. Only A is true.

5. Only C is true.



8. None are true.

Chapter 5, section 9, Thermal Pollution 326


The greenhouse effect occurs when

1. radiated heat from the Earth is absorbedby the atmosphere.

2. steam heating systems are used.

3. ultraviolet light is absorbed by the atmo-sphere.

4. cooling towers malfunction.



When steam condenses

1. it changes from the gas phase to the liquidphase.

2. it gives off heat.

3. molecules move closer together.

4. all of these occur.

5. only one of these occurs.

6. only two of these occur.


The boiling point of ether is 35C.What is the boiling point of ether on the

Kelvin scale?

1. 208 K

2. 308 K

3. −238 K

4. 35 K


Heat energy from the sun reaches the earthby

1. radiation.

2. convection.

3. conduction.

4. thermal expansion.

Heat 04


Which of the following substances conductsheat well?

1. glass

2. plastic

3. wood

4. metal


The specific heat of copper is 385 J/kgC.Which equation would you use to calculate

the amount of heat needed to raise the tem-perature of 0.75 kg of copper from 10C to25C?

1. heat = 385 J/kgC (25C)

2. heat = 385 J/kgC (15C)

3. heat = 0.75 kg (385 J/kgC) (25C)

4. heat = 0.75 kg (385 J/kgC) (15C)

5. heat = 0.75 kg + 385 J/kgC + 25C

6. heat = 0.75 kg + 385 J/kgC + 15C


When a substance has just reached its freez-ing point,

1. its molecules have no kinetic energy.

2. it has a temperature at or below 0 K.

3. it is at its melting point.

4. it is at its boiling point.

Heat 07



The measurement of the average kineticenergy of the molecules in a substance is called

1. temperature.

2. internal energy.

3. convection.

4. conduction.


The amount of heat needed to raise thetemperature of 1 kg of a substance by 1 C isits

1. temperature.

2. specific heat.

3. internal energy.

4. calories.


Consider the following statements.A. The amount of heat in a substance de-

pends on the motion of the molecules.B. Cold is the absence of temperature.C. A calorimeter is used to measure tem-

perature.Which statement(s) is/are true?

1. Only A is true.



4. Only B is true.

5. Only C is true.



8. None are true.


Consider the following statements.A. During the phase change called melting,

the temperature remains constant.B. Ice is more dense than water.C. Adding heat to a substance increases the

motion of the molecules.Which statement(s) is/are true?

1. Only B is true.



4. Only A is true.

5. Only C is true.



8. None are true.


Consider the following statements.A. The process of combustion is involved in

the operation of all heat engines.B. A cooling tower helps lessen the effects

of thermal pollution.C. In the greenhouse effect, infrared rays

are trapped in the atmosphere.Which statement(s) is/are true?




3. Only B is true.

4. Only A is true.

5. Only C is true.



8. None are true.


Consider the following statements.A. The process of convection is involved in

the operation of cooling systems to removeheat energy.

B. Steam engines are internal-combustionengines.

C. In the intake stroke of a four-stroke en-gine, gasoline is mixed with air.


1. Only C is true.



4. Only B is true.

5. Only A is true.



8. None are true.



1. Gas molecules move at random speed.

2. Gas molecules move at the same speed.

3. The kinetic energy of gas molecules don’tchange.

4. Temperature has to do with randomspeeds.

5. It would be statistically possible for anylarge number of molecules to have the samespeed.


Which of the following has the greatestamount of internal energy.

1. An iceberg

2. A cup of hot coffee

3. A cup of water

4. A pencil

5. A laptop


What do you say about the temperature ofwater at the bottom of Niagara Falls to beslightly higher than the temperature at thetop of the fall?

1. A little higher than the temperature atthe top

2. A little lower than the temperature at thetop

3. Much lower than the temperature at thetop

4. The same as the temperature as the tem-perature at the top

5. All are wrong.




1. Adding the same amount of heat to twodifferent objects necessarily produce the sameincrease in temperature.

2. Different substances have different ther-mal properties due to differences in the wayenergy is stored internally in the substances.

3. When the same amount of hert producesdifferent changes in temperature in two sub-stances of the same mass, we say that theyhave different specific heat capacities.

4. Each substance has its own characteristicspecific heat capacity.

5. Temperature measures the average ki-netic energy of random motion, but not otherkinds of energy.



1.Water has a low specific heat capacity.

2. A watermelon stay cool for a longer timethan sandwiches when both are removed froma cooler on a hot day.

3. Water has a high specific heat capacity,which is to say, it normally takes a long timeto heat up, or cool down.

4. The water in the watermelon resistschanges in temperature, so once cooled itwill stay cool longer than sandwiches or othernon-watery substances under the same condi-tions.

5. The watermelon stay cool for a longertime because it has a high specific heat capac-ity.


Iceland, so named to discourage conquestby expanding empires, is not at all ice-coveredlike Greenland and parts of Siberia, eventhough it is close to the Arctic Circle. Theaverage winter temperature of Iceland is con-siderably higher than regions at the same lati-tude in eastern Greenland and central Sibetia.


1. The climate of Iceland is moderated bythe surrounding water.

2. The height of Iceland is higher.

3. The height of Iceland is lower.

4. The Iceland is covered with ice.



If the winds at the latitude of San Fran-cisco and Washington D.C. were from theeast rather than from the west,

which of the following is wrong?

1. The climate of San Francisco will bewarmer and the climate of Washington D.C.will be cooler.

2. San Francisco might be able to grow onlycherry trees and Washington D.C. only palmtrees.

3. As the ocean off the coast of WashingtonD.C. cools in the winter, the heat it loseswarms the atmosphere it comes in contactwith.

4. The climate of San Francisco would bechilled by winter winds from dry and coldNevada.


5. The climate would be reversed in Wash-ington D.C., because air warmed by the cool-ing of the Atlantic Ocean would blow overWashington D.C. and produce a warmer cli-mate in winter there.


Desert sand is very hot in the day and verycool at night.


1. Sand has a high specific heat comparedwith air.

2. Sand has a low specific heat comparedwith air.

3. Sand has a relatively large temperaturechanges for small changes in internal energy.

4.A substance with a high specific heat mustabsorb or give off large amount of internalenergy for comparable temperature changes.

5. A substance with a low specific heat mustabsorb or give off small amount of internalenergy for comparable temperature changes.



1. If water had a lower specific heat, pondswould be less likely to freeze.

2. If water had a lower specific heat, pondswould be more likely to freeze.

3. If water had a lower specific heat, thetemperature would decrease more when watrgive up energy.

4. If water had a lower specific heat, wa-ter would readily be cooled to the freezingpoint.

5. If water had a higher specific heat, pondswould be less likely to freeze.


There is a layer of copper and aluminum onthe bottom of stainless steel cookware.

Which of the following is the reason?

1. Copper and aluminum are better conduc-tors than stainless steel.

2. Stainless steel are better conductors thancopper and aluminum.

3. Stainless steel more quickly transfer heatto the cookwares’s interior.

4.Copper is better conductors than stainlesssteel and aluminum.



Many tongues have been injured by lickinga piece of metal on a very cold day.


1. The tongues are injured because of thecold weather.

2. In touching tongue to very cold metal,enough heat can be quickly conducted awayfrom the tongue.

3. No harm result if a piece of wood werelicked on the same day.

4. In the case of wood, much less heat is con-ducted from the tongue and freezing doesn’ttake place fast.

5. When the saliva is brought to sub-zerotemperature where it freezes, locking thetongue to the metal.



If a steam engine takes in 2.254 × 104 kJfrom the boiler and gives up 1.915× 104 kJ inexhaust during one cycle, what is the engine’sefficiency?


A test model for an experimental gasolineengine does 45 J of work in one cycle and givesup 31 J as heat.

What is the engine’s efficiency?


Part 1 of 2A steam engine absorbs 1.98 × 105 J and

expels 1.49×105 J in each cycle. Assume thatall of the remaining energy is used to do work.

a) What is the engine’s efficiency?

Part 2 of 2b) How much work is done in each cycle?


If a gasoline engine has an efficiency of 21percent and loses 780 J to the cooling systemand exhaust during each cycle, how muchwork is done by the engine?


A certain diesel engine performs 372 J ofwork in each cycle with an efficiency of 33.0percent.

How much energy is transferred from theengine to the exhaust and cooling system as

heat?


If the energy removed from an engine asheat during one cycle is 6.0×102 J, how muchenergy must be added to the engine duringone cycle in order for it to operate at 31percent efficiency?


A power plant has a power output of1055 MW and operates with an efficiency of33.0 percent. Excess energy is carried awayas heat from the plant to a nearby river thathas a flow rate of 1.1× 106 kg/s.

How much energy is transferred as heat tothe river each second?


Heat is added to an open pan of waterat 100.0C, vaporizing the water. The ex-panding steam that results does 43.0 kJ ofwork, and the internal energy of the systemincreases by 604 kJ.

How much energy is transferred to the sys-tem as heat?


Part 1 of 3Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 150 kg steel rod in a building under con-

struction supports a load of 6050 kg. Duringthe day the rod’s temperature increases from22C to 47C, causing the rod to thermallyexpand and raise the load 5.5 mm.

a) Find the energy transferred as heat toor from the rod. (Assume the specific heat


capacity of steel is the same as for iron.)

Part 2 of 3b) Find the work done by or on the rod in thisprocess.

Part 3 of 3c) How great is the change in the rod’s internalenergy?


In one cycle, an engine burning a mixtureof air and methanol (methyl alcohol) absorbs525 J and expels 415 J.



The energy provided each hour by heat tothe turbine in an electric power plant is 9.5×1012 J.

If 6.5 × 1012 J of energy is exhausted eachhour from the engine as heat, what is theefficiency of this heat engine?


A heat engine absorbs 850 J of energy percycle from a high-temperature source.

The engine does 3.5× 102 J of work duringeach cycle, expelling 5.0× 102 J as heat.


Chapter 6, section 1, Wave Properties 334

Beach Waves06:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

4 waves crash onto a beach every 30 s.What is their frequency?

Chirp of a Bat 0106:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The sound emitted by bats has a wave-length of 3.5 mm.

What is the frequency in air?

Chirp of a Bat 0206:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A bat can detect small objects such as aninsect whose size is approximately equal toone wavelength of the sound the bat makes.

Assume: Bats emit a chirp at a frequencyof 60 kHz, and that the speed of sound in airis 340 m/s.

What is the smallest insect a bat can de-tect?


Part 1 of 2A piano emits frequencies that range from

a low of about 28 Hz to a high of about 4200Hz.

a) Find the maximum wavelength in airattained by this instrument when the speedof sound in air is 340 m/s.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the minimum wavelength in air at-tained by this instrument.


Part 1 of 3The speed of all electromagnetic waves in

empty space is 3.00× 108 m/s.

a) What is the wavelength of radio wavesemitted at 88.0 MHz?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the wavelength of visible lightemitted at 6.0× 108 MHz?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the wavelength of X rays emittedat 3.0× 1012 MHz?

Holt SF 12D 0306:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The red light emitted by a He-Ne laser hasa wavelength of 633 nm in air and travels at3.00× 108 m/s.

Find the frequency of the laser light.


Part 1 of 2A tuning fork produces a sound with a fre-

quency of 256 Hz and a wavelength in air of1.35 m.

a) What value does this give for the speedof sound in air?

Part 2 of 2b) What would be the wavelength of the waveproduced by this tuning fork in water in whichsound travels at 1500 m/s?


Microwaves travel at the speed of light,3.00× 108 m/s.

When the frequency of microwaves is 9.00×109 Hz, what is their wavelength?


Part 1 of 2Green light has a wavelength of 5.20× 10−7


m and travels through the air at a speed of3.00× 108 m/s.

a) Calculate the frequency of green lightwaves with this wavelength.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the period of green light waveswith this wavelength.


Part 1 of 3You dip your finger into a pan of water twice

each second, producing waves with crests thatare separated by 0.15 m.

a) Determine the frequency of these waterwaves.

Part 2 of 3b) Determine the period of these water waves.

Part 3 of 3c) Determine the speed of these water waves.


A sound wave traveling at 343 m/s is emit-ted by the foghorn of a tugboat. An echo isheard 2.60 s later.

How far away is the reflecting object?


Part 1 of 2The notes produced by a violin range in

frequency from approximately 196 Hz to 2637Hz.

a) Find the maximum wavelength in airproduced by this instrument when the speedof sound in air is 340 m/s.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the minimum wavelength produced

by this instrument.


Yellow light travels through a certain glassblock at a speed of 1.97 × 108 m/s. Thewavelength of the light in this particular typeof glass is 3.81× 10−7 m (381 nm).

What is the frequency of the yellow light inthe glass block?


The distance between two successive crestsof a certain transverse wave is 1.20 m. Eightcrests pass a given point along the directionof travel every 12.0 s.

Calculate the wave speed.


A harmonic wave is traveling along a rope.The oscillator that generates the wave com-pletes 40.0 vibrations in 30.0 s. A given crestof the wave travels 425 cm along the rope in atime period of 10.0 s.

What is the wavelength?

Lightening Strike06:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The speed of the lightwaves in air is3 × 108 m/s. The speed of sound waves inair is 333 m/s. What is the time lapse be-tween seeing a lightening strike and hearingthe thunder if the lightening flash is 1 kmaway?

Ocean Waves 0106:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An ocean wave has a length of 10 m. Awave passes a fixed location every 2 s. Whatis the speed of the wave?


Ocean Waves 0206:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An ocean wave travels 10 m in 5 s. Thedistance between the two nearest wave crestsis 3 m. What is the frequency f of the wave?

Sound in Air 0106:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A sound wave of wavelength 0.7 m and

velocity 330 m/s is produced for 0.5 s. Whatis the frequency of the wave?

Part 2 of 3How many complete waves are emitted in thistime interval?

Part 3 of 3After 0.5 s, how far is the front wave from thesource of the sound?

Sound in Air 0206:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A sound having a frequency of 200 Hz trav-els through air at 300 m/s. What is thewavelength of the sound?

Sound in Steel06:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Sound with a frequency of 442 Hz travelsthrough steel. A wavelength of 11.66 m ismeasured.

What is the speed of the sound in steel?

Sound in Water06:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The wavelength of a 440 Hz sound in freshwater is 3.3 m. What is the speed of the soundin water?

Swaying Building06:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The Sears Building in Chicago sways backand forth with a frequency of about 0.1 Hz.What is its period of vibration?


FREQ is measured in Hertz and has theunits ? .

1. sec−1

2. meters

3. Joules × sec

4. meter/sec

Water Wave06:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The time needed for a water wave to change

from the equilibrium level to the crest is 0.18 s.What fraction of a wavelength is this?

Part 2 of 3What is the period of the wave?

Part 3 of 3What is the frequency of the wave?

Waves in a Pond06:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A rock dropped into a pond produces awave that takes 10 s to reach the oppositeshore, 20 m away. The distance betweenconsecutive crests of the wave is 2 m. What isthe frequency of the wave?

Chapter 6, section 2, Electromagnetic Waves 337

Earth Sun Distance06:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

As a result of his observations, Romer con-cluded that the time interval between eclipsesof Io by Jupiter increased by 22 min dur-ing a 6 month period as the Earth movedfrom a point in its orbit where its motionis toward Jupiter to a diametrically oppositepoint where it moves away from Jupiter. Thepresently accepted value of the speed of lightin vacuum is 2.998× 108 m/s.

Find an average value for the distance be-tween the Earth and the Sun.

Eclipses of Io by Jupiter06:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

As a result of his observations, Ole Romerconcluded that the time interval betweeneclipses of Io by Jupiter increased and de-creased by ∆T = 22 min (within a few per-cent) during a six month period, see Fig. 1.

Assume: Rsunearth = 1.5× 108 km

is the accepted value, at thattime, for the average radius ofthe Earth’s orbit around the Sun.

I0

SSun

JupiterEarth

EEJI

closestdistance

farthest distance

Figure 1: A schematic of the Sun,Earth, Jupiter, and the eclipse of Io.

The variation, 15 seconds, in the period ofIo was hard to determine accurately and wasnot necessarily used in Ole Romer’s determi-nation of the speed of light. This variationis most pronounced as the Earth moved froma point in its orbit where its motion is to-ward Jupiter to a diametrically opposite pointwhere it moves away from Jupiter, see Fig. 2.

farthest distance

1 year

closest distance

Obs

erve

d Pe

riod

time intervalbetween eclipse

∆T

14 s

42 h

28

m 1

6 s

sine function

Figure 2: A simplified version ofthe measurement made by Romer.The large errors in the data pointsare not shown.

Calculate the speed of light from thesedata.

Fizeau Apparatus06:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

In an experiment to measure thespeed of light using the apparatusof Fizeau (see figure), the distancebetween the light source and mirrorwas 11.45 km and the wheel had720 notches. The experimentally deter-mined value of c was 2.998 × 108 m/s.

d

AC

Toothedwheel

Mirror

B

Fizeau’s method for measuring the speedof light using a rotating toothed wheel.The speed of rotation of the wheel con-trols what an observer sees. For example,if the light passing the opening at pointAshould return at the instant that tooth Bhad rotated into position to cover the re-turn path, the light would not reach theobserver. At a faster rate of rotation, the


opening at point C could move into posi-tion to allow the reflected beam to reachthe observer.

Calculate the minimum angular speed ofthe wheel for this experiment.

Fizeau Experiment06:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4The Fizeau experiment is performed such

that the round-trip distance for the light is40 m.

Given: The wheel has 360 teeth/rev andthe speed of light is 2.99792× 108 m/s.

Find the lowest speed of rotation that allowthe light to pass through a notch between theteeth of the wheel.

Part 2 of 4Find the second-lowest speed of rotation thatallow the light to pass through a notch.

Part 3 of 4Repeat the calculation in Part 1 for a round-trip distance of 4000 m.

Part 4 of 4Find the second-lowest speed of rotation forPart 3.

Frequency 5006:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which has the greater frequency, a 300 nmphoton or a 500 nm photon?

1. the 300 nm photon

2. the 500 nm photon

3. they have the same frequency because cis constant

Helium Neon Laser 0306:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3

The wavelength of red helium-neon laserlight in air is 632.8 nm. What is its frequency?

Part 2 of 3What is its wavelength in glass that has anindex of refraction of 1.5?

Part 3 of 3What is its speed in the glass?


How does the average speed of light in glasscompare with its speed in a vacuum?

1. The speed of light in glass is higher.

2. The speed of light in glass is lower.

3. For light speed,there is no difference be-tween in glass and in vacuum.

4. It cannot be judged because we don’tknow what kind of glass it is.

5. For colorless glass,the light speed in it ishigher than in vacuum; for colored glass, thelight speed in it is lower than in vacuum.


What part of the electromagnetic spectrumis most absorbed by water?

1. Infrared part.

2. Radio wave part.

3. Red part.

4. Microwave part.

5. Ultraviolet part.



Gamma-ray bursters are objects in the uni-verse that emit pulses of gamma rays withhigh energies. The frequency of the most en-ergetic bursts has been measured at around3.0× 1021 Hz.

What is the wavelength of these gammarays?


Part 1 of 2FM radio bands range from 88 MHZ

through 108 MHz.a) What is the wavelength for the FM radio

band at 88 MHz?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the wavelength for the FM radioband at 108 MHz?


Part 1 of 2Shortwave radio is broadcast between 3.50

MHz and 29.7 MHz.a) What is the wavelength at 3.50 MHz ?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the wavelength at 29.7 MHz ?


What is the frequency of an electromag-netic wave if it has a wavelength of 1.0 km?


The portion of the visible spectrum thatappears brightest to the human eye is around560 nm in wavelength, which corresponds toyellow-green.

What is the frequency of 560 nm light?


What is the frequency of highly energeticultraviolet radiation that has a wavelength of125 nm?


Part 1 of 2The compound eyes of bees and other in-

sects are highly sensitive to light in the ultra-violet portion of the spectrum, particularlylight with frequencies between 7.5 × 1014 Hzand 1.0× 1015 Hz.

a) What is the largest wavelength to whichthese frequencies correspond?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the smallest wavelength?


The brightest light detected from the starAntares has a frequency of about 3.0 × 1014

Hz.What is the wavelength of this light?


What is the wavelength of an FM radiosignal if the number on the dial reads 99.5MHz?


What is the wavelength of a radar signalthat has a frequency of 33 GHz?


Irregular Orbit of Io06:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3Given: The speed of light c =

2.99792× 108 m/s.As a result of his observations,

Ole Romer concluded that thetime interval between eclipses ofIo by Jupiter increased and de-creased by ∆T = 14 s (withina few percent) during a sixmonth period, see the figure below.

I0

SSun

JupiterEarth

EEJI

closestdistance

farthest distance

A schematic of the Sun, Earth,Jupiter, and the eclipse of Io.

How far does light travel in 14 s?

Part 2 of 3Each orbit of Io is 42.5 h.

If Earth traveled the distance 4.19709 ×106 km calculated above in 42.5 h, find thespeed of Earth.

Part 3 of 3See if your answer is reasonable by calculatingthe speed of the earth in its orbit if its orbitalradius is 1.5×108 km and its period is 1 year.

Light 5006:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Blue light is near 800 nm while red light isnear 400 nm.

1. True

2. False


Which of the following types of electro-magnetic radiation has the highest frequencyassociated with it?

1. radio

2. infra red

3. ultra violet

4. X-rays

5. visible


In the visible spectrum blue light is associ-ated with ? .

1. short wavelengths

2. long wavelengths

3. middle wavelengths

4. low energy


Which is NOT true about light?

1. The energy of a photon is directly propor-tional to its wavelength.

2. It can behave like either particles orwaves.

3. X-rays and visible light both travel at thesame speed.

4. As the frequency of light increases, thewavelength decreases.



Which light packs the highest energy perphoton?

1. red

2. green

3. blue

4. infrared

5. ultraviolet


The energy of a photon is

1.c

λ

2.hc

λ

3. cλ

4.λ

hc

5. nλ

Light From the Sun 0206:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The sun is 1.5 × 108 km from Earth. Howlong does it take for its light to reach us?

Light Properties06:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3Light traveling from medium 1 undergoes

total internal reflection at the boundary tomedium 2. What can be said about the veloc-ity of light in medium 1, v1, compared to thevelocity of light in medium 2, v2?(c is lightvelocity in vacuum)

1. cannot be determined

2. v1 > v2

3. v1 = v2

4. v1 > c

5. v1 < v2

Part 2 of 3Which of the following is a typical wavelengthfor visible light?

1. 500 nm

2. 1000 nm

3. 100 nm

4. 1500 nm

5. 50 nm

Part 3 of 3Which of the following has the lowest fre-quency?

1. red light

2. microwaves

3. radio waves

4. violet light

5. x-rays

6. gamma rays

Light Velocity06:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Choose the incorrect statement from thefive statements below.

1. The velocity of light is independent of thevelocity of the observer and the source.


2. The velocity of light is constant irrespec-tive of the medium through which it is travel-ing.

3. The velocity of light in a vacuum is largerthan the velocity of light in glass.

4. The velocity of light in a vacuum does notdepend on the wavelength of light.

5. The velocity of light in a vacuum is thesame as the velocity of x-ray in a vacuum.

Properties of Light 0206:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Light traveling from medium 1 undergoes

total internal reflection at the boundary tomedium 2. What can be said about the veloc-ity of light in medium 1, v1, compared to thevelocity of light in medium 2, v2?(c is lightvelocity in vacuum)

1. v1 > c

2. v1 > v2

3. v1 = v2

4. v1 < v2

5. cannot be determined

Part 2 of 2Which of the following is a typical wavelengthfor visible light?

1. 800 nm

2. 50 nm

3. 200 nm

4. 1000 nm

5. 1250 nm

6. 1500 nm

7. 100 nm

8. 1750 nm

9. 1950 nm

10. 500 nm

Red Light06:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Red light has a wavelength of 700 nm. Con-vert this wavelength to meters.

Chapter 6, section 3, Color 343

Add a Lens06:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3Given: A convergent lens which has a focal

point f.An object is placed at distance

p =3

2f to the left of the lens.

p

f

The image is

1. real.

2. virtual.

Part 2 of 3The image distance q is

1. f

2. 2 f

3. 3 f

4. 4 f

5.1

2f

6.1

3f

7.2

3f

8.1

4f

9.3

4f

Part 3 of 3Now place a convergent lens with a same focallength f at a distance d = f behind the firstlens.

Caution: Here Part 1 & 2 are

the intermediate steps of Part 3.

dp

f

#1 #2

Determine q2; i.e., the image location mea-sured with respect to the second lens #2.

1.1

9f

2.2

9f

3.1

3f

4.4

9f

5.5

9f

6.7

9f

7.2

3f

8.8

9f

9. f

10.1

2f

Adjustable Camera06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The bellows of an adjustable camera can beextended so that the largest distance from thelens to the film is 1.2 times the focal length.

If the focal length of the lens is 3 cm, whatis the distance from the closest object thatcan be sharply focused on the film?

Angular Dispersion of Light06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Given: The index of refraction for violet

light in silica flint glass is 1.66, and that for


red light is 1.62.What is the angle of deviation for the red

ray passing through a prism of apex an-gle 60 if the angle of incidence is 50 ?

RO

YG

BV

Visible light

Deviation ofyellow light

Measure ofdispersion Screen

Part 2 of 2What is the angular dispersion of visible lightwith the same angle of incidence?

Blue and Red Separation06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A certain kind of glass has an index ofrefraction of 1.65 for blue light (430 nm) andan index of 1.615 for red light (680 nm). Nowa beam containing these two colors is incidentat an angle of 30 on a piece of this glass.What is the angle between the two beamsinside the glass?

Camera Lens 0106:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Penny wishes to take a picture of her imagein a plane mirror. If the camera is 1.2 m infront of the mirror, at what distance shouldthe camera lens be focused?

Camera Lens 0206:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Camera lenses are described in terms oftheir focal length. A 50 mm lens has a focallength of 50 mm. A camera is focused on anobject 3 m away using a 50 mm lens.

Locate the position of the image.

Converging Lens 01


An object is placed at a distance of 1.5ffroma converging lens of focal length f , as shown.

f2f f 2f 3f

What type of image is formed and what isthe size relative to the object?

Type Size

1. Virtual Larger

2. Virtual Same size

3. Virtual Smaller

4. Real Larger

5. Real Smaller

Converging Lens 0206:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The magnification produced by a converg-ing lens is found to be 2.2 for an object placed18 cm from the lens.

What is the focal length of the lens?


The magnification produced by a converg-ing lens is found to be −3.5 for an objectplaced 0.185 m from the lens.



Part 1 of 2An object is placed 1 m in front of a con-

verging lens of focal length 20 cm.What is the distance to the image?

Part 2 of 2Determine the magnification of the object.



A converging lens of focal length 0.15 mforms a virtual image of an object. The imageappears to be 0.85 m from the lens on thesame side as the object.

What is the distance between the objectand the lens?


A converging lens has a focal length of25.5 cm.

If the object is 72.5 cm from the lens, whatis the image distance?

Convex Lens 0106:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A plane convex lens is made of glass (index1.5) with one flat surface and the other havinga radius of 20 cm.


Convex Lens 0206:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A convex lens is needed to produce an imagelocated 24 cm behind the lens that is 0.75 thesize of the object.

What focal length should be specified?

Diverging Lens 0106:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Consider a divergent lens with a focallength f . An upright object is placed withinthe interval f and 2 f to the left of the lens.

2f 2fff

The corresponding image is

1. virtual, upright, and reduced.

2. virtual, upright, and enlarged.

3. virtual, upright, and the same size.

4. virtual, inverted, and enlarged.

5. virtual, inverted, and reduced.

6. virtual, inverted, and the same size.

7. non-existant.

8. real, upright, and enlarged.

9. real, upright, and reduced.

10. real, upright, and the same size.

Diverging Lens 0206:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A real object is located 20 cm from a di-

verging lens of focal length 32 cm.What is the magnitude of the image dis-

tance?

Part 2 of 3The image is

1. virtual, inverted, and larger.

2. virtual, inverted, and smaller.

3. virtual, erect, and larger.

4. virtual, erect, and smaller.

5. real, inverted, and larger.

6. real, inverted, and smaller.

7. real, erect, and larger.

8. real, erect, and smaller.

9. None of these


9. Does not exist

Part 3 of 3What is the magnitude of the magnificationof the image?


Part 1 of 3A diverging lens is used to form a virtual

image of a real object. The object is posi-tioned at 80 cm and the image is positionedat 40 cm. Both object and image are locatedon the same side of the lens as the object.

Determine the focal length of the lens.

Part 2 of 3The surfaces of the lens have radii of curvatureR1 positioned at 40 cm (located on the objectside of the lens) and R2 positioned at 50 cm(located on the side opposite to the objectside of the lens).

What is the index of refraction?

Part 3 of 3What is the magnification of the lens?


Part 1 of 2A diverging lens has a focal length of 32 cm.If an object is 20 cm from the lens, what is

the image distance?

Part 2 of 2What is the magnitude of the magnificationfor this lens?


Part 1 of 2An object is located 20 cm from a diverging

lens having a focal length of 32 cm.Determine the image distance.

Part 2 of 2

Determine the magnification of the image.


Part 1 of 3A diverging lens has a focal length of

−20 cm. An object 2 cm in height is placed30 cm in front of the lens.

Locate the position of the image.

Part 2 of 3What is the magnification?

Part 3 of 3Find the height of the image.

Far Sighted Student06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A far-sighted student has a near point of100 cm. Calculate the focal length of theglasses needed so the near point will be normal(25 cm).

Focal Length of a Thin Lens06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An object located 32 cm in front of a lens

forms an image on a a screen 8 cm behind thelens.

Find the focal length of the lens.

Part 2 of 2What is the magnification of the object?

Force on a Crate06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The force of friction acting on a sliding crate

is 100 N.How much force must be applied to main-

tain a constant velocity?

Part 2 of 2What will be the net force acting on the


crate?


What color does visible light of the lowestfrequencies appear? Of the highest?

1. red for lowest; blue for hightest.

2. yellow for lowest; green for hightest.

3. red for lowest; violet for highest.

4. green for lowest; red for highest.

5. violet for lowest; red for highest.

6. blue for lowest; green for highest.


How is the wavelength of light related to itsfrequency?

1. Waves of low frequency have long wave-lengths.

2. Waves of high frequency have long wave-lengths.

3. Sometimes wave of low frequency havelong wavelength; sometimes wave of high fre-quency have long wavelength.

4. For visible light wavelength has inverseratio with frequency; but for invisible light, itis on the contrary.

5. There is no relationship between fre-quency and wavelength at all.


In a dress shop with only fluorescent light-ing, a customer insists on taking dresses intothe daylight at the doorway to check their

color.Is she being reasonable?

1. She is not being reasonable because thelight in the dress shop is enough for her to seethe effect.

2. She is reasonable because in sunlight shecan see much more clearly.

3. She is being reasonable in requesting tosee the colors in the daylight. Under fluo-rescent lighting, with its predominant higherfrequencies, the blue colors rather than theredder colors will be accented. Colors willappear quite different in sunlight.

4. She is not being reasonable because if allthe customers have this kind of request, theshop will lose control.


Why will the leaves of a red rose be heatedmore than the petals when illuminated withred light?

1. The petals of a red rose will reflect redlight while the green leaves absorb red light.The energy absorbed by the leaves tends toincrease their temperature.

2. The cells in leaves are different from thosein petals. They are more likely to absorbheat.

3. Red light will distort the DNAs in leavesand make it easy to receive energy. But forpetals this cannot happen.

4. If the petals are illuminated with red light,it will dry immediately and cannot absorblight anymore.


If the sunlight were somehow green instead


of white, what color garment would be mostadvisable on an uncomfortable hot day?

on a very cold day?

1. Blue for a hot day and green for a coldday.

2. Red for a hot day and yellow for a coldday.

3. Green for a hot day and white for a coldday.

4. Yellow for a hot day and blue for a coldday.

5. Green for a hot day and magenta for acold day.


Why do we not list black and white ascolors?

1. People usually think black and whiteshould only reflect dark and light in a image.They cannot represent the colorful world.

2. It is only because of our subjective mind.

3. It is right that black should not be regardsas a color. But we just missed white as a colordue to a mistake in history.

4. Black is the absence of color. White isthe result of an additive mixture of all thecolors.


Why are the interiors of optical instrumentsblack?

1. The interior coating absorbs rather thanreflects light, and therefore appears black.

2. The interior should be black in order to

keep cool.

3. There is nothing inside optical instru-ments.

4. in light, the interiors look black. But indark environment, they can emit light.


Fire engines used to be red. Now many ofthem are yet low-green.

Why the change?

1. Red color make people feel horrible.

2. They are most likely to be noticed if theyare yellow-green. That is where the eye ismost sensitive.

3. Red color is not easy to be distinguishedamong fires.

4. People are getting tired with the red color.Another color will make them feel refreshed.


The radiation curve of the sun(Figure 27.7)shows that the brightest light from the sun isyellow-green.

Why then do we see the sun as whitishinstead of yellow-green?

1. The yellow green light has very strongintensity. So when they arrives our eyes, wecan only feel it is strong white light.

2.We see not only yellow green, but also redand blue. All together, they mix to producethe white light we see.

3. When the sun light pass through the air,yellow green components are absorbed by theair.

4. If you are traveling outside the earth, you


will feel yellow green light of sun.


What color would red cloth appear if it wereilluminated by sunlight?

By cyan light?

1. red, cyan.

2. red, blue.

3. blue, red.

4. red, red.

4. red, black.


A spotlight is coated so that it won’t trans-mit yellow light from its white-hot filament.

What color is the emerging beam of light?

1. Blue

2. Red.

3. Green.

4. Yellow.

4. Black.


Part 1 of 3a) What color is the mixing of yellow light

and blue light?

1. Green

2.White

3. Cyan

4. Red

5. Magenta

6. Blue

7. Yellow

Part 2 of 3b) What is the color of the light when itcombines with green light to give white light?

1. Green

2.White

3. Cyan

4. Red

5. Magenta

6. Blue

7. Yellow

Part 3 of 3c)What color is the mixing of magenta, yellowand cyan light?

1. Green

2.White

3. Cyan

4. Red

5. Magenta

6. Blue

7. Yellow


In which of these cases will a ripe bananaappear black?


1. Illuminated with red light.

2. Illuminated with yellow light.

3. Illuminated with green light.

4. Illuminated with blue light.

5. Illuminated with orange light.


Why is the sky a darker blue when you areat high altitudes?

1. At higher altitudes, there is fewer sun-shine than at lower altitudes.

2. At higher altitudes, there are fewermolecules above you and therefore less scat-tering of sunlight. This results in a darkersky.

3. At higher altitudes, there are more red-absorbed molecules in the air.

4. At higher altitudes, there are fewermolecules above you and therefore more scat-tering of sunlight. This results in a darker sky.


What is the relationship between the fre-quency of light and its color?

1. Lights of different frequencies are per-ceived as different colors.

2. The lowest-frequency light we detect ap-pears to most people as the color violet.

3. The highest-frequency light we detect ap-pears to most people as the color red.

4. There is no relationship between the fre-

quency of light and its color.

5.None of the other five choices are right.


Why does the sun look reddish at sunriseand sunset but not at noon?

1. Because red light is better transmittedthrough the air since its frequency is the low-est. At noon, sunlight travels through theleast amount of atmosphere and only a lit-tle high-frequency light is scattered from thesunlight.

2. Because red light is better scatteredthrough the air since its frequency is the low-est. At noon, sunlight travels through theleast amount of atmosphere and only a littlehigh-frequency light is transmitted from thesunlight.

3. Because the sun is colder at sunrise andsunset than at noon.

4. Because the weather at noon is warmerthan at sunrise and sunset.

5. Because our eyes are more sensitive to thered light at sunrise and sunset than at noon.

6. Because the sun itself is red at sunrise andsunset, but is yellow at noon. It has nothingto do with the effect of the atmosphere.


Why does water appear cyan?

1.Because the blue light from sky is reflectedby surface of water.

2. Water molecules absorb more blue lightthan any other light.

3. Water molecules resonate somewhat in


the visible red, which causes red light to be alittle more strongly absorbed than blue lightin water.

4. At normal temperature water give outmore blue light than any other light.

5.Water molecules strongly absorbs infraredlight. The whole effect after that is waterappears cyan.

Human Eye06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The distance of the lens in the human eyefrom the retina, on which the image is focused,is about 1.7 cm.

To focus on a book 30 cm from the eye,what must the focal length of the eye be?

Light Frequency06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The frequency of yellow light is 5×1014 Hz.Find its wavelength.

Magnifier06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 10 cm focal length converging lens is usedto magnify small newspaper print 2 mm high.

Calculate the height of the image for themaximum angular magnification for a normaleye.

Magnifying Glass06:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An ordinary magnifying glass produces animage which is

1. real and erect

2. real and inverted

3. virtual and erect

4. virtual and inverted

5. none of these

MaximumMagnification06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2What is the maximum angular magnifica-

tion of a lens having a focal length of 10 cm?

Part 2 of 2Find the angular magnification of this lenswhen the eye is relaxed.

Near Sighted Student06:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A near-sighted person has prescriptionglasses. The purpose is to bring distant ob-jects

1. to the far point of the eye.

2. to the retina of the eye.

3. to the near point of the eye.

4. None of the these.

Refracting Telescope06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A refracting telescope has a 0.1 m diameter

objective lens with focal length 5 m and aneyepiece with focal length 1.5 cm.

What is the angular magnification of thetelescope?

Part 2 of 2Describe the final image.

1. inverted and virtual

2. erect and virtual

3. inverted and real

4. erect and real


5. None of these.

Short Laser Pulse06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Laser scientists have succeeded in generat-

ing pulses of light lasting as short as 10−15 s.Imagine that you create a pulse which lasts2× 10−15 s.

What is the spatial length of this pulsealong its direction of travel in a vacuum?

Part 2 of 2What is the spatial length of this pulse as ittravels through glass with index of refractionn = 1.2?

Telescope Construction06:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A telescope is constructed with two lensesseparated by a distance of 25 cm. The focallength of the objective is 20 cm. The focallength of the eyepiece is 5 cm. Calculate themagnitude of the angular magnification of thetelescope.

Thin Lens 0306:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

If the object distance for a converging thinlens is more than twice the focal length of thelens, the image is

1. virtual and erect

2. larger than the object

3. located inside the focal point

4. located at a distance between f and 2ffrom the lens

5. located at a distance more than 2f fromthe lens

White Light Separation06:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The separation of white light into its com-ponent colors is called:

1. Diffraction

2. Dispersion

3. Polarization

4. Refraction.

5. Reflection

Chapter 6, section 4, Sound Waves 353


Part 1 of 3An electric guitar’s amplifier is at a distance

of 5.0 m.a) Find the intensity of its sound waves

when its power output is 0.25 W.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the intensity of the sound waves whenthe amplifier’s power output is 0.50 W.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the intensity of the sound waves whenthe amplifier’s power output is 2.0 W.


At a maximum level of loudness, the poweroutput of a 75-piece orchestra radiated assound is 70.0 W.

What is the intensity of these sound wavesto a listener who is sitting 25.0 m from theorchestra?


If the intensity of a person’s voice is 4.6 ×10−7 W/m2 at a distance of 2.0 m, how muchsound power does that person generate?


How much power is radiated as sound froma band whose intensity is 1.6× 10−3 W/m2 ata distance of 15 m?


The power output of a tuba is 0.35 W.At what distance is the sound intensity of

the tuba 1.2× 10−3 W/m2?


A baseball coach shouts loudly at an umpirestanding 5.0 meters away.

If the sound power produced by the coachis 3.1 × 10−3 W, what is the intensity of thesound when it reaches the umpire?


A stereo speaker represented by P in thefigure emits sound waves with a power outputof 100.0 W.

P x 10 m

What is the intensity of the sound waves atpoint x, 10.0 m away?


Part 1 of 2Assume: The threshold for hearing is 1 ×

10−12 W/m2 and the threshold for pain is1 W/m2.

Assume the area of a eardrum is approxi-mately 5.1 cm2.

a) Calculate the sound power (the energyper second) incident on the eardrum at thethreshold of hearing.


Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the sound power incident on theeardrum at the threshold of pain.


Part 1 of 2The range of human hearing extends from

approximately 20 Hz to 20000 Hz.a) Find the wavelength for 20 Hz when the

speed of sound in air is equal to 343 m/s.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the wavelength for 20000 Hz when thespeed of sound in air is equal to 343 m/s.


The greatest value ever achieved for thespeed of sound in air is about 1.0 × 104 m/s,and the highest frequency ever produced isabout 2.0× 1010 Hz.

Find the wavelength of this wave.


A typical decibel level for a buzzingmosquito is 40 dB, and normal conversationis approximately 50 dB.

Howmany buzzing mosquitoes will producea sound intensity equal to that of normalconversation?


Some studies indicate that the upper fre-quency limit of hearing is determined by thediameter of the eardrum. The wavelengthof the sound wave and the diameter of theeardrum are approximately equal at this up-per limit.

If this is so, what is the diameter of theeardrum of a person capable of hearing 2.0 ×104 Hz? Assume 340 m/s is the speed ofsound in the ear.


Part 1 of 2The decibel level of the noise from a jet

aircraft is 130 dB when measured 20.0 m fromthe aircraft.

a) How much sound power does the jetaircraft emit?

Part 2 of 2b) How much sound power would strike theeardrum of an airport worker 20.0 m fromthe aircraft? (Assume the diameter of theworker’s eardrum is 1.7× 10−2m).

Human Ear06:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3The outer ear (meatus and ear flap)

.

1. determines only the direction of sound.

2. determines the intensity and direction ofsound.

3. determines the frequency and intensity ofsound.

4. determines the frequency and direction ofsound.

5. None of these.

6. determines only the intensity of sound.

7. determines only the frequency of sound.

8. directs sound to the eardrum and helpsdetermine sound direction.


Part 2 of 3The inner ear (cochlea and auditory nerves)

.

1. determines the frequency and direction ofsound.

2. directs sound to the eardrum and helpsdetermine sound direction.

3. determines the intensity and direction ofsound.

4. determines the frequency and intensity ofsound.

5. None of these.

6. determines only the intensity of sound.

7. determines only the frequency of sound.

8. determines only the direction of sound.

Part 3 of 3The middle ear consists of the .

1. None of these.

2. hammer and anvil only.

3. hammer and stirrup only.

4. stirrup and anvil only.

5. hammer, anvil, and spur.

6. hammer, tooth, and nail.

7. hammer, stirrup, and spur.

8. spur, anvil, and stirrup.

9.meatus, semi-circular canal, and stapes.

10. hammer, anvil, and stirrup.

Human Ear Sensitivity 0106:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Because the sensitivity of the human earvaries over the audio spectrum, many soundsystems very high frequencies and

very low frequencies to compensate.

1. do nothing to, amplify

2. dampen, dampen

3. dampen, amplify

4. amplify, dampen

5. amplify, amplify

6. amplify, do nothing to

7. do nothing to, dampen

8. dampen, do nothing to

9. Sound systems do nothing to compen-sate.

Moving Sound Source06:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3A police car is traveling at a speed, vc, to

the right. A truck is traveling at a speed, vt, tothe left. The velocity of sound in air is va. Thefrequency of the siren on the police car is fc.

vc vt

police truck

What is the frequency, ft, heard by an ob-server in the moving truck?

1. ft =va − vt

va + vcfc

2. ft =va + vt

va − vcfc

3. ft =va + vt

va + vcfc

4. ft =va − vt

va − vcfc


Part 2 of 3Given the same situation with the policecar and the truck, however there is a windblowing in the direction in which the truckis moving with a speed, vw, to the left.

vc

vw

vt

police

wind

truck


1. ft =va − vt − vw

va + vc + vwfc

2. ft =va + vt − vw

va + vc − vwfc


va − vc + vwfc


va + vc + vwfc

5. ft =va + vt + vw

va − vc − vwfc


va − vc − vwfc


va + vc − vwfc


va − vc + vwfc


va − vc − vwfc

10. ft =va − vt + vw

va − vc − vwfc

Part 3 of 3Given the same situation with the police carbut the truck is traveling in the opposite di-rection (to the right). There is a wind blow-ing in the direction opposite to the directionof the truck with a speed, vw, to the left.

vc

vw

vt

police

wind

truck



va − vc − vwfc


va + vc − vwfc


va − vc + vwfc


va − vc − vwfc

5. ft =va + vt + vw

va − vc − vwfc


va + vc + vwfc


va + vc − vwfc


va − vc + vwfc


va + vc + vwfc

10. ft =va − vt + vw

va − vc − vwfc

Sound Waves 0106:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Sound in air can best be described as whichof the following types of wave?

1. Longitudinal

2. Transverse

3. Torsional

4. Electromagnetic

5. Polarized

Sound Waves 02



Longitudinal sound waves cannot propa-gate through

1. steam

2. liquids

3. solids

4. gases

5. a vacuum

6. wet sand

Chapter 6, section 5, Standing Waves and Resonance 358

Amperes Law06:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

X Y

aP 2a

Two long parallel wires are a distance 2aapart, as shown above. Point P is in theplane of the wires and a distance a from thewire X. When there is a current I in wire Xand no current in wire Y , the magnitude ofthe magnetic field at P is B0. when there areequal currents I in the same direction in bothwires, the magnitude of the magnetic field atP is

1.2

3B0

2. B0

3.10

9B0

4.4

3B0

5. 2B0

Beats 0106:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two tuning forks with frequencies 264 Hzand 202 Hz produce “beats”. What is thebeat frequency?


Part 1 of 2One closed organ pipe has a length of 2.4 m.

What is the frequency of the note played bythis pipe? The speed of sound is 343 m/s.

Part 2 of 2When a second pipe is played at the sametime, a 1.4 Hz beat note is heard. By howmuch is the second pipe too long?


The Doppler shift was first tested in 1845by the French scientist B. Ballot. He had atrumpet player sound a(n) 440 Hz note whileriding on a flatcar pulled by a locomotive. Atthe same time, a stationary trumpeter playedthe same note. Ballot heard 3 beats/s. Howfast was the train moving toward him?

Bohr Model of Hydrogen06:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

In Niels Bohr’s 1913 model of the hydro-gen atom, an electron circles the proton ata distance of 5.3 × 10−11 m with a speed of2.2× 106 m/s.

Compute the magnetic field strength thatthis motion produces at the location of theproton.

Clarinet Frequency06:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A clarinet behaves like a tube closed at oneend.

If its length is 1 m, and the velocity ofsound is 344 m/s, what is its fundamentalfrequency?

Closed Air Column06:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

If the speed of sound in air is v = 340 m/s,what is approximately the length of a shortestair column closed at one end that will respondto a tuning fork of frequency f = 128 Hz?

Closed Organ Pipe06:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A length of organ pipe is closed at one end.If the speed of sound is 344 m/s, what length


of pipe is needed to obtain a fundamentalfrequency of 50 Hz?

Conducting Ring06:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A constant current is flowing througha solenoid, creating a magnetic field.

V

I

B

conductingring

The force which the magnetic field exerts ona conducting ring positioned as shown is:

1. There is no force, only a torque.

2. upward

3. downward

4. There is neither a force nor a torque.


What is the fundamental frequency of a0.20 m long organ pipe that is closed at oneend, when the speed of sound in the pipe is352 m/s?


Part 1 of 3A flute is essentially a pipe open at both

ends. The length of a flute is approximately66.0 cm.

a)What is the first harmonic of a flute when

all keys are closed, making the vibrating aircolumn approximately equal to the length ofthe flute? The speed of sound in the flute is340 m/s.

Part 2 of 3b) What is the second harmonic?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the third harmonic?


Part 1 of 3The speed of waves on a guitar string is

115 m/s.a) What is the fundamental frequency of

the string when the effective string length is70.0 cm?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the fundamental frequency of thestring when the effective string length is 50.0cm?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the fundamental frequency of thestring when the effective string length is 40.0cm?


A violin string that is 50.0 cm long has afundamental frequency of 440 Hz.

What is the speed of the waves on thisstring?


Part 1 of 3The note produced on a 31.0 cm long violin

string produces waves with a speed of 274.4m/s.


a) What is the first harmonic of this note?




The human ear canal is about 2.8 cm longand can be regarded as a tube open at oneend and closed at the eardrum.

What is the fundamental frequency aroundwhich we would expect hearing to be bestwhen the speed of sound in air is 340 m/s?


Part 1 of 4A pipe that is open at both ends has a

fundamental frequency of 320 Hz when thespeed of sound in air is 331 m/s.

a) What is the length of this pipe?



Part 4 of 4d) What is the fundamental frequency of thispipe when the speed of sound in air is in-creased to 367 m/s due to a rise in the tem-perature of the air?


Part 1 of 3The frequency of a tuning fork can be found

by the method shown in the figure. A longtube open at both ends is submerged in a

beaker of water, and the vibrating tuning forkis placed near the top of the tube. The lengthL of the air column is adjusted by moving thetube vertically. The sound waves generatedby the fork are reinforced when the lengthof the air column corresponds to one of theresonant frequencies of the tube. The largestvalue for L for which a peak occurs in soundintensity is 9.00 cm. (Use 345 m/s as thespeed of sound in air.)

L

a)What is the frequency of the tuning fork?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the value of L for the secondresonant position?

Part 3 of 3c)What is the value ofL for the third resonantposition?


Part 1 of 2An open organ pipe is 2.46 m long, and the

speed of sound in the pipe is 345 m/s.a) What is the fundamental frequency of

this pipe?

Part 2 of 2b) How many harmonics are possible in the


normal hearing range, 20 Hz to 20000 Hz?


If you blow across the open end of a sodabottle and produce a tone of 250 Hz, what willbe the frequency of the next harmonic heardif you blow much harder?


The fundamental frequency of an open or-gan pipe corresponds to the note middle C(f = 261.6 Hz on the chromatic musicalscale). The third harmonic (f3) of anotherorgan pipe that is closed at one end has thesame frequency.

Compare the lengths of these two pipes by

findingLclosed

Lopen.

Human Ear Canal06:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The human ear canal is about 2.8 cm long.The velocity of sound is 343 m/s. The canal isregarded as a tube open at one end and closedat the eardrum.

What is the fundamental frequency aroundwhich we would expect hearing to be best?

Infinite Sheet of Current 0106:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2A conductor consists of an infinite

number of adjacent wires, each in-finitely long and carrying a currentI, thus forming a conducting plane.

A

CThe direction of ~B at A and C are respec-tively:

1. right and left, both are horizontal

2. left and left, both are horizontal

3. right and right, both are horizontal

4. left and right, both are horizontal

5. up and down, both pointing away fromthe conductor

6. down and up, both pointing toward theconductor

7. none of them

Part 2 of 2If there are n wires per unit length, what isthe magnitude of ~B?

1.µ0 I

4

2.µ0 I

2

3. µ0 n I

4. 2µ0 n I

5. 4µ0 n I

6.µ0 n I

4

7. µ0 I

8. 2µ0 I

9. 4µ0 I


10.µ0 n I

2

Infinite Sheet of Current 0206:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3An infinite sheet lying in yz plane is car-

rying a current which is uniform along they direction, as illustrated below. The cur-rent is flowing along the positive z direction.

y

x

z

O

What is the direction of magnetic field ~Balong positive x-axis (i.e., x > 0)?

1. ı

2. −ı

3. −

4.

5. k

6. −k

Part 2 of 3Along positive x-axis as x increases, the mag-nitude of ~B will

1. stay the same.

2. increase.

3. decrease.

Part 3 of 3If the current per unit length is Iz =3183 A/m, what is the net change ∆B ofthe magnetic field measured in passing from

x1 < 0 to x2 > 0?

Infinite Wires 0306:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Two infinite wires d = 8 cm

each carry I = 3 A into the pa-per (as shown in the figure below).

dI I

What is the magnitude of the force betweenthese two wires per unit length?

Part 2 of 2The force between the two wires

1. Pulls the wires together

2. Pulls the wires apart

3. Is perpendicular to the plane of the twowires

4. Pulls both wires to the right

5. Pulls both wires to the left

Long Parallel Wires 0106:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two long parallel wires are separated by4 cm. One of the wires carries a current of20 A and the other carries a current of 30 A.

Determine the magnitude of the magneticforce on a 2 m length of the wire carrying thegreater current.

Long Parallel Wires 0206:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Two long, parallel wires, fixed in space,carry currents I1 and I2. The force of attrac-tion has magnitude F . What currents willgive an attractive force of magnitude 4 F?

1. 2 I1 and1

2I2


2. I1 and1

4I2

3.1

2I1 and

1

2I2

4. 2 I1 and 2 I2

5. 4 I1 and 4 I2

Magnetic Field Direction 0106:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

R

IThe direction of the magnetic field at point

R caused by the current I in the wire shownabove is

1. to the left

2. to the right

3. toward the wire

4. into the page

5. out of the page

Magnetic Field Direction 0206:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

S

PI I

S'

d/2 d/2

Two long, parallel wires are separated by adistance d, as shown above. One wire carriesa steady surrent I into the plane of the pagewhile the other wire carries a steady currentI out of the page. At what points besidespoints at infinity, is the magnetic field due tothe currents zero?

1. Only at point P

2. At all points on the line SS ′

3. At all points on the line connecting thetwo wires

4. At all points on a circle of radius 2dcentered at point P

5. At no points

Magnetism and DC Current06:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A constant current is flowing through asolenoid, creating a magnetic field. (Conceptquestion 37, figure 34) The force which themagnetic field exerts on a conducting ringpositioned as shown is:

1. Upward.

2. There is neither a force nor a torque.

3. Downward.

4. There is no force, only a torque.

Organ Pipe Length06:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Let the speed of sound in air be 344 m/s. If

an organ pipe is to resonate at 20 Hz, what isits required length if it is open at both ends?

Part 2 of 2What is its required length if it is closed atone end?

Parallel Sections of Wires06:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Two identical parallel sections of wireare connected in parallel to a bat-tery as shown. The two sections ofwire are free to move. When theswitch is closed, the two parallel of wire


1. will accelerate away each other.

2. will accelerate towards each other.

3. will heat up, and remain motionless.

Parallel Wires06:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A B

Two parallel wires carry equal currents inthe opposite directions. Point A is midwaybetween the wires, and B is an equal distanceon the other side of the wires. The ratio ofthe magnitude of the magnetic field at pointA to that at point B is:

1. 2.5

2.10

3

3. 4

4. 3

5. 2

6. 1.5

7.2

3

8. 0.5

9.1

3

10. 0

Solenoids 0106:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

r y

xp

I I

A wire is tightly wrapped around a cylinderto form a solenoid. What is the magnetic fieldat a point P far enough away so that thefringing field is zero?

1. zero

2. µ0 n I x

3. −µ0 n I x

4. µ0 n I z

5. −µ0 n I z

6. (µ0 I

2π r) x

7. −( µ0 I

2π r) x

8. (µ0 I

2π r) y

9. −( µ0 I

2π r) z

10. (µ0 I

2π r) z

Solenoids 0206:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A solenoid 80 cm long has 900 turns and a

radius of 2.5 cm.If it carries a current of 3 A, find the mag-


netic field along the axis at its center.

Part 2 of 2Calculate the magnetic field at a point nearone end.


A solenoid of radius 5 cm is made of a longpiece of wire of radius 2 mm, length 10 m andresistivity 1.7× 10−8 Ωm.

Find the magnetic field at the center of thesolenoid if the wire is connected to a batteryhaving an emf 20 V.


A solenoid has 500 turns, a length of 50 cm,a radius of 5 cm.

If it carries 4 A, calculate the magneticfield at an axial point located 15 cm from thecenter.

Solenoids 0506:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

I (into page)

I (out of page)Axis

A cross section of a long solenoid that car-ries current I is shown above. All of thefollowing statements about the magnetic field~B inside the solenoid are currect EXCEPT:

1. ~B is directed to the left.

2. An apporximate value for the magnitudeof ~B may be determined by using Ampere’slaw.

3. The magnitude of ~B is proportional tothe current I.

4. The magnitude of ~B is porportional to

the number of turns of wire per unit length.

5. The magnitude of ~B is proportional tothe distance from the axis of the solenoid.

Standing Waves 0106:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A student wants to establish a standingwave on a wire 1.8 m long clamped at bothends. The wave speed is 540 m/s. What isthe minimum frequency she should apply toset up standing waves?


Part 1 of 2A standing wave is established in a 120 cm

long string fixed at both ends. The stringvibrates in four segments when driven at120 Hz. Determine the wavelength.

Part 2 of 2What is the fundamental frequency?


If you slosh the water back and forth in abathtub at the correct frequency, the waterrises first at one end and then at the other.Suppose you can make a standing wave in a150 cm long tub with a frequency of 0.3 Hz.What is the velocity of the water wave?

Three Parallel Wires06:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Three very long wires are strung parallel to

each other as shown in the figure below. Eachwire is at a distance r = 25 cm from the othertwo, and each wire carries a current of magni-tude I = 2.5 A in the directions shown in thefigure.Find the magnitude of the net forceper unit length exerted on the upperwire (wire 3) by the other two wires.


I

x

z

y

12

3

II

x

y

z

end view

3

1 2

I

IIr

r

r

Part 2 of 2What angle does the net force on the upperwire (wire 3) make with the positive x-axis?(Measure your angles in the standard way:counter-clockwise from the x-axis.)

1. 90

2. 270

3. 0

4. 60

5. 30

6. 120

7. 180

8. 210

9. 240

10. 300

Vibrating Bar06:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 60 cm metal bar that is clamped at one

end is struck with a hammer.If the speed of longitudinal (compressional)

waves in the bar is 4500 m/s, what is thelowest frequency with which the struck barwill resonate?

Vibrating Rod06:05, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An aluminum rod 1.6 m long is held at

its center. It is stroked with a rosin-coatedcloth to set up longitudinal vibrations in thefundamental mode. The speed of sound inaluminum is 5100 m/s.

What is the frequency of the fundamentalvibrational mode established in the rod?

Part 2 of 2What would be the fundamental frequency ifthe rod were copper if the speed of sound incopper is 3560 m/s?


Electrical Energy Savings06:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A street light contains two identical bulbs3.3 m above the ground. The communitywants to save electrical energy by removingone bulb.

How far from the ground should the streetlight be positioned to have the same illumina-tion on the ground under the lamp?


When two tuning forks of 132 Hz and 137Hz, respectively, are sounded simultaneously,how many beats per second are heard?


A dolphin in 25C sea water emits a sounddirected toward the bottom of the ocean 150m below.

How much time passes before it hears anecho? (The speed of sound in sea water is1530 m/s.)


For light, the wavelength multiplied by thefrequency equals the energy.

1. True

2. False


Particles of light are called photons andthey have no mass and no charge.

1. True

2. False

Particle Classification06:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

All particles can be classified into

1. quarks and leptons.

2. hadrons and leptons.

3. baryons and leptons.

4. baryons and mesons.

PS303 Unit II Problem 306:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A pendulum oscillates with a frequency of

1.7 Hz (A Hz is an oscillation per second).What is the period of this pendulum?

Part 2 of 2How many times will it oscillate in five min-utes?

Chapter 7, section 1, Reflection 368

Concave Mirror07:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A concave mirror has a focal length of20 cm.

What is the magnification if the object’sdistance is 100 cm?

Full Length Mirror07:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A clown 2 m tall looks at himself in a full-length mirror (floor-to-ceiling).

Where in the mirror must he look to see hisfeet (measured from the floor)?


Cowboy Joe wishes to shoot his assailantby ricocheting a bullet off a mirrored metalplate.

To do so, should he simply aim at the mir-rored image of his assailant?

1. No. Because if he does so, he will missthe target.

2. Yes. Because the ricocheting bullet willfollow the same changes in direction whenits momentum changes(angle of incidence =angle of rebound) that light follows when re-flecting from a plane surface.

3. I cannot judge.

4. No. Because a image is not reliable.


Trucks often have signs on their backs thatsay;”If you can’t see my mirrors, I can’t seeyou.”

Explain the physics here.

1. The truck is too big to let the mirror beseen.

2. They all might have a bad mirror.

3. Light that takes a path from point A topoint B will take the same reverse path ingoing from point B to point A.

4. If you have good driving skill, you maynot need a mirror.


Why is it difficult to see the roadway infront of you when driving on a rainy night?

1. On a rainy night the road is covered withwater and acts like a plane mirror.

2. On a rainy night there might be somelightning which prevents you from seeing theroadway clearly.

3. On a rainy night there is no moon to lightyour roadway.

4. On a rainy night it is much darker outsidethan on a clear nigh.


What must be the minimum length of aplane mirror in order for you to see a full viewof yourself?

1. One fourth of your height

2. Half your height

3. Twice your height

4. One third of your height


What effect does your distance from theplane mirror that is half your height have?


1. If you are too far away form the mirror,you cannot see your image.

2. The nearer you are from the mirror, themore you can see you body.

3. The farer you are from the mirror, themore you can see your body.

4. The half-height mirror works at any dis-tance.


Hold a pocket mirror at almost arm’s lengthfrom your face and note the amount of yourface you can see. To see more of your face,should you hold the mirror closer or farther,or would you have to have a larger mirror?

1. You have to have a larger mirror.

2. You can hold the mirror closer.

3. You can hold the mirror farther.

4. It depends on what kind of mirror youhave.


On a steamy mirror wipe away just enoughto see your full face.

How tall will the wiped area be comparedwith the vertical dimension of your face?

1. The wiped area will be half as tall as yourface.

2. The wiped area will be one fourth as tallas your face.

3. The wiped area will be one third as tallas your face.

4. The wiped area will twice as tall as your

face.

4. The wiped area will the same tall as yourface.


The diagram shows a person and her twinat equal distances on opposite sides of a thinwall. Suppose a window is to be cut in thewall so each twin can see a complete view ofthe other.

Show the size and location of the smallestwindow that can be cut in the wall to do thejob.

1. The smallest window will be one fourththe height of the person or her twin.

2. The smallest window will be one third theheight of the person or her twin.

3. The smallest window will be half theheight of the person or her twin.

4. The smallest window will twice the heightof the person or her twin.

5. The smallest window will have the samethe height of the person or her twin.


A butterfly at eye level is 20 cm in front ofa plane mirror. You are behind the butterfly,50 cm from the mirror.

What is the distance between your eye andthe image of the butterfly in the mirror?


If you take a photograph of your image in aplane mirror, how many meters away shouldyou set your focus if you are 2 cm in front of


the mirror?


Suppose you walk toward a mirror at 2 m/s.How fast do you and your image approach

each other?


When light strikes glass perpendicularly,about 4% is reflected at each surface.

How much light is transmitted through aplane of window glass?


No glass is perfectly transparent. Mainlybecause of reflections, about 92 % of lightpasses through an average sheet of clear win-dowpane. The 8 % loss is not noticed througha single sheet, but through several sheets it isapparent.

How much light is transmitted by a”double-glazed” window (one with two sheetsof glass)?


Consider two ways that light might hypo-thetically get from its starting point S to itsfinal point F by way of a mirror: by reflect-ing from point A or by reflecting from pointB. Since light travels at a fixed speed in air,the path of least time will also be the path ofleast distance.

Show by calculation that the path SBF isshorter than the path SAF.


What is the law of reflection?

1. Reflection is irregular from an irregularsurface.

2. The critical angle equals to the 90 de-grees.

3. The angle of incident equals the angle ofrefraction.

4. The angle of refraction equals the angleof reflection.

5. The angle of reflection equals the angle ofincident.

6. Faster the light in the media results inbigger reflective angle .

Hinged Mirrors07:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Two plane mirrors, A and B, are in con-tact along one edge, and the planes of thetwo mirrors are at an angle of 45 with re-spect to each other as shown in the figure.A small pea is placed at point P along thebisector of the angle between the two mir-rors. (Treat the pea as a point object.)

P

mirror A

mirror B450

What is the total number of unique images ofthe pea? (Hint: Sketch out the mirrors andlocate the image PA of P in A; locate the im-age PB of P in B; locate the image of PAB ofPA in B; etc.)

1. 4

2. 45

3. 6


4. 5

5. 7

6. 3

7. 2

8. 1

9. none

10. infinite


Part 1 of 4Consider a concave mirror with a focal

length of 10.00 cm.a) Find the image distance when the object

distance is 10.00 cm. (Answer with −1000 ifthe image does not exist.)

Part 2 of 4b) Find the image distance when the objectdistance is 5.00 cm. (Answer with −1000 ifthe image does not exist.)

Part 3 of 4c) Find the magnification of the image forpart b). (Answer with −1000 if the imagedoes not exist.)

Part 4 of 4d) Describe the image for part b).

1. real, inverted, larger

2. virtual, inverted, larger

3. real, upright, larger

4. virtual, upright, larger

5. real, inverted, smaller

6. virtual, inverted, smaller

7. real, upright, smaller

8. virtual, upright, smaller

9. None of these


Part 1 of 3A concave shaving mirror has a focal length

of 33 cm.a) Calculate the image position of a cologne

bottle placed in front of the mirror at a dis-tance of 93 cm. (Answer with −1000 if theimage does not exist.)

Part 2 of 3b) Calculate the magnification of the image.(Answer with −1000 if the image does notexist.)

Part 3 of 3c) Describe the image.









9. None of these



Part 1 of 3A concave makeup mirror is designed so

that a person 25.0 cm in front of it sees anupright image at a distance of 50.0 cm behindthe mirror.

a) What is the radius of curvature of themirror?

Part 2 of 3b) Calculate the magnification of the image.










9. None of these


Part 1 of 5A pen placed 11.0 cm from a concave spher-

ical mirror produces a real image 13.2 cm fromthe mirror.

a) What is the focal length of the mirror?


Part 3 of 5Assume the pen is placed 27.0 cm from themirror.

c) What is the position of the new image?

(Answer with −1000 if the image does notexist.)

Part 4 of 5d) What is magnification of the new image?(Answer with −1000 if the image does notexist.)

Part 5 of 5e) Describe the new image.









9. None of these


Part 1 of 4The image of a crayon appears to be 23.0

cm behind the surface of a convex mirror andis 1.70 cm tall. The mirror’s focal length is46.0 cm.

a) How far in front of the mirror is thecrayon positioned?












9. None of these

Part 4 of 4d) How tall is the actual crayon?


Part 1 of 4A convex mirror with a focal length of 0.26

m forms a 0.081 m tall image of an automobileat a distance of 0.25 m behind the mirror.

a) How far from the mirror is the car lo-cated?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the magnification of the image?










9. None of these

Part 4 of 4d) What is the height of the car?


Part 1 of 4A convex mirror of focal length 33 cm forms

an image of a soda bottle at a distance of 19cm behind the mirror. The height of theimage is 7.0 cm.

a) Where is the object located?











9. None of these

Part 4 of 4d) How tall is the object?



Part 1 of 3A convex mirror with a radius of curvature

of 0.550 m is placed above the aisles in a store.a) Determine the image distance of a cus-

tomer lying on the floor 3.1 m directly belowthe mirror.











9. None of these


Part 1 of 3A spherical glass ornament is 6.00 cm in

diameter. An object is placed 10.5 cm awayfrom the ornament.

a) Where will its image form?











9. None of these


Part 1 of 3A candle is 49 cm in front of a convex

spherical mirror that has a focal length of 35cm.

a) What is the image distance?












9. None of these


Part 1 of 6A concave shaving mirror has a radius of

curvature of 25.0 cm.a) Find the magnification of the image

when an upright pencil is placed 45.0 cm fromthe mirror. (Answer with −1000 if the imagedoes not exist.)

Part 2 of 6b) Describe the image.









9. None of these

Part 3 of 6c) Find the magnification of the image whenan upright pencil is placed 25.0 cm from themirror. (Answer with−1000 if the image doesnot exist.)

Part 4 of 6d) Describe the image.









9. None of these

Part 5 of 6e) Find the magnification of the image whenan upright pencil is placed 5.00 cm from themirror. (Answer with−1000 if the image doesnot exist.)

Part 6 of 6f) Describe the image.









9. None of these


Part 1 of 3A concave spherical mirror can be used to

project an image onto a sheet of paper, allow-ing the magnified image of an illuminated realobject to be accurately traced.


a) If you have a concave mirror with a focallength of 8.5 cm, where would you place asheet of paper so that the image projectedonto it is twice as far from the mirror as theobject is?











9. None of these


Part 1 of 4A convex mirror with a radius of curvature

of 45.0 cm forms a 1.70 cm tall image of apencil at a distance of 15.8 cm behind themirror.

a) Find the object distance for the pencil.

Part 2 of 4b) Find the magnification of the image.










9. None of these

Part 4 of 4d) What is the height of the object?


Part 1 of 4The real image of a tree is magnified−0.085

times by a telescope’s primary mirror. Thetree’s image forms 35 cm in front of the mirror.

a) What is the distance between the mirrorand the tree?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the focal length of the mirror?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the value for the mirror’s radius ofcurvature?

Part 4 of 4d) Describe the image.










9. None of these


A child holds a candy bar 15.5 cm in front ofthe convex side-view mirror of an automobile.The image height is reduced by one half.

What is the radius of curvature of the mir-ror?


Part 1 of 4A glowing electric light bulb placed 15 cm

from a concave spherical mirror produces areal image 8.5 cm from the mirror. The lightbulb is moved to a position 25 cm from themirror.

a) What is the image position? (Answerwith −1000 if the image does not exist.)

Part 2 of 4b) Find the magnification of the first image.

Part 3 of 4c) Find the magnification of the final image.(Answer with −1000 if the image does notexist.)

Part 4 of 4d) Describe the two images.









9. None of these


Part 1 of 3A convex mirror is placed on the ceiling at

the intersection of two hallways. If a youngman stands directly underneath the mirror,his shoe, which is a distance of 195 cm fromthe mirror, forms an image that appears 12.8cm behind the mirror’s surface.

a) What is the mirror’s focal length?











9. None of these



The side-view mirror of an automobile hasa radius of curvature of 11.3 cm. The mirrorproduces a virtual image one third the size ofthe object.

How far is the object from the mirror?


Part 1 of 3An object is placed 10.0 cm in front of a

mirror and an image of the object is formedon a wall 2.00 m away from the mirror.

a) What is the radius of curvature of themirror?











9. None of these


The reflecting surfaces of two intersectingflat mirrors are at an angle of 57, as shownin the figure. A light ray strikes the horizon-tal mirror, reflects off the horizontal mirror,impinges on the raised mirror, reflects off theraised mirror, and proceeds in the right-handdirection.

57

φ

Figure is not drawn to scale.

Calculate the angle φ.


A flat mirror can be treated as a specialtype of spherical mirror that has an “infinite”radius of curvature.

If the equation

2

R=

1

p+

1

q

is applied to a flat mirror, which is the correctrelationship between p and q?

1. p = 0, q =∞

2. p =∞, q = 0

3. p = q

4. p = −q

5. p = 2q

6. p = −2q

7. q = 2p

8. q = −2p

9. None of these.



A real object is placed at the zero end ofa meter stick. A large concave mirror at the100.0 cm end of the meterstick forms an imageof the object at the 70.0 cm position. A smallconvex mirror placed at the 20.0 cm positionforms a final image at the 10.00 cm point.

What is the radius of curvature of the con-vex mirror?


Part 1 of 4A dedicated sports-car enthusiast polishes

the inside and outside surfaces of a hubcapthat is a section of a sphere. When he looksinto one side of the hubcap, he sees an imageof his face 30.0 cm behind the hubcap. Hethen turns the hubcap over and sees anotherimage of his face 10.0 cm behind the hubcap.

a) How far is his face from the hubcap?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the radius of curvature of thehubcap?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the magnification for the first im-age?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the magnification for the secondimage?


Part 1 of 2An object 2.70 cm tall is placed 12.0 cm

in front of a mirror, which creates an uprightimage that is 5.40 cm in height.

a) What is the magnification of the image?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the radius of curvature of themirror?


A ”floating coin” illusion consists of twoparabolic mirrors, each with a focal length of7.5 cm, facing each other so that their centersare 7.5 cm apart (See the following figure).

Coins

Small hole

Parabolicmirrors

Place a few coins on the lower mirror. Animage of the coins forms due to the mirrorsystem. Determine which of the followingstatements is true.

1. The virtual and inverted image is locatedright on the lower mirror with the magnifica-tion of -1.

2. The real and upright image is locatedright in the top mirror opening with the mag-nification of +1.

3. The real and inverted image is located 7.5cm on top of the top mirror opening with themagnification of -1.

4. The virtual and inverted image is located7.5 cm on top of the top mirror opening withthe magnification of -2.

5. The virtual and upright image is located7.5 cm on top of the top mirror opening withthe magnification of 1.

6. The real and upright image is located 7.5cm on top of the top mirror opening with themagnification of 2.


7. The real and inverted image is located 7.5cm below the lower mirror with the magnifi-cation of -1.

8. The virtual and upright image is located7.5 cm below the lower mirror with the mag-nification of 1.


Part 1 of 2Use the mirror equation and the equation

for magnification to determine which of thefollowing statements is true for the image of areal object formed by a convex mirror.

1. always upright, real, larger than the ob-ject.

2. always inverted, real, larger than the ob-ject.

3. always upright, virtual, larger than theobject.

4. always inverted, virtual, larger than theobject.

5. always upright, real, smaller than theobject.

6. always inverted, real, smaller than theobject.

7. always upright, virtual, smaller than theobject.

8. always inverted, virtual, smaller than theobject.

9. none of these.

Part 2 of 2Use the mirror equation and the equationfor magnification to determine which of thefollowing statements is true for the image ofa real object formed by any spherical mirrorwith p < |f |.

1. always upright, real.

2. always inverted, real.

3. always upright, virtual.

4. always inverted, virtual.

5. none of these.

Mirror Image 0107:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A

CB

D

EObject

An object is placed near a plane mirror, asshown above. Which of the labeled points isthe position of the image?

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. E

Mirror Image 0207:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An object, slanted at an angle of 45, isplaced in front of a vertical mirror, as shown.

Mirror

Which of the following shows the appar-ent position and orientation of the object’simage?


1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Mirror Property07:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Given: The magnitude of the radius of a

spherical mirror is |R| = a.An object is placed in front of this spher-

ical mirror. It forms a virtual image. The

magnification is M =1

2.

The mirror is

1. convergent

2. divergent

Part 2 of 2The object distance is

1.1

2a

2. a

3.3

2a

4. 2 a

5.5

2a

6.1

4a

7.1

3a

8.2

3a

9. 3 a

10.3

4a

Mirror Reflection07:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A ray of light incident upon a mirror makesan angle of 36 with the mirror. What isthe angle between the incident ray and thereflected ray?

Mirrors07:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.


Part 1 of 2

R R/2

Consider a concave mirror with radius R.An upright object is placed in between theinterval R/2 and R. The image is:

1. real, inverted, enlarged

2. real, inverted, reduced

3. real, upright, enlarged

4. real, upright, reduced

5. virtual, inverted, enlarged

6. virtual, inverted, reduced

7. virtual, upright, enlarged

8. virtual, upright, reduced

9. real, upright, same size

10. virtual, upright, same size

Part 2 of 2Consider a new situation. The light raysfrom an upright object, when reflected by aspherical mirror, form a virtual image. Theabsolute value of the magnification of thisimage is less than one. Consider the followingstatements.

A1. The mirror can only be concave.A2. The mirror can only be convex.A3. The mirror can either be concave or

convex.

B1. The virtual image is upright and be-hind the mirror.

B2. The virtual image is inverted and be-hind the mirror.

B3. The virtual image is upright and infront of the mirror.

B4. The virtual image is inverted and infront of the mirror.

1. A2, B1

2. A2, B2

3. A2, B3

4. A1, B1

5. A1, B2

6. A1, B3

7. A3, B1

8. A3, B2

9. A3, B3

10. A1, B4

Mirrors at Right Angles 0207:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Two mirrors are at right angles to one an-other. If an object is placed near the mirrors,what is the largest number of images thatwould be seen in the mirror?

1. 2

2. 3

3. 4

4. more than 4

Perpendicular Mirrors07:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Consider the case in which light ray A is

incident on mirror 1, as shown in the fig-


ure. The reflected ray is incident on mir-

ror 2 and subsequently reflected as ray B.Let the angle of incidence (with respect tothe normal) on mirror 1 be θA = 53 andthe point of incidence be located 20 cm fromthe edge of contact between the two mirrors.

mirror 1

mirror 2

x

θΑ

θΒ

900

B

A

What is the angle of the reflection of ray B(with respect to the normal) on mirror 2?

Part 2 of 2Determine the angle between the rays A andB.

Vertical Flat Mirror07:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Hint: A ray diagram would be helpful.Determine the minimum height of a vertical

flat mirror in which a person 70 in. in heightcan see his or her full image.

Wave Boundary07:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A wave is turned back when it meets theboundary of the medium in which it is trav-eling. The wave is said to have undergone

.

1. reflection.

2. diffraction.

3. interference.

4. refraction.

Chapter 7, section 2, Refraction and Dispersion 384

Air Liquid Interface 0107:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3Consider a light ray which enters from air

to a liquid, where the index of refraction ofthe liquid is given by n =

√2.

Air

Liquid

Consider the following three ratios, whereeach is defined by the specified quantity inthe liquid, λ′, f ′, and v′, to that in the air,λ, f, and c.

What is the ratio of their wavelengths,λ′

λ?

1.λ′

λ=

1√2

2.λ′

λ= 1

3.λ′

λ=

1

2

4.λ′

λ=√2

5.λ′

λ= 2

Part 2 of 3What is the ratio of their frequencies of oscil-

lations,f ′

f?

1.f ′

f= 1

2.f ′

f=

1√2

3.f ′

f=

1

2

4.f ′

f=√2

5.f ′

f= 2

Part 3 of 3

What is the ratio of the traveling speeds,v′

c?

1.v′

c=

1√2

2.v′

c= 1

3.v′

c=

1

2

4.v′

c=√2

5.v′

c= 2

Air Liquid Interface 0207:02, basic, numeric, < 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3Consider a light ray which enters from air

to a liquid, where the index of refraction ofthe liquid is given by n = 1.41421.

Air

Liquid

Consider the following three ratios, whereeach is defined by the specified quantity inthe liquid, λ′, f ′, and v′, to that in the air,λ, f, and c.

What is the ratio of their wavelengths,λ′

λ?

Part 2 of 3What is the ratio of their frequencies of oscil-

lations,f ′

f?

Part 3 of 3

What is the ratio of the traveling speeds,v′

c?

Air Liquid Interface 0307:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.


Consider a light ray which enters from airto a liquid, where the index of refraction ofthe liquid is given by n =

√2.

What is the ratiov′

c(where v′ is defined in

the liquid)

1.v′

c=

1√2

2.v′

c= 1

3.v′

c=

1

2

4.v′

c=√2

5.v′

c= 2

Air to Crown Glass07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A ray of light is incident at an angle of 60

on the surface of a piece of crown glass. Whatis the angle of refraction?

Air to Diamond07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Light is incident at an angle of 60 on thesurface of a diamond.

Find the angle of refraction.

Air to Quartz07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A ray of light has an angle of incidence of 30

on a block of quartz and an angle of refractionof 20. What is the index of refraction for thisblock of quartz?

Alcohol to Carbon Tet07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The speed of light changes when it goesfrom ethyl alcohol (nea = 1.361) to carbontetrachloride (nct = 1.461).

What is the ratio of the speedsvct

vae?

Apparent Speed of a Fish07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A goldfish is swimming at 2 cm/s towardthe right side of a rectangular tank.

What is the apparent speed of the fish mea-sured by an observer looking in from outsidethe right side of the tank? The index of re-fraction for water is 1.33.

Coin in a Beaker07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A coin is at the bottom of a beaker. Thebeaker is filled with 3.5 cm of water (n1 =1.33) covered by 2.5 cm of ether (n2 = 1.4)floating on the water.

How deep does the coin appear to be fromthe upper surface of the ether (near the top ofthe beaker)?

Coin in a Swimming Pool07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A coin is on the bottom of a swimming poolwhich is 1 m deep.

Given: The refraction index for water is1.333 and for air is 1.00029 (measured withlight of vacuum wavelength λ0 = 589 nm).

What is the apparent depth of the coin,seen from above the water surface?

Critical Angle07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3For 589 nm light, calculate the critical an-

gle for the following materials surrounded bywater (index of refraction: 1.333). diamond.(index of refraction: 2.42)

Part 2 of 3flint glass. (index of refraction: 1.66)

Part 3 of 3ice. (index of refraction: 1.309)

1. sin−1

(

nwater

nice

)


2. sin−1

(

1

nice

)

3. sin−1

(

nice

nwater

)

4. there is no critical angle

Crown Glass Refraction 0107:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The index of refraction of crown glass for

red light is 1.514, while for blue light it is1.528. White light is incident on the glass at30. Find the angle of refraction for red light.

Part 2 of 2Find the angle of refraction for blue light.

Crown Glass Refraction 0207:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The index of refraction of crown glass for

violet light is 1.53 , while for red light it is1.51 . What is the speed of violet light incrown glass?

Part 2 of 2What is the speed of red light in crown glass?

Crown Glass to Air07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A ray of light has an angle of incidence of33 in crown glass. What is the angle ofrefraction?

Depth in a Fluid07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A man wishes to scoop up a speck of dirt ina pool of caustic fluid with index of refractionn = 1.44. With his eye, he gauges the speckto be a distance L = 1 m below the surface.

Assume: The net is very small.What is the minimum length of the handle

of his net in order to scoop up the speck

without his hand touching the fluid?

Depth of a Pool07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A shallow pool of a liquid 1 m deep isnot the depth one expects when viewed fromoverhead. The index of refraction of the liquidis 1.33.

How deep does it appear to be?

Diamond Critical Angle07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Traveling inside a diamond, a light ray is in-cident on the interface between diamond andair. What is the critical angle for total inter-nal reflection? (Refraction index for diamond:2.419). (The smallness of θc for diamondmeans that light is easily ”trapped” withina diamond and eventually emerges from themany cut faces; this makes a diamond morebrilliant than stones with smaller n and largerθc.)

Diamond Refraction07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The index of refraction for a diamond for

red light, λr = 656 nm, is nr = 2.41, whilethat for blue light, λb = 434 nm, is nb =2.45. Suppose white light is incident on thediamond at 30 .

Find the angle of refraction for red light.

Part 2 of 2Find the angle of refraction for blue light.

Drinking Glass Bottom07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An opaque drinking cylindrical glass has a

diameter of d = 4 cm as shown in the figure.When an observer’s eye is placed as shown.When empty, the observer can just barely seethe edge of the bottom of the glass. Whenfilled to the brim, the observer can just barely


see the center of the bottom of the glass.

h

d

iθ

rθ

How is the sine of the angle θr related to thediameter d, and the height h?

1. sin θr =h√

d2 + h2

2. sin θr =d√

d2 + h2

3. sin θr =h

d

4. sin θr =d

h

5. sin θr =

√d2 + h2

d

6. sin θr =

√d2 + h2

h

7. sin θr =

(

h

d

)

h√d2 + h2

8. sin θr =

(

d

h

)

d√d2 + h2

Part 2 of 2What is the height of the glass? (The indexof refraction of the water is n = 1.333.)

Fiber Optic Critical Angle07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A fiber optic cable (nfiber = 1.5) is sub-merged in water (nwater = 1.33). What isthe critical angle for light to stay inside thecable?

Fish in the Water07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A person in a boat sees a fish in the waterof index 1.33 at an angle of 40 relative to

the water’s surface. What is the true anglerelative to the water’s surface?

Flashlight Under Water07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A flashlight held under the water shines

out of the water in a swimming pool. Thisbeam of light exiting the surface of the watermakes an angle of 5.73917 with respect tothe vertical.

Given: The index of refraction of wateris 1.33.

θ

θair

water

flashlight ray

w

a

At what angle θw (with respect to the ver-tical) is the flashlight being held under water?

Part 2 of 2The flashlight is slowly turned away from thevertical direction.

At what angle will the beam no longer bevisible above the surface of the pool?

Flint Glass to Ethanol07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Light goes from flint glass into ethanol. Theangle of refraction in the ethanol is 25. Theindex of refraction for flint glass is 1.61. Theindex of refraction for ethanol is 1.36.

What is the angle of incidence in theglass?

Glass Bottom Boat07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.


A diver shines light up to the surface of aflat glass-bottomed boat at an angle of 30

relative to the normal. If the indices of re-fraction of water and glass are 1.33 and 1.5repectively, at what angle does the light leavethe glass (relative to its normal)?

Glass in Water07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The critical angle for a special glass in airis 45 deg. The index of refraction for water is1.33.

What is the critical angle if the glass isimmersed in water?


A pulse of red light and a pulse of blue lightenter a glass block normal to its surface at thesame time.

After passing through the block, whichpulse exits first?

1. Red light

2. Blue light

3. Yellow light

4. Green light

5. Violet light


During a lunar eclipse, the moon is notcompletedly dark, but is often a deep red incolor.

Explain this in terms of the refraction of allthe sunsets and sunrises around the world.

1. During the sunset, the Sun gives some redlight to the moon.

2. Sometimes the rocks on the moon sendoff red light.

3. It is the high frequencies that pass moreeasily through the long grazing path throughthe Earth’s atmosphere to be refracted finallyonto the moon.

4. It is the low frequencies that pass moreeasily through the long grazing path throughthe Earth’s atmosphere to be refracted finallyonto the moon.


What is Fermat’s principle of least time?

1. Light is visible.

2. Everything in the world can travel withthe speed of light.

3. Light can be reflected.

4. Light can be refracted.

5. Fermat is the fastest person in the world.

6. Out of all possible paths that light mighttake to get from one point to another, it takesthe path that requires the shortest time.


What is the cause of refraction?

1. Because lights have different colors.

2. Refraction occurs when the average speedof light changes in going from one transparentmedium to another.

3. Refraction occurs only when the averagespeed of light is higher than c.

4. Because light can be reflected.

5. None of them.



Which travels most slowly in glass?

1. red light

2. blue light

3. violet light

4. yellow light

5. orange light

6. brown light

7. green light

Hewitt CP9 28 R2507:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

What is the critical angle (in the unit of de-gree) of light in glass if the index of refractionof glass is n1 = 1.4 and the index of refractionof air is n2 = 1.05?


Find the angle of refraction for a ray of lightthat enters a bucket of water (n = 1.333) fromair at an angle of 25.0 to the normal.


Part 1 of 3An incoming ray of light has a vacuum

wavelength of 589 nm.a) If the light travels from flint glass

(n = 1.66) to crown glass (n = 1.52) withan angle of incidence of 25.0, find the angleof refraction.

Part 2 of 3

b) If the light travels from air to some mediumwith an angle of incidence of 14.5 and anangle of refraction of 9.80, find the refractiveindex of the unknown medium.

Part 3 of 3c) If the light travels from air to diamond(n = 2.419) at an angle of incidence of 31.6,find the angle of refraction.


A ray of light of vacuum wavelength 550 nmtraveling in air enters a slab of transparentmaterial. The incoming ray makes an angle of40.0 with the normal, and the refracted raymakes an angle of 26.0 with the normal.

Find the index of refraction of the trans-parent material. (Assume that the index ofrefraction of air for light of wavelength 550nm is 1.00.)



converging lens of focal length 10.0 cm.a) Find the image distance.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the magnification.











9. None of these


Part 1 of 3Sherlock Holmes examines a clue by holding

his magnifying glass (with a focal length of15.0 cm) 10.0 cm away from an object.

a) Find the image distance.


Part 3 of 3c) Describe the image that he observes.









9. None of these



diverging lens of focal length 10.0 cm.

a) Find the image distance.











9. None of these


Part 1 of 8Consider a converging lens with focal length

6.0 cm.a) Find the object distance if the image

distance is −3.0 cm.


Part 3 of 8Consider a converging lens with focal length2.9 cm.

c) Find the object distance if the imagedistance is 7.0 cm.

Part 4 of 8d) Find the magnification.

Part 5 of 8


Consider a diverging lens of focal length 6.0cm.

e) Find the image distance if the objectdistance is 4.0 cm.

Part 6 of 8f) Find the magnification.

Part 7 of 8Consider a diverging lens of magnification0.50.

g) Find the image distance if the objectdistance is 5.0 cm.

Part 8 of 8h) Find the focal length.


Find the critical angle for light travelingfrom glycerine (n = 1.473) into air.


Calculate the critical angle for light trav-eling from glycerine (n = 1.473) into water(n = 1.333).


Find the critical angle for light travelingfrom ice (n = 1.309) into air.


Part 1 of 2a) Find the critical angle in air for diamond

(n = 2.419).

Part 2 of 2b) Find the critical angle in air for cubiczirconia (n = 2.20).

Holt SF 15Rev 10


Light passes from air into water at an angleof incidence of 42.3.

Find the angle of refraction in the water.


A ray of light enters the top of a glass ofwater at an angle of 36.0 with the vertical.

What is the angle between the refracted rayand the vertical?


A narrow ray of yellow light from glowingsodium (λ 0 = 589 nm) traveling in air strikesa smooth surface of water at an angle θi =35.0.

Find the angle of refraction, θr.


Part 1 of 2A ray of light traveling in air strikes a flat

2.00 cm thick block of glass (n = 1.50) at anangle of 30.0 with the normal.

a) Trace the light ray through the glass, andfind the angle of refraction for light passingfrom air to glass.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the angle of refraction for light passingfrom glass to air.


Part 1 of 2The light ray shown in the figure makes

an angle of 20.0 with the normal line at the


boundary of linseed oil and water.

θ1

20

θ2

Air

Linseed oil

Water

a) Find the angle θ1. Note that n = 1.48for the linseed oil.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the angle θ2.


Part 1 of 6An object is placed in front of a diverging

lens with a focal length of 20.0 cm.a) Find the image distance for an object

distance of 40.0 cm.


Part 3 of 6c) Find the image distance for an object dis-tance of 20.0 cm.


Part 5 of 6e) Find the image distance for an object dis-tance of 10.0 cm.

Part 6 of 6f) Find the magnification.


Part 1 of 2A person looks at a gem using a converging

lens with a focal length of 12.5 cm. The lensforms a virtual image 30.0 cm from the lens.

a) Find the magnification.

Part 2 of 2b) Describe the image.










Part 1 of 4An object is placed in front of a converging

lens with a focal length of 20.00 cm.a) Find the image distance for an object

distance of 40.00 cm.


Part 3 of 4c) Find the image distance for an object dis-tance of 10.00 cm.



Calculate the critical angle for light going


from glycerine (n = 1.473) into air.


Part 1 of 3Light with a wavelength of λ = 589 nm

travels from a certain material to air.a) Calculate the critical angle for zircon

(n = 1.923) when it is surrounded by air.

Part 2 of 3b) Calculate the critical angle for fluorite (n =1.434) when it is surrounded by air.

Part 3 of 3c) Calculate the critical angle for ice (n =1.309) when it is surrounded by air.


Light traveling in air enters the flat side ofa prism made of crown glass (n = 1.52), asshown in the figure.

45

What is the critical angle?


The angle of incidence and the angle of re-fraction for light going from air into a materialwith a higher index of refraction are 63.5 and42.9, respectively.

What is the index of refraction of this ma-terial?

Holt SF 15Rev 40


A person shines a light at a friend who isswimming underwater.

If the ray in the water makes an angle of36.2 with the normal, what is the angle ofincidence?


What is the index of refraction of a materialin which the speed of light is 1.85×108 m/s?


Part 1 of 2Light moves from flint glass (n = 1.66) into

water at an angle of incidence of 28.7.a) What is the angle of refraction?

Part 2 of 2b) At what angle would the light have to beincident to give an angle of refraction of 90.0


A magnifying glass has a converging lens offocal length 15.0 cm.

At what distance from a nickel should youhold this lens to get an image with a magnifi-cation of +2.00?


The image of one kind of United Statespostage stamp is 1.50 times the size of theactual stamp in front of a lens.

Find the focal length of the lens if the dis-tance from the lens to the stamp is 2.84 cm.



Where must an object be placed to have amagnification of 2.00 in front of a converginglens of focal length 12.0 cm?


A diverging lens is used to form a virtualimage of an object. The object is 80.0 cm infront of the lens, and the image is 40.0 cm infront of the lens.



Part 1 of 2A microscope slide is placed in front of a

converging lens with a focal length of 2.44 cm.The lens forms an image of the slide 12.9 cmfrom the lens.

a) How far is the lens from the slide if theimage is real?

Part 2 of 2b) How far is the lens from the slide if theimage is virtual?


Part 1 of 2a) Where must an object be placed to form

an image 30.0 cm from a diverging lens witha focal length of 40.0 cm?



Part 1 of 2The index of refraction for red light in water

is 1.331, and that for blue light is 1.340.a) If a ray of white light traveling in air

enters the water at an angle of incidence of83.0, what is the angle of refraction for thered component of light?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the angle of refraction for the bluecomponent of light?


A ray of light traveling in air strikes thesurface of mineral oil at an angle of 23.1 withthe normal to the surface.

If the light travels at 2.17×108 m/s throughthe oil, what is the angle of refraction?


A ray of light traveling in air strikes thesurface of a liquid.

If the angle of incidence is 30.0 and theangle of refraction is 22.0, find the criticalangle for light traveling from the liquid backinto the air.


The laws of refraction and reflection are thesame for sound and for light. The speed ofsound is 340 m/s in air and 1510 m/s in water.

If a sound wave that is traveling in airapproaches a flat water surface with an angleof incidence of 12.0, what is the angle ofrefraction?



A jewel thief decides to hide a stolen dia-mond by placing it at the bottom of a crystal-clear fountain. He places a circular piece ofwood on the surface of the water and anchorsit directly above the diamond at the bottomof the fountain.

d

2 m

If the fountain is 2.00 m deep, find theminimum diameter, d of the piece of woodthat would prevent the diamond from beingseen from outside the water.


A ray of light traveling in air strikes thesurface of a block of clear ice (n = 1.309) atan angle of 40.0 with the normal. Part of thelight is reflected and part is refracted.

Find the angle between the reflected andthe refracted light.


An object’s distance from a converging lensis 10.0 times the focal length.

How far is the image from the lens? Expressthe answer in terms of the focal length.


Part 1 of 2A fiber-optic cable used for telecommunica-

tions has an index of refraction of 1.53.a) For total internal reflection of light in-

side the cable, what is the minimum angle ofincidence to the inside wall of the cable if thecable is in air?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the minimum angle of incidence tothe inside wall of the cable if the cable is inwater?


Part 1 of 2A ray of light traveling in air strikes the

midpoint of one face of an equiangular glassprism (n = 1.55) at an angle of exactly 30.0.

60

60 60

30.0

a) Trace the path of the light ray throughthe glass and find the angle of incidence of theray at the bottom of the prism.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the critical angle.


Light strikes the surface of a prism, n =1.80, as shown in the figure.


45

If the prism is surrounded by a fluid, what isthe maximum index of refraction of the fluidthat will still cause total internal reflectionwithin the prism?


A fiber-optic rod consists of a central strandof material surrounded by an outer coating.The interior portion of the rod has an indexof refraction of 1.60.

If all rays striking the interior walls of therod with incident angles greater than 59.5

are subject to total internal reflection, whatis the index of refraction of the coating?


A flashlight on the bottom of a 4.00 m deepswimming pool sends a ray upward and at anangle so that the ray strikes the surface of thewater 2.00 m from the point directly abovethe flashlight.

What angle (in air) does the emerging raymake with the water’s surface?


A submarine is 325 m horizontally out fromthe shore and 115 m beneath the surface ofthe water. A laser beam is sent from thesubmarine so that it strikes the surface of thewater at a point 205 m m from the shore.

If the beam strikes the top of a buildingstanding directly at the water’s edge, find theheight of the building.


A laser beam traveling in air strikes themidpoint of one end of a slab of material asshown in the figure below.

42 cm

3.1 mm50

The index of refraction of the slab is 1.48.Find the number of internal reflections of thelaser beam before it finally emerges from theopposite end of the slab.


Part 1 of 2A nature photographer is using a camera

that has a lens with a focal length of 4.80cm. The photographer is taking pictures ofancient trees in a forest and wants the lens tobe focused on a very old tree that is 10.0 maway.

a) How far must the lens be from the filmin order for the resulting picture to be clearlyfocused?

Part 2 of 2b) How much would the lens have to be movedto take a picture of another tree that is only1.75 m away?



The distance from the front to the back ofyour eye is approximately 1.90 cm.

If you can see a clear image of a book whenit is 35.0 cm from your eye, what is the focallength of the lens/cornea system?


Suppose you look out the window and seeyour friend, who is standing 15.0 m away.

To what focal length must your eye musclesadjust the lens of your eye so that you maysee your friend clearly? Remember that thedistance from the front to the back of youreye is about 1.90 cm.

Index of Refraction07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A certain kind of glass has an index ofrefraction of 1.65 for blue light and an indexof 1.615 for red light. If a beam containingthese two colors in the air is incident at anangle 30 on this glass, what is the anglebetween the two beams inside the glass?

Light in Silica07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3Light of wavelength 589 nm in vacuum

passes through a piece of silica (index of re-fraction 1.458). Find the speed of light insilica.

Part 2 of 3What is the wavelength of this light in silica?

Part 3 of 3Calculate the frequency of the light.

Light Ray Leaving a Pool07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A light source, S, is located 2 m below the

surface of a swimming pool and 1.5 m from

one edge of the pool. The pool is filled to thetop with water. At what angle does the lightreaching the edge of the pool leave the water?

Part 2 of 2Does this cause the light viewed from thisangle to appear deeper or shallower that itactually is?

1. deeper

2. shallower


Light Refraction07:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

XY

When light travels from medium “X” tomedium “Y” as shown in the figure:

1. both the speed and the frequency de-crease

2. both the speed and the frequency in-crease

3. both the speed and the wavelength de-crease

4. both the speed and the wavelength in-crease

5. both the wavelength and the frequencyare unchanged

Light Speed in Diamond07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The index of refraction of light in diamondis 2.42 . What is the speed of light in dia-mond?

Light Speed in Plastic



The speed of light in clear plastic is 1.9 ×108 m/s. A ray of light enters the plastic atan angle of 22 . At what angle is the rayrefracted?

Light Strikes a Mirror07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A ray of light strikes a mirror at an angle

of 53 to the normal. What is the angle ofreflection?

Part 2 of 2What is the angle between the incident rayand the reflected ray?

Light Through a Fish Bowl07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Light of wavelength 436 nm in air enters a

fishbowl filled with water, then exits throughthe crown glass wall of the container.

Given: The refraction index for water is1.333 and for crown glass is 1.52.

What is the wavelength of the light in thewater?

Part 2 of 2What is the wavelength of the light in theglass?

Light Wave in Water07:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A light wave passes from air into water.Which of the following is true?

1. Both its wavelength and its frequencyremain unchanged.

2. Its frequency remains unchanged, but itswavelength increases.

3. Its frequency remains unchanged, but itswavelength decreases.

4. Its wavelength remains unchanged, butits frequency decreases.

5. Its wavelength remains unchanged, butits frequency increases.

6. None of these.

Looking at a Fish07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A person in a boat sees a fish in the water( n = 1.33 ) at an angle of 40 relative tothe water’s surface. What is the true anglerelative to the water’s surface?

Many Refractions07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Consider a light ray which passes frommedium #1 to medium #2 with an incidentangle θ1. After traversing through medium#2, the ray enters into medium #3 with anincident angle of θ2. The subsequent angleof refraction in media #3 is θ3. The in-dices of refractions of media #1, #2, and#3 are respectively n1 = 1.1, n2 = 1.3, andn3 = 1.9. Now consider a new situation,where the first incident angle is kept to be thesame as before, i.e., θ′1 = θ1. The medium#1 and #3 remain the same, while medium#2 is replaced by a new medium #2′ withits index of refraction n′2 = 1.5. Both me-dia #2 and #2′ have a thickness of 2 cm.Denote the final angle of refraction by θ′3.

θ1

θ2

θ3

n1

n2

n3

The ratio R =sin θ′3sin θ3

is given by

1. R ≤ 0.85

2. 0.85 < R ≤ 0.95


3. 0.95 < R ≤ 1.05

4. 1.05 < R ≤ 1.15

5. 1.15 < R ≤ 1.25

6. 1.25 < R ≤ 1.35

7. 1.35 < R ≤ 1.45

8. 1.45 < R ≤ 1.55

9. 1.55 < R ≤ 1.65

10. 1.65 < R

Mirage on a Road07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Consider a common mirage formed bysuper-heated air just above the roadway.An observer viewing the roadway (wheren = 1.003 just above the roadway surface)sees water on the roadway 40 m away. Hint:

Treat this as a problem in total internal re-flection.

Find the minimum index of refraction forthe air at the observer’s height, 1.5 m, abovethe roadway surface.

Plastic Optical Fiber07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An optical fiber is made of a clear plastic

for which the index of refraction is 1.5 . Whatis the critical angle, as measured with respectto the surface, that the light remains insidethe fiber?

Part 2 of 2The light remains in the fiber if the angles asmeasured from the surface is

1. equal to the critical angle

2. less than the critical angle

3. greater than then critical angle

Reflection and Refraction07:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Determine whether the statements below

are true or false. The refracted ray is al-ways closer to the interface normal than theincident ray.

1. true

2. false

Part 2 of 2For a given angle of incident, one condition fortotal reflection is that the index of refractionbe small enough in the substance where thelight beam is refracted.

1. true

2. false

Refraction 0107:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A beam of light of wavelength 500 nm trav-eling in air is incident on a slab of transparentmaterial.

Given: The incident beam makes an angleof 40 with the normal, and the refractedbeam makes an angle of 26 with the normal.

Find the index of refraction of the mate-rial.

Refraction 0207:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Given: A ray approaching an interface.

air

glass

What is the approximate refracted ray?


1.

air

glass

2.

air

glass

3.

air

glass

4. None of these

Part 2 of 2

air

glass

What is the approximate refracted ray?

1.

air

glass

2.

air

glass

3.

air

glass

4. None of these

Refraction 0307:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

In the figure, a ray of light en-ters the liquid from air and isbent toward the normal as shown.

a

a

b

bc

c

a = 4 and b = 3.What is the index of refraction for the liq-

uid?

Refraction in a Diamond07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Light is refracted through a diamond. Ifthe angle of incidence is 30 , and the angleof refraction is 12 , what is the index ofrefraction?

Refraction in Crown Glass07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Light enters a plate of borosilicate crownglass at an angle of 30 with respect to thenormal to the air-glass surface. If the in-


dex of refraction of the glass is 1.52, find theangle made by the refracted beam with thenormal.

Refraction in Glass07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A light ray of wavelength 589 nm trav-eling though air is incident on a smooth,flat slab of crown glass at an angle of 30

to the normal, as sketched in the figure.

NormalIncidentray

ray

Air

Glass

Refracted

The index of refraction of the crown glass is1.52. Find the angle of refraction.

Refraction in Plastic 0107:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A light beam travels from air into a block of

transparent plastic ( n = 1.1 ) and falls on theplastic at an angle of incidence of 20 . Whatangle does the refracted beam make with thenormal to the surface?

Part 2 of 2What is the speed of light in the plastic?

Refraction in Plastic 0207:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A sheet of plastic having an index of refrac-tion n = 1.5 is 25 mm thick and used in abank teller’s window. A ray of light strikesthe sheet at an angle of 45. The ray leavesthe sheet at the same angle 45 and parallel tothe orginal light ray, but dislocated from thepath of the orginal light ray.

Use a ray diagram to find the distance be-tween the ray that leaves and the one thatwould have left if the plastic were not there.

Refraction in Silica 0107:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3Light is incident on the interface between

air and a substance such as silica at an an-gle of incidence of θ1 = 53 . The inci-dent ray, initially traveling in air, is par-tially transmitted and partially reflected atthe surface. Note that the index of refrac-tion of silica-like substance is n = 1.458.The goal is to compute the angle be-tween the refracted and the reflected ray.

θ θ

1 2

3

θ θ

4

What is the angle, θ2, of reflection?

Part 2 of 3What is the angle, θ3, of refraction?

Part 3 of 3What is the angle, θ4, between the refractedand reflected ray?

Refraction in Silica 0207:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A ray of light in air is incident on a planarsurface of silica. The refracted ray makes anangle of 37 with the normal. (Refractionindex for silica is 1.458) Calculate the angleof incidence.

Refraction in Water07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.


A light ray in air is incident on a watersurface at an angle of 30 with respect tothe normal to the surface. (Refraction indexfor water is 1.333) What is the angle of therefracted ray relative to this normal?

Scuba Diver Looks Up07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An underwater scuba diver sees the Sunat an apparent angle of θ2 = 40 from thevertical. (Refraction index for water is 1.333).

θ2

θ1

θ

sun

What is the Sun’s angle of inclination? Hint:

The angle of inclination is the angle betweenthe sun and the horizon.

Speeds of Light07:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3Find the speed of light in flint glass.

(Refraction index 1.66). Use c =2.99792× 108 m/s.

Part 2 of 3Find the speed of light in water. (Refractionindex 1.333)

Part 3 of 3Find the speed of light in zircon. (Refractionindex 1.923)

Total Internal Reflection 0107:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Light travels down a light pipe made of flintglass having index of refraction 1.66 coated on

the outside by borosilicate crown glass withindex 1.52 .

What is the critical angle for total internalreflection inside the light pipe?


Part 1 of 4Consider a light ray traveling from medium

1 to medium 2 with medium 2 extendingdownward indefinitely. Let the index of re-fraction of medium 1 be 1.0.

medium1

interface B

interface A

medium2

θ2

θ1

If the index of refraction of medium 2 is 1.5and θ1 is nearly 90, what is θ2?

Part 2 of 4What is the condition that the ray will totallyreflect at interface B?

1. sin θ2 <n2

n1

2. sin θ2 >n1

n2

3. sin θ2 >n2

n1

4. sin θ2 <n1

n2

5. sin θ2 > n2 n1

6. sin θ2 < n2 n1

Part 3 of 4At what angles of θ1 will total internal reflec-tion at interface B take place, for the valuesof n1 and n2 given above?

1. Not enough information given


2. Within a certain set of angles, over arange smaller than 90

3. No angle

4. For all θ1, 0 < θ1 < 90

5. Only at one special angle θ1

Part 4 of 4Now suppose the index of refraction ofmedium 2 is 1.2.

What will be the maximum value of θ1 thatwill have total internal reflection?


Part 1 of 4Consider a light ray traveling from medium

1 to medium 2 with medium 2 extendingdownward indefinitely. Let n1 = 1.0.

medium1

interface B

interface A

medium2

θ2

θ1

If n2 = 1.5 and θ1 is nearly 90 , what is θ2 indegrees?

Part 2 of 4What is the condition that the ray will totallyreflect at interface B?

1. sin θ2 > n2 n1

2. sin θ2 <n2

n1

3. sin θ2 >n2

n1

4. sin θ2 <n1

n2

5. sin θ2 >n1

n2

6. sin θ2 < n2 n1

Part 3 of 4At what angles of θ1 will total internal reflec-tion at interface B take place, for the valuesof n1 and n2 given above?

1. for all θ1, 0 < θ1 < 90

2. within a certain set of angles, over a rangesmaller than 90

3. no angle

4. not enough information given

5. only at one special angle θ1

Part 4 of 4Now suppose the refractive index of medium2 is 1.2. What will be the maximum value ofθ1 that will have total internal reflection?


A light ray passes downward into a block oftransparent plastic with an angle of incidenceof 20 , as in the figure below. If total inter-nal reflection is to occur when the light strikesthe left edge of the block at interface B, whatmust the index of refraction of the plastic be?

medium1

interface B

interface A

medium2

θ2

θ1

Chapter 7, section 3, Diffraction, Interference, and Polarization 404


Is diffraction more pronounced through asmall opening than through a large opening?

1. Small

2. Large

3.Cannot be determined since the frequencyof the light is not given.

4. None of them.


A double-slit interference experiment isperformed with light from a laser. The sepa-ration between the slits is 0.50 mm, and thefirst-order maximum of the interference pat-tern is at an angle of 0.059 from the center ofthe pattern.

What is the wavelength of the laser light?


Light falls on a double slit with slit sepa-ration of 2.02 × 10−6 m, and the first brightfringe is seen at an angle of 16.5 relative tothe central maximum.

What is the wavelength of the light?


A pair of narrow parallel slits separated bya distance of 0.250 mm are illuminated by thegreen component from a mercury vapor lamp(λ = 546.1 nm).

What is the angle from the central maxi-mum to the first bright fringe on either side ofthe central maximum?


A pair of narrow parallel slits separated bya distance of 0.250 mm are illuminated by thegreen component from a mercury vapor lamp(λ = 546.1 nm).

What is the angle from the central maxi-mum to the first dark fringe on either side ofthe central maximum?


Part 1 of 3A diffraction grating with 2.500 × 103

lines/cm is used to examine the sodium spec-trum.

a) Calculate the angular separation of thetwo closely spaced yellow lines of sodium(588.995 nm and 589.592 nm) in the first or-der.

Part 2 of 3b) Calculate the angular separation for thetwo lines in the second order.

Part 3 of 3c) Calculate the angular separation for thetwo lines in the third order.


Part 1 of 2A diffraction grating with 4525 lines/cm is

illuminated by direct sunlight. The first-ordersolar spectrum is spread out on a white screenhanging on a wall opposite the grating.

a) At what angle does the first-order max-imum for blue light with a wavelength of 422nm appear?

Part 2 of 2b) At what angle does the first-order maxi-


mum for red light with a wavelength of 655nm appear?

Holt SF 16B 03 0407:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2A grating with is illuminated with light of

wavelength 565 nm.a) What is the highest-order number that

can be observed if the grating has 1605lines/cm? (Hint: Remember that sin θ cannever be greater than 1.)

Part 2 of 2b) What is the highest-order number thatcan be observed if the grating has 16050lines/cm?


A diffraction grating is calibrated by usingthe 546.1 nm line of mercury vapor. Thefirst-order maximum is found at an angle of21.2.

Calculate the number of lines per centime-ter on this grating.


Light falls on two slits spaced 0.330 mmapart. The angle between the first dark fringeand the central maximum is 0.0800.

What is the wavelength of the light?


Part 1 of 3A sodium-vapor street lamp produces light

that is nearly monochromatic. If the lightshines on a wooden door in which there aretwo straight, parallel cracks, an interference

pattern will form on a distant wall behind thedoor. The slits have a separation of 0.3096mm, and the second-order maximum occursat an angle of 0.21800 from the central max-imum.

a) Determine the wavelength of the light.

1. 659.235 nm

2. 588.984 nm

3. 588.984 nm

4. 546.173 nm

5. None of these.

6. 656.326 nm


Part 2 of 3b) Determine the angle of the third-ordermaximum.

Part 3 of 3c) Determine the angle of the fourth-orderminimum.


All but two gaps within a set of vene-tian blinds have been blocked off to create adouble-slit system. These gaps are separatedby a distance of 3.2 cm. Infrared radiationis then passed through the two gaps in theblinds. The angle between the central andthe second-order maxima in the interferencepattern is 0.56.

What is the wavelength of the radiation?


Part 1 of 2Light with a wavelength of 707 nm is


passed through a diffraction grating with 795slits/cm.

a) Find the angle at which one would ob-serve the first-order maximum.

Part 2 of 2b) If the wavelength of the light were 353nm, at what angle would the second-ordermaximum appear?


Part 1 of 6By attaching a diffraction-grating spec-

troscope to an astronomical telescope, onecan measure the spectral lines from a starand determine the star’s chemical composi-tion. Assume the grating has 3661 slits/cm.The wavelengths of the star’s light areλ1 = 478.500 nm, λ2 = 647.400 nm, andλ3 = 696.400 nm.

a) Find the angle at which the first-orderspectral line for λ1 occurs.

Part 2 of 6b) Find the angle at which the first-orderspectral line for λ2 occurs.

Part 3 of 6c) Find the angle at which the first-orderspectral line for λ3 occurs.

Part 4 of 6d) Find the angle at which the second-orderspectral line for λ1 occurs.

Part 5 of 6e) Find the angle at which the second-orderspectral line for λ2 occurs.

Part 6 of 6f) Find the angle at which the second-orderspectral line for λ3 occurs.


The 546.1 nm line in mercury is measuredat an angle of 81.0 in the third-order spec-trum of a diffraction grating.

Calculate the number of lines per milimeterfor the grating.


A double-slit interference experiment isperformed using blue light from a hydrogendischarge tube (λ = 486 nm). The fifth-orderbright fringe in the interference pattern is0.578 from the central maximum.

How far apart are the two slits separated?


A beam containing light of wavelengths ofλ1 and λ2 passes through a set of parallel slits.In the interference pattern, the fourth brightline of the λ1 light occurs at the same positionas the fifth bright line of the λ2 light.

If λ1 is known to be 540.0 nm, what is thevalue of λ2?


Part 1 of 2Visible light from an incandescent light

bulb ranges from 400.0 nm to 700.0 nm. Whenthis light is focused on a diffraction grating,the entire first-order spectrum is seen, butnone of the second-order spectrum is seen.

a) What is the maximum spacing betweenlines on this grating?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the minimum spacing betweenlines on this grating?

Holt SF 16Rev 31



Part 1 of 3In an arrangement to demonstrate double-

slit interference, λ = 643 nm, θ = 0.737, andd = 0.150 mm.

a) For light from the two slits interferingat this angle, what is the path difference inmillimeters?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the path difference in terms of thenumber of wavelengths?

Part 3 of 3c) Will the interference correspond to a max-imum, a minimum, or an intermediate condi-tion?

1. maximum

2. minimum

3. intermediate

4. None of these



Image Magnification07:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A physics student places an object 6.0 cmfrom a converging lens of focal length 9.0 cm.What is the magnitude of the magnificationof the image produced?

1. 0.6

2. 1.5

3. 2.0

4. 3.0

5. 3.6

Image of a Bulb Filament07:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

In a darkened room we place a lighted tung-sten bulb in a box that has one end coveredwith tinfoil. If we make a pinhole in the tin-foil, an image of the filament appears on ascreen facing the tinfoil. If we now make asecond pinhole just above the first, which ofthe following will appear on the screen?

1. A second image of the filament above thefirst.

2. A larger image of the filament.

3. A smaller image of the filament.

4. A brighter image of the filament.

5. A second image of the filament below thefirst.

Image of a Cat07:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A cat is a distance d = 15 cm from a thin

converging lens with focal length f = 10 cm.

d

lens

How far from the lens is the image of the catdue only to this lens?

Part 2 of 3Now a glass ball of radius R = 10 cmand index of refraction n = 1.4 is in-serted between the lens and our observer,with one edge a distance ` = 17 cm fromthe lens, as shown in the figure below.

R

ld

lens

How far from the thin lens is the image ofthe cat due only to the thin lens and the leftrefracting surface of the glass ball?

Part 3 of 3How far from the thin lens is the final imageof the cat as seen by the observer?

Image of an Object07:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4The image formed by a thin converging lens

is located at a distance from the lens that is 4times the focal length, f .

If the image is real, what is the objectdistance in units of the focal length f?

Part 2 of 4What is the magnification of the lens for theconditions given in Part 1?

Part 3 of 4If the image is virtual, what is the objectdistance in units of the focal length f?


Part 4 of 4What is the magnification of the lens for theconditions given in Part 3?

Image of a Slide07:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A microscope slide is placed in front of a

thin converging lens that has a focal lens of2.44 cm. The lens forms an image of the slide12.9 cm from the lens.

How far is the lens from the slide if theimage is real?

Part 2 of 2How far is the lens from the slide if the imageis virtual?

Lenses 0107:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 8A convex lens has a focal length of 8 cm.

The object distance is 12 cm.Find the image distance.

Part 2 of 8Find the magnification.

Part 3 of 8A concave lens has a focal length of 8 cm. Theobject distance is 8 cm.

Find the image distance.


Part 5 of 8A convex lens has a focal length of 8 cm. Theobject distance is 4 cm.



Part 7 of 8

A convex lens has a focal length of 8 cm. Theobject distance is 24 cm.








Part 1 of 2A concave lens has a focal length of 8 cm.













Part 1 of 4A convex lens forms a real image 2 times

the size of the object. The object distance is12 cm.


Part 2 of 4A concave lens forms a virtual image 0.5 timesthe size of the object. The object distance is8 cm.


Part 3 of 4A convex lens forms a virtual image 2 timesthe size of the object. The object distance is4 cm.


Part 4 of 4A convex lens forms a real image 0.5 timesthe size of the object. The object distance is24 cm.



Part 1 of 4A convex lens forms a real image 2 times

the size of the object. The distance betweenobject and image is 36 cm.


Part 2 of 4A concave lens forms a virtual image 0.5 timesthe size of the object. The distance betweenobject and image is 4 cm.


Part 3 of 4A convex lens forms a virtual image 2 timesthe size of the object. The distance betweenobject and image is 4 cm.


Part 4 of 4A convex lens forms a real image 0.5 timesthe size of the object. The distance betweenobject and image is 36 cm.



A convex lens forms a real image 2 timesthe size of the object. The object distance is12 cm.



A convex lens forms a real image 2 timesthe size of the object. The distance betweenobject and image is 36 cm.



A concave lens forms a virtual image 0.5times the size of the object. The object dis-tance is 8 cm.



A concave lens forms a virtual image 0.5times the size of the object. The distancebetween object and image is 4 cm.



A convex lens forms a virtual image 2 timesthe size of the object. The object distance is4 cm.




A convex lens forms a virtual image 2 timesthe size of the object. The distance betweenobject and image is 4 cm.



A convex lens forms a real image 0.5 timesthe size of the object. The object distance is24 cm.



A convex lens forms a real image 0.5 timesthe size of the object. The distance betweenobject and image is 36 cm.


Lenses 1607:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2The light rays from an upright object when

passing through a lens from left to right leadto a virtual image. The absolute value of themagnification of this image is greater thanone.

Select the correct statement.

1. The lens can only be a divergent lens.

2. The lens can only be a convergent lens.

3. The lens can either be a convergent or adivergent lens.

Part 2 of 2Select the correct statement.

1. The virtual image is upright and is to theright of the lens.

2. The virtual image is inverted and is to the

right of the lens.

3. The virtual image is upright and is to theleft of the lens.

4. The virtual image is inverted and is to theleft of the lens.

Ray Diagrams 0107:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Consider the light rays depicted in the fig-ure.

What type of reflecting or refracting surfaceis depicted?

1. converging lens

2. converging mirror

3. diverging lens

4. diverging mirror

5. plane mirror





1. converging lens

2. diverging lens




5. plane mirror

6. diverging mirror





2. diverging lens

3. converging lens

4. diverging mirror

5. plane mirror





1. converging lens



4. diverging mirror

5. plane mirror

6. diverging lens




1. converging lens

2. diverging lens


4. diverging mirror

5. plane mirror


Right Angle Prism07:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Consider a prism with the shape shownin the diagram. Its index of refraction islabeled by np, and it is submerged in a specialliquid which has an index of refraction nL,where the difference np − nL is ∆n = 0.5.The light ray perpendicularly incident fromthe liquid into the prism as shown in thediagram. Notice that the incident angle atpoint A is 45 and that at B is also 45 .


np

A

B

nl

45°

45°

Determine np, the index of refraction of theprism, such that the 45 is the critical angle.

Snapping the Moon07:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

When the full moon is viewed from theearth, its diameter subtends an angle of about0.5 . A photograph of the full moon isobtained with a camera lens having a focallength of 120 mm.

Find the diameter of the moon’s image onthe film.

Thick Lens07:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A lens of thickness t = 6 cm has convex

radii of curvature of magnitude R1 = 7 cmand R2 = 12 cm. The index of refrac-tion of the lens is n = 1.5. An object“O” is placed 27 cm to the left of the lens.

t

R1 R2

Where is I1, the image due to the first surface,measured from that surface (with positive tothe right)?

Part 2 of 4Where is I2, the image due to the secondsurface, relative to the first surface?

Part 3 of 4I2 is:

1. real and inverted.

2. virtual and inverted.

3. real and upright.

4. virtual and upright.

Part 4 of 4If the object “O” is 5 cm tall, what is themagnitude of the height of the final imageI2?

Thin Lens 0107:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A thin converging lens has of focal length

10 cm forms an image of an object placed30 cm from the lens.


Part 2 of 4What is the magnification for an object dis-tance of 30 cm?

Part 3 of 4Find the location of the image for an objectdistance of 5 cm.

Part 4 of 4Calculate the magnification for an object dis-tance of 5 cm.


Part 1 of 3The image formed by a thin converging lens

is located at a position that is a distance fromthe lens that is 4 times the focal length, f .

If the image is real, what is the objectdistance in units of the focal length, f?

Part 2 of 3If the image is virtual, what is the objectdistance in units of the focal length, f?

Part 3 of 3What is the magnification of the lens for thecase in which the image is virtual?



A thin lens of focal length 20 cm forms areal image 4 times as high as the object.

How far apart are the object and image?

Thin Lens 0507:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The magnitudes of the radii of curva-ture for the spherical surfaces A and Bare, respectively, |RA| = a and |RB| =2 a. The material of which the lens ismade has an index of refraction n = 1.5.

A B

Find the focal length of the following thinlens

1. f = 3 a

2. f = 4 a

3. f = −4 a

4. f = 2 a

5. f = a

6. f = −a

7. f = −2 a

8. f = −3 a

Thin Lens 0607:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, nor-mal.

The magnitudes of the radii of curva-ture for the spherical surfaces A and Bare, respectively, |RA| = R

Aand |RB| =

2.2RA. The material of which the lens is

made has an index of refraction n = 1.5.

A B

Find the focal length f as a multiple of RA;

i.e. let f = xRAand find x.

Thin Lens 0707:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

An object is placed in front of a thin lens. Itforms a virtual image which is twice as largeas the object. The object distance is a.

Find the focal length.

1. f = −3 a

2. f = 4 a

3. f = 3 a

4. f = a

5. f = −a

6. f = −2 a

7. f = 2 a

8. f = −4 a

Thin Lens 0807:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, nor-mal.

An object is placed in front of a thin lens.It forms a virtual image which is 2.2 times aslarge as the object. The object distance is p.

Find the focal length as a multiple of p; i.e.,let f = x p and determine x.

Virtual Image07:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4The magnifying glass lens shown in the

figure produces a virtual image of the ob-ject with a magnification of 2. The mag-


nitude of the image’s apparent distanceis 4.74 cm from the lens. The indexof refraction of the lens’ glass is 1.53.The index of refraction for water is 1.33.

What is the magnification?

1. −0.5

2. +0.5

3. −2.0

4. +2.0

5. +4.0

6. −4.0

Part 2 of 4What is the focal length (in air) of the magni-fying lens?

Part 3 of 4What is the focal length if the whole systemis now immersed in water?

Part 4 of 4What is the magnification if the lens is stillimmersed in water, given that the image’sapparent distance stays the same as in Part1 & 2 (the object distance must therefore bedifferent than in Part 1 & 2)?

Chapter 8, section 1, Electric Charge 416

Battery and Charged Capacitor08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A parallel-plate capacitor is charged by con-necting to a battery.

If the battery is disconnected and the sep-aration between the plates is increased, whatwill happen to the charge on the capacitorand the electric potential a cross it?

1. The charge and the electric potential re-main fixed.

2. The charge and the electric potential in-crease.

3. The charge and the electric potential de-crease.

4. The charge increases and the electric po-tential decreases.

5. The charge remains fixed and the electricpotential increases.

6. The electric potential increases and thecharge decreases.

7. The electric potential remains fixed andthe charge increases.

Capacitance08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A capacitor that is connected to a 45 Vsource contains 90 µC of charge. What is itscapacitance?

Capacitor Charge08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A spherical capacitor consists of a conduct-ing ball of radius 10 cm that is centered insidea grounded conducting spherical shell of innerradius 12 cm.

What capacitor charge is required toachieve a potential of 1000 V on the ball?

Charged Bead in a Vacuum08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A positively charged bead having a mass of

1.1 g falls from rest in a vacuum at a heightof 5 m in a uniform vertical electric field ofmagnitude 11000 N/C. The bead hits theground at a speed of 21 m/s.

Determine the direction of the electric field.

1. Right

2. Upward

3. Left

4. Downward

5. Cannot be determined

Part 2 of 2Find the charge on the bead.

Charged Spheres 0108:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Two spheres, fastened to “pucks” riding ona frictionless airtrack, are charged with +2 ×10−8 C, and +6 × 10−8 C, respectively. Bothobjects have the same mass. As they repel,

1. sphere 2 accelerates 3 times as fast assphere number 1.

2. they do not accelerate at all, but ratherseparate at constant velocity.

3. sphere 1 accelerates 3 times as fast assphere 2.

4. they have the same magnitude of acceler-ation.

Charged Spheres 0208:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A sphere is charged with electrons to 5 ×10−6 C. The charge of an electron is 1.6 ×


10−19 C. How many electrons are there onthe sphere?

Charged Spheres 0308:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Two identical conducting spheres, A andB, carry equal charge. They are separated bya distance much larger than their diameters.A third identical conducting sphere, C, is un-charged. Sphere C is first touched to A, thento B, and finally removed. As a result theelectrostatic force between A and B, whichwas originally F , becomes

1.1

2F

2.1

4F

3.1

8F

4.1

16F

5.3

4F

6.3

8F

7.3

16F

8. F

9. 0

Charge in a Nickel08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3We want to find how many coulombs of

charge are on the electrons in a nickel coin.Follow this method. A nickel coin has a massof about 5 g. Each mole (6.02 × 1023 atoms)has a mass of about 58 g.

a) Find the number of atoms in a nickelcoin.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the number of electrons in the coin.

Each nickel atom has 28 electrons/atom.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the magnitude of the charge on theelectrons.

Charge in Electric Field08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A particle of charge q is placed in a uni-form electric field of magnitude E. Whichstatement is true of the resulting forces on theparticle? I. It has magnitude qE. II. It is per-pendicular to the direction of the field. III. Itis parallel to the direction of the field.

1. I only

2. II only

3. III only

4. I and II

5. I and III

Charge in Water08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You have one liter ( 1 kg) of water. Onemole of water has a mass of 18 g and eachmolecule of water contains 10 electrons sincewater is H2 O.

What is the total electron charge containedin this volume of water?

Charge on a Capacitor08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 15 pF capacitor is connected across a75 V source.

What charge is stored on it?

Charge on an Insulator08:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.


+ +++

+ ++++ +

-q

+q

- ---- --- - -

J J

A circular ring made of an insulating mate-rial is cut in half. One half is given a charge−q uniformly distributed along its arc. theother half is given a charge +q also uniformlydistributed along its arc. The two halves arethen rejoined with insulation at the junctionsJ , as shown above. If there is no change inthe charge districutions, what is the directionof the net electrostatic force on an electronlocated at the center of the circle?

1. Toward the top of the page

2. Toward the bottom of the page

3. To the right

4. To the left

5. Into the page

Charge on Circumference08:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A charge Q is spread uniformly along thecircumference of a circle of radius R. A pointcharge q is placed at the center of this cir-cle. What is the total force exerted on q ascalculated by Coulomb’s law?

1. Use R for the distance.

2. Use 2R for the distance.

3. Use 2πR for the distance.

4. The result of the calculation is zero.

5. None of these is correct.

Charge on Third Particle08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A particle with charge 40 µC is located onthe x axis at the point x1 = −20 cm, and asecond particle with charge −50 µC is placedon the x axis at x2 = 30 cm.

What is the magnitude of the total elec-trostatic force on a third particle with charge−4 µC placed at the origin (x = 0)?

Charges 0108:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

If an object contains more electrons thanprotons, it is said to be

1. negatively charged.

2. positively charged.

3. energized.

4. neutral.


If an object contains the same number ofelectrons as protons, it is said to be

1. neutral.

2. negatively charged.

3. positively charged.

4. energized.


The small electric shock you feel when yourub your shoes on carpet and touch somethingmetal is caused by

3. conduction.

1. induction.

2. direct current.


4. friction.


When the leaves of an electroscope arespread apart,

1. the leaves have the same charge.

2. the leaves are neutral.

3. a positively charged object must be touch-ing the knob of the electroscope.

4. a negatively charged object must betouching the knob of the electroscope.


Consider the following statements.A. Like charges repel.B. Electrons have a positive charge.C. Objects with large amounts of charge

have bigger electric fields than do objects withsmall amounts of charge.



2. Only A is true.


4. Only B is true.

5. Only C is true.



8. None are true.

Charges in a Thundercloud08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2In a thundercloud there may be an electric

charge of 10 C near the top of the cloud and−10 C near the bottom of the cloud.

If these charges are separated by about2 km, what is the magnitude of the electricforce between these two sets of charges?

Part 2 of 2Correctly complete the following statement.The electrostatic force between the top andthe bottom of this thundercloud is

1. undetermined.

2. repulsive.

3. zero.

4. attractive.

Charging Metallic Objects 0108:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

X Y------

Two metal spheres that are initially un-charged are mounted on insulating stands, asshown above. A negatively charged rubberrod is brought close to, but does not makecontact with, sphere X. Sphere Y is thenbrought close to X on the side opposite to therubber rod. Y is allowed to touch X and thenis removed some distance away. The rubberrod is then moved far away from X and Y .What are the final charges on the spheres?

Sphere X Sphere Y

1. Zero Zero

2. Negative Negative

3. Negative Positive


4. Positive Negative

5. Positive Positive

Charging Metallic Objects 0208:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Two uncharged metal balls, X and Y,stand on glass rods and in touch. Athird ball Z, carrying a positive charge, isbrought near the first two. Then the firsttwo balls are separated from each other,and ball Z is finally removed. Whenthis is all done, it is found out that

X Y

X Y

X Y

X Y

Z

Z

? ?

+

+

1. Ball X is positively charged and ball Y isnegatively charged.

2. Balls X and Y are both charged posi-tively.

3. Balls X and Y are both charged nega-tively.

4. Ball X is negatively charged and ball Y ispositively charged.

5. Balls X and Y are still uncharged.

Charging Metallic Objects 0308:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

1 2--

--

Two initially uncharged conductors, 1 and2, are mounted on insulating stands and arein contact. as shown above. A negativelycharged rod is brought near but does nottouch them. With the rod held in place,conductor 2 is moved to the right by pushingits stand, so that the conductors are sepa-rated. Which of the following is now true ofconductor 2?

1. It is uncharged.

2. It is positively charged.

3. It is negatively charged.

4. It is charged, but its sign cannot be pre-dicted.

5. It is at the same potential that it wasbefore the charged rod was brought near.

Charging Two Metal Balls08:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Two uncharged metal balls X and Y standon insulating glass rods. A third ball Z, car-rying a negative charge, is brought near theball Y as shown in the figure. A conduct-ing wire is then run between X and Y andthen removed. Finally ball Z is removed.

X Y Z

conducting wire

When all this is finished:

1. Ball X is positive and ball Y is negative.

2. Balls X and Y are both charged positively,but ball X carries more charge than ball Y.



4. Ball X is negative and ball Y is positive.

5. Balls X and Y are still uncharged.

6. Ball X is neutral and ball Y is positive.

7. Ball X is neutral and ball Y is negative.

8. Ball X is positive and ball Y is neutral.

9. Ball X is negative and ball Y is neutral.

10. Balls X and Y are both charged positively,but ball Y carries more charge than ball X.

Compression of the Earth08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Suppose that 1 g of hydrogen, H2, is sepa-rated into electrons and protons. Also, sup-pose that the protons are placed at the Earth’sNorth Pole and the electrons are placed atthe South Pole. The radius of the Earth is6.37× 106 m.

What is the resulting compressional forceon the Earth?

Dipole in an Electric Field08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 4A dipole is

placed in a series of external electric fields.

(a)

+_

The force on the dipole pictured above (figurea) is

1. zero.

2. non-zero.

Part 2 of 4

(b)

+

_

The force on the dipole pictured above (figureb) is

1. non-zero.

2. zero.

Part 3 of 4

(c)

+_

The force on the dipole pictured above (figurec) is

1. non-zero.

2. zero.

Part 4 of 4

(d)

+

_

The force on the dipole pictured above (figured) is

1. zero.

2. non-zero.

Electric Field 0108:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.


As the distance from a charged particledecreases, the strength of the electric field

1. increases.

2. decreases.



Electric Field 0208:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

From the electric field vector at a point, onecan determine which of the following?

I. The direction of the electrostatic force ona test charge of known sign at that point

II. The magnitude of the electrostatic forceexerted per unit charge on a test charge atthat point

III. The electrostatic charge at that point

1. I only

2. III only

3. I and II only

4. II and III only

5. I, II and III

Electric Field Intensity 0108:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A positive charge of 1× 10−5 C experiencesa force of 0.2 N when located at a certainpoint.

What is the electric field intensity at thatpoint?

Electric Field Intensity 0208:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A voltmeter indicates that the difference inpotential between two plates is 50 V. Theplates are 0.02 m apart. What electric field

intensity exists between them?

Electric Field Lines 0108:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2The figure

below shows the electric field lines for twopoint charges separated by a small distance.

q1 q2

Determine the ratio R =q1q2.

1. −1 < R < 0

2. 0 < R < 1

3. R < −1

4. R > 1

Part 2 of 2What are the signs of q1 and q2?

1. q1 > 0 and q2 > 0

2. q1 > 0 and q2 < 0

3. q1 < 0 and q2 > 0

4. q1 < 0 and q2 < 0

Electric Field Lines 0208:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 6The following picture shows the field

lines in a certain region of space.


q1 q2

A 1

2

3

4 5

Object A is

1. a conductor

2. an insulator

Part 2 of 6The ratio

q1q2

of charges q1 and q2 is about

1. 10.0

2. 3.0

3. 1.0

4. 0.333

5. -3.0

6. -.333

7. -1.0

8. 0

Part 3 of 6The potential is largest at

1. point 3

2. point 2

3. point 4

4. point 5

5. point 1

Part 4 of 6A negatively charged particle placed at point3 would

1. accelerate to the right

2. accelerate straight up

3. accelerate to the left

4. accelerate straight down

5. not accelerate at all

Part 5 of 6The electric field is smallest at

1. point 1

2. point 2

3. point 3

Part 6 of 6The potential at point 4 is

1. higher then at point 5

2. the same as at point 5

3. smaller then at point 5

Electric Field Lines 0308:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The diagrams below depict three electricfield patterns,but some of them are physically impossible.


(a)

(b)

(c)Assuming there are no charges within the re-gions shown, which electrostatic field patternsare physically possible?

1. (a) only

2. (b) and (c)

3. (c) only

4. (a) and (b)

5. (b) only

6. (a) and (c)

Electric Field Vector08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3

From the electric field vector at one point,one can determine which of the following?(a) The direction of the electrostatic force ona test charge of known sign at that point.

1. true

2. false

Part 2 of 3(b) The magnitude of the electrostatic forceexerted per unit charge on a test charge atthat point.

1. true

2. false

Part 3 of 3(c) The electrostatic charge at that point.

1. true

2. false

Electric Flux08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The net electric flux through a closed sur-face is

1. infinite only if there are no charges en-closed by the surface

2. infinite only if the net charge enclosed bythe surface if zero

3. zero if only negative charges are enclosedby the surface

4. zero if only positive charges are enclosedby the surface

5. zero if the net charge enclosed by thesurface is zero

Electric Force Comparisons08:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.


Part 1 of 5Two charges, q1 and q2 are separated by

a distance, d, and exert a force, F , on eachother. What new force would exist if q1 isdoubled?

1. 0

2.1

2F

3. 4F

4.1

4F

5. 2F

Part 2 of 5q1 and q2 are cut in half?

1. 2F

2.1

2F

3.1

4F

4. 4F

5. 0

Part 3 of 5d is tripled?

1.1

9F

2.1

3F

3. 9F

4. 3F

5. 0

Part 4 of 5d is cut in half?

1. 2F

2.1

2F

3. 4F

4.1

4F

5. 0

Part 5 of 5q1 is tripled and d is doubled?

1.3

4F

2.4

3F

3.3

2F

4.2

3F

5.9

4F

6.4

9F

7.9

16F

8.16

9F

9. 0

Electricity 0108:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Electrons that move from one object toanother and then remain at rest produce

1. static electricity.

2. parallel electricity.

3. series electricity.

4. current electricity.

Electron in a Field 0108:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Release an electron at rest in the presence


of an electric field. The electron tends to goto the region of:

1. lower electric potential energy

2. higher electric potential energy

3. same electric potential energy

4. indeterminate; sometimes higher, some-times lower

Electron in a Field 0308:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Release an electron at rest in the presenceof an electric field. The electron tends to goto the region of:

1. same electric potential

2. lower electric potential

3. higher electric potential

4. indeterminate; sometimes higher, some-times lower

Electron Volt08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The electron volt is a measure of :

1. charge

2. energy

3. momentum

4. velocity

5. impulse

Field in the Middle08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Two positive charges of 2.5 µC each are

2.5 cm apart. Find the electric field midway

between them. Use k = 8.99× 109 Nm2/C.

Part 2 of 2What is the magnitude of the electric field ifone charge is positive and the other negative,both of magnitude 2.5 µC?

Flux in a Rectangular Plane08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3An electric field of magnitude 3500 N/C is

applied along the x axis.Calculate the electric flux through a rect-

angular plane 0.35 m wide and 0.7 m long ifthe plane is parallel to the yz plane.

Part 2 of 3Calculate the electric flux through the samerectangle, if it is parallel to the xy plane.

Part 3 of 3Calculate the electric flux through the samerectangle, but now the rectangle contains they axis and its normal makes an angle of 40

with the x axis.

Flux Through a Loop08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 40 cm diameter loop is rotated in a uni-form electric field until the position of maxi-mum electric flux is found. The flux in thisposition is measured to be 520000 Nm2/C.What is the electric field strength?

Flux Through A Truck08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An electric field of magnitude 20000 N/Cand directed upward perpendicular to theEarth’s surface exists on a day when a thun-derstorm is brewing. A truck that can beapproximated as a rectangle 6 m by 3 m istraveling along a road that is inclined 10

relative to the ground.Determine the electric flux through the bot-

tom of the truck.


Force Between Electrons08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two electrons in an atom are separated by1.5 × 10−10 m, the typical size of an atom.What is the force between them?

Force of Attraction08:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

What can we conclude from the at-tractive nature of the force between apositively charged rod and an object?

++ +F F

?

1. The object is a conductor.

2. The object is positively charged.

3. The object is negatively charged.

4. The object is an insulator.

5. Cannot be determined.

Force on a Test Charge08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A positive test charge of 8×10−5 C is placedin an electric field of 50 N/C intensity. Whatis the strength of the force exerted on the testcharge?

Forces in a Thundercloud08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

In a thundercloud there may be an electriccharge of 40 C near the top and −40 C nearthe bottom. These charges are separated byapproximately 2 km. What is the magnitudeof the electric force between them? Use ke =8.98755× 109 Nm2/C2.


Strictly speaking, when an object acquires

a positive charge by the transfer of electrons,what happens to its mass?

1. decreases

2. increases

3. no changes



Strictly speaking, when an object acquiresa positive charge by the transfer of electrons,what happens to its mass?

1. decreases

2. increases

3. no changes



We do not feel the gravitational forces be-tween ourselves and the objects around usbecause these forces are extremely small.

Electrical forces, in comparison, are com-posed of charged particles, why don’t we usu-ally feel electrical forces?

1. The force is small.

2. The amount of positively charged par-ticles and the amount of negatively chargedparticles in our body are the same.

3.We can’t feel the electrical force.

4. Because the force is attracting us, wecan’t feel it.

5. Because the force is pushing us, we can’tfeel it.



Why do clothes often cling together aftertumbling in a clothes dryer?

1. Because there is gravitational forceamong these clothes.

2. Because of the pressure of the air.

3. Because there is electrical force amongthese clothes.

4. Because the dryer pushes them.

5. Because the clothes have the same kind ofparticles.


When you remove your wool suit from thedry cleaner’s garment bag, does the bag be-come positively or negatively charged? (Ex-plain how this occurs?)

1. The bag becomes negatively charged.The wool suit loses electrons to the the drycleaner’s bag.

2.The bag becomes negatively charged. Thewool suit takes electrons from the the drycleaner’s bag.

3. The bag becomes positively charged. Thewool suit loses electrons from the the drycleaner’s bag.

4. The bag becomes positively charged. Thewool suit takes electrons from the the drycleaner’s bag.



When combing your hair, you scuff elec-trons from your hair onto the comb.

Is your hair then positively or negativelycharged? How about the comb?

1. The hair is positively charged, the combis negatively charged.

2. The hair is positively charged, the combis positively charged.

3. The hair is negatively charged, the combis negatively charged.

4. The hair is negatively charged, the combis positively charged.

5. Both are not charged.


At some automobile toll-collecting stations,a thin metal wire sticks up from the road andmakes contact with cars before they reach thetoll collector.

What is the purpose of this wire?

1. To make the automobile uncharged.

2. To move some particles to the auto.

3. To warn the auto drivers.

4. To transfer electrons to the auto.

5. To transfer positive particles to theauto.


Why are the tires for trucks carrying gaso-line and other flammable fluids manufacturedto be electrically conducting?

1. That will move the negative charges fromthe truck to the ground and avoid the fire.


2. That will neutralize the charges on thetrucks.

3. That will make the truck move faster.

4. That will make the truck easy to drive.

5. That will move the positive charges fromthe truck to the ground and avoid the fire.


An electroscope is a simple device consist-ing of a metal ball that is attached by a con-ductor to two thin leaves of metal foil pro-tected from air disturbance in a jar. When theball is touched by a charged body, the leavesthat normally hang straight down, spreadapart.

Why?

1. The charged particles go to the two leavesthrough the metal ball and the two leaves havethe same kind of charged particles. They arepushed by each other.

2. The charged particles go to the two leavesthrough the glass. Since the two leaves havedifferent kinds of charged particles, they arepushed by each other.

3. The charged particles go to the two leavesthrough the metal ball and the two leaves havedifferent kinds of charged particles. They arepushed by each other.

4. The charged particles go to the two leavesthrough the glass. Since the two leaves havethe same kind of charged particles, they arepushed by each other.

5. All of above.


The leaves of a charged electroscope col-lapse in time. At higher altitudes they col-

lapse more rapidly.Why is this true?

1. Because the existence of cosmic rays willtake electric charge to the leaves and neutral-ize the charges on the leaves.

2. The cosmic rays will take more chargeson the leaves.

3. The cosmic rays hit the leaves and knockthe electrical charges out of the leaves.

4. At higher altitudes, there is less air.

5. At higher altitudes, it’s cold.


Is it necessary for a charged body to actu-ally touch the ball of the electroscope for theleaves to diverge?

1. Yes, the charged particle will not come tothe ball without contact.

2. No, the charged particle will attract orpush electrons out of the ball.

3. Yes, particles can’t go through the air.

4. No, the charged particles will go throughthe air.



Strictly speaking, when an object acquiresa positive charge by the transfer of electrons,what happens to its mass?

1. Decreases

2. Increases

3. No changes


4. Can not to be determined.


Strictly speaking, will a penny be slightlymore massive if it has a negative charge or apositive charge?

1. The penny will be slightly lighter witheither a positive or a negative charge.

2. The penny will be slightly more massivewith either a positive or a negative charge.

3. The penny will be slightly more massivewith a positive charge and will be slightlylighter with a negative charge.

4. The penny will be slightly more massivewith a negative charge and will be slightlylighter with a positive charge.

5. It depends on how much the value of thepenny.


In a crystal of salt there are electrons andpositive ions.

How does the net charge of the electronscompare with the net charge of the ions?

1. The net charge of the negative electronsis less than the net charge of the ions.

2. The net charge of the negative electronsis greater than the net charge of the ions.

3. The net charge of the negative electronshas the same magnitude as the net charge ofthe ions.

4. Sometimes the net charge of the negativeelectrons is greater than the net charge ofthe ions and sometimes the net charge of thenegative electrons is less than the net charge

of the ions.



How can you charge an object negativelywith only the help of a positively chargedobject?

1. Bring the positively-charged object nearthe object to be charged, then touch the farside with your hand.

2. Bring the positively-charged object nearthe object to be charged, then touch the nearside with your hand.

3. Rub the two objects mutually.

4. Let the two objects touch each other.

5. It can never be realized.


It is relatively easy to strip the outer elec-trons from a heavy atom like that of uranium(which then becomes a uranium ion) but verydifficult to remove the inner electrons.

Why do you suppose this is so?

1. The inner electrons are stuck on the nu-clear.

2. The outer electrons feel no force.

3. For the outer electrons, the attractiveforce of the nucleus is largely canceled by therepulsive force of the inner electrons.

4. The inner electrons cannot be touched byany tools.

5. The outer electrons are always free elec-trons.



When one material is rubbed against an-other, electrons jump readily from one to theother but protons do not.

Why is this?

1. Electrons can attract each other whileprotons repel each other.

2. Electrons are much lighter than protons.

3. Electrons are much heavier than pro-tons.

4. Electrons are easily dislodged from theouter regions of atoms, but protons are heldtightly within the nucleus.

5. Electrons travel as light speed while pro-tons run very slowly.


The five thousand billion freely movingelectrons in a penny repel one another.

Why don’t they fly out of the penny?

1. Because they are attracted to the fivethousand billion positively charged protons inthe atomic nuclei of atoms in the penny.

2. Because they don’t have enough speed.

3. Because they cause a jam when they tryto fly out.

4. Because the shell of the penny preventsthe electrons from flying.

5. Because the electrons attract eachother.


How does the magnitude of electrical force

between a pair of charged objects changewhen the objects are moved twice as farapart?

1. The force increases twice as before.

2. The force increases four times as before.

3. The force reduces to one quarter of origi-nal value.

4. The force reduces to one half of originalvalue.

5. The force doesn’t change at all.


How does the magnitude of electrical forcecompare between a pair of charged particleswhen they are brought to half their originaldistance of separation?

1. The force increases to twice as before.

2. The force increases to four times as be-fore.

3. The force reduces to one quarter of origi-nal value.

4. The force reduces to one half of originalvalue.

5. The force doesn’t change at all.


Two equal charges exert equal forces oneach other.

What if one charge has twice the magnitudeof the other?

1. One force will be twice as the other.

2.One force will be four times as the other.


3. One force will be half magnitude of theother.

4. One force will be three times as theother.

5. The forces still remains equal.


Suppose that the strength of the electricfield about an isolated point charge has acertain value at a distance of 1 m.

How will the electric field strength compareat a distance of 2 m from the point charge?

1. At twice the distance the field strength

will be 14 .


will be 12 .


will be 13 .

4. At twice the distance the field strengthwill be the same.

5. At twice the distance the field strengthwill be twice.


Why are metal-spiked shoes not a good ideafor golfers on a stormy day?

1. The metal-spiked shoes will destroy thegrassland very much.

2. The storm may blow away the golfer evenif he or she wares that kind of shoes.

3. The golfer will get very tired if he or sheis waring that kind of shoes too long.

4. The metal spikes penetrating into the

ground reduce electrical resistance betweenthe golfer and the ground, providing an effec-tive electrical path from cloud to ground.


If you are caught outdoors in a thunder-storm, why should you not stand under atree?

1. There is more lightning over the tree thannothing is overhead.

2. Under a tree, there is stronger wind whichmight blow you away.

3. Some big object may have fallen on thetree which might be a possible danger.

4. The tree is likely to be hit because itprovides a path of less resistance between thecloud overhead and the ground.

5. The tree has more resistance than theair.


If a large enough electric field is applied,even an insulator will conduct an electriccurrent, as is evident in lightning dischargesthrough the air.

Explain how this happens, taking into ac-count the opposite charges in an atom andhow ionization occurs.

1. The insulator itself can produce electricfield if under strong enough external electricfield.

2. A neutral atom in an electric field is elec-trically distorted. If the field is strong enough,the distortion results in ionization, where thecharges are torn from each other. The ionsthen provide a conducting path for an electriccurrent.


3. If the field is strong enough, all the elec-trons in an insulator will become free. Thatcould conduct an electric current.

4. If the field is strong enough, air aroundthe insulator would be ionized. The ionizedparticles can hit the insulator to change it intoa conductor.

5. If the field is strong enough, the protonsin a neutral atom will become neutrons.


Why is a good conductor of electricity isalso a good conductor of heat?

1. They all carry energies for both electricityand heat.

2. For both electricity an heat, the conduc-tion is via atoms, which in a metal are looselybound, easy flowing, and easy to get moving.

3. If there is a current through a conduc-tor, there should also be heat produced byresistance.

4. Because both a good conductor for heatand a good conductor for electricity don’thave bound electrons in them.

5. For both electricity and heat, the con-duction is via electrons, which in a metal areloosely bound, easy flowing, and easy to getmoving.


If you rub an inflated balloon against yourhair and place it against a boor, by whatmechanism does it stick?

1. The mechanism of sticking is charge in-duction.

2. The mechanism of sticking is the same as

an airplane.

3. If you rub the balloon against your hair,the balloon may have some oil attached on it.The oil can by sticky.

4. If you rub the balloon against your hair,it will remove some mass of the balloon andmake it lighter.

5. If you rub the balloon against your hair,some air may flow in the balloon and make iteasier to stay in the air.


How can a charged atom(an ion) attract aneutral atom?

1. The charged atom can hit the neutralatom and make it positively charged or nega-tively charged.

2. The charged atom can emit x rays toinduce ionization of the neutral atom.

3. The charged atom can produce secondaryelectrons to interact with the neutral atomand make it positively charged or negativelycharged.

4. An ion polarizes a nearby neutral atom,so that the part of the atom nearer to the ionacquires a charge opposite to the charge of theion, and the part of the atom farther from theion acquires a charge of the same sign as theion.


When the chassis of a car is moved into apainting chamber, a mist of paint is sprayedaround the chassis. When the car is given asudden electric charge, the mist is attractedto it, and presto — the car is quickly anduniformly painted.

What does the phenomenon of polarization


have to do with this?

1. The air is ionized and helps blow thechassis and the paint together.

2. The paint particles in the mist are polar-ized and are therefore attracted to the chargedchassis.

3. The car is polarized and easy to attractpaint particles.

4. There are a lot of magnets in the car. Ifthere is some polarization of the paint, it willbe easier for the paint to be attracted by themagnets of the car.


If you place a free electron and a free protonin the same electric field, how will the forcesacting on them compare?

1. The forces on the electron and protonwill be equal in magnitude and in the samedirection.

2. The forces on the electron and protonwill be different in both magnitude and direc-tion.

3. The forces on the electron and protonwill be in the same direction but not equal inmagnitude.

4. The forces on the electron and protonwill be equal in magnitude, but opposite indirection.

5. The forces on the electron and protoncannot be compared.


Imagine a proton at rest a certain distancefrom a negatively charged plate. It is releasedand collides with the plate. Then imagine

a similar case with an electron at rest, thesame distance away from a plate of equal andopposite charge.

In which case will the moving particle havethe greater speed when the collision occurs?

1. The proton and the electron will have thesame speed on impact.

2. The proton will have the greater speed onimpact.

3. The electron will have the greater speedon impact.



Part 1 of 2Two point charges are separated by 6 cm.

The attractive force between them is 20 N.Find the force between them when they are

separated by 12 cm.

Part 2 of 2If the two charge have equal magnitude, whatis the magnitude of each charge? (F = 20 N)

Use k = 8.99× 109 N ·M2/C2.


Part 1 of 2Two pellets, each with a charge of 1 ×

10−6 C, are located 0.03 m apart.What is the electric force between them?k = 8.99× 10−9 N ·M2/C2.G = 6.67259× 10−11 m3/kg · s2.

Part 2 of 2What mass object would experience this sameforce in the Earth’s gravitational field?

Hewitt CP9 22 P0308:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-


mal.

Electronic types neglect the force of gravityon electrons. To see why, compute the forceof the Earth’s gravity on an electron and com-pare it with the force exerted on the electronby an electric field of magnitude 10000 V/m(arelatively small field).

Mass of electron, 9.10939× 10−31 kg.Charge of electron, −1.602× 10−19 C.g = 9.8 s/t2.


Part 1 of 3

Given : k = 8.99× 109 N ·M2/C2 ,

G = 6.67259× 10−11 m3/kg · s2 ,mp = 1.67262× 10−27 kg ,

me = 9.10939× 10−31 kg ,

qp = 1.602× 10−19 C , and

qe = −1.602× 10−19 C .

Atomic physicists usually ignore the effectof gravity within an atom.

To see why, calculate and compare the mag-nitude of the ratio of the electrical force and

gravitational forceFe

Fgbetween an electron

and a proton separated by a distance of 1 m.What is the magnitude of the electrical

force?

Part 2 of 3What is the magnitude of the gravitationalforce?

Part 3 of 3What is the ratio of the magnitude of theelectrical force to the magnitude of the gravi-tational force?


A droplet of ink in an industrial ink-jetprinter carries a charge of 1 × 10−10 C and isdeflected onto paper by a force of 0.0003 N.

Find the strength of the electric field toproduce this force.


The potential difference between a stormcloud and the ground is 1× 108 V.

If a charge of 2 C flashes in a bolt fromcloud to Earth, what is the charge of potentialenergy of the charge?


An energy of 0.1 J is stored in the metalball on top of a Van de Graaff machine. Aspark carrying 1 mC discharges the ball.

What was the ball’s potential relative toground?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.8 s/t2 .In 1909 Robert Millikan was the first to

find the charge of an electron in his now-famous oil drop experiment. In the experi-ment tiny oil drops are sprayed into a uni-form electric field between a horizontal pairof oppositely charged plates. The drops areobserved with a magnifying eyepiece, and theelectric field is adjusted so that the upwardforce on some negatively charged oil drops isjust sufficient to balance the downward forceof gravity. That is, when suspended, upwardforce q E just equals mg . Millikan accuratelymeasured the charges on many oil drops andfound the values to be whole-number multi-ples of 1.6 × 10−19C—the charge of the elec-tron. For this he won Nobel Prize.

If a drop of mass 6.53061 × 10−15 kg


remains stationary in an electric field of100000 N/C,what is the charge of this drop?

Part 2 of 2How many extra electrons are on this particu-lar oil drop ( given the presently known chargeof the electron ) ?


Why does the gravitational force betweenthe Earth and moon predominate over electricforces?

1. Because the masses of the Earth andmoon are very great.

2. Because both the Earth and the moon arealmost electrically neutral.

3. Because the distance between the Earthand the moon is very long.

4. Because there is no electric charge on themoon.


How is Coulomb’s law similar to Newton’slaw of gravitation?

How is it different?

1. Both the gravitational force and the elec-trical force vary inversely as the square of theseparation distance between the two objects.The most important difference between grav-itational and electrical forces is the electricalforces may be either attractive or repulsive,whereas gravitational forces are only attrac-tive.

2. They are all proportional to the productof the mass of the two objects. The differenceis the electrical forces may be either attractiveor repulsive, whereas gravitational forces areonly attractive.

3. They are all proportional to the same con-stant. The difference is the electrical forcesare only present on earth, whereas gravita-tional forces can be everywhere.

4. Both the gravitational force and the elec-trical force vary inversely as the square of theseparation distance between the two objects.The difference is the electrical forces are onlypresent on earth, whereas gravitational forcescan be everywhere.

5. They are all proportional to the productof the mass of the two objects. The differ-ence is the electrical forces are only presenton earth, whereas gravitational forces can beeverywhere.

6. They are all proportional to the sameconstant. The most important difference be-tween gravitational and electrical forces is theelectrical forces may be either attractive or re-pulsive, whereas gravitational forces are onlyattractive.


Part 1 of 2A charge, q1 = 5.00 µC, is at the origin,

and a second charge, q2 = −3.00 µC, is on thex-axis 0.800 m from the origin.

a) Find the magnitude of the electric fieldat a point P on the y-axis 0.500 m from theorigin.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the direction of this electricfield (measured from the positive x-axis, withcounterclockwise positive).

Holt SF 17D 0208:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A proton and an electron in a hydrogenatom are separated on the average by about5.3× 10−11 m.

What is the magnitude and direction of


the electric field set up by the proton at theposition of the electron?

1. 5.12068×1011 N/C away from the proton

2. 5.12068× 1011 N/C toward the proton

3. 8.19309 × 10−8 N/C away from the pro-ton

4. 8.19309× 10−8 N/C toward the proton

5. 27.1396 N/C away from the proton

6. 27.1396 N/C toward the proton


Part 1 of 2An electric field of 20000 N/C is directed

along the positive x-axis.a) What is the electric force on an electron

in this field?

1. 20000 N, along the negative x-axis

2. 20000 N, along the positive x-axis

3. 3.2× 10−15 N, along the positive x-axis

4. 3.2× 10−15 N, along the negative x-axis

5. 5.12×10−34 N, along the negative x-axis


Part 2 of 2b) What is the electric force on a proton inthis field?

1. 20000 N, along the negative x-axis

2. 20000 N, along the positive x-axis


4. 3.2× 10−15 N, along the negative x-axis

5. 5.12×10−34 N, along the negative x-axis



Find the magnitude electric field at a pointmidway between two charges of +30.0× 10−9

C and +60.0×10−9 C separated by a distanceof 30.0 cm.


Part 1 of 2A +5.7 µC point charge is on the x-axis at

x = −3.0 m, and a +2.0 µC point charge ison the x-axis at x = +1.0 m.

a) Determine the magnitude of the net elec-tric field at the point on the y-axis wherey = +2.0 m.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the direction of this electricfield (measured from the positive x-axis, withcounterclockwise positive).


Calculate the net charge on a substanceconsisting of a combination of 7.0× 1013 pro-tons and 4.0× 1013 electrons.


Part 1 of 2An electron moving through an electric

field experiences an acceleration of 6300 ×103 m/s2.

a) Find the magnitude of the electric forceacting on the electron.


Part 2 of 2b) What is the magnitude of the electric fieldstrength?


Part 1 of 2One gram of copper has 9.48× 1021 atoms,

and each copper atom has 29 electrons.a) How many electrons are contained in

2.00 g of copper?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the total charge of these elec-trons?


Part 1 of 2Consider three charges arranged as shown.

-++

3 cm 2 cm

1.5 µC6 µC −2 µC

What is the electric field strength at a point1 cm to the left of the middle charge?

Part 2 of 2What is the magnitude of the force on a 2 µCcharge placed at this point?


Part 1 of 4Consider three charges arranged in a trian-

gle as shown.

+

-

+

0.1 m

0.3 m

-3.0 nC

5.0 nC

6.0 nC

y

x

a) What is the net electric force on thecharge at the origin?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the direction of this force (mea-sured from the positive x-axis, with counter-clockwise positive)?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the magnitude of the net elec-tric field at the position of the charge at theorigin?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the direction of the net electricfield (measured from the positive x-axis, withcounterclockwise positive).


1.0 g of hydrogen contains 6.02 × 1023

atoms, each with one electron and one proton.Suppose that 1 g g of hydrogen is separatedinto protons and electrons, that the protonsare placed at Earth’s north pole, and that theelectrons are placed at Earth’s south pole.

Find the magnitude of the resulting com-pressional force on Earth. (The radius ofEarth is approximately 6.38× 106 m.)



Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .a) What is the magnitude of the electric

field that will balance the weight of an elec-tron?

1. 5.58496× 10−11 N/C downward

2. 5.58496× 10−11 N/C upward

3. 1.02576× 10−7 N/C downward

4. 1.02576× 10−7 N/C upward

5. 5.13158× 10−8 N/C downward

6. 5.13158× 10−8 N/C upward

7. None of these


Part 2 of 2b) What is the magnitude of the electric fieldthat will balance the weight of a proton?

1. 1.02576× 10−7 N/C upward

2. 1.02576× 10−7 N/C downward

3. 5.58496× 10−11 N/C downward

4. 5.58496× 10−11 N/C upward

5. 5.13158× 10−8 N/C downward

6. 5.13158× 10−8 N/C upward

7. None of these



Part 1 of 2Three positive charges are arranged as

shown.

+

+

+

0.20

m

0.60 m

6.0 nC

3.0 nC

5.0 nC

a) Find the magnitude of the electric fieldat the fourth corner of the rectangle.

Part 2 of 2b) What is the direction of this electric field(measured from the positive x-axis, withcounterclockwise positive)?


Part 1 of 3Given: kc = 8.99× 109 N ·m2/C2 .The dome of a Van de Graaff generator

receives a charge of 2.0 × 10−4 C. The radiusof the dome is 1.0 m.

a) Find the magnitude of the electric fieldstrength inside the dome.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the magnitude of the electric fieldstrength at the surface of the dome.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the magnitude of the electric fieldstrength at a distance of 4.0 m from the centerof the dome.


Air becomes a conductor when the electricfield strength exceeds 3.00× 106N/C.

Determine the maximum amount of chargethat can be carried by a metal sphere 2.0 min radius. Use 8.99× 109 N ·m2/C2.

Holt SF 17Rev 54



Part 1 of 2A Van de Graaff generator is charged so

that the electric field at its surface is 3.0×104

N/C.a) What is the magnitude of the electric

force on a proton released at the surface ofthe generator?

Part 2 of 2b) Find the proton’s acceleration at this in-stant.


Thunderstorms can have an electric field ofup to 3.40× 105 N/C.

What is the magnitude of the electric forceon an electron in such a field?

1. 340000 N/C

2. 5.44× 10−14 N

3. 1.088× 10−13 N

4. 680000 N

5. 1.36× 10−14 N


Three identical charges (q = +5.0 µC) arealong a circle with a radius of 2.0 m at anglesof 30.0, 150.0, and 270.0, as shown.

q+

q+

q+

30.0150.0

270.0

What is the resultant electric field at thecenter? Use 8.99× 109 N ·m2/C2.

1. 0.0561875 N/C at 90

2. 0 N/C

3. 0.0561875 N/C at 270

4. 22.475 N/C at 90

5. 22.475 N/C at 270

6. 0.112375 N/C at 90

7. 0.112375 N/C at 270

8. None of these


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An object with a net charge of 24 µC is

placed in a uniform electric field of 610 N/C,directed vertically.

What is the mass of this object if it floatsin this electric field?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A very small 2 g plastic ball (carrying a

charge) is suspended by a 10.4 cm string in a


uniform electric field of 11000 N/C, as shown.

9.81 m/s2

10.4cm

2 g

3811000 N/C

a) Is the ball’s charge positive or negative?

1. positive

2. negative


Part 2 of 2b) If the ball is in equilibrium when the stringmakes a 38 angle with the vertical as indi-cated, what is the net charge on the ball?


In a laboratory experiment, five equal neg-ative point charges are placed symmetricallyaround the circumference of a circle of radiusr, with one at 0.

Calculate the electric field at the center ofthe circle. (Assume right and upward arepositive.)

1. kCq

r2at 0

2. 0 N/C

3. kCq

r2at 180

4. kC5q

r2at 180

5. kC(5q)2

r2at 0


7. None of these


Two alpha particles (helium nuclei), eachconsisting of two protons and two neutrons,have an electrical potential energy of 6.32 ×10−19 J.

What is the distance between these parti-cles at this time?


Two charges are located along the x-axis.One has a charge of 6.4 µC, and the secondhas a charge of −3.2 µC.

If the electrical potential energy associatedwith the pair of charges is−4.1×10−2 J, whatis the distance between the charges?


Given: ke ≈ 8.99× 109 Nm2/C2 andqe ≈ 1.6× 10−19 C .

Initially, both metal spheres are neutral.In a charging process, 1× 1013 electrons are

removed from one metal sphere and placed ona second sphere. Then the electrical poten-tial energy associated with the two spheres isfound to be −0.072 J .

What is the distance between the twospheres?


A charge moves a distance of 2.0 cm inthe direction of a uniform electric field hav-ing a magnitude of 215 N/C. The electricalpotential energy of the charge decreases by13.7710× 10−19 J as it moves.

Find the magnitude of the charge on themoving particle. (Hint: The electrical poten-


tial energy depends on the distance moved inthe direction of the field.)


Find the potential difference between apoint infinitely far away and a point 1.0 cmfrom a proton.


Two point charges of magnitude 5.0 nC and−3.0 nC are separated by 35.0 cm.

What is the potential difference between apoint infinitely far away and a point midwaybetween the charges?


Four particles with charges of 5.0 µC,3.0 µC, 3.0 µC and −5.0 µC are placed atthe corners of a 2.0 m× 2.0 m square.

Determine the potential difference betweenthe center of the square and infinity.


A point charge of 9.00 × 10−9 C is locatedat the origin of a coordinate system. A posi-tive charge of 3.00×10−9 C is brought in frominfinity to a point such that the electrical po-tential energy associated with the two chargesis 8.09× 10−7 J.

How far apart are the charges at thistime?


An electron that is initially 55 cm away

from a proton is displaced to another point.If the change in the electrical potential

energy as a result of this movement is2.1 × 10−28 J, what is the final distance be-tween the electron and the proton?


Part 1 of 2At some distance from a point charge, the

electric potential is 600.0 V and the magni-tude of the electric field is 200.0 N/C.

a) Determine the distance from the charge.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the charge.


Three charges are situated at three cornersof a rectangle, as shown.

6.0 cm

3.0 cm

+

8.0 µC

+

2.0 µC

+

4.0 µC

Howmuch electrical potential energy wouldbe expended in moving the 8.0 µC charge toinfinity?


A 12 V battery is connected across twoparallel metal plates separated by 0.30 cm.

Find the magnitude of the electric field.

Holt SF 18Rev 39



The three charges shown in the figure arelocated at the vertices of an isosceles triangle.

4.0 cm4.0 cm

2.0 cm

+

5.0× 10−9 C

−

−5.0× 10−9 C

−

−5.0× 10−9 C

Calculate the electric potential at the mid-point of the base if each one of the charges atthe corners has a magnitude of 5.0×10−9 C.


Part 1 of 2A charge of −3.00× 10−9 C is at the origin

of a coordinate system, and a charge of 8.00×10−9 C is on the x-axis at 2.00 m. There aretwo locations on the x-axis, where the electricpotential is zero.

a) Find the location of the point betweenthe charges.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the location of the point to the left ofthe y− axis.


Part 1 of 4A pair of oppositely charged parallel plates

are separated by a distance of 5.0 cm witha potential difference of 550 V between the

plates. A proton is released from rest atthe positive plate at the same time that anelectron is released from rest at the negativeplate. Disregard any interaction between theproton and the electron.

a) How long does it take for the paths ofthe proton and the electron to cross?

Part 2 of 4b) How fast will the electron be traveling whenthe particles’ paths cross?

Part 3 of 4c) How fast will the proton be traveling whenthe particles’ paths cross?

Part 4 of 4d) How much time will elapse before the pro-ton reaches the opposite plate?

Hydrogen AtomModel08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3In an early model for the atom the nucleus

of charge q was surrounded by a uniform ringof radius r = a of negative charge −q.

Find the magnitude of the force on thenuclear charge if it is displaced the distancex =

√2 a along the axis of the ring.

1. F =ke q

2

a2

2. F =1

2

ke q2

a2

3. F =1

3

ke q2

a2

4. F =1√2

ke q2

a2

5. F =1√3

ke q2

a2

6. F =

√2

3√3

ke q2

a2

7. F =

√3

2√2

ke q2

a2


8. F =2

3√3

ke q2

a2

9. F = 0

10. None of these.

Part 2 of 3Will this force

1. restore the nucleus to the center of thering.

2. repel the nucleus from the center of thering.

3. be undetermined in direction.

Part 3 of 3Note: 1 eV ≡ 1.602× 10−19 J

Find the minimum energy required to movethe nucleus from the equilibrium positionto infinity for this model for the hydrogenwith q = 1.602 × 10−19C and the radiusa = 0.1 nm?

Identical Positive Charges08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two identical positive charges exert a re-pulsive force of 6.4 × 10−9 N when separatedby a distance 3.8 × 10−10 m. Calculate thecharge of each.

Increasing Capacitance08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The capacitance of a parallel-plate capac-itor can be increased by increasing which ofthe following?

1. The distance between the plates

2. The area of the plates

3. The potential difference across the plates

4. None of these

5. The charge on each plate

Induction and Grounding08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Two uncharged metal balls, X and Y , eachstands on a glass rod, are in touch with eachother. A third ball Z carrying a negativecharge, is brought near the first two.

X Y(1)

X Y Z(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

? ?(6)

-

-

-

While the positions of these balls are fixed,ground the ballX and then break the ground-ing. While X and Y remain in touch, removeZ. Then separate X and Y . The signs of thecharges on X and that on Y are, respectively,

1. + +

2. + 0

3. + −

4. − +

5. − 0

6. − −

7. 0 +

8. 0 0

9. 0 −

Lightning Charge 0108:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A strong lightning bolt transfers about 25 C


to Earth. How many electrons are trans-ferred?

Part 2 of 2If each water molecule donates one electron,how much water is lost in the lightning? Onemole of water has a mass of 18 g.

Lightning Charge 0308:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A strong lightning bolt transfers about 25 Cto Earth. How many electrons are trans-ferred?

Magnitude of Electric Field08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

+Q

A B

The diagram above shows an isolated, pos-itive charge Q. Point B is twice as far awayfrom Q as point A. The ratio of the electricfield strength at point A to the electric fieldstrength at point B is

1. 8 to 1

2. 4 to 1

3. 2 to 1

4. 1 to 1

5. 1 to 2

Negatively Charged Rod08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

If a negatively charged rod is held near anuncharged metal ball, the metal ball:

1. becomes negatively charged.

2. becomes positively charged.

3. is unaffected.

4. becomes polar.

5. Effect cannot be determined.

Non Zero Net Charge08:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Suppose that the Earth (assumed spheri-cal) has a net charge that is not zero. With-out specifying the electric potential at∞, is itpermissible to adopt the surface of the Earthas a standard reference point of potential andassign the electric potential V = 0 to it?

1. Yes, and there is no restriction on the signof the charge.

2. Yes, with the restriction that the netcharge is negative.

3. Yes, with the restriction that the netcharge on the Earth is positive.

4. No. If the net charge is not zero, thepotential should never be assigned to 0.

Positive Charge Distribution08:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A solid conducting sphere is given a positivecharge Q. How is the charge Q distributed inor on the sphere?

1. It is concentrated at the center of thesphere.

2. It is uniformly distributed throughout thesphere.

3. Its density decreases radially outwardfrom the center.

4. It is uniformly distributed on the surfaceof the sphere only.

5. Its density increases radially outwardfrom the center.

Positively Charged Conductor



When a positively charged conductortouches a neutral conductor, the neutral con-ductor will:

1. gain protons.

2. lose protons.

3. stay neutral.

4. lose electrons.

5. gain electrons.

Potential of a Capacitor 0108:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 5.4 µF capacitor is charged with0.0027 C. What potential difference existsacross it?

Potential of a Capacitor 0208:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The excess charge on each conductor of aparallel-plate capacitor is 53 µC. What is thepotential difference between the conductors ifthe capacitance of the system is 0.004 µF?

Removing Electrons08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You have a neutral balloon.What is its charge after 10000 electrons

have been removed from it?

Repulsion of Electrons08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two electrons exert a force of repulsion of1 N on each other. How far apart are they?

Suspended Electron08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An electron remains suspended between thesurface of the Earth (assumed neutral) and a

fixed positive point charge, at a distance of7.62 m from the point charge. Determine thecharge required for this to happen.

Test Charge 0108:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A test charge has a force of 0.2 N on itwhen it is placed in an electric field intensityof 450000 N/C. What is the magnitude of thecharge?

Test Charge 0208:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A test charge experiences a force of 1.4 ×10−8 N at a point where the electric fieldintensity is 0.0002 N/C. What is the size ofthe test charge?

Thunderstorm and an Airplane08:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An airplane is flying through a thunder-cloud at a height of 2000 m.

This is a very dangerous thing to do becauseof updrafts, turbulence, and the possibility ofelectric discharge.

If there is a charge concentration of 40 C atheight 3000 m within the cloud and −40 C atheight 1000 m, what is the magnitude of theelectric field E at the aircraft?

Transfer of Electrons 0208:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two conductors insulated from each otherare charged by transferring electrons fromone conductor to the other. After 1.6 ×1012 electrons have been transferred, the po-tential difference between the conductors is14 V. What is the capacitance of the sys-tem?

Uncharged Metal Balls08:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Two uncharged metal balls X and Y standon insulating glass rods. A third ball Z, car-


rying a positive charge, is brought near theball Y as shown in the figure. A conduct-ing wire is then run between X and Y andthen removed. Finally ball Z is removed.

X Y Z

conducting wire

When all this is finished:

1. Ball X is positive and ball Y is negative.

2. Balls X and Y are both charged posi-tively.


4. Ball X is negative and ball Y is positive.

5. Balls X and Y are still unchanged.


One joule of work is needed to move onecoulomb of charge from one point to anotherwith no change in velocity. Which of thefollowing is true between the two points?

1. The potential is one newton per meter.

2. The potential difference is one volt.

3. The electric field strength is one newtonper coulomb.

4. The electric field strength is one joule perelectron.

5. The current is one Ampere.

Chapter 8, section 2, Electricity 448

Air Conditioner Compressor08:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The compressor on an air conditioner draws90 A when it starts up. The start-up time isabout 0.5 s.

How much charge passes a cross-sectionalarea of the circuit in this time?

Battery 0108:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An automobile battery is an example of a

1. wet cell.

2. dry cell.

3. thermocouple.

4. fuse.

Electric Energy 5008:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Assume that your electricity costs 5 centsper kW-hr. You purchase light bulbs that last1250 hours each.

What would be your energy savings (perbulb) by changing from a 100 W bulb to a 60W bulb?

1. $ 2.50

2. $ 3.13

3. $ 1.88

4. $ 1.25

5. $ 3.75

Electric Energy 5108:02, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

You have 3 flood lamps in your back yardrated at 150 Watts each.

If you leave these lights on for 6 hours dur-

ing a party, how much energy have you usedfor your outdoor lighting?

1. 9.72× 106 J

2. 2.70× 103 J

3. 3.24× 106 J

4. 1.62× 105 J

5. 0.900 kW-hrs


Silver, copper, and mercury are examplesof good electric

1. conductors.

2. inductors.

3. insulators.

4. radiators.

Electricity 0308:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4An object with a resistance of 15 ohms has

45 volts applied to it.a) How much electric current is going

through this object?

Part 2 of 4b) How much power is being produced by theobject?

Part 3 of 4c) How much electric energy will be needed tooperate this object for 10 hours?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the cost of operating this objectfor 10 hours at a rate of 0.08 dollars/kWh?

Electricity 05



Consider the following statements.A. In a string of lights connected in a par-

allel circuit, one light can go out withoutcausing the other lights to go out.

B. Good conductors have high resistance.C. The electricity supplied to your home is

direct current.Which statement(s) is/are true?

1. Only A is true.



4. Only B is true.

5. Only C is true.



8. None are true.


Consider the following statements.A. A battery’s voltage forces electrons

through a wire connected to the battery.B. The upper part of a cloud has mostly

negative charges.C. Fuses and circuit breakers protect a cir-

cuit from overloading.Which statement(s) is/are true?


2. Only A is true.


4. Only B is true.

5. Only C is true.



8. None are true.

Hewitt CP9 23 0308:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

What is meant by drift velocity?

1. The highest speed for an electron in met-als

2. The lowest speed for an electron in met-als

3. The speed of electric field

4. The average speed of atoms in a liquid

5. Net flow of electrons in a dc circuit


A balloon rubbed against denim gains acharge of −8.0 µC.

What is the electric force between the bal-loon and the denim when the two are sepa-rated by a distance of 5.0 cm? (Assume thatthe charges are located at a point.)


Part 1 of 2Two identical conducting spheres are

placed with their centers 0.30 m apart. One isgiven a charge of +12× 10−9 C and the otheris given a charge of −18× 10−9 C.

a) Find the electric force exerted on onesphere by the other.

Part 2 of 2The spheres are connected by a conductingwire.


b) After equilibrium has occurred, find theelectric force between the two spheres.


Part 1 of 4A small cork with an excess charge of +6.0

µC is placed 0.12 m from another cork, whichcarries a charge of −4.3 µC.

a) What is the magnitude of the electricforce between the corks?

Part 2 of 4b) Is this force attractive or repulsive?

1. attractive

2. repulsive


Part 3 of 4c) How many excess electrons are on the neg-ative cork?

Part 4 of 4d) How many electrons has the positive corklost?


Two electrostatic point charges of +60.0µC and +50.0 µC exert a repulsive force oneach other of 175 N.

What is the distance between the twocharges?


Part 1 of 3Three point charges, q1 = +6.0 µC, q2 =

+1.5 µC, and q3 = −2.0 µC, lie along thex-axis at x = 0 cm, x = 3.0 cm, and x = 5.0

cm, respectively.a) What is the force exerted on q1 by the

other two charges? (To the right is positive.)Use 8.99× 109 N ·m2/C2.

Part 2 of 3b)What is the force exerted on q2 by the othertwo charges? (To the right is positive.)

Part 3 of 3c) What is the force exerted on q3 by the othertwo charges? (To the right is positive.)


Part 1 of 6Four charged particles are placed so that

each particle is at the corner of a square. Thesides of the square are 15 cm. The charge atthe upper left corner is +3.0 µC, the charge atthe upper right corner is −6.0 µC, the chargeat the lower left corner is −2.4 µC, and thecharge at the lower right corner is −9.0 µC.

a) What is the magnitude of the net electricforce on the +3.0 µC charge?


Part 3 of 6c) What is the magnitude of the net electricforce on the −6.0 µC charge?

Part 4 of 6d) What is the direction of this force (mea-sured from the positive x-axis, with counter-clockwise positive)?

Part 5 of 6e) What is the magnitude of the net electricforce on the −9.0 µC charge?

Part 6 of 6f) What is the direction of this force (mea-


sured from the positive x-axis, with counter-clockwise positive)?


A charge of +2.00× 10−9 C is placed at theorigin, and another charge of +4.00× 10−9 Cis placed at x = 1.5 m.

Find the point (coordinate) between thesetwo charges where a charge of +3.00× 10−9 Cshould be placed so that the net electric forceon it is zero.


A charge q1 of −5.00× 10−9 C and a chargeq2 of −2.00 × 10−9 C are separated by a dis-tance of 40.0 cm.

Find the equilibrium position for a thirdcharge of +15.0 × 10−9 C as a distance fromq1.


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .An electron is released above the Earth’s

surface. A second electron directly below itexerts just enough of an electric force on thefirst electron to cancel the gravitational forceon it.

Find the distance between the two elec-trons.

1. 5.07493 cm

2. 5.07493 m

3. 5.07493 km

4. 50.7493 m

5. 0.507493 m

Holt SF 17Rev 03


A negatively charged balloon has 3.5 µC ofcharge.

How many excess electrons are on this bal-loon?


At the point of fission, a nucleus of 235Uthat has 92 protons is divided into two smallerspheres, each of which has 46 protons and aradius of 5.9× 10−15 m.

What is the magnitude of the repulsiveforce pushing these two spheres apart? Use8.99× 109 N ·m2/C2.

1. 4.75197× 1020 N/C

2. 3497.45 N

3. 4.02709× 1034 N ·m/C

4. 4.12699× 10−11 N ·m

5. None of these



What is the electric force between a glassball that has +2.5µC of charge and a rubberball that has −5.0 µC of charge when theyare separated by a distance of 5.0 cm? Use8.99× 109 N ·m2/C2.


An alpha particle (charge = +2.0 e) is sentat high speed toward a gold nucleus (charge= +79 e).

What is the electric force acting on the


alpha particle when the alpha particle is 2.0×10−14 m from the gold nucleus?

1. 94.359 N, repulsive

2. 90.9069 N, repulsive

3. 90.9069 N, attractive

4. None of these


6. 94.359 N, attractive


Part 1 of 2Three positive point charges of 3.0 nC,

6.0 nC, and 2.0 nC, respectively, are ar-ranged in a triangular pattern, as shown.

+

+

+

1.0 m

1.0 m

1.0 m

2.0 nC

3.0 nC

6.0 nC

a) Find the magnitude of the net electricforce on the 6.0 nC charge.



wording-variable.

Part 1 of 2Two positive point charges, each of which

has a charge of 2.5 × 10−9 C, are located aty = +0.50 m and y = −0.50 m.

a) Find the magnitude of the resultant elec-trical force on a charge of 3.0×10−9 C locatedat x = 0.70 m.



Three point charges lie in a straight linealong the y-axis. A charge of q1 = −9.0 µC isat y = 6.0 m, and a charge of q2 = −8.0 µC isat y = −4.0 m. The net electric force on thethird point charge is zero.

Where is this charge located?


A charge of +3.5 nC and a charge of +5.0nC are separated by 40.0 cm.

Find the equilibrium position for a −6.0 nCcharge as a distance from the first charge.


The moon (m = 7.36× 1022kg) is bound toEarth (m = 5.98× 1024 kg) by gravity.

If, instead, the force of attraction were theresult of each having a charge of the samemagnitude but opposite in sign, find the quan-tity of charge that would have to be placed oneach to produce the required force.

1. 6.71571× 1013 C

2. 5.71571× 1013 C


3. 4.71571× 1013 C

4. 5.71571× 1014 C

5. 5.71571× 1012 C


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Two small metallic spheres, each with a

mass of 0.200 g, are suspended as pendulumsby light strings from a common point. Theyare given the same electric charge, and thetwo come to equilibrium when each string isat an angle of 5.0 with the vertical.

If each string is 30.0 cm long, what is themagnitude of the charge on each sphere?


Part 1 of 2An electron and a proton are each placed

at rest in an external uniform electric field of520 N/C.

a) Calculate the speed of the electron after48 ns.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the speed of the proton after 48ns.


Part 1 of 4A proton accelerates from rest in a uniform

electric field of 640 N/C. At some time later,its speed is 1.20× 106 m/s.

a) What is the magnitude of the accelera-tion of the proton?

Part 2 of 4b) How long does it take the proton to reach

this speed?

Part 3 of 4c) How far has it moved in this time interval?

Part 4 of 4d) What is its kinetic energy at the latertime?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Three identical point charges hang from

three strings, as shown.

45 45Fg

30.0 cm30.0 cm

+++

+q+q +q

0.10 kg0.10 kg 0.10 kg

What is the value of q?


Part 1 of 3If the electric field strength is increased

to about 3.0 × 106 N/C, air “breaks down”and loses its insulating quality. Under theseconditions, sparking results.

a) How large an acceleration does an elec-tron experience when the electron is placed insuch an electric field?

Part 2 of 3b) If the electron starts from rest when it isplaced in an electric field under these condi-tions, in what distance does it acquire a speedequal to 9.0 percent of the speed of light?


Part 3 of 3c) How large an acceleration does a protonexperience when the proton is placed in suchan electric field?


A DNA molecule (deoxyribonucleic acid)is 2.17 µm long. The ends of the moleculebecome singly ionized so that there is −1.60×10−19 C on one end and +1.60 × 10−19 Con the other. The helical molecule acts asa spring and compresses 1.00 percent uponbecoming charged.

Find the effective spring constant of themolecule.


An electron and a proton both start fromrest and from the same point in a uniformelectric field of 370.0 N/C.

How far apart are they 1.00 µs after theyare released? Ignore the attraction betweenthe electron and the proton. (Hint: Imag-ine the experiment performed with the pro-ton only, and then repeat with the electrononly.)


Part 1 of 2An electron is accelerated by a constant

electric field of 300.0 N/C.a) Find the magnitude of the acceleration

of the electron.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the electron’s speed after 1.00×10−8s,assuming it starts from rest.

Holt SF 17Rev 66


Part 1 of 3A constant electric field directed along the

positive x-axis has a strength of 2.0×103 N/C.a) Find the electric force exerted on a pro-

ton by the field.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the acceleration of the proton.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the time required for the proton toreach a speed of 1.00 × 106 m/s, assuming itstarts from rest.


Part 1 of 2Consider an electron that is released from

rest in a uniform electric field.a) If the electron is accelerated to 1.0 per-

cent of the speed of light after traveling 2.0mm, what is the strength of the electric field?

Part 2 of 2b) What speed does the electron have aftertraveling 4.0 mm from rest?


Each of the protons in a particle beam hasa kinetic energy of 3.25× 10−15 J.

What electric field strength will stop theseprotons in a distance of 1.25 m?


The magnitude of a uniform electricfield between the two plates is about1.7× 106 N/C.

If the distance between these plates is


1.5 cm, find the potential difference betweenthe plates.


A force of 4.30× 10−2 N is needed to movea charge of 56.0 µC a distance of 20.0 cm inthe direction of a uniform electric field.

What is the potential difference that willprovide this force?


Consider charges placed at the corners of arectangle:

P

0.35 m

0.20 m

+

8.0 µC

−−12 µC

−−8.0 µC

Find the electric potential at point P dueto the grouping of charges at the other cornersof the rectangle.


Part 1 of 2The potential difference between a pair of

oppositely charged parallel plates is 400 V.a) If the spacing between the plates is dou-

bled without altering the charge on the plates,what is the new potential difference betweenthe plates?

Part 2 of 2b) If the plate spacing is doubled while thepotential difference between the plates is keptconstant, what is the ratio of the final charge

on one of the plates to the original charge?


Part 1 of 2A certain moving electron has a kinetic en-

ergy of 1.00× 10−19 J.a) Calculate the speed necessary for the

electron to have this energy.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the speed of a proton, having akinetic energy of 1.00× 10−19 J.


Part 1 of 2A proton is accelerated from rest through a

potential difference of 25700 V.a) What is the kinetic energy of this proton

after this acceleration?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the speed of the proton after thisacceleration?


A proton is accelerated from rest through apotential difference of 120 V.

Calculate the final speed of this proton.


An ion is displaced through a poten-tial difference of 60.0 V and experiencesan increase of electrical potential energy of192.262× 10−17 J.

Calculate the charge on the ion.



Part 1 of 2A proton is accelerated through a potential

difference of 4.5× 106 V.a) How much kinetic energy has the proton

acquired?

Part 2 of 2b) If the proton started at rest, how fast is itmoving?


A positron (a particle with a charge of +eand a mass equal to that of an electron) thatis accelerated from rest between two points ata fixed potential difference acquires a speed of9.0× 107 m/s.

What speed is achieved by a proton acceler-ated from rest between the same two points?(Disregard relativistic effects.)


Part 1 of 2The speed of light is 3.00× 108 m/s.a) Through what potential difference would

an electron starting from rest need to accel-erate to achieve a speed of 60.0% of light?(Disregard relativistic effects.)

Part 2 of 2b) Through what potential difference would apositron (a particle with a charge of +e anda mass equal to that of an electron) startingfrom rest need to accelerate to achieve a speedof 60.0% of light? (Disregard relativistic ef-fects.)


Part 1 of 2An electron moves from one plate of a ca-

pacitor to another, through a potential differ-ence of 2200 V.

a) Find the speed with which the electronstrikes the positive plate.

Part 2 of 2b) If a proton moves from the positive plate tothe negative plate, find the speed with whichthe proton strikes the negative plate.


If the current in a wire of a CD player is5.00 mA, how long would it take for 2.00 C ofcharge to pass a point in this wire?


In a particular television tube, the beamcurrent is 60.0 µA.

How long does is take for 3.75 ×1014 electrons to strike the screen?


If a metal wire carries a current of 80.0 mA,how long does it take for 3.00×1020 electronsto pass a given cross-sectional area of thewire? The magnitude of the charge on anelectron is 1.6× 10−19 C.


The compressor on an air conditioner draws40.0 A when it starts up.

If the start-up time is 0.50 s, how muchcharge passes a cross-sectional area of thecircuit in this time?



Part 1 of 3A total charge of 9.0 mC passes through

a cross-sectional area of a nichrome wire in3.5 s.

a) What is the current in the wire?

Part 2 of 3b) How many electrons pass through thecross-sectional area in 10.0 s?

Part 3 of 3c) If the number of charges that pass throughthe cross-sectional area during the given timeinterval doubles, what is the resulting cur-rent?


How long does it take a total charge of 10.0C to pass through a cross-sectional area of acopper wire that carries a current of 5.0 A?


Part 1 of 2A hair dryer draws a current of 9.1 A.a) How long does it take for 1.9×103 C of

charge to pass through the hair dryer?

Part 2 of 2b) How many electrons does this amount ofcharge represent?


How long does it take for 5.0 C of charge topass through a cross-sectional area of a copperwire if I = 5.0 A?


Part 1 of 2A net charge of 45 mC passes through the

cross-sectional area of a wire in 15 s.a) What is the current in the wire?

Part 2 of 2b) How many electrons pass the cross-sectional area in 1.0 min?


The current in a lightning bolt is 2.0×105

A.Howmany coulombs of charge pass through

a cross-sectional area of the lightning bolt in0.50 s?


The mass of a gold atom is 3.27× 10−25 kg.If 1.25 kg of gold is deposited on the nega-

tive electrode of an electrolytic cell in a periodof 2.78 h, what is the current in the cell in thisperiod? Assume that each gold ion carriesone elementary unit of positive charge.


Part 1 of 2The power supplied to a typical black-and-

white television is 90.0 W when the set is con-nected across a potential difference of 120 V.

a) How much electrical energy does this setconsume in 1.0 h?

Part 2 of 2A color television set draws about 2.5 A ofcurrent when connected to a potential differ-


ence of 120 V.b) How much time is required for it to

consume the same energy that the black-and-white model consumes in 1.0 h?


The headlights on a car are rated at 80.0W.

If they are connected to a fully charged 90.0A·h, 12.0 V battery, how long does it take thebattery to completely discharge?


Part 1 of 2The current in a conductor varies over time

as shown in the figure below.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 70

1

2

3

4

5

6

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 70

1

2

3

4

5

6

Current(A)

Time(s)

a) How many coulombs of charge passthrough a cross section of the conductor inthe time interval t = 0 s to t = 5 s?

Part 2 of 2b)What constant current would transport thesame total charge during the 5 s interval asdoes the actual current?

Induction 0108:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A negatively charged rubber rod can pickup small, neutrally charged pieces of paper bya process called

1. induction.

2. reduction.

3. insulation.

4. conduction.

Moving a Charge08:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

120 J of work are done to move 1 C ofcharge from a positive plate to a negativeplate. What voltage difference exists betweenthe plates?

Potential Difference 0108:02, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Potential difference is measured in a unitcalled a(n)

1. volt.

2. ampere.

3. ohm.

4. watt.

Recharging a Battery08:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

To recharge a 12 V battery, a batterycharger must move 360000 C of charge fromthe negative terminal to the positive termi-nal. How much work is done by the batterycharger?

Transfer of Electrons 0108:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An electron transfers across a potential dif-ference of 400000 V. What energy must it begiven to accomplish this?

Transferred Charge08:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.


A 12 V battery does 1200 J of work trans-ferring charge. How much charge is trans-ferred?

Work on a Charge08:02, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You have a potential difference of 9 V. Howmuch work is done to transfer 0.15 C of chargethrough it?

Chapter 8, section 3, Electric Circuits 460

Air Conditioning Economics08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An electric air conditioning unit draws 15amps of direct current from a(n) 90 V directvoltage source, and is used 24 hours a dayduring 31 day in July.

How much will the electricity cost forthe month if the local electrical rate is8 cents/kWh?

Battery Energy08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A particular type of automobile stor-age battery is characterized as “360 −Ampere− hour, 12 V.” What totalenergy can the battery deliver?

Broken Circuit08:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2In the figure below the switch S is initially

in position “1”. Given, R1 = R2 = R3. Ne-glect the internal resistance of the battery.

VO

R1

R2

R3S1

2

3

What happens to the current through R3

when the switch is moved to the open po-sition “2”.

1. The current through R3 increases tothree-halves its original value.

2. The current through R3 decreases to two-thirds its original value.

3. The current through R3 remains thesame.

4. The current through R3 is reduced toone-half its original value.

5. The current through R3 increases to twiceits original value.

Part 2 of 2What happens when switch S is moved toposition “3”, leaving R2 and R3 in parallel?

1. The current through R3 increases.

2. The current through R3 decreases.

3. The current through R2 remains the sameas when R1 was in the circuit.

4. The current through R2 is half what itwas with R1 in the circuit.

5. The current through R2 and R3 are nowthe same.

Bulbs in a Circuit 0408:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Assume the battery is ideal (it has no inter-

nal resistance) and connecting wires have noresistance. Unlike most real bulbs, the resis-tances of the bulbs on these questions do notchange as the current through them changes.A battery, a capacitor, a bulb, and a switchare in the circuit as shown below in the fig-ure. The switch is initially open as shown inthe diagram, and the capacitor is uncharged.

C

ε

S

Which correctly describes what happens tothe bulb when the switch is closed?

1. At first the bulb is bright and it getsdimmer and dimmer until it goes off.


2.At first the bulb is dim and it gets brighterand brighter until the brightness levels off.

3. The bulb is dim and remains dim.

4. The bulb is bright and remains bright.


Part 2 of 2Which correctly describes what happens afterthe switch has remained closed for a longtime?

1. The bulb continues to shine brightly.

2. The potential difference across the capac-itor is steady and much smaller than E .

3. The bulb no longer shines.

4. The current in the circuit is steady andlarge.


Car Battery08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A 12 V automobile battery is connected

to an electric starter motor. The currentthrough the motor is 210 A. Howmuch energydoes the battery deliver to the motor eachsecond?

Part 2 of 2How much power does the motor dissipate?

Christmas Lights 0108:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 5A string of 18 identical Christmas tree

lights are connected in series to a 120 Vsource. The string dissipates 64 W.

What is the equivalent resistance of thelight string?

Part 2 of 5What is the resistance of a single light?

Part 3 of 5How much power is dissipated in a singlelight?

Part 4 of 5One of the bulbs burns out. The lamp has awire that shorts out the bulb filament when itburns out, dropping the resistance of the bulbto zero.

What is the resistance of the light stringnow?

Part 5 of 5How much power is dissipated by the stringnow?



lights are connected in series to a 120 Vsource. The string dissipates 64 W. Whatis the equivalent resistance of the light string?


Part 3 of 5What power is dissipated in a single light?

Part 4 of 5One of the bulbs burns out. The lamp has awire that shorts out the bulb filament when itburns out, dropping the resistance of the bulbto zero.What is the resistance Rnew of the light stringnow?

Part 5 of 5Find the power Pnew dissipated by the stringnow.




lights are connected in series to a 120 Vsource. The string dissipates 64 W. Whatis the equivalent resistance of the light string?


Circuits 0108:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A(n) ? is a resetable device that pro-tects a circuit from becoming overheated.

1. circuit breaker

2. electroscope

3. resistor

4. capacitor

5. short circuit


A(n) ? is an easier path for electron flowthat can cause shocks or an electric fire.

1. short circuit

2. circuit breaker

3. electroscope

4. resistor

5. capacitor


When electrons move back and forth, re-versing their direction regularly, the currentis called

1. alternating current.

2. direct current.

3. induced current.

4. a short circuit.


Part 1 of 2Consider the two circuits below.

R1 is 25 Ω and R2 is 30 Ω.εε

R1

SeriesConnection

ParallelConnection

R2

R2

R1

a) In the series circuit, what is the equivalentresistance?

1. 55 Ω

2. 5 Ω

3. 0.83 Ω

4. 1.2 Ω

Part 2 of 2b) In the parallel circuit, what is the equiva-lent resistance?

1. Less than 25 Ω

2. More than 30 Ω

3. Between 25 and 30 Ω

4. More information is needed.


Part 1 of 2


Consider the two circuits below.εε

R1

SeriesConnection

ParallelConnection

R2

R2

R1

a) In the series circuit, if the potential dif-ference across the battery is 20 V and thepotential difference across R1 is 12 V, what isthe potential difference across R2?

1. 8 V

2. 20 V

3. 32 V

4. 240 V

5. 12 V


Part 2 of 2b) In the parallel circuit, if the potential dif-ference acrossR1 is 12 V, what is the potentialdifference across R2?

1. 12 V

2. 20 V

3. 32 V

4. 8 V

5. 240 V



Part 1 of 2Consider the two circuits below.

εε

R1

SeriesConnection

ParallelConnection

R2

R2

R1

a) In the series circuit, if the currentthrough R1 is 1.5 A, then the current throughR2 is

1. 1.5 A.

2. 1 A.

3. 0.5 A.

4. 3 A.


Part 2 of 2b) In the parallel circuit, if the current put outby the battery is 3 A, and the current throughR1 is 1 A, then the current through R2 is

1. 2 A.

2. 1 A.

3. 3 A.

4. 4 A.


Cost of a Light Bulb08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A P = 60 W, V1 = 100 V light bulb isplugged into a V2 = 50 V outlet.

If energy costs C = 4 cents/kWh, howmuch does it cost per month ( = 30 days) toleave the light bulb turned on?

Cost of Operating a Coffeepot08:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.


A certain coffeepot draws 4.0 A of currentwhen it is operated on 120 V household lines.If electrical energy costs 10 cents per kilowatt-hour, how much does it cost to operater thecoffeepot for 2 hours?

1. 2.4 cents

2. 4.8 cents

3. 8.0 cents

4. 9.6 cents

5. 16 cents

Cost of Staying Warm08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

It requires about 10 W/ft2 of electric powerper square foot to heat a room.

At a cost of 0.08 dollars/kWh, how muchdoes it cost per day to use electric heat toheat a room 10 ft × 15 ft?

Current Through a Wire08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A total charge of 6 mC passes through across-sectional area of a wire in 2 s .

What is the current in the wire?

Cutting a Wire08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A length of wire is cut into n = 4 equalpieces. The n = 4 pieces are then connectedin parallel, with the resulting resistance beingRp = 2 Ω. What was the resistance r of theoriginal length of wire?

Discharge a Capacitor08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The circuit has been connected as shown in

the figure for a ”long” time.

R1

C

R3

R2 R4

a

b

V

Given V = 10 V, R1 = 1 Ω, R2 = 4 Ω,R3 = 8 Ω, R4 = 2 Ω, and C = 1 µF, as shownin the figure. What is the electric potentialacross the capacitor?

Part 2 of 2If the battery is disconnected, how long doesit take for the capacitor to discharge to 0.1 ofits initial voltage?

Dissipated Power08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Consider the following two cases.

R

R

R1

2

aII=

=RI bI R 2R1

case a:

case b:

Given R1 = R2 = 1 Ω, I = 2 A. Find the

ratio of dissipated powers,Pa

Pb.

1. 4

2. 2

3.1

4

4.1

2


5. 1

6.1

8

7. 8

Part 2 of 2Find Pa in watts.

Double the Current08:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 4If the current carried by a conductor is

doubled, what happens to the charge carrierdensity?

1. It doubles.

2. It is unchanged.

3. It gets cut in half.

Part 2 of 4If the current carried by a conductor is dou-bled, what happens to the current density?

1. It is unchanged.


3. It doubles.

Part 3 of 4If the current carried by a conductor is dou-bled, what happens to the electron drift ve-locity?


2. It doubles.

3. It is unchanged.

Part 4 of 4If the current carried by a conductor is dou-bled, what happens to the average time be-tween collisions?

1. It doubles.


3. It is unchanged.

Electric Circuit 0108:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

If the different parts of an electric circuitare found on separate branches of the circuit,the circuit is called a(n)

1. parallel circuit.

2. series circuit.

3. open circuit.

4. transistor circuit.


60 Ω30 Ω

r

0.8 A

20 V

A 30-ohm resistor and a 60-ohm resistorare connected as shown above to a battery ofemf 20 volts and internal resistance r. Thecurrent in the circuit is 0.8 ampere. What isthe value of r?

1. 0.22 Ω

2. 4.5 Ω

3. 5 Ω

4. 16 Ω

5. 70 Ω



εε

R1

SeriesConnection

ParallelConnection

R2

R2

R1

In the diagrams above, resistors R1 and R2

are shown in two different connections to thesame source of emf E that has no internalresistence. How does the power dissipated bythe resistors in these two cases compare?

1. It is greater for the series connection.

2. It is greater for the paralled connection.

3. It is the same for both connections

4. It is different for each connection, but onemust know the values of R1 and R2 to knowwhich is greater.

5. It is different for each connection, but onemust know the values of E to know which isgreater.

Electric Circuit 0508:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3The following circuit diagram shows a bat-

tery with an internal resistance of 4.0 ohmsconnected to a 16-ohm and a 20-ohm resistorin series. The current in the 20-ohm resistoris 0.3 amperes.

X

Y

ε4 Ω

InternalResistance

20 Ω

I = 0.3 A

16 Ω

What is the emf of the battery?

1. 1.2 V

2. 6.0 V

3. 10.8 V

4. 12.0 V

5. 13.2 V

Part 2 of 3What is the potential difference across theterminals X and Y of the battery?

1. 1.2 V

2. 6.0 V

3. 10.8 V

4. 12.0 V

5. 13.2 V

Part 3 of 3What power is dissipated by the 4-ohm inter-nal resistance of the battery?

1. 0.36 W

2. 1.2 W

3. 3.2 W

4. 3.6 W

5. 4.8 W

Electric Circuit 0608:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2The following di-

agram shows part of a closed electric circuit.

X Y

The electric resistance of the part of circuitshown between point X and Y is

1. 11

3Ω


2. 2Ω

3. 23

4Ω

4. 4Ω

5. 6Ω

Part 2 of 2When there is a steady current in the circuit,the amount of charge passing a point per unittime is

1. the same everywhere in the circuit

2. greater at point X than at point Y

3. greater in the 1Ω resistor than in the 2Ωresistor



Electric Circuit 0708:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4In the circuit shown below, A, B,

C, and D are identical lightbulbs.

A

B

CD

ε

Assume that the battery maintains a con-stant potential difference between its termi-nals (i.e., the internal resistance of the batteryis assumed to be negligible) and the resistanceof each lightbulb remains constant.

Which of the following is the correct re-lationships of the brightnesses of (i.e. thepowers consumed by) the lightbulbs?

1. PA > PB > PC > PD

2. PD > PA > PB = PC

3. PA > PD > PB = PC

4. PB = PC > PA > PD

5. PA > PB = PC > PD

6. PD > PB = PC > PA

Part 2 of 4Given: the emf of the battery is E = 10 V,and R = 1 Ω.

What is the power consumed by bulb B?

Part 3 of 4Bulb D is then removed from its socket.

How does the brightness of bulb A change?

1. The brightness of bulb A remains thesame.

2. The brightness of bulb A increases.

3. The brightness of bulb A decreases.

4. The brightness of bulb A cannot be de-termined.

Part 4 of 4How does the brightness of bulb B changewhen bulb D is removed from its socket?

1. The brightness of bulb B remains thesame.

2. The brightness of bulb B increases.

3. The brightness of bulb B decreases.

4. The brightness of bulb B cannot be de-termined.

Electric Heater 0108:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An electric heater operating at full power

draws a current of 8 A from a 110 V circuit.


What is the resistance of the heater?

Part 2 of 2Assuming constant R, how much currentshould the heater draw in order to dissipateP = 750 W?

Electric Heater 0208:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An electric resistance heater is to deliver1500 kcal/h to a room using 110 V electricity.If fuses come in 10 A , 20 A, and 30 A sizes,what is the smallest current that can safely beused in the heater circuit?

Electric Iron08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 110 V electric iron draws 3 A of current.How much heat is developed per hour?


Computers, lights, appliances, and motorsare examples of

1. resistors.

2. circuit protectors.

3. thermocouples.

4. electrochemical cells.

Electric Power 5108:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Electric power (in watts or joules/second) isequal to the product of the current (in amps)and the difference in potential (in volts); i.e.,

1 W = 1 J/sec = 1 amps · volts.Calculate the power of a D-cell battery with

a potential of 1.5 V and a current of 1.8 Aapplied across it.

1. 2.7 W

2. 5.4 W

3. 1.4 W

4. 10.0 W

Electric Shock08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The damage caused by electric shock de-

pends on the current flowing through thebody – 1 mA can be felt; 5 mA is painful.Above 15 mA, a person loses muscle control,and 70 mA can be fatal. A person with dryskin has a resistance from one arm to theother of about 100000 Ω. When skin is wet,the resistance drops to about 5000 Ω.

What is the minimum voltage placed acrossthe arms that would produce a current thatcould be felt by a person with dry skin?

Part 2 of 3What would be the current using the samevoltage have if the person had wet skin?

Part 3 of 3What would be the minimum voltage thatwould produce a current that could be feltwhen the skin is wet?

Electron Flow 0108:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The potential difference in a simple circuit

is 2 V and the resistance is 2 Ω. What currentI flows in the circuit?

Part 2 of 2How many electrons pass a given point in thecircuit in 1 min?

Electron Flow 0208:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A current of 70 mA exists in a metal wire.

How many electrons flow past a given cross-


section of the wire in 9 min?

Part 2 of 2The directions of the current and the elec-trons’ motion are

1. parallel

2. antiparallel


A light bulb consumed 135 kJ after burningfor half an hour.

What wattage of light bulb was used?

1. 60 watt

2. 75 watt

3. 150 watt

4. 100 watt

Energy 5508:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 75 watt bulb was allowed to burn for30 minutes.

How much energy did the bulb consume?

Filament08:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

A 1000 W bulb and a 500 W bulb are bothdesigned to operate at standard householdvoltage of 120 V.

Determine which bulb has the lower fila-ment resistance and then calculate the valueof its resistance.

Five Bulbs 0108:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Rank the brightness of the (iden-tical) bulbs in the following circuit.

V B CE

DA

1. A = B = C > D = E

2. A = B = C = D = E

3. A = D = E > B > C

4. A = D = E > B = C

5. B = C > A = D = E

6. A = B > A = D = E

7. A = C > B > D = E

8. C > B > A > D > E

9. E = D > A > B = C

10. A = B = C > D > E

Five Bulbs 0208:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Rank the brightness of the identical bulbsin the following circuit(Hint: You may findit helpful to work out the currents throughthe bulbs for the case V = 1V , and R = 1Ωfor all the bulbs, then compare the currents.)

V DA E

B

C

1. A = B = C = D = E

2. A = D = E > B > C

3. A = B = C > D > E

4. A = B = C > D = E


5. A = D = E > B = C

6. B = C > A = D = E

7. A = B > C > D = E

8. A = C > B > D = E

9. C > B > A > D > E

10. E = D > A > B = C

Five Resistors 0108:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

For the network shown in the figure, findthe equivalent resistance between “a” and“d”, Rad, where R1 = 1 Ω, R2 = 9 Ω,R3 = 5 Ω, R4 = 7 Ω, and R5 = 3 Ω.

R1

R4

R2

R3 R5

a b

c

d


Given: R1 = 1 Ω, R2 = 7 Ω, R3 =5 Ω, R4 = 9 Ω, and R5 = 3 Ω.

R1

a

R4

R3

R2 R5

b

In the circuit shown in the figure determinethe resistance between “a” and “b”.


Given: R1 = 1 Ω, R2 = 7 Ω, R3 =5 Ω, R4 = 9 Ω, and R5 = 3 Ω.

R1

a

R4

R3

R2 R5

b

In the circuit shown in the figure determinethe resistance between “a” and “b”.

Four Bulbs 0108:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2The circuit below shows four identical

bulbs connected to an ideal battery, whichhas negligible internal resistance. Rank thebulbs in order from brightest to dimmest.(Hint: You may find it helpful to workout the current through the four bulbsfor the case V = 1V , and R = 1Ω forall the bulbs, then compare the currents.)

V B C

A

D

1. A > B = C > D

2. D > B = C > A

3. A > B > C > D

4. D > C > B > A

5. B = C > A = D

6. A = D > B = C

7. A = C > D > B

8. A = B > D = C

9. A = B = C > D

10. A = B = C = D

Part 2 of 2


Suppose a switch has been added to the cir-cuit as shown. The switch is initially closed.When the switch is opened, what happensto the currents through bulbs A, B, and D?

VB C

A

D

1. IA increases, IB increases, ID increases.

2. IA increases, IB remains the same, IDincreases.

3. IA increases, IB decreases, ID increases.

4. IA remains the same, IB increases, IDremains the same.

5. IA remains the same, IB remains thesame, ID remains the same.

6. IA remains the same, IB decreases, IDremains the same

7. IA decreases, IB increases, ID decreases.

8. IA decreases, IB remains the same, IDdecreases.

9. IA decreases, IB decreases, ID de-creases.

10. IA increases, IB remains the same, IDdecreases.


Four identical light bulbs are con-nected either in series (circuit A), orin a parallel-series combination (circuitB), to a constant voltage battery withnegligible internal resistance, as shown.

circuit A

V

V

circuitB

Assuming the battery has no internal resis-tance and the resistance of the bulbs is tem-perature independent, what is the ratio of thetotal power consumed by circuit A to that

consumed by circuit B; i.e.,

(

PA,Total

PB,Total

)

?

1.P

A

PB

= 1

2.P

A

PB

= 4

3.P

A

PB

=1

4

4.P

A

PB

= 2

5.P

A

PB

=1

2

6.P

A

PB

= 8

7.P

A

PB

=1√8

8.P

A

PB

= 16

9.P

A

PB

=1

16


Part 1 of 2Four identical light bulbs are connected

either in series (circuit 1) or in parallel(circuit 2) to a constant voltage batterywith negligible internal resistance, as shown.


(circuit 1)

(circuit 2)

Compared to the individual bulbs in circuit1, the individual bulbs in circuit 2 are

1. the same brightness.

2. more than 4 times brighter.

3. 4 times brighter.

4.1

4as bright.

5. less than1

4as bright.

Part 2 of 2If one of the bulbs in circuit 2 is unscrewedand removed from its socket, the remaining 3bulbs

1. become brighter.

2. become dimmer.

3. are unaffected.

4. go out.

Four Resistors08:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2All the bulbs in the figure be-

low above have the same resistance R.

VB C

A

D

If bulb B is removed from the circuit, (i.e.bulb B is replaced with an open line), whathappens to the current through (brightnessof) bulb A, bulb D, and the battery?(Hint: You may find it helpful to work outthe currents through bulb A, bulb D, and thebattery for both cases by using V=1 volt andR= 1 ohm.)

1. iA decreases, iD remains the same, ibattery

decreases

2. iA increases, iD increases, ibattery in-creases

3. iA increases, iD increases, ibattery de-creases

4. iA increases, iD remains the same, ibattery

increases

5. iA remains the same, iD increases, ibattery

increases

6. iA increases, iD increases, ibattery remainsthe same

7. iA increases, iD decreases, ibattery de-creases

8. iA decreases, iD decreases, ibattery de-creases

9. iA remains the same, iD remains the same,ibatteryremains the same

10. iA decreases, iD decreases, ibattery remainsthe same

Part 2 of 2A wire is added to the figure.


VB C

A

D

What happens to the current through (bright-ness of) bulb A, bulb D, and the battery?

1. iA increases, iD remains the same, ibattery

increases

2. iA increases, iD increases, ibattery de-creases

3. iA increases, iD increases, ibattery in-creases

4. iA decreases, iD remains the same, ibattery

decreases

5. iA remains the same, iD increases, ibattery

increases

6. iA increases, iD increases, ibattery remainsthe same

7. iA increases, iD decreases, ibattery de-creases

8. iA decreases, iD decreases, ibattery de-creases

10. iA remains the same, iD remains the same,ibattery remains the same

1. iA decreases, iD decreases, ibattery remainsthe same

Galvanometer Coil in a Meter08:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Passive meters to measure voltage and cur-

rent use a galvanometer (with an internalcoil resistance Rgalvanometer, not shown inthe figures) as an integral part of the instru-ment. The meter also has a calibrated resistorRmeter either in series or in parallel with the

galvanometer coil. Which circuit should beused to measure electric potential differencesacross a resistor in an DC circuit?

1.

RG

meter

2.

R

G

meter

Part 2 of 2To make an effective measurement, the resis-tor Rmeter should be:

1. Rmeter << Rgalvanometer

2. Rmeter > Rgalvanometer

3. Rmeter < Rgalvanometer

4. Rmeter >> Rgalvanometer

5. Rmeter = Rgalvanometer

Galvanometer to Voltmeter 0108:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Consider a galvanometer with an internalresistance of 60 Ω. If it deflects full-scalewhen it carries a current of 0.5 mA, what isthe value of the series resistance that mustbe connected to it if this combination is tobe used as a voltmeter having a full-scaledeflection for a potential difference of 1 V?


A 40 Ω, 2 mA galvanometer is to be con-verted to a voltmeter that reads 150 V atfull-scale deflection.

What value of series resistance should be


used with the galvanometer coil?


Part 1 of 2A galvanometer deflects full scale for a

50 µA current. What must be the totalresistance of the series resistor and the gal-vanometer to make a voltmeter with 10.0 Vfull scale deflection?

Part 2 of 2If the galvanometer has an internal resistanceof 1 kΩ, what should be the resistance of theseries resistor?

Generator Design08:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An electric generator at the South TexasNuclear Plant has a fixed power rating Pgen.In order to run equipment in Austin, thispower must be transmitted over cables whichhave resistance R. You can design the gen-erator to operate either at a high voltageof 10,000 V or at low voltage of 120 V.

I

R

generator Austin P&L Inc.

In order to power Austin most efficiently (i.e.minimize ”ohmic” heat losses in the cable), itis preferable to

1. Neither-it makes no difference.

2. operate the generator at low voltage.

3. operate the generator at high voltage.

Generator in a Power Plant


In a hydroelectric installation, a turbinedelivers 1500 hp to a generator, which in turnconverts 80 % of the mechanical energy intoelectrical energy.

Under these conditions, what current willthe generator deliver at a terminal potentialdifference of 2000 V?

Heater and Fan08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A lamp (140 Ω), an electric heater (20 Ω),

and a fan (40 Ω) are connected in parallelacross a 100 V line.

What total current is supplied to the cir-cuit?

Part 2 of 4What is the voltage across the fan?

Part 3 of 4What is the current in the lamp?

Part 4 of 4What is the power expended in the heater?

Heat in a Resistor08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A current of 1.2 A flows through a 50 Ωresistor for 5 min. How much heat was gener-ated by the resistor?

Heating Coil Resistance08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Suppose that you want to install a heating

coil that will convert electric energy to heatat a rate of 300 W for a current of 1.5 A.Determine the resistance of the coil.

Part 2 of 2The resistivity of the coil wire is 1×10−6 Ωm,and its diameter is 0.3 mm. Determine itslength.



If the voltage impressed across a circuit isheld constant while the resistance doubles,what change occurs in the current?

1. The same as before

2. Current is doubled

3. Three times bigger

4. Half of the original value



If the resistance of a circuit remains con-stant while the voltage across the circuit de-creases to half its former value, what changeoccurs in the current?

1. The same as before

2. The current is doubled

3. Three times bigger

4. Half of the original value


Hewitt CP9 23 0408:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

Part 1 of 2In a circuit of two lamps in series, if the

current through one lamp is 1 A, what is thecurrent through the other lamp?

Part 2 of 2If 6 V is impressed across the above circuitand the voltage across the first lamp is 2 V,what is the voltage across the second lamp?


Note: The lamps are not the same.If 6 V are impressed across a circuit of two

lamps in series and the voltage across the firstlamp is 2 V, what is the voltage across thesecond lamp?

1. 4 V

2. 9 V

3. 13 V

4. 5 V

5. 16 V

6. 14 V


In a circuit of two lamps in parallel, if thereare 6 V across one lamp, what is the voltageacross the other lamp?


How does the sum of the currents flowthrough the branches of a sample parallel cir-cuit compare to the current that flows throughthe voltage source?

1.The sum of currents in the branches is big-ger than the current of the voltage source.

2. The sum of currents in the branches isequal to the current of the voltage source.

3. The sum of currents in the branchesis smaller than the current of the voltagesource.


4. Can not be determined.


Part 1 of 2A 1 mile long copper wire has a resistance

of 10 ohm.What will be its new resistance when it is

shortened by cutting it in a half?

Part 2 of 2What will be the new resistance when it isshortened by doubling it over and using it as”one” wire?


Part 1 of 2What is the effect on the current in a wire

if both the voltage across it and its resistanceare doubled?


2. The current is 4 times bigger

3. The current does not change

4. The current is halved

5. The current is reduced to a quarter of itsoriginal value

6. Unable to determined

Part 2 of 2What is the effect on the current in a wire ifboth the voltage across it and its resistanceare halved?


2. The current is 4 times bigger

3. The current does not change

4. The current is halved

5. The current is reduced to a quarter of itsoriginal value

6. Unable to determined


How does the current in a light bulb con-nected to a 220 V source compare to thecurrent when the light bulb is connected to a110 V source?

1. Current in the 220 V circuit is bigger

2. Current in the 110 V circuit is bigger

3. Both currents are the same



Part 1 of 3What unit is represented by ”joule per

coulomb”

1. Volt

2. Ampere

3. Coulomb

4. Kilogram

5. Ohm

6. Joule

7.Watt

Part 2 of 3What unit is represented by ”coulomb persecond”


1. Volt

2. Ampere

3. Coulomb

4. Kilogram

5. Ohm

6. Joule

7.Watt

Part 3 of 3What unit is represented by ”watt·second”

1. Volt

2. Ampere

3. Coulomb

4. Kilogram

5. Ohm

6. Joule

7.Watt


Part 1 of 4a) In the circuit shown, how do the bright-

nesses of the identical lightbulbs compare?

A B

C

SV

1. A is the brightest.

2. B is the brightest.

3. C is the brightest.

4. A, B and C have the same brightnesses.

5. A and C are brighter than B.

6. Can’t determine unless we know the volt-age of the power supply.

Part 2 of 4b) Which lightbulb draws the most current?

1. C does.

2. B does.

3. A does.

4. A, B and C have the same current.

5. A and C have more current than B.


Part 3 of 4c) What will happen if bulb A is unscrewed?

1. Short circuit and the circuit catch fire.

2. C is brighter.

3. B is brighter.

4. A is brighter.

5. Both A and B turn off.


Part 4 of 4d) What will happen if bulb C is unscrewed?

1. Short circuit and the circuit catch fire.


2. A and B have same brightnesses.

3. B is brighter.

4. C is brighter.

5. A is brighter.



The voltage marked on a light bulb is not aninherent property of the bulb but depends onthe voltage to which it is connected, usually110 or 120 V .

Assume the power of a light bulb is 60 W .connected to a circuit with voltage 120 V .

Find the current flowing through the lightbulb.


A certain device in a 120 V circuit has acurrent rating of 20 A .

Find the resistance of the devicer.


Part 1 of 2Using

the equation Power= current×voltage, findthe current drawn by a 1200 W hair-dryerconnected to 120 V .

Part 2 of 2Using the method you used in the previ-ous problem, find the resistance of the hair-dryer.


The total charge that an automobile bat-tery can supply without being recharged isgiven in terms of Ampere-hours. A typical12-V battery has a rating of 60 Ah . Supposeyou forget to turn off the headlights in yourparked automobile.

If each of the two headlights draws 3 A , findout the time before your battery is “dead”.


How much does it cost to operate a 100 Wlamp continuously for one week if the powerutility rate is 0.15 $/kWh


Part 1 of 2An electric iron connected to a 110 V source

draws 9 A of current.Find out the heat the iron generates in a

minute.

Part 2 of 2Find out the charge (in coulombs) flowingthrough the iron in one minute.


A certain light bulb with a resistance of95 Ω (when the bulb is on) is labeled 150 W.

What voltage was this light bulb designedto use?


If the voltage impressed across a circuit isheld constant while the resistance doubles,what change occurs in the current?

1. Unchanged

2. Doubles

3. Halves


4. Four times bigger

5. Cannot determine


When you pay your household electric billat the end of the month, which of the followingare you paying for?

1. Voltage

2. Current

3. Power

4. Energy

High Voltage Transmission08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A high-voltage transmission line carries1000 A at 700 kV for a distance of 160 km.

If the resistance in the wire is 0.31 Ω/km,how much power is dissipated due to resistivelosses?


A 1.5V battery is connected to a small lightbulb with a resistance of 3.5Ω.

What is the current in the bulb?


A stereo with a resistance of 65 Ω is con-nected across a potential difference of 120V.

What is the current in this device?


Part 1 of 2A hot plate connected across a potential

difference of 120 V has a resistance of 48 Ω.a) What is the current in the hot plate?

Part 2 of 2A microwave oven connected across a poten-tial difference of 120 V has a resistance of20 Ω.

b) What is the current in the microwaveoven?


The current in a microwave oven is 6.25 A.If the resistance of the oven’s circuitry is

17.6 Ω, what is the potential difference acrossthe oven?


A typical color television draws 2.5 A ofcurrent when connected across a potential dif-ference of 115 V.

What is the effective resistance of the tele-vision set?


Part 1 of 2The current in a certain resistor is 0.50 A

when it is connected to a potential differenceof 110 V.

a) What is the current in this same resistorif the operating potential difference is 90.0 V?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the current in the resistor whenthe operating potential difference if 130 V?



A 1050 W electric toaster operates on ahousehold circuit of 120V.

What is the resistance of the wire thatmakes up the heating element of the toaster?


A small electronic device is rated at 0.25 Wwhen connected to 120 V.

What is the resistance of this device?


A calculator is rated at 0.10 W when con-nected to 1.50 V battery.

What is the resistance of this device?


Part 1 of 2An electric heater is operated by apply-

ing a potential difference of 50.0 V across anichrome wire of total resistance 8.00 Ω.

a) Find the current in the wire.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the power rating of the heater.


Part 1 of 3Assume electrical energy costs $0.080 per

kW·h,and that appliances have a potentialdifference across them of 115 V.

a) Calculate the cost of running a(n) 75.0W stereo for 24 h.

Part 2 of 3b) Calculate the cost of running an electricoven that draws 20.0 A of current for 24 h.

Part 3 of 3c) Calculate the cost of running a televisionwith a resistance of 60.0 Ω for 24 h.


Part 1 of 3Several appliances are supplied with a po-

tential difference of 115 V and are operatedcontinuously for a 24h period.

a) How many joules of energy are used ifthe appliance is a(n) 75.0 W stereo?

Part 2 of 3b) How many joules of energy are used if theappliance is an electric oven that draws 20.0A of current?

Part 3 of 3c) How many joules of energy are used if theappliance is a television with a resistance of60.0 Ω.


How much current is drawn by a televisionwith a resistance of 35 Ω that is connectedacross a potential difference of 120 V?


Part 1 of 3A resistor R is connected to a 9.0 V battery.a) Calculate the current if R = 5.0Ω.

5.0 Ω

Part 2 of 3b) Calculate the current if R = 2.0Ω.


2.0 Ω

Part 3 of 3c) Calculate the current if R = 20.0Ω.

20.0 Ω


How many joules of energy are dissipatedby 50.0 W light bulb in 1.00 s?


It is estimated that in the United States(population 250 million) there is one electricclock per person, with each clock using energyat a rate of 2.5 W.

Using this estimate, how much energy isconsumed by all of the electric clocks in theUnited States in a year?


A computer is connected across a 110 Vpower supply. The computer dissipates 130Wof power in the form of electromagnetic radi-ation and heat.

Calculate the resistance of the computer.


Part 1 of 2The operating potential difference of a light

bulb is 120 V. The power rating of the bulbis 75 W.

a) Find the current in the bulb.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the bulb’s resistance.


How much would it cost to watch a foot-ball game for 3.0 h on a 325 W television ifelectrical energy costs $0.08 /kW · h?


Calculate the cost of operating a 75 W lightbulb continuously for a 30-day month whenelectrical energy costs $0.15 /kW · h.


A potential difference of 12 V produces acurrent of 0.40 A in a piece of copper wire.

What is the resistance of the wire?


Part 1 of 2A person notices a mild shock if the current

along a path through the thumb and indexfinger exceeds 80 µA.

a) Determine the maximum allowable po-tential difference without shock across thethumb and index finger for a dry-skin resis-tance of 4.0×105 Ω.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the maximum allowable poten-tial difference without shock across the thumband index finger for a wet-skin resistance of2.0×103 Ω.



How much power is needed to operate aradio that draws 7.0 A of current when apotential difference of 115V is applied acrossit?


A color television has a power rating of325 W.

How much current does this set draw froma potential difference of 120 V?


An X-ray tube used for cancer therapy op-erates at 4.0 MV with a beam current of 25mA striking a metal target.

Calculate the power of this beam.


Part 1 of 3A steam iron draws 6.0 A when connected

to a potential difference of 120 V.a) What is the power rating of this iron?

Part 2 of 3b) How many joules of energy are produced in20.0 min?

Part 3 of 3c) How much does it cost to run the iron for20.0 min at $0.010/kW·h?


Part 1 of 2A(n) 11.0 W energy-efficient fluorescent

lamp is designed to produce the same illu-mination as a conventional 40.0 W lamp.

a) How much energy does this lamp saveduring 100.0 h of use?

Part 2 of 2b) If electrical energy costs $0.080/kW·h, howmuch money is saved in 100.0 h?


Part 1 of 4Use the electric bill shown in the figure.

In 33 days you used 471 kWhRead Date Meter # 007905101/21/00 6059112/19/99 60120

Difference 471

Rate Calculation:Residential Service Rate, Multi-fuelCustomer Charge: $6.00Energy: 471 kWh at $.03550/kWh 16.72Fuel: 471 kWh at $.01467/kWh 6.91Subtotal Electric Charges $29.63

Sales Tax 0.30Total Cost for Electric Service $29.93For this 33 days period, youraverage daily cost for Electricservice was $0.91

a) How many joules of energy were con-sumed in this billing cycle?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the average amount of energyconsumed per day in kilowatt-hours?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the average amount of energy con-sumed per day in joules?

Part 4 of 4d) If the cost of energy were increased to$0.15 /kWh, how much more would energycost in this billing cycle? (Assume that theprice of fuel remains constant.)



Birds resting on high-voltage power linesare a common sight. A certain copper powerline carries a current of 50.0 A, and its resis-tance per unit length is 1.12×10−5Ω/m.

If a bird is standing on this line with its feet4.0 cm apart, what is the potential differenceacross the bird’s feet?


Part 1 of 2An electric car is designed to run on a bank

of batteries with a total potential difference of12 V and a total energy storage of 2.0×10−7J.

a) If the electric motor draws 8.0 kW, whatis the current delivered to the motor?

Part 2 of 2b) If the electric motor draws 8.0 kW as thecar moves at a steady speed of 20.0 m/s, howfar will the car travel before it is ”out ofjuice”?


Part 1 of 2A 12.0 V storage battery is connected to

three resistors, 6.75 Ω, 15.3 Ω, and 21.6 Ω,respectively. The resistors are joined in series.

a) Calculate the equivalent resistance.

Part 2 of 2b) What is the current in the circuit?


Part 1 of 3A(n) 4.0 Ω, a(n) 8.0 Ω and a(n) 12.0 Ω

resistor are connected in series with a 24.0 V

battery.a) Calculate the equivalent resistance.

Part 2 of 3b) What is the current in the circuit?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the current in each resistor?


Part 1 of 4Consider the circuit in the figure.

5 Ω 4 Ω

V0.5 A

2 Ω 7 Ω

a) Find the potential difference across the2.0 Ω resistor.

Part 2 of 4b) Find the potential difference across the 4.0Ω resistor.

Part 3 of 4c) Find the potential difference across the 5.0Ω resistor.

Part 4 of 4d) Find the potential difference across the 7.0Ω resistor.


Part 1 of 4A series combination of two resistors, 7.25

Ω, and 4.03 Ω, is connected to a 9.00 V bat-tery.


a) Calculate the equivalent resistance of thecircuit.

Part 2 of 4b) Calculate the current in the circuit.

Part 3 of 4c) What is the potential difference across the7.25 Ω resistor?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the potential difference across the4.03 Ω resistor?


A(n) 7.0 Ω resistor is connected in serieswith another resistor and a 4.5 V battery.The current in the circuit is 0.60 A.

Calculate the value of the unknown resis-tance.


Part 1 of 2Several light bulbs are connected in series

across a 115 V source of emf.a) What is the equivalent resistance if the

current in the circuit is 1.70 A?

Part 2 of 2b) If each light bulb has a resistance of 1.50Ω, how many light bulbs are in the circuit?


Part 1 of 4A 9.0 V battery is connected to four resis-

tors, as in the figure.

7.0Ω

5.0Ω

4.0Ω

2.0Ω

9.0V

a) Calculate the current in the 2.0 Ω resis-tor.

Part 2 of 4b) Calculate the current in the 4.0 Ω resistor.

Part 3 of 4c) Calculate the current in the 5.0 Ω resistor.

Part 4 of 4d) Calculate the current in the 7.0 Ω resistor.


A length of wire is cut into five equal pieces.The five pieces are then connected in parallel,with the resulting resistance being 24.0 Ω.

What was the resistance of the originallength of wire before it was cut up?


Part 1 of 4A(n) 4.0 Ω resistor, a(n) 8.0 Ω resistor, and

a(n) 12.0 Ω resistor are connected in parallelacross a 24.0 V battery.

a) What is the equivalent resistance of thecircuit?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the current in the 4.0 Ω resistor?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the current in the 8.0 Ω resistor?

Part 4 of 4d)What is the current in the 12.0 Ω resistor?



Part 1 of 4A(n) 18.0 Ω, 9.00 Ω, and 6.00 Ω resistor

are connected in parallel to an emf source. Acurrent of 4.00 A is in the 9.00 Ω resistor.

a) Calculate the equivalent resistance of thecircuit.

Part 2 of 4b) What is the potential difference across thesource?

Part 3 of 4c) Calculate the current in the 18.0 Ω resistor.

Part 4 of 4d) Calculate the current in the 6.00 Ω resis-tor.


Part 1 of 3Consider the circuit shown in the figure.

40V

40Ω

3Ω

25Ω

a) Find its equivalent resistance.


40V

25Ω

35Ω

12Ω

b) Find its equivalent resistance.


40V

12Ω

28Ω

15Ω

c) Find its equivalent resistance.



25V

18Ω

15Ω

40Ω3 Ω

25 Ω

a)Find its equivalent resistance.


25V

45Ω

50Ω

25Ω35 Ω

12 Ω

b) Find its equivalent resistance.

Holt SF 20D 0108:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min,


wording-variable.

Part 1 of 6READ AND DELETE: Comments by Du-

Bose (52109). The value of R-sub C is notindicated in the diagram. It says ”R-sub Cohms”

Consider the circuit in the figure.

4.0Ω

4.0Ω

5.0 Ω 7.0 Ω

4.0 Ω

Rc

2.0 Ω

14.0

V

a) Find the current in 4.0 Ω resistor whichis labeled Rc.

Part 2 of 6b) Find the potential difference across Ra.

Part 3 of 6c) Find the potential difference across Rb.

Part 4 of 6d) Find the current in Rd.

Part 5 of 6e) Find the current in Re.

Part 6 of 6f) Find the potential difference across Rf .


A length of wire is cut into five equal pieces.If each piece has a resistance of 0.15 Ω,

what was the resistance of the original lengthof wire?

Holt SF 20Rev 17



a(n) 12 Ω resistor are connected in series witha 24 V battery.

a) Determine the equivalent resistance forthe circuit.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the current in the circuit.



a(n) 12 Ω resistor are connected in parallelacross a 24 V battery.




Part 1 of 2A(n) 18.0 Ω resistor, 9.00 Ω resistor, and

6.00 Ω resistor are connected in parallel acrossa 12 V battery.




Find the equivalent resistance of the circuitshown in the figure:


30 V

6 Ω

18 Ω

12 Ω 9 Ω


Find the equivalent resistance of the circuitshown in the figure.

7.0 Ω 7.0 Ω

1.5 Ω 7.0 Ω

7.0Ω

12.0

V



5.5 Ω

8.5 Ω

2.5 Ω12 V

Find the current in the 2.5 Ω resistor.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the current in the 8.5 Ω resistor.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the current in the 5.5 Ω resistor.



4.0 Ω

12.0 Ω

6.0 Ω

6.0 Ω

2.0 Ω

3.0 Ω

3.0 Ω

18.0 V

a)Find the current in the 2.0 Ω resistor.

Part 2 of 4b) Find the potential difference across the 2.0Ω resistor.

Part 3 of 4c) Find the potential difference across the 12.0Ω resistor.

Part 4 of 4d) Find the current in the 12.0 Ω resistor.


A(n) 8.0 Ω resistor and a(n) 6.0 Ω resistorare connected in series with a battery. Thepotential difference across the 6.0 Ω resistoris measured as 12 V.

Find the potential difference across the bat-tery.

Holt SF 20Rev 28



A(n) 9.0 Ω resistor and a(n) 6.0 Ω resistorare connected in parallel to a battery, and thecurrent in the 9.0 Ω resistor is found to be0.25 A.



A(n) 9.0 Ω resistor and a(n) 6.0 Ω resistorare connected in series to a battery, and thecurrent through the 9.0 Ω resistor is 0.25 A.



A(n) 9.0 Ω resistor and a(n) 6.0 Ω resistorare connected in series with an emf source.The potential difference across the 6.0 Ω re-sistor is measured with a voltmeter to be 12 V.

Find the potential difference across the emfsource.


Part 1 of 3A(n) 18.0 Ω, 9.00 Ω, and 6.00 Ω resistor are

connected in series with an emf source. Thecurrent in the 9.00 Ω resistor is measured tobe 4.00 A.

a) Calculate the equivalent resistance of thethree resistors in the circuit.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the potential difference across the emfsource

Part 3 of 3c) Find the current in the other resistors.


The equivalent resistance of the circuit inthe figure is 60.0 Ω.

R

90 Ω

10 Ω

10 Ω

90 Ω

Find the value of R.


Two identical parallel-wired strings of 25bulbs are connected to each other in series. Ifthe equivalent resistance of the combination is150.0 Ω when it is connected across a potentialdifference of 120.0 V, what is the resistance ofeach individual bulb?


Part 1 of 5In the following circuit diagrams, each in-

dividual resistance is 6.0 Ω.a) What is the equivalent resistance of the

circuit in the figure?

Part 2 of 5b) What is the equivalent resistance of thecircuit in the figure?


Part 3 of 5c) What is the equivalent resistance of thecircuit in the figure?

Part 4 of 5d) What is the equivalent resistance of thecircuit in the figure?

Part 5 of 5e) What is the equivalent resistance?


Part 1 of 4Three small lamps are connected to a 9.0 V

battery, as shown in the figure.

4.5 Ω

2Ω

3Ω

9 V

a) What is the equivalent resistance of this

circuit?

Part 2 of 4b) What is the total current of this circuit?

Part 3 of 4c) What is the current in the 3.0 Ω bulb?

Part 4 of 4d) What is the potential difference across the4.5 Ω bulb?


Part 1 of 3A(n) 18.0 Ω resistor and a(n) 6.0 Ω resistor

are connected in series to a(n) 18.0 V battery.a) Find the current in each resistor.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the potential difference across the firstresistor.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the potential difference across thesecond resistor.


Part 1 of 5A 30.0 Ω resistor is connected in parallel to

a 15.0 Ω resistor. These are joined in series toa 5.00 Ω resistor and a source with a potentialdifference of 30.0 V.

a) Calculate the equivalent resistance.

Part 2 of 5b) Calculate the current in the third resistor.

Part 3 of 5c) Calculate the current in the first resistor.

Part 4 of 5d) Calculate the current in the second resistor.


Part 5 of 5e) Calculate the potential difference acrossthe first resistor.


A resistor with an unknown resistance isconnected in parallel to a(n) 12 Ω resistor.When both resistors are connected in parallelto an emf source of 12 V, the current acrossthe unknown resistor is measured with anammeter to be 3.0 A.

What is the resistance of the unknown re-sistor?


Part 1 of 3Two resistors, 18.0 Ω and 6.0 Ω, are con-

nected in parallel across a(n) 18.0 V battery.a) Find the potential difference across each

resistor.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the current in the first resistor.

Part 3 of 3c) Find the current in the circuit.


The equivalent resistance of the circuitshown in the figure drops to one-half its origi-nal value when the switch, S, is closed.

S

R

90 Ω

10 Ω

10 Ω

90 Ω

Find the value of R.


Part 1 of 2You can obtain only four 20.0 Ω resistors

from the stockroom.a) How can you achieve a resistance of 50.0

Ω under these circumstances?

1. 2 in series with 2 in parallel


3. 3 in series

4. 4 in series

5. 2 in series

6. 2 in parallel

7. 3 in parallel

8. 4 in parallel

9. None of these

Part 2 of 2b) What can you do if you need a 5.0 Ωresistor?




3. 3 in series

4. 4 in series

5. 2 in series

6. 2 in parallel

7. 3 in parallel

8. 4 in parallel

9. None of these


Part 1 of 6Four resistors are connected to a battery

with a terminal voltage of 12.0 V, as shown inthe figure.

30.0 Ω 50.0 Ω

90.0 Ω

20.0 Ω12.0 V

a) Find the equivalent resistance of the cir-cuit.

Part 2 of 6b) Find the current in the battery.

Part 3 of 6c) Find the current in the 30.0 Ω resistor.

Part 4 of 6d) Find the power dissipated by the 50.0 Ωresistor.

Part 5 of 6e) Find the power dissipated by the 20.0 Ωresistor.

Part 6 of 6f) Find the power dissipated by the 90.0 Ωresistor.


Part 1 of 2Two resistors,A and B, are connected in

series to a 6.0 V battery. A voltmeter con-nected across resistor A measures a potentialdifference of 4.0 V. When the two resistors areconnected in parallel across the 6.0 V battery,the current in B is found to be 2.0 A.

a) Find the resistance of B.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the resistance of A.


Part 1 of 2Consider the following circuit.

5.0 Ω 3.0 Ω 3.0 Ω

4.0 Ω 2.0 Ω 3.0 Ω4.0Ω

10.0

Ω

10.0

Ω

28V

a) Find the equivalent resistance.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the current in the 5 Ω resistor.


Part 1 of 2


The power supplied to the circuit shown inthe figure is 4.00 W.

10.0 Ω

5.0 Ω

3.0 Ω

4.0 Ω

3.0 Ω

a) Find the equivalent resistance of the cir-cuit.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the potential difference across thebattery.


Your toaster oven and coffeemaker each dis-sipate 1200 W of power. You have a 120 Vline you use in your kitchen.

For what current must the circuit breakerbe rated for you to operate both of theseappliances at the same time?


Part 1 of 3An electric heater is rated at 1300 W, a

toaster is rated at 1100 W, and an electricgrill is rated at 1500 W. The three appliancesare connected in parallel across a 120 V emfsource.

a) Find the current in the heater.

Part 2 of 3b) Find the current in the toaster.

Part 3 of 3c) For what current must the circuit breakerbe rated for you to operate all of these appli-ances at the same time?

Lamp and Generator08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A lamp draws 0.5 A from a 120 V generator.

How much power does the generator deliver?

Part 2 of 2How much energy does the does the lampconvert in 5 min?

Lamp in a Circuit 0108:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A lamp having a resistance of 10 Ω is con-

nected across 15 V battery. What is thecurrent through the lamp?

Part 2 of 2What resistance must be connected in se-ries with the lamp to reduce the current to0.5 A?

Lamp in a Circuit 0208:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A lamp draws a(n) 66 mA current when

connected to a 6 V battery. When a 9 Vbattery is used, the lamp draws 74 mA. Doesthe lamp obey Ohm’s law?

1. no

2. yes

3. Impossible to tell

Part 2 of 3How much power does the lamp dissipate at6 V?


Part 3 of 3How much power does it dissipate at 9 V?

Lamps and a Heater08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A circuit contains six 240 Ω lamps with

60-W bulbs and a 10 Ω heater connected inparallel. The voltage across the circuit is120 V. What is the current in the circuitwhen four lamps are turned on?

Part 2 of 4when all lamps are on?

Part 3 of 4if six lamps and the heater are operating?

Part 4 of 4If the circuit has a fuse rated at 12 A, will itmelt if everything is on?

1. yes

2. no

Lamps in Series08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A 20 Ω lamp and a 5 Ω lamp are connected

in series and placed across a potential of 50 V.What is the equivalent resistance of the cir-cuit?

Part 2 of 4What is the current in the circuit?

Part 3 of 4What is the voltage drop across the firstlamp?

Part 4 of 4What is the power dissipated in the firstlamp?

Light Bulb 01

08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3A 100-W light bulb is plugged into a stan-

dard 120 V outlet. a) How much does it costper month (31 days) to leave the light turnedon? Assume electric energy cost of 6 cents /kW.h (answer in dollars)

Part 2 of 3b) What is the resistance of the bulb? (an-

swer in ohms)

Part 3 of 3c) What is the current in the bulb? (answer

in mA)

Light Bulb 0208:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

You buy a 75 watt light bulb. The labelmeans that:

1. no matter how you use the bulb, thepower will be 75 watts

2. the bulb was filled with 75 W at thefactory

3. the actual power dissipated will be muchhigher than 75 W since most of the powerappears as heat

4. the bulb is expected to burn out after youuse up its 75 watts

5. the power will be 75 watts if standardhousehould voltage is applied to it

Light Bulb in a Circuit08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A 75W bulb is connected to a 120 V source.


V R

What is the current through the bulb?

Part 2 of 3What is the resistance of the bulb?

Part 3 of 3A lamp dimmer puts a resistance in serieswith the bulb.

What resistance would be needed to reducethe current to 0.3 A?

Maximum Current08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

You have a 5 W, 220 Ω resistor. What isthe maximum current that should be allowedin it?

Meters 0108:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An istrument used to detect a static electriccharge is called a(n)

1. electroscope.

2. ammeter.

3. voltmeter.

4. ohmmeter.

5. transformer.

6. generator.

7. motor.

Meters 0208:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An istrument used to detect the current in

a circuit is called a(n)

1. ammeter.

2. electroscope.

3. voltmeter.

4. ohmmeter.

5. transformer.

6. generator.

7. motor.

Ohms Law 0108:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

According to Ohm’s Law, if the resistancein a circuit is 25 ohms and the voltage is5 volts, then the current flow in the circuitwill equal

1. 0.2 amperes.

2. 5 amperes.

3. 20 amperes.

4. 30 amperes.

5. 125 amperes.

Ohms Law 0208:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following is the formula forOhm’s law?

1. I =V

R

2. I = V R

3. P = IV

4. E = Pt


Power Dissipation 0208:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 10 V battery is connected to a 120 Ωresistor. Neglecting the internal resistance ofthe battery, calculate the power dissipated inthe resistor.


The power dissipated at the top part ofthe circuit in the Figure does not depend onwhether the switch is opened or closed.

Neglect the internal resistance of the volt-age source.

S R

RE

1

R1

If R = 1 Ω, determine R1.

Power in Resistors08:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following combinations of 4Ω resistors would dissipate 24 W when con-nected to a 12 V battery?

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Power of a Resistor08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A R = 1000 Ω resistor is rated at P = 2 W.

What is the maximum current through thisresistor?

Part 2 of 3If the maximum current has been passingthrough the resistor for a = 5 minutes, howmany Coulombs of charge passes through theresistor in this period?

Part 3 of 3Denote the amount of charge in part 2 by Q.Consider the passage of the same maximumcurrent as in part 2 through two R = 1000 Ωresistors connected in series. How muchcharge passes through any cross section inthis resistor series in a = 5 minutes?

1. none of these


2. 2Q

3.Q

2

4. 4Q

5.Q

4

6.√2Q

7.Q√2

8. Q

Power vs Resistivity08:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A variable resistor is connected across aconstant voltage source. Which of the follow-ing graphs represents the power P dissipatedby the resistor as a function of its resistanceR?

1.P

O R

2.P

O R

3.P

O R

4.P

O R

5.P

O R

Resistance 0108:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The opposition to the flow of electricity iscalled

1. resistance.

2. electric current.

3. voltage.

4. amperage.

Resistance 0208:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

As the length of a wire increases, the resis-tance

1. increases.

2. decreases.


4. disappears.

Resistor Circuit 0108:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

If Σ = 12 V and R = 3 Ω, at what rateis thermal


energy being generated in the 2R-resistor?R

2RΣ

R

R


If R = 11 Ω, what is the equiv-alent resistance between the pointsA and B in the circuit shown?

2RR

R

2R

A

B

2R

Resistor Circuit 0308:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3Given: 2R1 = 2R4 = R2 = R3, R1 =

r. I is the current entering and leav-ing the circuit. Each current shown inthe figure is denoted by the same sub-script as the resistor through which it flows(e.g., i1 is the current flowing through R1).

1

1

R

2R

3R

4R

i3i

2i4i

5iA B

C

D

I I

Find the ratioi1i2. (Hint: Apply the Kirch-

hoff’s law to the loop ACDA)

1. 2

2.1

3

3.1

2

4. 1

5.1

4

6. 3

7. 4

Part 2 of 3Find the magnitude of the current i5 whichflows from C to D.

1.I

8

2.I

7

3.I

6

4.I

5

5.I

3

6.I

4

7.I

2

8. 0

Part 3 of 3Find the resistance RAB.

1.4

3r

2. 2 r

3.3

2r

4.5

3r


5. 3 r

6. r

7.2

3r

8.1

3r

9. 0


Part 1 of 2Consider the combination of resistors

shown in the figure. The values of the resistorsare R1 = 3 Ω, R2 = 1 Ω, R3 = 4 Ω, R4 =2 Ω, R5 = 6 Ω, R6 = 5 Ω, and R7 = 3 Ω.

a

b

1R 2R 3R

7R

4R 5R 6R

What is the resistance between point a andpoint b?

Part 2 of 2If the current in the R6 resistor is I6 =1 A, what is the potential difference betweenpoints a and b?

Resistor Combination08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The resistances of the resistors in thefigure are R1 = 0.9 Ω, R2 = 0.9 Ω,R3 = 1.9 Ω, R4 = 3.9 Ω, R5 =0.9 Ω, R6 = 1.9 Ω, and R7 = 4.9 Ω.

A

B

R1

2R

3

4

5

7

6R R

R R

R

The equivalent resistance R between points Aand B of the circuit is

Resistor in a Circuit08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A 6 Ω resistor is connected to a 15 V bat-

tery. What is the current in the circuit?

Part 2 of 2How much thermal energy is produced in10 min?

Resistors in Parallel08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A 16 Ω and a 20 Ω resistor are connected in

parallel. A difference in potential of 40 V isapplied to the combination.

What is the equivalent resistance of theparallel circuit?

Part 2 of 3What is the current in the circuit?

Part 3 of 3How much current passes through the 16 Ωresistor?

Resistors in Series 0108:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The load across a 12 V battery consists of

a series combination of three resistors 15 Ω,21 Ω, and 24 Ω. What is the total resistanceof the load?

Part 2 of 2


What is the current in the circuit?


A(n) 30 V emf is placed across a seriescombination of three resistors ( R1 = 10 Ω,R2 = 20 Ω, R3 = 30 Ω ). At what rate is heatgenerated in the 20 Ω resistor?


Resistances of R1 = 2 Ω, R2 = 4 Ω, andR3 = 6 Ω and a V = 24 V battery are allin series. The potential difference across theR1 = 2 Ω resistor is:

Short a Light Bulb08:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Two identical light bulbs A and B are

connected in series to a constant volt-age source. Suppose a wire is con-nected across bulb B as shown. Whenthe wire is connected across B, bulb A

V

A B

1. will go out.

2. will burn half as brightly as before.

3. will burn as brightly as before.

4. will burn nearly four times as brightly asbefore.

5. will burn twice as brightly as before.

Part 2 of 2

and bulb B

1. will burn half as brightly as before.

2. will go out.

3. will burn as brightly as before.

4. will burn twice as brightly as before.

5. will burn nearly four times as brightly asbefore.

Simple Circuit 0108:03, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 4Assume all batteries are ideal (they have

no internal resistance) and connecting wireshave no resistance. Unlike most real bulbs,the resistances of the bulbs on these questionsdo not change as the current through themchanges. All the bulbs considered in thisproblem are identical. What is true when onebulb is brighter than another?

1. The voltage difference across the brighterbulb is smaller.

2. The voltage difference across the brighterbulb is larger.

3. The voltage difference across both bulbsare the same.

4. There is not enough information to an-swer this question.

Part 2 of 4A light bulb and a battery are con-nected as shown in the Figure 1 below.

A B

CDε

Figure 1

Which is true about the current passing


through various points in this circuit?

1. The current passing through point A islargest.

2. The current passing through point B islargest.

3. The current passing through point C islargest.

4. The current passing through point D islargest.

5. The current is the same everywhere ex-cept through the bulb.

6. The current is the same through AB andsmaller than through CD.

7. The current is the same through AB andlarger than through CD.

8. The current is the same everywhere in thecircuit.

9. The current is the same everywhere ex-cept through the battery.

10. None of these.

Part 3 of 4

A B

CDε

Figure 2

Compare the brightness of the bulb, BC,now, as in Figure 2, to what it was beforewhen there was only one bulb, as in Figure 1.

1. The bulb is brighter than it was before.

2. The bulb is dimmer than it was before.

3. The bulb is just as bright as before.

Part 4 of 4

A B

CDε

Figure 3

Compare the brightness of the bulb, BC,now, as in Figure 3, to what it was beforewhen there was only one bulb, as in Figure 1.





Part 1 of 2

εS

A

B C

Which of the following correctly ranks thecurrent flowing through the bulbs?

1. All bulbs have the same current flowingthrough them.

2. Bulb A has the largest current, andB andC have the same current.

3. Bulb B and C have the same current, andeach has more current than A.

4. Bulb A has the largest current, B next,and C has the smallest.


Part 2 of 2What happens to the current through bulb B


if the switch S is opened?


2. It remains the same.

3. It decreases.

4. It increases.


In the simple circuit below, the light bulbis connected to the battery terminals withwire and is emitting light. Compared to thecurrent at point “a”, the current at point “b”is : (Figure 25, see concept question 22)

1. Smaller.

2. The same.

3. Greater.

Single Lamp08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A lamp having a resistance of 10 Ω is con-

nected across a 15 V battery. What is thecurrent through the lamp?

Part 2 of 2What resistance must be connected in se-ries with the lamp to reduce the current to0.3 A?

Starting a Car 0208:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An automobile battery has an emf of 12.6 V

and an internal resistance of 0.08 Ω. Theheadlights have total constant resistance 5 Ω.What is the potential difference across theheadlight bulbs when they are the only loadon the battery?

Part 2 of 2What is the potential difference across theheadlight bulbs when the starter motor is op-erated, requiring an additional 35 A from thebattery?

Television Power08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The power supplied to a typical black-and-

white television set is 90 W when the set isconnected to 120 V.

How much electric energy does this set con-sume in one hour?

Part 2 of 2A color television set draws about 2.5 A whenconnected to 120 V.

Howmuch time is required for it to consumethe same energy as the black-and-white modelconsumes in one hour?

Three Light Bulbs08:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3Consider 3 identical light bulbs in the net-

work below. Each light bulb has resistance R.

A

B

Cε

The power of bulb B is:

1.E2

4R

2.4 E2

9R

3.E2

9R

4.E2

R


5.E2

3R

6.3 E2

2R

7.E2

2R

8.9 E2

4R

Part 2 of 3The power of bulb C is:

1.E2

2R

2.E2

4R

3.4 E2

9R

4.E2

R

5.E2

3R

6.3 E2

2R

7.E2

9R

8.9 E2

4R

Part 3 of 3Now unscrew bulb A. The power of bulb Bbecomes:

1.4 E2

9R

2.E2

9R

3.E2

4R

4.E2

R

5.E2

3R

6.3 E2

2R

7.E2

2R

8.9 E2

4R

Three Parallel Resistors08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

If R1 = 3 Ω, R2 = 6 Ω, R3 =12 Ω, and I3 = 0.5 A, at whatrate is heat being generated in R1?

R1 2

3

3RR

I

a

b

Triple the Current08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The current in a circuit is tripled by con-necting a 500 Ω resistor in parallel with theresistance of the circuit. Determine the resis-tance of the circuit in the absence of the 500 Ωresistor.

TV Energy Dissipation08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A typical television dissipates 275 W when

plugged into a 120 V outlet.Find the resistance of the television.

Part 2 of 4The 2.5 Ω fuse (integrated into the outlet)and wires connecting the outlet form a seriescircuit that works like a voltage divider.

Assume: There are no other appliancesplugged into the outlet.

Find the voltage drop across the television.

Part 3 of 4A 12 Ω hair dryer is now plugged into thesame outlet. Find the equivalent resistance of


the two appliances. (Be sure to consider theTV and the hair dryer only.)

Part 4 of 4Find the voltage drop across the the televisionand the hair dryer combination. The lowervoltage explains why the television picturesometimes shrinks when another appliance isturned on.

Two Resistors 0108:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two resistors connected in series have anequivalent resistance of 690 Ω. When theyare connected in parallel, their equivalent re-sistance is 150 Ω. Find the larger resistanceof the two.

Two Resistors 0208:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

In the diagram below, the resistancesare R1 = 2.5 Ω and R2 = 1.5 Ω.The current through R1 is 3.5 A.

A BR1 2R

Find the potential difference between pointsA and B.


The product

2 amperes × 2 volts × 2 seconds

is equal to

1. 8 coulombs

2. 8 newtons

3. 8 joules

4. 8 calories

5. 8 newton-amperes

Wire in a House Circuit08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The wire in a house circuit is rated at 15 A

and has a resistance of 0.15 Ω. What is itspower rating?

Part 2 of 2How much heat does the wire give off in10 min?

Wiring a House08:03, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

An electrician finds that a 1 m length of acertain type of wire has a resistance of 0.2 Ω.What is the total resistance of the 120 m ofthis wire he plans to use to wire a house?

Chapter 8, section 4, Magnetism 504

Charged Particle Deflection08:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 4A positively charged particle enters a mag-

netic field, as shown in the figure below.What is the initial direction of deflection?

+

+ +

++

+

+++

+

Bin

k

j

i

^

^

^

1. |F | = 0, no deflection

2. F = −

3. F = +ı

4. F = −ı

5. F = +k

6. F = −k

7. F = +

Part 2 of 4A negatively charged particle enters a mag-netic field, as shown in the figure below.

What is the initial direction of deflection?

- k

i

Bup j

^

^

1. F = −ı

2. F = −

3. F = +ı

4. F = +k

5. F = +

6. F = −k


Part 3 of 4A positively charged particle enters a mag-netic field, as shown in the figure below.

What is the initial direction of deflection?B45˚

k

j

i

+

θ^

^

^

1. F = −k

2. F = −

3. F = +ı

4. F = −ı

5. F = +k

6. F = +


Part 4 of 4A positively charged particle enters a mag-netic field, as shown in the figure below.

What is the initial direction of deflection?

k

j

i

+

Bright ^

^

^

1. F = −

2. F = +

3. F = +ı



5. F = +k

6. F = −k

7. F = −ı

Circular Motion of a Particle08:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3Consider the circular motion of a pos-

itively charged particle in the plane ofthis paper, due to a constant magneticfield, ~B, which points out of the pa-per. Neglect the effect due to gravity.

B

Which direction is the orbital motion of theparticle?

1. counterclockwise

2. clockwise

3. insufficient information

Part 2 of 3The radius of the orbit in terms of m, v, q,and B is given by

1.q v

mB

2.q B

mv

3.mB

q v

4.mv

q B

5.q m

v B

6.v B

qm

7.mv2

q B

8.q B

mv2

9.q v2

mB

10.v2B

qm

Part 3 of 3Suppose the tangential speed of the chargedparticle is increased to twice the original tan-gential speed. (vnew = 2 vold). ~B is fixed.What is the ratio of the new frequency to theold frequency? (Here, frequency is defined asrevolutions/sec).

1.1

5

2. 5

3. 4

4. 3

5. 2

6.1

2

7.1

3

8.1

4

9. 1

10.1

6

Electron in a Field 0208:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The area shown is the boundary of a mag-netic field directed in the positive z direc-tion. An electron with a velocity alongthe x-axis enters the field and exits 0.63 µslater at point A whose coordinates are(x,y)=(2 m, 2 m ). Use a mass of 9.109 ×10−31 kg and a charge of −1.602 × 10−19 C.


x

Ay

2.0m

2.0m

2.0m

What is the magnitude of |~B|?

Electron in a Uniform Field08:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

An electron is in a uniform mag-netic field B that is directed out ofthe plane of the page, as shown.

B e-

When the electron is moving in the planeof the page in the direction indicated by thearrow, the force on the electron is directed

1. toward the right

2. out of the page

3. into the page

4. toward the top of the page

5. toward the bottom of the page

Field Direction08:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The direction of the magnetic field in acertain region of space is determined by firinga test charge into the region with its velocityin various dirctions in different trials. Thefield direction is:

1. one of the direction of the velocity when

the magnetic field is zero

2. the direction of the velocity when themagnetic force is a maximum

3. the direction of the magnetic force

4. perpendicular to the velocity when themagnetic force is zero

5. none of the above

Force on an Electron08:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An electron is projected into a uniform

magnetic field given by ~B = Bx ı + By ,where Bx = 1.4 T and By = 3.7 T.

e-

B

Bx x

By

y

z

v

Find the direction of the magnetic force whenthe velocity of the electron is v , wherev = 370000 m/s.

1. B = −k

2. B =

3. B = ı

4. B = k

5. B = −

6. B = −ı

Part 2 of 2


What is the magnitude of this force?


”An electron always experiences a force inan electric field, but not always in a magneticfield.” Defend this statement.

1. An electron always has charges in an elec-tric field, but not always in a magnetic field.

2. An electric force has nothing to do withthe velocity of the electron, but an magneticforce vanishes when the velocity of the elec-tron is parallel to the magnetic field.

3. Sometimes a magnetic field will disappearwhen an electron is put in.

4. If the velocity of an electron is greaterthan a critical value, a magnetic field cannotexert any force on the electron.

5. In a magnetic field out of the earth, anelectron does not feel any magnetic force.


Why will a magnet attract an ordinary nailor paper clip, but not a wooden pencil?

1.A nail or paper clip has magnetic domainswhich a wooden pencil does not have.

2. A nail or paper clip has magnet insidewhile a wooden pencil does not.

3. A magnet can generate electromagneticwave which can be absorbed by an nail butnot for a pencil.

4. A nail or paper cilp has molecular circuitswhich a wooden pencil does not have.


A friend tells you that a refrigerator door,beneath its layer of white painted plastic, ismade of aluminum.

How could you check to see if this istrue(without any scraping)?

1. Burn the refrigerator door and then an-alyze the remains with chemical reagents tofind if there is aluminum element.

2. Apply a small magnet to the door. Ifit sticks, your friend might be right becausealuminum is magnetic. If it doesn’t stick,your friend might be wrong

3. Apply a small magnet to the door. If itsticks, your friend is wrong because aluminumis not magnetic. If it doesn’t stick, your friendmight be right(but not necesssary. there arelots of nonmagnetic materials).

4. It cannot be checked without scraping thepainted plastic.


Magnet A has twice the magnetic fieldstrength of magnet B(at equal distance)andat a certain distance pulls on magnet B witha force of 50 N.

With how much force, then, does magnet Bpull on magnet A?

1. 50N

2. 20N

3. 100N

4. 25N

5. 0N


A magnetic field can deflect a beam of elec-trons, but it cannot do work on the electrons


to change their speed. Why?

1. When a magnetic field does work on theelectrons, the work will be change into lightinstead of increasing the energy of electrons.

2. A magnetic field can do work on theelectrons, but it can both increase and de-crease the speed of the electrons and withtime-averaging it cannot change their speed.

3. Moving electrons can change the mag-netic field so that it cannot do work on theelectrons.

4.The direction of a magnetic force is alwaysperpendicular to the velocity of an electron,so it cannot do work on the electron.


Two charged particles are projected into amagnetic field that is perpendicular to theirvelocities. If the charges are deflected in oppo-site directions, what does this tell you aboutthem?

1. They have opposite charges if their initialvelocities are in the same direction.

2. They have opposite directions in the ve-locities.

3. One particle is an electron and the otheris a positive ion.

4. One particle exerts force on the other.

5.One particle comes from nature, the otheris man-made.


In a mass spectrometer, ions are directedinto a magnetic field, where they curve aroundin a magnetic field and strike a detector.

If a variety of singly ionized atoms travel

at the same speed through the magnetic field,would you expect them all to be deflected bythe same amount? Or would different ionsbe bent different amounts? What would youexpect?

1. All of them can be deflected by the sameamount.

2. The ions with smaller mass will be bentmore.

3. The ions with smaller mass will be bentless.

4. It cannot get a conclusion because differ-ent ions will interact with each other.


Will a pair of parallel current-carrying wiresexert forces on each other? Why?

1. No. Because the magnetic field generatedby the currents of the wires does not affectthe wires themselves.

2. No. Because the two wires attract eachother by the magnetic field generated theircurrent and expel each due to the like kindscharges of the moving particles in the wires.The two forces are equal in magnitude.

3. Yes. Because the magnetic fields gen-erated by the currents of the wires are per-pendicular to the currents and according toright-hand rules, they exert attraction forcesbetween the two wires. Both wires are neu-tral as a whole, so there is no electric forcebetween them.

4.Yes. Because their currents have the samedirection, so they repel each other.

5. No. Because no net magnetic field isgenerated.

Hewitt CP9 24 R07



What produces a magnetic field?

1. A electric field

2. A magnetic field

3. A moving electric charge

4. A horizontally moving atom in space


A proton moves perpendicularly to a mag-netic field that has a magnitude of 4.20×10−2

T.What is the speed of the particle if the

magnitude of the magnetic force on it is 2.40×10−14N?


A proton traveling to the right along thex-axis enters a region where there is a mag-netic field of magnitude 2.5 T directed upwardalong the y-axis.

If the proton experiences a force of 3.2 ×10−12 N, find the speed of the proton.


Part 1 of 2An electron in an electron beam experi-

ences a downward force of 2.0×10−14 N whiletraveling in a magnetic field of 8.3 × 10−2 Twest.

a) What is the magnitude of the velocity?

Part 2 of 2b) What is its direction?

1. North

2. East

3. South

4.West

5. None of these


Part 1 of 2A uniform 1.5 T magnetic field points

north. If an electron moves vertically down-ward (toward the ground) with a speed of2.5× 107 m/s through this field.

a)What is the magnitude of the force actingon it?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the direction of the force?

1. North

2. South

3.West

4. East

5. None of these


Part 1 of 2A proton moves straight upward (away

from the ground) through a uniform mag-netic field that points from east to west andhas a magnitude of 2.5 T.

a) If the proton moves with a speed 1.5×107

m/s through this field, what is the magnitudeof the force acting on it?



1. North

2. South

3.West

4. East

5. None of these


An alpha particle (the nucleus of a heliumatom, carrying a charge of 3.2 × 10−19 C)moves at 5.5 × 107 m/s at a right angle to amagnetic field.

If the particle experiences a force of 1.5 ×10−14 N due to the magnetic field, what is themagnitude of the magnetic field?


Part 1 of 2A 6.0 m wire carries a current of 7.0 A

toward the +x direction. A magnetic force of7.0× 10−6 N acts on wire in the −y direction.

a) Find the magnitude of the magnetic fieldproducing the force.


1. in the +x direction

2. in the −x direction

3. in the +y direction

4. in the −y direction

3. in the +z direction

4. in the −z direction

5. None of these


A wire 1.0 m long experiences a magneticforce of 0.50 N due to a perpendicular uniformmagnetic field.

If the wire carries a current of 10.0 A, whatis the magnitude of the magnetic field?


The magnetic force on a straight 0.15 msegment of wire carrying a current of 4.5 A is1.0 N.

What is the magnitude of the componentof the magnetic field that is perpendicular tothe wire?


The magnetic force acting on a wire thatis perpendicular to a 1.5 T uniform magneticfield is 4.4 N.

If the current in the wire is 5.0 A, whatis the length of the wire that is inside themagnetic field?


A duck flying due east passes over At-lanta, where the magnetic field of the Earth is5.0 × 10−5 T directed north. The duck has apositive charge of 4.0× 10−8 C.

If the magnetic force acting on the duck is3.00×10−11 N upward, what is the magnitudeof the duck’s velocity?



Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A proton moves eastward in the plane of

Earth’s magnetic equator so that its distancefrom the ground remains constant.

What is the speed of the proton if Earth’smagnetic field points north and has a magni-tude of 5.0× 10−5 T?


A wire carries a 10.0 A current at an angle90.0 from the direction of a magnetic field

If the magnitude of the magnetic force ona 5.00 m length of the wire is 15.0 N, what isthe strength of the magnetic Field?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A thin 1.00 m long copper rod in a uniform

magnetic field has a mass of 50.0 g. When therod carries a current of 0.245 A, it floats inthe magnetic field.

What is the field strength of the magneticfield?


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A proton moves at 2.50× 106 m/s horizon-

tally at a right angle to a magnetic field.a) What is the strength of the magnetic

field required to exactly balance the weight ofthe proton and keep it moving horizontally?


1. In a horizontal plane

2. In a vertical plane

3. None of these


A proton moves at a speed of 2.0 × 107

m/s at right angles to a magnetic field with amagnitude of 0.10 T.

Find the magnitude of the acceleration ofthe proton.


Part 1 of 2A proton moves perpendicularly to a uni-

form magnetic field, B, with a speed of1.0× 107 m/s and experiences an accelerationof 2.0 × 1013 m/s2 in the positive x directionwhen its velocity is in the positive z direction.

a) Find the magnitude of the field.


1. Negative x direction

2. Positive x direction

3. Negative y direction

4. Positive y direction

5. Negative z direction

6. Positive z direction

7. None of these


Part 1 of 3A proton travels with a speed of 3.0 × 106

m/s at an angle of 37 west of north. A


magnetic field of 0.30 T points to the north.a) Find the magnitude of the magnetic force

on the proton. (The magnetic force experi-enced by the proton in the magnetic field isproportional to the component of the proton’svelocity that is perpendicular to the magneticfield.)


1. North

2. South

3.West

4. East

5. out of the Earth

6. into the Earth

7. None of these

Part 3 of 3c) Find the magnitude of the proton’s ac-celeration as it moves through the magneticfield.


Part 1 of 2Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .In the figure, A 15 cm length of conducting

wire that is free to move is held in placebetween two thin conducting wires. All of thewires are in a magnetic field. When a 5.0 Acurrent is in the wire, as shown in the figure,the wire segment moves upward at a constantvelocity.

15 cm

5 A5 A5 A

a) Assuming the wire slides without frictionon the two vertical conductors and has a massof 0.15 kg, find the magnitude of the minimummagnetic field that is required to move thewire.


1. Out of page

2. In to page

3. To the left edge of the page

4. To the right edge of the page

5. To the top edge of the page

6. To the bottom edge of the page

7. None of these


Part 1 of 2A 15 A current is directed along the pos-

itive x-axis and perpendicular to a uniformmagnetic field. The conductor experiences amagnetic force per unit length of 0.12 N/m inthe negative y direction.

Calculate the magnitude of the magneticfield in the region through which the currentpasses.

Part 2 of 2What is its direction?

1. Positive x direction


2. Negative x direction

3. Positive y direction

4. Negative y direction

5. Positive z direction

6. Negative z direction

7. None of these


A proton moves in a circular path perpen-dicular to a constant magnetic field so thatthe proton takes 1.00×10−6 s to complete therevolution.

Determine the strength of the constantmagnetic field. (The magnetic force exertedon the proton is the force that maintains cir-cular motion, and the number of radians pertime interval is the angular speed.)


Part 1 of 2A single charged positive ion that has a

mass of 6.68× 10−27 kg moves clockwise witha speed of 1.00 × 104 m/s. The positivelycharged ion moves in a circular path that hasa radius of 3.00 cm.

a) Find the strength of the uniform mag-netic field. (The magnetic force exerted onthe positive ion is the force that maintainscircular motion, and the speed given for thepositive ion is its tangential speed.)


1. Toward the observer

2. Away from the observer

3. To the observer’s left

4. To the observer’s right

5. None of these


What speed would a proton need to achievein order to circle Earth 1000.0 km above themagnetic equator?

Assume that Earth’s magnetic field is ev-erywhere perpendicular to the path of theproton and that Earth’s magnetic field has anintensity of 4.00× 10−8 T.

(The magnetic force exerted on the protonis equal to the force that maintains circularmotion, and the speed needed by the protonis its tangential speed.)


Part 1 of 2An electron moves in a circular path per-

pendicular to a magnetic field that has a mag-nitude of 1.00× 10−3 T. The angular momen-tum of the electron as it moves around thecenter of the circle is 4.00× 10−25J·s.

a) Find the radius of the circular path.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the speed of the electron.

Magnetism 0108:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Unlike poles of different magnets will

1. attract each other.

2. repel each other.

3. cancel out each other.

4. first attract and then repel each other.



A material that does not magnetize easilyis

1. glass.

2. nickel.

3. iron.

4. cobalt.


In a magnetized object, most of the do-mains point

1. in the same direction.

2. in an east-west direction.

3. in different directions.

4. perpendicular to one another.


Materials that are more difficult to magne-tize but tend to stay magnetized are called

1. permanent magnets.

2. variable magnets.

3. natural magnets.

4. temporary magnets.


A magnetic field is described by magneticlines of

1. force.

2. intensity.

3. energy.

4. strength.


Which of the following is not likely to causea magnet to lose its magnetism?

1. Cooling it

2. Dropping it repeatedly on the ground

3. Heating it

4. Striking it with a hammer


The magnetic variation of a compass is thesmallest at the

1. equator.

2. International Date Line.

3. geographic north pole.

4. geographic south pole.


A bar magnet has

1. two magnetic poles.

2. one magnetic pole.

3. three magnetic poles.

4. four magnetic poles.



A rock that has magnetic properties is

1. lodestone.

2. limestone.

3. quartz.

4. granite.


The magnetic field of a magnet is strongest

1. at both of its poles.

2. at its north pole.

3. at its south pole.

4. in the middle.


When you break a bar magnet in two pieces,

1. each piece has both north and southpoles.

2. one piece has two north poles and theother two south poles.

3. neither piece is magnetized.

4. the larger piece retains all of the mag-netism.

Wire in a Magnetic Field 0108:04, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A wire 625 m long is in a 0.4 T magneticfield. A 1.8 N force acts on the wire. Whatcurrent is in the wire?


The force on an 0.8 m wire that is perpen-dicular to Earth’s magnetic field is 0.12 N.What current flows through the wire?


A wire 0.5 m long carrying a current of 8 Ais at right angles to a uniform magnetic field.The force on the wire is 0.4 N. What is thestrength of the magnetic field?

Chapter 8, section 5, Electromagnetism 516

Electromagnetism 0108:05, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following is not a characteris-tic of a step-down transformer?

1. It converts alternating current into directcurrent.

2. The voltage of the secondary coil is lessthan that of the primary coil.

3. It is necessary for a doorbell to operate.

4. There are fewer loops on the secondarycoil than on the primary coil.


A step-up transformer is used in

1. television sets.

2. tape players.

3. calculators.

4. doorbells.


The best core for an electromagnet is

1. iron.

2. aluminum.

3. magnetite.

4. anico.


Which of the following will not strengthenan electromagnet?

1. decreasing the voltage

2. increasing the number of loops of wirearound the core

3. increasing the current flow

4. All of these will strengthen it.

5. None of these will strengthen it.


In order for a motor to run off direct cur-rent, it must contain

1. commutator.

2. galvanometer.

3. U-shaped magnet.

4. primary coil.


The phenomenon in which a current is pro-duced by a changing magnetic field is calledelectromagnetic

1. induction.

2. generation.

3. conduction.

4. transformation.


Alternating current in the United Stateshas a frequency of

1. 60 hertz.


2. 120 hertz.

3. 240 hertz.

4. 30 hertz.


Almost all of the electricity that people useis produced by

1. generators.

2. motors.

3. batteries.

4. transformers.


A step-down transformer is used in

1. doorbells.

2. X-ray machines.

3. fluorescent lights.

4. television sets.


A device that converts mechanical energyinto electric energy is called a(n)

1. generator.

2. motor.

3. transformer.

4. coil.


A long coil of wire with many loops is calleda(n)

1. solenoid.

2. motor.

3. galvanometer.

4. generator.

5. transformer.


A(n) ? is used to measure smallamounts of electric current.

3. galvanometer

1. ammeter

2. voltmeter

4. ohmmeter


A device that increases or decreases thevoltage of alternating current is called a(n)

3. transformer.

1. motor.

2. generator.

4. circuit breaker.


Why does an iron core increase the mag-netic induction of a coil of wire?

1. An iron core can increase the current of a


coil of wire.

2. The magnetic domains that becomealigned in the iron core contribute to theoverall magnetic field of the coil and there-fore increase its magnetic induction.

3.An iron core can generate electromagneticwave to change the magnetic field in a coil ofwire.

4. It is a magic bar. No other reason.


Why does a transformer require alternatingvoltage?

1. Due to economic reason, alternating volt-age is cheaper to produce.

2. If we apply a constant voltage to theprimary, it will burn out due to short circuit.

3. Energy can be transferred more efficientlyif alternating voltage is used.

4. No specific reason, just a random pick.

5. Alternating voltage leads to electromag-netic induction which is the reason for thetransformer to work.

6.The magnet field produces by the primarycan reach to the secondary more easily.


Can an efficient transformer step up en-ergy?

1. Yes, stepping up voltage is the same asstepping up energy

2. Yes, provided that the transformer ismade of special material such as amino acidor other organic compounds.

3. No, there is no such thing as “efficienttransformer”.

4. No, energy is conserved and can not bestepped up.

5. Can’t not be determined.

6. Theoretically yes, but it is hard to buildsuch transformer in practice.


Would electromagnetic waves exist ifchanging magnetic fields could produce elec-tric fields, but changing electric fields couldnot in turn produce magnetic fields?

1. Yes, because only magnetic field changesin electromagnetic waves.

2. Yes, as long as we have a magnet, wecan have enough magnetic field to form theelectromagnetic waves.

3. No, because electric and magnetic fieldcoexist in electromagnetic waves by field in-duction.

4. No, because electromagnetic waves meanthe waves consist of either electric field ormagnetic field, but not necessary both.

5. Can’t determine unless we know what isthe propagation medium of the electromag-netic waves.

6. Can’t determine, since we need higherlevel physics to answer this question.


The primary coil of a step-up transformerdraws 100 W.

Find the power provided by the secondary


coil.


Part 1 of 3An ideal transformer has 50 turns in its

primary and 250 turns in its secondary. 12 Vac

is connected to the primary.Find the ac voltage available at the sec-

ondary.

Part 2 of 3Find the current in a 10 ohm device connectedto the secondary.

Part 3 of 3Find the power supplied to the primary.


A model electric train requires 6 V to oper-ate.

If the primary coil of its transformer has240 windings, how many windings should thesecondary have if the primary is connected toa 120V household circuit?


Exactly what was it that Michael Faradayand Joseph Henry discovered?

1. The force acting on an electron in a mag-netic field is perpendicular to its velocity.

2. A wire of constant current can producemagnetic field.

3. Voltaic cells.

4. Electric current can be produced in awire simply by moving a magnet in or out ofa coiled part of the wire.


Your friend goes on to say that light is pro-duced by the connection between electricityand magnetism. Is your friend right?

1. Yes.

2. No.

3. Cannot determine.


Part 1 of 2Calculate wavelength according to the

equation:speed = frequency × wavelengthA certain blue-green light has a wavelength

of 600 nm in air. What is its wavelength inwater, where light travels at 75% of its speedin air?

Part 2 of 2In Plexiglas, where light travels at 67% of itsspeed in air?


What does a changing magnetic field in-duce?

1. Charges

2. Electric field

3. Light

4. Electrons

5. Nothing



What does a changing electric field induce?

1. Charges

2. Magnetic field

3. Light

4. Electrons

5. Nothing


What produces an electromagnetic wave?

1. Charges

2. Static magnetic field

3. Light

4. Electrons

5. Electricity

6. The vibrating electric and magnetic fieldsregenerate each other and make up an elec-tromagnetic wave.


What is the principal difference between aradio wave and light?

1. Radio waves have lower frequencies thanlight waves.

2. Radio waves are not electromagneticwaves.

3. Radio waves are sound waves.

4. Light is more powerful than radio waves.

5. They travel in different speed.


A single circular loop with a radius of 22 cmis placed in a uniform external magnetic fieldwith a strength of 0.50 T so that the plane ofthe coil is perpendicular to the field. The coilis pulled steadily out of the field in 0.25 s.

Find the average induced emf during thisinterval.


A coil with 205 turns of wire, a total re-sistance of 23 Ω, and a cross-sectional area of0.25 m2 is positioned with its plane perpendic-ular to the field of a powerful electromagnet.

What average current is induced in the coilduring the 0.25 s that the magnetic field dropsfrom 1.6 T to 0.0 T?


A circular wire loop with a radius of 0.33 mis located in an external magnetic field ofstrength +0.35 T that is perpendicular to theplane of the loop. The field strength changesto −0.25 T in 1.5 s. (The plus and minussigns for a magnetic field refer to oppositedirections through the coil.)

Find the magnitude of the average inducedemf during this interval.


A 505-turn circular-loop coil with a diam-eter of 15.5 cm is initially aligned so that itsplane is perpendicular to the Earth’s mag-netic field. In 2.77 ms the coil is rotated 90.0

so that its plane is parallel to the Earth’smagnetic field. An average emf of 0.166 V isinduced in the coil.


What is the value of the Earth’s magneticfield?


A flexible loop of conducting wire has aradius of 0.12 m and is perpendicular to auniform magnetic field with a strength of 0.15T, as shown in the figure.

The loop is grasped at opposite ends andstretched until it closes to an area of 3 ×10−3

m2, as shown in the figure.

It takes 0.20 s to close the loop. Find themagnitude of the average emf induced in theloop during this time.


A rectangular coil 0.055 m by 0.085 m ispositioned so that its cross-sectional area isperpendicular to the direction of a magneticfield. The coil has 75 and a total resistance of8.7 Ω and the field decreases at a rate of 3.0T/s.

What is the magnitude of the induced cur-rent in the coil?


wording-variable.

A 52-turn coil with an area of 5.5×10−3 m2

is dropped from a position where B = 0.0 Tto a new position where B = 0.55 T. Thedisplacement occurs in 0.25 s and the area ofthe coil is perpendicular to the magnetic fieldlines.

What is the resulting average emf inducedin the coil?


A student attempts to make a simple gener-ator by passing a single loop of wire betweenthe poles of a horseshoe magnet with a mag-netic field of 2.5 ×10−2 T. The area of theloop is 7.54 ×10−3 m2 and is moved perpen-dicular to the magnetic field lines.

In what time interval will the student haveto move the loop out of the magnetic field inorder to induce an emf of 1.5 V?


A student attempts to make a simple gen-erator by wrapping a long piece of wire acrossa cylinder with a cross-sectional area of 1.886×10−3 m2. She then passes the coil betweenthe poles of a horseshoe magnet with a mag-netic field of 2.5 ×10−2 T. The student findsthat by removing the coil perpendicular to themagnetic field lines during 0.25 s, an emf of149 mV can be induced.

How many turns of wire are wrappedaround the coil?


A coil of 325 and an area of 19.5 ×10−4 m2

is removed from a uniform magnetic field atan angle of 45 in 1.25 s. The induced emf is15 mV.


What is the magnetic field strength?


A bolt of lightning, such as the one shownon the left in the figure below, behaves like avertical wire conducting electric current. Asa result, it produces a magnetic field whosestrength varies with the distance from thelightning. A 105-turn circular coil is orientedperpendicular to the magnetic field, as shownin the figure.

0.833 m0.833 m

The coil has a radius of 0.833 m. Themagnetic field at the coil drops from 4.72×10−3 T to 0.00 T in 10.5 µs.

What is the average emf induced in thecoil?


Part 1 of 2The alternating potential difference of a

generator is represented by the equation

emf = (245 V)(sin 560 t),

where emf is in volts and t is in seconds.Find the frequency of the potential differ-

ence of the source.

Part 2 of 2Find the maximum potential difference out-put of the source.

Holt SF 22Rev 45


A pair of adjacent coils has a mutual induc-tance of 1.06 H. The current in the primarycircuit decreases by 9.50 A in a time intervalof 0.0336 s.

Determine the average emf induced in thesecondary circuit.

Chapter 8, section 6, Electronics 523

AC Electric Generator08:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

In an AC electric generator, a rigid loop ofwire rotates in an external magnetic field. Saythe loop is positioned as shown at time t=0.

A

SNwaterfall

sliding contactsWhich graph best represents the induced cur-rent i(t) at later times? Take i > 0 for currentflowing in direction shown by arrows.

1.

t

I

2.

t

I

3.

t

I

4.

t

I

Alternating Voltage08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The alternating voltage of a genera-

tor is represented by the equation E =(240 V) sin 500 rad/st, where E is in voltsand t is in seconds. Find the frequency of thevoltage.

Part 2 of 2Find the maximum voltage output of thesource.

AM Radio Signals08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 4AM radio signals are broadcast at frequen-

cies between 550 kHz and 1600 kHz(kilohertz)and travel 2.99792 × 108 m/s. What is theshortest AM wavelength?

Part 2 of 4What is the longest AM wavelength?

Part 3 of 4FM frequencies range between 88 MHz and108 MHz(megahertz) and travel at the samespeed. What is the shortest FM wavelength?

Part 4 of 4What is the longest FM wavelength?

Bar Magnet and a Loop08:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

In the figure, the bar magnet ismoved toward the conducting loop.


a

b

R

Motion towardthe loop

NS

Is Va − Vb positive, negative or zero?

1. zero

2. negative

3. positive

Breathing Belt08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

To monitor the breathing of a hospital pa-tient, a thin belt is girded around the patient’schest. The belt is a 200 turns coil. When thepatient inhales, the area encircled by the coilincreases by 39 cm2.

Assume: The magnitude of the Earth’smagnetic field is 50 µT and makes an angle of28 with the plane of the coil. A patient takes1.8 s to inhale.

Find the average induced emf in the coilduring this time.

Car Antenna 0108:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A car with a 1 m long radio antenna trav-els at 80 km/h in a place where the Earth’smagnetic field is 5×10−5 T. What is the max-imum possible induced emf in the antenna asit moves through the Earth’s magnetic field?

Car Antenna 0208:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An automobile has a vertical radio an-

tenna 1.2 m long. The automobile travelsat 65 km/h on a horizontal road where the

Earth’s magnetic field is 50 µT directed down-ward (toward the north) at an angle of 63

below the horizontal.Specify the direction that the automobile

should move in order to generate the maxi-mum motional emf in the antenna, with thetop of the antenna positive relative to thebottom.


2. west

3. south

4. north

5. east

Part 2 of 2Calculate the magnitude of this inducedemf.

Changing Field08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A coil is wrapped with 200 turns of wireon the perimeter of a square frame of sides18 cm. Each turn has the same area, equalto that of the frame, and the total resistanceof the coil is 2 Ω. A uniform magnetic fieldis turned on perpendicular to the plane ofthe coil. If the field changes linearly from0 to 0.5 Wb/m2 in a time of 0.8 s, find themagnitude of the induced emf in the coil whilethe field is changing.

Changing Magnetic Field 0108:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A coil is wrapped with 300 turns of wire onthe perimeter of a circular frame (of radius8 cm). Each turn has the same area, equalto that of the frame. A uniform magneticfield is directed perpendicular to the planeof the coil. This field changes at a constantrate from 20 mT to 80 mT in 20 ms. Whatis the magnitude of the induced emf in thecoil at the instant the magnetic field has a


magnitude of 50 mT?


The plane of a rectangular coil, 5 cm by8 cm, is perpendicular to the direction of amagnetic field, B. If the coil has 75 turns anda total resistance of 8 Ω, at what rate mustthe magnitude of B change to induce a currentof 0.1 A in the windings of the coil?


The plane of a rectangular coil of dimension5 cm by 8 cm is perpendicular to the directionof a magnetic field B. The coil has 75 turnsand a total resistance of 8 Ω.

At what rate must the magnitude of Bchange in order to induce a current of 0.1 Ain the windings of the coil?

Circuit Around a Solenoid08:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2A solenoid with a circular cross section

produces a steadily increasing magnetic fluxthrough its cross section. Assume that themagnetic field in the solenoid region is uni-form. There is a circular circuit surroundingthe solenoid, as shown in the figure. Thecircuit consists of two identical light bulbsin series with one another. There is a wireconnecting the points C and D. The ra-tio of the area inside the solenoid to theleft of the line CD and the area inside the

solenoid to the right of CD isAL

AR= 4.

D

C

AB

The ratio of the induced emf in the loopCDBC to the induced emf in the loopCADC,ECDBC/ECADC , is given by

1. 16

2. 8

3.1

2

4. 3

5. 2

6. 1

7. 4

8.1

4

9.1

3

10.1

8

Part 2 of 2The ratio of the brightness of bulb #B to thatof bulb #A, brightnessB/brightnessA is

1. 8

2. 16

3. 4

4. 3

5. 2


6. 1

7.1

2

8.1

4

9.1

3

10.1

8

Circuit in Earth Field08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A rod slides along a metal frame. The

earth’s magnetic field is 3.5× 10−5 T at rightangles to the plane of the frame. The rod is oflength 0.15 m inside the frame and moves at0.5 m/s. What is the motional EMF producedby the rod?

Part 2 of 3If the resistance of the frame and rod com-bined is 3 Ω, what is the resulting current?

Part 3 of 3What is the magnitude of the force on therod?

Circular Copper Coil08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A circular coil enclosing an area of A =100 cm2 is made of N = 200 turns of cop-per wire as shown in the figure. The re-sistance of the copper wire is R = 5 Ω.Initially, a uniform magnetic field of mag-nitude Bi = 1 T points perpendicularly up-ward through the plane of the coil. Then,the direction of the magnetic field reverses.

R

B

During the time t = 5 minutes the field isuniformly changing its direction, how muchcharge Q flows through the coil?

Circular Loop08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 25 turn circular loop of wire has a diam-eter of 1 m. The plane of the circular loopmakes and angle of 135 to the Earth’s mag-netic field. In 0.2 s the coil is flipped at alocation where the magnitude of the Earth’smagnetic field is 50 µT.

What is the magnitude of the average emfgenerated in the loop?

Circular Wire Loop08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A two-turn circular wire loop of radius0.5 m lies in a plane perpendicular to a uni-form magnetic field of magnitude 0.4 T . Nowthe wire is reshaped from a two-turn circle toa one-turn circle in 0.1 s (while remaining inthe same plane). What is the magnitude ofthe average induced emf in the wire duringthis time?

Clockwise Current08:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A circular coil of wire rests on your desk.A magnetic field is directed at right angles tothe plane of your desk and passes through thecoil.

For a clockwise current (as you look downon your desk) to be generated, the magneticfield must be directed:

1. Downward toward the desk and be in-creasing in time.

2. Downward toward the desk and be con-stant in time.

3. Upward away from the desk and be in-creasing in time.

4. Upward away from the desk and be con-


stant in time.

Coil in Magnetic Field08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A coil of radius 20 cm is placed in an ex-ternal magnetic field of strength 0.2 T so thatthe plane of the coil is perpendicular to thefield. The coil is pulled out of the field in0.3 s. Find the average induced emf duringthis interval.

DC Current and Inductance 0108:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A light bulbis connected to a battery, and is visibly lit.

iron

After a piece of iron is shoved into a coil ofwire the circuit as shown, the light

1. brightens.

2. is not affected.

3. dims.

DC Current and Inductance 0208:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A light bulb is connected to a battery, andis visibly lit. An iron core is first rapidlythrust into the coil, then rapidly withdrawn.

iron

These two actions will temporarily

1. brighten one way, dim the other.

2. both brighten the bulb.

3. both dim the bulb.

4. have no effect on the bulb’s brightness.

Dropped Rectangular Coil08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A coil of 50 turns in the shape of a rectanglewith width 5 cm and length 10 cm is droppedfrom a position where magnetic field is 0 Tto a position where the field is 0.5 T and isdirected perpendicular to the plane of the coil.The displacement occurs in a time of 0.25 s.Calculate the resulting average emf inducedin the coil

Dropped Steel Beam08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 12 m long steel beam is accidentallydropped by a construction crane from aheight of 9 m. The horizontal componentof the Earth’s magnetic field over the regionis 18 µT.

What is the induced emf in the beamjust before impact with the Earth, assum-ing its long dimension remains in a horizontalplane, oriented perpendicularly to the hor-izontal component of the Earth’s magneticfield?

Electronics 0108:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The electronic device that uses electrons toproduce an image on a screen is called a(n)

1. cathode-ray tube.

2. rectifier.

3. transistor.

4. amplifier.



An integrated circuit combines diodes andtransistors on a thin slice of

1. silicon.

2. arsenic.

3. gallium.

4. germanium.


A color television has ? electron beams,one for each primary color of light.

1. three

2. two

3. one

4. four

FM Radio Wave08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2The frequency of oscillation of the wave

emitted by an FM radio station is 88 MHz.Use 3 × 108 m/s as the speed of the wave.Find the wave’s period of vibration.

Part 2 of 2Find its wavelength. (Radio waves travel atthe speed of light.)

Frequency of a Wave08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A wave has a wavelength of 4×10−7 m and a

speed of 2.5×108 m/s in a particular material.What is its frequency in this material?

Part 2 of 2The frequency of a wave does not change asthe wave moves from one material to another.

Find the wavelength of this wave in vacuum.

Half Wave Antenna08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

What is the length of a half-wave antennadesigned to broadcast 20 MHz radio waves?


Silicon is the chief ingredient of both glassand semiconductor devices, yet the physicalproperties of glass are different from those ofsemiconductor devices. Explain.

1. The silicon in glass does not have elec-trons, while the silicon in semiconductorshas.

2. The silicon in glass is amorphous, whereasin semiconductors it is crystalline.

3. The silicon in glass is crystalline, whereasin semiconductors it is amorphous.

4. There is hydrogen in glass.

Induced Current Direction 0108:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 4Use

Lenz’s law to answer the following questionconcerning the direction of induced currents.

R

v

S N

a b

What is the direction of the induced currentin resistor R in the figure when the bar mag-net is moved to the left?

1. undeterminable from the informationgiven


2. from b to a through R

3. from a to b through R

Part 2 of 4

Sε

Ra b

What is the direction of the current inducedin the resistor R right after the switch S inthe figure is closed?




Part 3 of 4R

I

a b

What is the direction of the induced currentinR when the current I in the figure decreasesrapidly to zero?




Part 4 of 4

v

++

--

A copper bar is moved to the right while itsaxis is maintained perpendicular to a mag-netic field, as in the figure. If the top of thebar becomes positive relative to the bottom,what is the direction of the magnetic field?

1. directed into the paper

2. directed out of the paper


Induced Current Direction 0208:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 6Use

Lenz’s law to answer the following questionconcerning the direction of induced currents.

R

v

S N

a b

When the bar magnet is moving to the left,the direction of the induced magnetic fieldwithin the solenoid is

1. to the left.

2. to the right.

3. upward.

4. downward.

5. into the paper.


Part 2 of 6When the bar magnet is moving to the left,the direction of the induced current throughthe resistor R is

1. from “a” through R to “b”.

2. from “b” through R to “a”.

Part 3 of 6

Sε

Ra b

After S is closed, the direction of the magneticfield in the cylinder is

1. to the left.

2. to the right.

3. upward.

4. downward.

5. into the paper.

Part 4 of 6After S is closed, the direction of the currentinduced in R is



Part 5 of 6The current I in the figure is decreasing asa function of time.

R

I

a b

The direction of the induced magnetic fieldwithin the rectangular circuit is

1. into the paper.

2. out of the paper.

3. parallel to I.

4. antiparallel to I.

5. radially outward and ⊥ I.

Part 6 of 6The direction of the current induced in R is



Induced Current Direction 0308:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

UseLenz’s law to answer the following questionconcerning the direction of induced currents.

R

v

S N

a b

We introduce the following notations:A. The direction of the induced magnetic fieldwithin the solenoid is• A1 : to the left

• A2 : to the right

• A3 : upward

• A4 : downward

• A5 : into the paper


B. The direction of the induced currentthrough the resistor R is• B1 : from a through R to b

• B2 : from b through R to aThen which of the following is the correct an-swer when the bar magnet is moved to theleft?

1. A1,B1

2. A2,B1

3. A3,B1

4. A4,B1

5. A5,B1

6. A1,B2

7. A2,B2

8. A3,B2

9. A4,B2

10. A5,B2

Induced Current Direction 0408:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2

Sε

Ra b

Introduce the following notations:

A. After S is closed, the direction of the mag-netic field in the cylinder is• A1 : to the left

• A2 : to the right

• A3 : upward

• A4 : downward

• A5 : into the paperB. The direction of the current induced in Ris• B1 : from a through R to b

• B2 : from b through R to aThen which of the following is correct rightafter the switch S in the figure is closed?

1. A1,B1

2. A2,B1

3. A3,B1

4. A4,B1

5. A5,B1

6. A1,B2

7. A2,B2

8. A3,B2

9. A4,B2

10. A5,B2

Part 2 of 2

R

I

a b

Introduce the notations below:A. The direction of the induced magnetic fieldwithin the rectangular circuit is


• A1 : into the paper

• A2 : out of the paper

• A3 : parallel to I

• A4 : antiparallel to I

• A5 : radially outward and ⊥ IB. The direction of the current induced in Ris• B1 : from a through R to b

• B2 : from b through R to aThen which of the following is correct whenthe current I in the figure decreases?

1. A1,B1

2. A2,B1

3. A3,B1

4. A4,B1

5. A5,B1

6. A1,B2

7. A2,B2

8. A3,B2

9. A4,B2

10. A5,B2

Induced EMF 0108:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A wire, 20 m long, moves at 4 m/s per-pendicularly through a 0.5 T magnetic field.What EMF is induced in the wire?

Induced EMF 0208:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The current in a solenoid is increasing ata rate of 10 A/s. The cross-sectional area ofthe solenoid is 3.14159 cm2, and there are 300turns on its 15 cm length.

What is the induced emf opposing the in-creasing current?

Induced EMF 0308:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A solenoid is connected to a battery viaa switch. When the switch is closed, theinduced emf in the insulating loop positionedas shown is

1. equal to the rate of change of magneticflux through the loop, with ~E directed alongred arrow

2. equal to the rate of change of magneticflux through the loop, with ~E directed oppo-site to red arrow

3. zero because it’s not a conductor

Induced EMF and Field08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2

a

0

B

t

a

Given: a = 0.5 m, B = b t, whereb = 0.2 T/s. Find the direction of the inducedemf.

1. counter-clockwise

2. out of the paper

3. into the paper

4. clockwise

Part 2 of 2Find the induced electric field Eind.

Induced Generator EMF08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2An ac generator consists of eight turns of

wire, each of area 0.09 m2, and total resistance


of 12 Ω. The loop rotates in the externalmagnetic field of strength 0.5 T at a constantfrequency of 60 Hz.

What is the maximum induced emf?

Part 2 of 2What is the maximum induced current?

Induced Potential08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Over a region where the vertical component

of the Earth’s magnetic field is 40 µT directeddownward, a 5 m length of wire is held alongan east-west direction and moved horizontallyto the north at 10 m/s. Calculate the poten-tial difference ∆V between the ends of thewire.

Part 2 of 2Which end is positive?

1. east

2. west

3. can be either end

4. No sufficient information to determineit

Iron in a Coil08:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A light bulb is connected to a battery, andis visibly lit. After a piece of iron is shovedinto a coil of wire in the circuit as shown, thelight

1. brightens

2. is not affected

3. dims

Leaning Tower of Pisa08:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Imagine that Galileo had dropped a

bar magnet and a nonmagnetic bar ofthe same mass and shape down identi-cal copper tubes from the Tower of Pisa.

PISA

?

S

N

?

Which one would have struck the ground first?

1. the magnet

2. both at the same time

3. the nonmagnetic bar

Part 2 of 2The direction of induced current viewed fromthe top is:

1. clockwise

2. counterclockwise

3. there is no induced current.

Lenzs Law 0108:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.


Lenz’ law is about the current induced in aloop of wire when the magnetic flux throughthe loop changes. This induced current isalways

1. clockwise.

2. counterclockwise.

3. in a direction opposite that of the currentproducing the original flux.

4. in such a direction as to oppose the changein the original flux.

5. in the same direction as that of the currentproducing the original flux.

Lenzs Law 0208:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A magnetic field that is decreasing withtime is directed out of the page and passesthrough a circular loop of wire in the plane ofthe page.

Which of the following is true of the inducedcurrent in the wire loop?

1. It is counterclockwise in direction.

2. It is clockwise in direction.

3. It is directed into the page.

4. It is directed out of the page.

5. It is zero in magnitude.


A metal spring has its ends attachedso that it forms a circle. It is placedin a uniform magnetic field, as shown.

Spring

B

Which of the following will NOT cause acurrent to be induced in the spring?

1. Changing the magnitude of the magneticfield

2. Increasing the diameter of the circle bystretching the spring

3. Rotating the spring about a diameter

4. Moving the spring parallel to the mag-netic field

5. Moving the spring in and out of the mag-netic field


ClockwiseCounter-clockwise

N

In the figure above, the north pole of themagnet is first moved down toward the loopof wire, then withdrawn upward. As viewedfrom above, the induced current in the loop is

1. always clockwise with increasing magni-tude

2. always clockwise with decreasing magni-tude

3. always counterclockwise with increasingmagnitude

4. always counterclockwise with decreasingmagnitude


5. first counterclockwise, then clockwise


A single circular loop of wire inthe plane of the page is perpendicu-lar to a uniform magnetic field B di-rected out of the page, as shown.

B

If the magnitude of the magnetic field isdecreasing, then the induced current in thewire is

1. directed upward out of the paper

2. directed downward into the paper

3. clockwise around the loop

4. counterclockwise around the loop

5. zero (no current is induced)

Light08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The wavelength of light is usually measuredin angstroms (1 A= 1.0 ×10−10 m). Thewavelength of light is 4000 A and its speedc ≈ 3× 108 m/s. What is its frequency?

Low Frequency Radio Waves08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

At low frequencies the dielectric constant ofa medium is 4.5. Given, c = 2.998× 108 m/s.Find the speed of low-frequency radio wave inthe medium.

Magnetic Force Direction


Part 1 of 4The magnetic field is constant and

it points into the paper. The in-stantaneous velocity vector of a positivecharge particle is pointing to the right.

+ + + +

+ + + +

+ + + +

+ + + +

q v

The trajectory of the subsequent motion is

1. bending along a counterclockwise path

2. bending along a clockwise path

3. to continue to move along a straight lineto the right

Part 2 of 4Two par-allel wires carry opposite current as shown.

i1 i2

Find the direction of the magnetic force on i2due to the magnetic field of i1.

1. out of the paper

2. to the left

3. to the right

4. into the paper

Part 3 of 4


A metal bar pivoting at A is rotating in auniform magnetic field (see the setup shownbelow).

A

B

v

The potential difference VA − VB is:

1. positive

2. zero

3. negative

Part 4 of 4Imag-ine that Galileo had dropped a bar magnetdown the copper tube from the Tower of Pisa.

PISA

?

S

N

?

The direction of induced current viewed fromthe top is:

1. clockwise

2. counterclockwise

3. no induced current.

Microwave Frequency08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A microwave that has a wavelength of 3 cm.What is its frequency?

Model AC Generator08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3In a model ac generator, a rectangular coil

of 500 turns (8 cm by 20 cm) rotates at120 rev/min in a uniform magnetic field of0.6 T.

What is the maximum emf induced in thecoil?

Part 2 of 3What is the instantaneous value of the emf inthe coil at 0.0981748 s?

Assume that the emf is zero at t = 0.

Part 3 of 3What is the smallest value of t for which theemf will have its maximum value?

Motor Coil08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2When the coil of a motor is rotating at

maximum speed, the current in the windingsis 4 A. When the motor is first turned on, thecurrent in the windings is 11 A.

If the motor is operated at 120 V, find theback emf in the coil.

Part 2 of 2Find the resistance of the windings.

Moving Metal Bar08:06, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2The metal bar of length l shown in the

figure is moving to the right along a pair offrictionless parallel metal rails at a constantspeed v. The rails are connected at one endby a resistor with resistance R. A magneticfield B points into the plane of the paper.


v+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

R

D

C

A

B

What is the rate of change of the flux?

1. B2 l v

2. 2B l v

3. B lv

4. B lv2

5. B l2 v2

6. B l2 v

7. B l v2

8. B l v

9. B v

10. B l

Part 2 of 2What is the direction of the magnetic forceacting on the induced current along the rod?

1. Upward from B to A.

2. To the left.

3. Downward from A to B.

4. Into the page.

5. Coming out of the page.

6. To the right.

Moving Ring

08:06, basic, numeric, < 1 min, normal.

A ring of radius 2.6 m, center at the origin,is perpendicular to the x-axis. A second ringof radius 1.3 m is also perpendicular to the x-axis with its center on the x-axis at x = 39 m.This second ring is moving at 2.5 cm/s in the+x-direction. There is a current in ring 1of 2.5 A. What is the magnitude of the emfinduced in ring 2?

Moving Rods on Parallel Rails08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Two parallel rails having negligible resis-tance are 10 cm apart and are connectedby a(n) 5 Ω resistor. The circuit alsocontains 15 Ω and 10 Ω metal rods slid-ing along the rails and moving away fromthe resistor at the velocities shown in Fig-ure. A uniform 0.01 T magnetic field is ap-plied perpendicular to the plane of the rails.

B B

Determine the current in the 5 Ω resistor.

Polaris Burn Out08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The distance from the Earth to Polaris isapproximately 6.44×1018 m. How long wouldit take to disappear from our vision if it wereto burn out today?


Find the power dissipated in the 12 Ωresistor in Figure 1. The 0.675 T uni-form magnetic field is directed into the planeof the circuit and the 50 cm long con-ductor moves at a speed of v = 4.2 m/s.


BvR

Find the power dissipated in the resistor.

Powerful Electromagnet 0108:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A powerful electromagnet has a field of1.6 T and a cross sectional area of 0.2 m2.Now we place a coil of 200 turns with a to-tal resistance of 2 Ω around the electromagnetand turn off the power to the electromagnetin 0.02 s. What will be the induced current inthe coil?

Powerful Electromagnet 0208:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A powerful electromagnet has a field of1.6 T and a cross-sectional area of 0.2 m2.If a coil of 200 turns with a total resistance of20 Ω is placed around it, and then the powerto the electromagnet is turned off in 0.02 s,what current is induced in the coil?

Radar Frequency08:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A radar operates at a wavelength of 3 cen-timeters. The frequency of the these wavesis

1. 10−10 Hz

2. 106 Hz

3. 108 Hz

4. 3 × 108 Hz

5. 1010 Hz

Radio Station Frequency08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Radio stations are usually identified bytheir frequency. One radio station in themiddle of the FM band has a frequency of99 MHz. What is its wavelength?

Radio Transmitter08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The amplitude of the electric field is0.2 V/m 10 km from a radio transmitter.What is the total power emitted by the trans-mitter?

Rod Moving on Rails08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

In the figure shown below, the rodab, which is 0.2 m long, is movedto the right with a speed of 3 m/s.

B

v

a

b

l

The magnetic field strength is 1.5 T and isdirected at right angles to the plane of thecurrent loop. If the current loop has a breakin it, find the induced emf.

Rotating Metal Bar08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A metal bar with length OA = L is ro-

tating in a counterclockwise manner aboutthe point O with a constant angular veloc-ity ω. There is a constant magnetic field,B, directed out of the paper. A positivecharge q is fixed at a point C on the rod.


L

vA

O

C

The direction of the magnetic force on thecharge q at point C due to the magnetic field,and the relationship between VO and VA arerespectively given by:

1. opposite to the direction of ~v, VO = VA

2. radially outward, VO > VA

3. radially outward, VO = VA

4. radially inward, VA > VO

5. radially inward, VO > VA

6. in the direction of ~v, VO = VA

7. radially outward, VA > VO

8. in the plane, VO = VA

9. out of the plane, VO = VA

Part 2 of 3The speed of the bar at C is 5 m/s, and thelength of OC is 2 m. Let L = 4 m andB = 2 T. Determine the magnitude of thepotential difference |VO − VA|.

Part 3 of 3Let the magnitude of the potential |VO − VA|be denoted V1. What then is the magni-tude of the potential difference between pointC, where OC = L/3, and the end point A,i.e.|VA − VC |?

1.1

9V1

2.1

10V1

3.8

9V1

4.2

9V1

5.3

9V1

6.4

9V1

7.5

9V1

8.2

3V1

9.7

9V1

10. V1

Shape of Texas08:06, basic, numeric, < 1 min, normal.

A single piece of wire is bent into the shapeof Texas, with a total area of 8 cm2. ThisTexas shaped loop is perpendicular to a mag-netic field which increases uniformly in mag-nitude from 0.5 T to 2.5 T in a time of 1 s.The wire has a total resistance of 2 Ω. Whatis the current?

Shrinking Coil Area08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A square, single-turn coil with side length0.2 m, is placed with its plane perpendicularto a constant magnetic field. An emf of 18 mVis induced in the winding when the area of thecoil decreases at a rate of 3.1415926. What isthe magnitude of the magnetic field?

Single Turn of Wire08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A flat loop of wire consisting of a single turnof cross-sectional area 8 cm2 is perpendicularto a magnetic field that increases uniformlyin magnitude from 0.5 T to 2.5 T in a time of1 s. The total resistance is 2 Ω.

What is the resulting induced current?


Sliding Down Rails08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A current loop ABCDA consists of a metal

rod, a resistor R, and a pair of conduct-ing rails separated by a distance d. Therod has a weight mg and it is falling withan instantaneous speed v. There is a con-stant magnetic field ~B which is perpendicu-lar to the paper and directed into the paper.

A B

CD

R

Find the direction of the induced currentthrough the resistor R.

1. B to A

2. 0

3. A to B

Part 2 of 3What is the magnitude of the induced cur-rent?

1.B dR

v

2.B vR

d

3.B v d

R

4. B vR

5. B v d

6. B dR

7.B v

R

8.B d

R

Part 3 of 3If B = 1 T, d = 1 m, m = 2 kg, R =2 Ω, and g = 9.8 m/s2 , find the terminalvelocity.(Hint: When the terminal velocity isreached, there is no net force on the rod, sothe magnetic force is equal and opposite tothe weight of the rod.)

UHF Television08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A UHF television with a single-turn circu-lar loop antenna of radius 8.5 cm requires amaximum induced voltage above 16 mV foroperation.

Find the distance d at which reception islost from a 350 kW transmitter operatingat 0.23 GHz. Assume the power radiatedby the transmitter uniformly fills the upperhemisphere.

VHF Channels08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3There are 12 VHF channels (channel 2-13)

that lie in a frequency range from 54 MHzto 216 MHz. Each channel has a width of6 MHz, with the two ranges 72-76 MHz and88-174 MHz received for non-TV purposes.(Channel 2, for example, lies between 54 and60 MHz).

Calculate the wavelength range ∆λ forchannel 4.

Part 2 of 3Calculate the wavelength range ∆λ for chan-nel 6.

Part 3 of 3Calculate the wavelength range ∆λ for chan-nel 1.

Voice on the Radio08:06, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A singer’s voice is transmitted by a radio


wave to a person 100 km away.How much time passes before the distant

listener hears the sound?

Part 2 of 2Given: The speed of sound is 345 m/s.

By the time the radio message reaches alistener, how far from the singer has the soundwave moved in the auditorium?

Wire in Magnetic Field 0208:06, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Two concentric circular loops of radii b

and 2b, made of the same type of wire,lie in the plane of the page, as shown.

2b

b

The total resistance of the wire loop ofradius b is R. What is the resistance of thewire loop of radius 2b?

1.R

4

2.R

2

3. R

4. 2R

5. 4R

Part 2 of 2A uniform magnetic field B that is per-pendicular to the plane of the pagenow passes through the loops, as shown.

a

2b

b

B

The field is confined to a region of radiusa, where a < b, and is changing at a constantrate. The induced emf in the wire loop ofradius b is E . What is the induced emf in thewire loop of radius 2b?

1. Zero

2.E2

3. E

4. 2E

5. 4E

Chapter 8, section 7, Capacitance 542


Part 1 of 2A 4.00 µF capacitor is connected to a

12.0 V battery.a) What is the charge on each plate of the

capacitor?

Part 2 of 2b) If this same capacitor is connected to a1.50 V battery, how much electrical potentialenergy is stored?


Part 1 of 2A parallel-plate capacitor has a charge of

6.0 µC when charged by a potential differenceof 1.25 V .

a) Find its capacitance.

Part 2 of 2b) How much electrical potential energy isstored when this capacitor is connected to a1.50 V battery?


Part 1 of 2A capacitor has a capacitance of 2 pF.What potential difference would be re-

quired to store 18 pC?

Part 2 of 2How much charge is stored when the potentialdifference is 2.5 V?


You are asked to design a parallel-plate

capacitor having a capacitance of 1.00 F anda plate separation of 1.00 mm.

Calculate the required surface area of eachplate.


A 12.0 V battery is connected to a 6.0 pFparallel-plate capacitor.

What is the magnitude of the charge oneach plate?


Part 1 of 2A parallel-plate capacitor has a capacitance

of 0.2 µF and is to be operated at 6500 V.a) Calculate the charge stored.

Part 2 of 2b) What is the electrical potential energystored in the capacitor at the operating po-tential difference?


Two devices with capacitances of 25 µF and5.0 µF are each charged with separate 120 Vpower supplies.

Calculate the total energy stored in the twocapacitors.


A circular parallel-plate capacitor with aspacing of 3.0 mm is charged to produce auniform electric field with a strength of 3.0×106 N/C.

What plate radius is required if the storedcharge is −1.0 µC?



Part 1 of 2A parallel-plate capacitor has an area of

5.00 cm2 and the plates are separated by1.00 mm. The capacitor stores a charge of400.0 pC.

a) What is the potential difference acrossthe plates of the capacitor?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the magnitude of the uniform elec-tric field in the region that is located betweenthe plates?


Part 1 of 2A parallel-plate capacitor has a plate

area of 175 cm2 and a plate separation of0.0400 mm.

a) Determine the capacitance.

Part 2 of 2b) Determine the potential difference whenthe charge on the capacitor is 500.0 pC.


Part 1 of 3A pair of oppositely charged parallel plates

are separated by 5.33 mm. A potential differ-ence of 600.0 V exists between the plates.

a) What is the magnitude of the electricfield strength in the region that is locatedbetween the plates?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the magnitude of the force onan electron that is in the region between theplates at a point that is exactly 2.90 mm fromthe positive plate?

Part 3 of 3c) The electron is moved to the negative platefrom an initial position 2.90 mm from thepositive plate.

What is the change in electrical potentialenergy due to the movement of this electron?


A potential difference of 100.0 V existsacross the plates of a capacitor when thecharge on each plate is 400.0 µC.

What is the capacitance?


Part 1 of 2Each plate on a 3750 pF capacitor carries a

charge with a magnitude of 1.75× 10−8 C.a) What is the potential difference across

the plates when the capacitor has been fullycharged?

Part 2 of 2b) If the plates are 6.50× 10−4 m apart, whatis the magnitude of the electric field betweenthe two plates?


Part 1 of 5A parallel-plate capacitor is made of two

circular plates, each with a diameter of 2.50×10−3 m. The plates of this capacitor areseparated by a space of 1.40× 10−4 m.

a) Assuming that the capacitor is operatingin a vacuum and that the permativity of a vac-uum can be used, determine the capacitancefor this arrangement.

Part 2 of 5b) How much charge will be stored on eachplate of this capacitor when it is connected


across a potential difference of 0.120 V?

Part 3 of 5c) What is the electrical potential en-ergy stored in this capacitor when it isfully charged by the potential difference of0.120 V?

Part 4 of 5d) What is the potential difference between apoint midway between the plates and a pointthat is 1.10× 10−4 m from one of the plates?

Part 5 of 5e) If the potential difference of 0.120 V isremoved from the circuit and if the circuit isallowed to discharge until the charge on theplates has decreased to 70.7 percent of itsfully charged value, what will the potentialdifference across the capacitor be?

Chapter 8, section 8, AC Circuits 545


Part 1 of 3An rms potential difference of 120 V is

placed across a light bulb with a resistance of25 Ω.

a) What is the rms current in the lightbulb?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the maximum value for current?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the maximum value for potentialdifference?


The current in an ac circuit is measuredwith an ammeter. The meter gives a readingof 5.5 A.

Calculate the maximum ac current.


Part 1 of 2A toaster is plugged into a source of alter-

nating potential difference with an rms valueof 110 V. The heating element is designedto convey a current with a maximum value of10.5 A.

a) Find the rms current in the heating ele-ment.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the resistance of the heating ele-ment.


Part 1 of 3An audio amplifier provides an alternating

rms potential difference of 15.0 V. A loud-speaker connected to the amplifier has a re-sistance of 10.4 Ω.

a) What is the rms current in the speaker?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the maximum value for current?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the maximum value for potentialdifference?


Part 1 of 2An ac generator has a maximum potential

difference output of 155 V.a) Find the rms potential difference output.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the rms current in the circuit whenthe generator is connected to a 53 Ω resistor.


The largest potential difference that canbe placed across a certain capacitor at anyinstant is 451 V.

a) What is the largest rms potential differ-ence that can be placed across the capacitorwithout damaging it?


The rms potential difference across high-voltage transmission lines in Great Britain is220000 V.

What is the maximum potential differ-ence?

Chapter 8, section 8, AC Circuits 546


Part 1 of 2The maximum potential difference across

certain heavy-duty appliances is 340 V. Thetotal resistance of an appliance is 120 Ω.

a) Find the rms potential difference acrossthe appliance.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the rms current in the appliance.


Part 1 of 3The maximum current that can pass

through a light bulb filament is 0.909 A whenits resistance is 182 Ω.

a) What is the rms current conducted bythe filament of the bulb?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the rms potential difference acrossthe bulb’s filament?

Part 3 of 3c) How much power does the light bulb use?


Part 1 of 2A 996 W hair dryer is designed to carry a

maximum current of 11.8 A.a) How large is the rms current in the hair

dryer?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the rms potential difference acrossthe hair dryer?


A transformer has 22 turns of wire in itsprimary and 88 turns in its secondary. Apotential difference of 110 V ac is applied tothe primary.

What is the output potential difference?


Add a Resistor08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A loop circuit has a resistance of R1 anda current of 2 A. The current is reduced to1.6 A when an additional resistor R2 = 3 Ω isadded in series with R1.

What is the value of R1?

Applied Force on a Bar08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2In the arrangement shown in the fig-

ure, the resistor is 6 Ω and a 2.5 T mag-netic field is directed into the paper. Let` = 1.2 m and neglect the mass of the bar.

lR Fapp

Calculate the applied force required tomove the bar to the right at a constant speedof 2 m/s.

Part 2 of 2At what rate is energy dissipated in the resis-tor?

Axle Pushed Along Rails08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A rolling axle is pushed along horizontal

rails, ` = 0.5 m apart, at a constant speedv = 0.25 m/s. A resistor R = 10 Ω isconnected to the rails at points a and b asshown in diagram and is the only significantresistance in the loop. There is a uniformmagnetic field B = 2 T vertically downward.

a

b

R vB

What is the induced current in the resistor?

Part 2 of 4What is the magnitude of the horizontal forceF required to keep the axle rolling at constantspeed?

Part 3 of 4Which end of the resistor (a or b) is at thehigher potential while the axle is still to theright of the resistor?

1. a

2. b

Part 4 of 4After the axle rolls past the resistor, does thecurrent through R reverse direction?

1. No

2. Yes

Bar in a Field 0108:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Consider the arrangement shown in Figure1. Assume thatR = 6 Ω, ` = 1.2 m, and a uni-form 2.5 T magnetic field is directed into thepage. At what speed should the bar be movedto produce a current of 0.5 A in the resistor?

lR Fapp


Bar in a Field 0208:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A bar of negligible resistance and massm =

33 kg in the figure below is pulled horizontallyacross frictionless parallel rails, also of negligi-ble resistance, by a massless string that passesover an ideal pulley and is attached to a sus-pended mass M = 220 g. The uniform mag-netic field has a magnitude B = 440 mT, andthe distance between the rails is ` = 55 cm.The rails are connected at one end by a loadresistor R = 66 mΩ. Use g = 9.8 m/s2.

BM

m

R

What is the magnitude of the terminal veloc-ity (i.e., the eventual steady-state speed v∞)reached by the bar?

Part 2 of 4What is the acceleration when the velocityv = 1 s?

Part 3 of 4What is the time constant τ?

Part 4 of 4What is the horizontal speed of the bar attime t = 18.719 s, assuming that the bar wasat rest at t = 0 s?


Part 1 of 8Assume all batteries are ideal (they have

no internal resistance) and connecting wireshave no resistance. Unlike most real bulbs,the resistances of the bulbs on these questionsdo not change as the current through them

changes. All the bulbs considered in thisproblem are identical.

What is true when one bulb is brighter thananother?

1. The current passing through the brighterbulb is smaller.

2. The current passing through the brighterbulb is larger.

3. The current passing through both bulbsare the same.

4. There is not enough information to an-swer this question.

Part 2 of 8A light bulb and a battery are con-nected as shown in the Figure 1 below.

A B

CDε

Figure 1

Which is true about the current passingthrough various points in this circuit?

1. The current passing through point A islargest.

2. The current passing through point B islargest.

3. The current passing through point C islargest.

4. The current passing through point D islargest.

5. The current is the same everywhere ex-cept through the bulb.

6. The current is the same through AB andsmaller than through CD.

7. The current is the same through AB and


larger than through CD.

8. The current is the same everywhere in thecircuit.

9. The current is the same everywhere ex-cept through the battery.

10. None of these.

Part 3 of 8Two light bulbs and a battery are connectedin a circuit.

A B

CDε

Figure 2

Compare the current through A now, asin Figure 2 above, to the current through Abefore with only one bulb, as in Figure 1.

1. The current through A is now larger thanbefore but not twice as large.

2. The current through A is now twice aslarge as before.

3. The current through A is now the sameas before.

4. The current throughA is now half as largeas before.

5. The current through A is now smallerthan before but not half as large.


Part 4 of 8Compare the brightness of the bulb,BC, now,as in Figure 2, to what it was before whenthere was only one bulb, as in Figure 1.




Part 5 of 8Compare the potential difference across thebulb, VBC , now, as in Figure 2, to what it wasbefore when there was only one bulb, as inFigure 1.

1. The potential difference is now twice aslarge as before.

2.The potential difference is now larger thanbefore but not twice as large.

3. The potential difference is now the sameas before.

4. The potential difference is now smallerthan before but not half as large.

5. The potential difference is now half aslarge as before.


Part 6 of 8Two light bulbs and a battery are con-nected in a circuit show below in Figure 3.

A B

CDε

Figure 3

Compare the current through A now, asin Figure 3 above, to the current through Abefore with only one bulb, as in Figure 1.

1. The current through A is now larger thanbefore but not twice as large.

2. The current through A is now twice aslarge as before.

3. The current through A is now the sameas before.


4. The current through A is now smallerthan before but not half as large.

5. The current throughA is now half as largeas before.


Part 7 of 8Compare the potential difference across thebulb, VBC , now, as in Figure 3, to what it wasbefore when there was only one bulb, as inFigure 1.

1. The potential difference is now twice aslarge as before.

2.The potential difference is now larger thanbefore but not twice as large.

3. The potential difference is now half aslarge as before.

4. The potential difference is now smallerthan before but not half as large.

5. The potential difference is now the sameas before.


Part 8 of 8Compare the brightness of the bulb,BC, now,as in Figure 3, to what it was before whenthere was only one bulb, as in Figure 1.





Part 1 of 5Assume the battery is ideal (it has no in-

ternal resistance) and connecting wires have

no resistance. Unlike most real bulbs,the resistances of the bulbs on these ques-tions do not change as the current throughthem changes. Three identical bulbs arein the circuit as shown below in the fig-ure. (The switch S is initially closed.)

εS

A

B C

Which of the following correctly ranks thebulbs in brightness?

1. All bulbs are equally bright.

2. Bulb A is the brightest, B next brightest,and C next brightest.

3. Bulb B and C are equally bright, andeach is brighter than A.


5. Bulb A is the brightest, and B and C areequally bright.

Part 2 of 5Which of the following correctly ranks thecurrent flowing through the bulbs?

1. All bulbs have the same current flowingthrough them.

2. Bulb A has the largest current, andB andC have the same current.

3. Bulb B and C have the same current, andeach has more current than A.

4. Bulb A has the largest current, B next,and C has the smallest.


Part 3 of 5


Which of the following correctly ranks thepotential difference across these bulbs?

1. All bulbs have the same potential acrossthem.

2. The potential difference across A islargest, B next, and C has the smallest.

3. Bulb B and C have the same potentialdifference, and each has more potential differ-ence than A.


5. Bulb A has the largest potential differ-ence, and B and C have the same potentialdifference.

Part 4 of 5What happens to the current through bulb Aif the switch S is opened?

1. It increases.

2. It decreases.


4. Not enough information is given.

Part 5 of 5What happens to the current through bulb Bif the switch S is opened?

1. Not enough information is given.


3. It decreases.

4. It increases.


Part 1 of 2Unlike most real bulbs, the resistances of

the bulbs on these questions do not change

as the current through them changes. Acapacitor, a bulb, and a switch are inthe circuit as shown below in the figure.The switch is initially open as shown inthe diagram, and the capacitor is charged.

C

S

+-

Which correctly describes what happens tothe bulb when the switch is closed?

1. The bulb is dim and remains dim.

2.At first the bulb is dim and it gets brighterand brighter until the brightness levels off.

3. The bulb is bright and remains bright.

4. At first the bulb is bright and it getsdimmer and dimmer until it goes off.


Part 2 of 2Which correctly describes what happens afterthe switch has remained closed for a longtime?

1. The bulb no longer shines.

2. The potential difference across the capac-itor is steady and much smaller than E .

3. The bulb continues to shine brightly.

4. The current in the circuit is steady andlarge.


Cell Manipulation by a Laser08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A mirrored surface whose area is 0.5 cm2 is


illuminated by a 500 mW laser with a beamdiameter of 5 µm. Use c = 2.9979× 108 m/sand the index of refraction n = 1.

What is the magnitude of the force on themirrored surface?

Circular Orbit of a Proton08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The mass of a proton is 1.67×10−27 kg andits charge is 1.609× 10−19 C.

What is the radius of the smallest possiblecircular orbit that a 0.1 MeV proton can havein a 1 T magnetic field?

Copper Conductor08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Of the following the copper conductor thathas the least resistance is:

1. thin, long and hot

2. thick, short and cool

3. thick, long and hot

4. thin, short and cool

5. thin, short and hot


A

R2 Ω

1 Ω 3 Ω

- +

If the ammeter in the circiuit above readszero, what is the resistance R?

1. 1.5 Ω

2. 2 Ω

3. 4 Ω

4. 5 Ω

5. 6 Ω

Electrolytic Cell08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Chlorine gas(Cl2) can be produced froma solution containing Cl− ions, e.g., fromNa+Cl−, by electrolysis. What must be thecurrent through an electrolytic cell to produce1.0 kg of Cl2 gas in 6 hours? Use a charge of1.6×10−19 C , Avogadro’s number 6.02×1023,and an atomic mass of 35.5 u for Chlorine.

Electromagnetic Point Source08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

At what distance from a 100 W electro-magnetic wave point source is the amplitudeof the electric field 15 V/m?

Electromagnetic Wave 0108:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4A monochromatic light source emits 100 W

of average electromagnetic power uniformly inall directions. Calculate the average electric-field energy density 1 m from the source.

Part 2 of 4Calculate the average magnetic-field energydensity at the same distance from the source.

Part 3 of 4Find the wave intensity at this location

Part 4 of 4What is the pressure exerted by the light on amirror located at the same distance from thesource, assuming normal incidence and totalreflection?

Electromagnetic Wave 02



Part 1 of 5Consider a monochromatic electromagnetic

plane wave propagating in the x direction.At a particular point in space, the magni-tude of the electric field has an instanta-neous value of 10 V/m in the positive y-direction. The wave is traveling in the positivex-direction. (Use c = 2.99792× 108 m/s.)

y

zx

E

wave propagation

Compute the instantaneous magnitude of themagnetic field at the same point and time.

Part 2 of 5What is the instantaneous magnitude of thePoynting vector at the same point and time?

Part 3 of 5What are the directions of the instantaneousmagnetic field and the instantaneous Poynt-ing vector respectively?

1. k and ı+

2. k and

3. ı and

4. ı and k

5. and k

6. and ı

7. ı+ and k

8. + k and ı

9. k + ı and

10. k and ı

Part 4 of 5

What is the instantaneous value of the energydensity of the electric field?

Part 5 of 5What is the instantaneous value of the energydensity of the magnetic field?

Electromagnetic Wave 0308:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 4Consider a beam of electromagnetic radia-

tion, which is traveling along the positive xdirection. Its average intensity is 100 W/m2.

What is its maximum electric field?

Part 2 of 4What is the the maximum magnetic field?

Part 3 of 4What is the pressure on a surface which isperpendicular to the beam and is total reflec-tive?

Part 4 of 4Consider a wave pattern such that when theinstantaneous magnetic field is pointing in thex-direction, the corresponding electric field ispointing in the negative y-direction.

Find the direction in which the wave istraveling.

1. along positive x direction

2. along negative z direction

3. along positive y direction

4. along negative y direction

5. along negative x direction

6. along positive z direction

Elements 5008:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following metals is the bestconductor of electricity?


1. copper

2. iron

3. silver

4. lead

Energy Absorption08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A plane electromagnetic wave has an energy

flux of 750 W/m2. A flat, rectangular surfaceof dimensions 50 cm × 100 cm is placed per-pendicular to the direction of the wave. Thesurface absorbs half of the energy and reflectshalf. Use c = 2.99792× 108 m/s. Calculatethe total energy absorbed by the surface in1 min.

Part 2 of 2Calculate the momentum absorbed in thistime.

Fields From a Point Source08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A point source of electromagnetic radiation

has an average power output of 800 W. Cal-culate the maximum value of the electric fieldat a point 3.5 m from the source.

Part 2 of 2Determine the maximum value of the mag-netic field at a point 3.5 m from the source.


Part 1 of 3A helium-neon laser intended for classroom

use operates at a power of 5.7 mW.Given: µ0 = 1.25664× 10−6 N/A2 and c =

2.99792× 108 m/s.At a point where the cross section of the

beam has an area of 6.1 mm2, what is the

maximum value of the electric field E?

Part 2 of 3What is the electromagnetic energy in a beamof length 2.6 m?

Part 3 of 3What is the corresponding momentum of thebeam?


Part 1 of 2A helium-neon laser intended for instruc-

tional use operates at 5 mW. Determine themaximum value of the electric field at a pointwhere the cross sectional area of the beam is4 mm2.

Part 2 of 2Calculate the electromagnetic energy in a 1 mlength of the beam.


What evidence can you cite to support theclaim that crystals are composed of atomsthat are arranged in specific patterns?

1. Good conductivity of crystals

2. Transparency of crystals

3. Symmetric diffraction patterns given offby various materials

4. Hard character


Part 1 of 2An electric field does 12 J of work on a

0.0001 C charge.What is the voltage change?


Part 2 of 2The same electric field does 24 J of work on a0.0002 C charge.

What is the voltage change?

Hewitt cp9 23 0108:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

The wattage marked on a light bulb is notan inherent property of the bulb but dependson the voltage to which it is connected, usually110 or 120V.

How many amperes flow through a 60 Wbulb connected in a 120 V circuit?

Hewitt cp9 23 0208:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

Rearrange the equation

Current =voltage

resistance

to express resistance in terms of current andvoltage. Then solve the following: A certaindevice in a 120 V circuit has a current ratingof 20 A.

What is the resistance of the device(howmany ohms)?


Part 1 of 3100 kW of power is delivered to the other

side of a city by a pair of power lines betweenwhich the voltage is 12000 V.

a) What current flows in the lines?

Part 2 of 3b) Each of the two lines has a resistance of10 Ω.

What is the voltage change along each line?

Part 3 of 3c) What power is expended as heat in bothlines together?

High Power Lasers08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3High power lasers in factories are used to

cut through cloth and metal. One such laserhas a beam diameter of 1 mm and generatesan electric field at the target having an ampli-tude 0.7 MV/m. Use c = 2.99792× 108 m/s.

What is the amplitude of the magnetic fieldproduced?

Part 2 of 3What is the intensity of the laser?

Part 3 of 3What is the power dissipated?


A nichrome wire with a resistance of 15 Ωis connected across the terminals of a 3.0 Vflashlight battery.

How much current is in the wire?


In a model generator, a 510-turn rectangu-lar coil 0.082 m by 0.25 m rotates with anangular frequency of 12.8 rad/s in a uniformmagnetic field of 0.65 T.

What is the maximum emf induced in thecoil?


A circular coil with a radius of 0.22 m and17 turns is rotated in a uniform magnetic fieldof 1.7 T. The coil rotates with a constantfrequency of 2.0 Hz.

Determine the maximum value of the emfinduced in the coil.



A square coil with an area of 0.045 m2

consists of 120 of wire. The coil rotates abouta vertical axis at 157 rad/s. The horizontalcomponent of the Earth’s magnetic field atthe location of the loop is 2.0 ×10−5 T.

Calculate the maximum emf induced in thecoil.


A maximum emf of 90.4 V is induced ina generator coil rotating with a frequency of65 Hz. The coil has an area of 230 cm2 androtates in a magnetic field of 1.2 T.

How many turns are in the coil?


A step-down transformer providing elec-tricity for a residential neighborhood has ex-actly 2680 turns in its primary. When thepotential difference across the primary coil is5850 V, the potential difference across thesecondary is 120 V.

How many turns are in the secondary?(Round the answer to the nearest whole num-ber.)


A step-up transformer used in an auto-mobile has a potential difference across theprimary of 12 V and a potential differenceacross the secondary of 2.0×104 V. There are21 turns in the primary coil.

How many turns are in the secondary?

Holt SF 22D 03

08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

A step-up transformer for long-range trans-mission of electric power is used to create apotential difference of 119340 V across thesecondary. The potential difference acrossthe primary is 117 V and the secondary has25500 turns.

How many turns are in the primary?


A potential difference of 0.750 V is neededto provide a large current for arc welding.The potential difference across the primary ofa step-down transformer is 117 V.

How many turns must be on the primaryfor each turn on the secondary?


A television picture tube requires a highpotential difference, which in older modelsis provided by a step-up transformer. Thetransformer has 12 turns in its primary and2550 turns in its secondary. A potential dif-ference of 120 V is placed across the primary.

What is the output potential difference?


A step-down transformer has 525 turns inits secondary and 12500 turns in its primary.The potential difference across the primary is3510 V.

What is the potential difference across thesecondary?



A generator can be made using the compo-nent of Earth’s magnetic field that is paral-lel to Earth’s surface. A 112-turn square wirecoil with an area of 4.41×10−2 m2 is mountedon a shaft so that the cross-sectional area ofthe coil is perpendicular to the ground. Theshaft then rotates with a frequency of 25.0Hz. The horizontal component of the Earth’smagnetic field at the location of the loop is5.00 ×10−5 T.

Calculate the maximum emf induced in thecoil by Earth’s magnetic field.


Part 1 of 2An ac generator consists of 45 turns of wire

with an area of 0.12 m2. The loop rotates ina magnetic field of 0.118 T at a constant fre-quency of 60.0 Hz. The generator is connectedacross a circuit load with a total resistance of35 Ω.

a) Find the maximum emf induced by thegenerator.

Part 2 of 2b) Find the maximum induced current.


A transformer is used to convert 120 Vto 9.0 V for use in a portable CD player.The primary coil connected to the outlet has640 turns.

Howmany turns does the secondary have?


A transformer is used to convert 120 V to17 V in order to power a toy electric train.There are 480 turns in the primary.

How many turns should there be in thesecondary?


The potential difference in the lines thatcarry electric power to homes is typically 20.0kV.

How many turns must be on the primaryfor each turn on the secondary if the outputpotential difference is 117 V? (Round theanswer to the nearest whole ratio.)


Part 1 of 2A generator supplies 5.0×103 kW of power.

The output potential difference is 4500 V be-fore it stepped up to 510 kV. The electricitytravels 410 miles (6.4400 ×105 m) througha transmission line that has a resistance perunit length of 4.5 ×10−4 Ω/m.

a) How much power is lost through trans-mission of the electrical energy along the line?

Part 2 of 2b) How much power would be lost throughtransmission if the generator’s output poten-tial difference were not stepped up?

Incandescent Lamp Filament08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The filament of an incandescent lamp has a

150 Ω resistance and carries a direct currentof 1 A. The filament is 8 cm long and 0.9 mmin radius. Calculate the Poynting vector atthe surface of the filament.

Part 2 of 3Find the magnitude of the electric field at thesurface of the filament.

Part 3 of 3Find the magnitude of the magnetic field atthe surface of the conductor.


Increasing Temperature08:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

With increasing temperature the resistanceof a metal and a semiconductor:

1. both decrease.

2. semiconductor increases, metal de-creases.

3. both increase.

4. metal increases, semiconductor de-creases.

Intensity Dependence08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 2Determine whether the statements below

are true or false. In order to double the in-tensity of an electromagnetic wave, one maydouble its frequency while leaving its ampli-tude the same.

1. true

2. false

Part 2 of 2In order to double the intensity of an electro-magnetic wave, one must quadruple its am-plitude.

1. false

2. true

Internal Resistance 0108:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2A battery with an emf of 12 V and internal

resistance of 0.9 Ω is connected across a loadresistor R.

If the current in the circuit is 1.4 A, what isthe value of R?

Part 2 of 2What power is dissipated in the internal re-sistance of the battery?


A 9 V battery delivers 117 mA when con-nected to a 72 Ω load.

Determine the internal resistance of thebattery.

Internal Resistance 0308:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, nor-mal.

The emf of a battery is 12 V volts. Whenthe battery delivers a current of 0.5 A toa load, the potential difference between theterminals of the battery is 10 V volts. Findthe internal resistance of the battery.


Part 1 of 4A battery has an emf of 12 V and an in-

ternal resistance of 0.05 Ω. Its terminals areconnected to a load resistance of 3 Ω. Findthe current in the circuit.

Part 2 of 4Calculate the terminal voltage of the battery.

Part 3 of 4Determine the power dissipated in the loadresistor.

Part 4 of 4Determine the power dissipated in the bat-tery.


Part 1 of 2What is the current in a 5.6 Ω resistor con-

nected to a battery that has a 0.2 Ω internal


resistance if the terminal voltage of the bat-tery is 10 V?

Part 2 of 2What is the emf of the battery?

Kirchoffs Rule08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Kirchhoff’s loop rule for circuit analysis isan expression of which of the following?

1. Conservation of charge.

2. Conservation of energy.

3. Ampere’s law.

4. Faraday’s law.

5. Ohm’s law.

Laser Power08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Given a 10 mW laser with a beam diameter

of 1.6 mm. Use c = 2.99792× 108 m/s. Whatis the intensity of the light, assuming it isuniform across the circular beam?

Part 2 of 2What is the average energy density of thebeam?

Light Bulb Emission08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 2Given a light bulb emitting light isotrop-

ically, (i.e. uniformly in all directions),with a power of 40 W. The paper is1 m away and has an area of 0.04 m2,

with the coefficient of reflection η =1

3,

i.e.,1

3of the light intensity is reflected,

and2

3of the light intensity is absorbed.

∆AP

r

Determine the intensity at point P.

Part 2 of 2Determine the radiation pressure at P. (I isthe light intensity at P.)

1.1

3

I

c

2.I

c

3.7

3

I

c

4.2

3

I

c

5.5

3

I

c

6.4

3

I

c

Long Thin Copper Rod08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A thin, 1 m long copper rod has a mass of50 g. What is the minimum current in the rodthat will cause it to float in a magnetic fieldof 2 T?

Maxwell Prediction08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Maxwell’s equations predict that the speedof light is

1. greater for visible light than for radiowaves


2. greater for radio waves than for visiblelight

3. independent of frequency

4. a function of the distance from thesource

5. a function of the size of the source

Monochromatic Light Source08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A monochromatic light source emits 100 W

of electromagnetic power uniformly in all di-rections. Use c = 2.99792× 108 m/s.

Find the wave intensity at a location 1 mfrom this source.

Part 2 of 3Calculate the average electric-field energydensity at this same location.

Part 3 of 3Calculate the average magnetic-field energydensity at the same distance from thesource.

Particles in a Magnetic Field08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A proton and an electron enter the samemagnetic field with identical velocities at rightangles to the field. The ratio of the radius ofthe circular orbit of the proton to the radiusof the electron’s orbit will be about:

1. 1:2000

2. 1:1

3. 2000:1

4. (4× 106) : 1

5. 1 : (4× 106)

Passing Over Atlanta


A duck flying due north at 15 m/s passesover Atlanta, where the Earth’s magnetic fieldis 5 × 10−5 T in a direction 60 below thehorizontal line running north and south. If theduck has a net positive charge of 4× 10−8 C,what is the magnetic force acting on it?

Point Light Source 0108:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A point light source delivers a power 60 W.

It radiates light isotropically. A mirror isplaced at point B, which is a distance 1 maway. The mirror has a cross section of 3 cm2.Make the approximation that all the lighthitting the mirror comes in perpendicular toit. The mirror is a totally reflecting surface.

B

r

Determine the light intensity I at point B.

1. 2πr2P

2.P

πr2

3.P

2πr2

4.P

4π r2

5. πr2P

6.P

4πr2

7. 4πr2P

8. 4π r2 P

Part 2 of 3


Find the total force on the mirror.

Part 3 of 3Calculate the maximum electric field of theoscillatory electromagnetic wave at P.

Point Light Source 0208:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A point light source delivers a time-

averaged power P . It radiates light isotrop-ically. A piece of small flat surface is placedat D, which is a distance r away. This piecehas a cross section Asurf . The surface re-

flects1

4of the light and absorbs

3

4of the

light. Assume the light hitting the variousparts of the surface is perpendicular to them.

rD

Pointsource

The time-averaged energy density at pointD is given by:

1. u = 4π r2 P

c

2. u = π r2 P

c

3. u = AsurfP

c

4. u =P

4π c r2

5. u =P

cAsurf

6. u = 4π r2 P

7. u = π r2 P

8. u = Asurf P

9. u =P

Asurf

10. u =P

4π r2

Part 2 of 3Find the total time-averaged force on the sur-face in terms of the intensity I of the light atD.

1. F =Asurf I

c

2. F =7

4

4π I

c

3. F =3Asurf I

2 c

4. F =7Asurf I

4 c

5. F =2Asurf I

c

6. F =4π I

c

7. F =5

4

4π I

c

8. F =3

2

4π I

c

9. F =5Asurf I

4 c

10. F = 24π I

c

Part 3 of 3Consider the case where the power of the pointsource: P = 100 W, r = 1 m and Asurf =

1 cm2, determine the maximum electric fieldof the oscillatory electromagnetic wave at D.

Potential Difference 0208:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

What potential difference is measuredacross an 18 Ω load resistor when it is con-nected across a battery of emf 5 V and internalresistance 0.45 Ω?

Power in Wires08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A wire of resistance R dissipates power Pwhen a current I passes through it. The wireis replaced by another wire with resistance3R. The power dissipated by the new wire


when the same current passed through it is

1.P

9

2.P

3

3. P

4. 3P

5. 6P

Proton in a Magnetic Field08:99, basic, numeric, < 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3A uniform magnetic field B points ver-

tically downward. At a certain time, aproton passes through a potential differ-ence ∆V , and moves with speed v fromeast to west through the field (see figure).

Pv

B

up

down

West

North

South

East

What is the direction of the force acting onthe proton at this time?

1. north

2. south

3. east

4. west

5. up

6. down

7. down and west

8. up and west

Part 2 of 3If B = 3.4 T and ∆V = 2.3 MV, find themagnitude of the force on the proton afterthe proton passes through the potential dif-ference. (Assume the proton is at rest at thebeginning.)

Part 3 of 3The proton will subsequently move in a circle.Howmany revolutions will the proton performper second?

Proton in Earths Field08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A proton moves eastward in the plane of theEarth’s magnetic equator so that its distancefrom the ground remains constant. What isthe speed of the proton?

Reforming a Wire08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

A 12 Ω metal wire is cut into three equalpieces that are then connected side by side toform a new wire the length of which is equalto one-third the original length. What is theresistance of this new wire?

Resistance 0308:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The current in a resistor decreases by 3 Awhen the voltage applied across the resistordecreases from 12 V to 6 V. Find the resis-tance of the resistor.

Series Circuit08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Part 1 of 3


0.3 Ω 0.2 Ω

1.5 Ω

X

Y R

12 V 6 V

- + + -

In the circuit above, the emf’s and the re-sistances have the values shown. The currentI in the circuit is 2 amperes.

The resistance R is

1. 1 Ω

2. 2 Ω

3. 3 Ω

4. 4 Ω

5. 5 Ω

Part 2 of 3The potential difference between points Xand Y is

1. 1.2 V

2. 6.0 V

3. 8.4 V

4. 10.8V

5. 12.2V

Part 3 of 3Howmuch energy is dissipated by the 1.5-ohmresistor in 60 seconds?

1. 6 J

2. 180 J

3. 360 J

4. 720 J

5. 1440 J

Short a Battery08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

If the emf of a battery is 15 V and a cur-rent of 60 A is measured when the battery isshorted, what is the internal resistance of thebattery?

Solar Energy08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Part 1 of 3The Sun delivers about 1000 W/m2 of elec-

tromagnetic flux to the Earth’s surface. Cal-culate the total power incident on a roof ofdimensions 8 m × 20 m, assuming the radia-tion is incident normal to the roof.

Part 2 of 3Determine the radiation pressure.

Part 3 of 3Determine radiation force on the roof assum-ing that the roof covering is a perfect ab-sorber.

Solar Radiation08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The Earth is 1.49 × 1011 meters from thesun.

If the intensity of the solar radiation at thetop of the Earth’s atmosphere is 1340 W/m2,what is the total power output of the Sun?

Starting a Car 0108:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

When you turn the ignition key in a car, youcomplete a circuit from the negative batteryterminal through the electric starter and backto the positive battery terminal. (Figure 26,see concept question 23) About how long doesit take electrons starting from the negativeterminal to reach the positive terminal?

1. Less than human reflex time.


2. 1/2 second.

3. Several seconds.

4. Several minutes.

5. Several hours.

Storage Batteries08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

Storage batteries are often rated in terms ofthe amounts of charge they can deliver. Howmuch charge can a(n) 90 ampere hour batterydeliver?

Sunlight Energy08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

The intensity of sunlight under clear skiesis 1000 W/m2. Use c = 2.99792× 108 m/s.

How much electromagnetic energy is con-tained per cubic meter near the Earth’s sur-face?

Superconductors08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following will cause the elec-tric resistance of certain materials known assuperconductors to suddently decrease to es-sentially zero?

1. Increasing the voltage applied to the ma-terial beyond a certain threshold votage

2. Inreasing the pressure applied to the ma-terial beyond a certain threshold pressure

3. Cooling the material below a certainthreshold temperature

4. Stretching the material to a wire of suffi-ciently small diameter

5. Placing the material in a sufficiently largemagnetic field

Tower of Pisa08:99, basic, numeric, > 1 min, fixed.

Imagine that Galileo had dropped a barmagnet and a nonmagnetic bar of the samemass and shape down identical copper tubesfrom the Tower of Pisa.Which one would have struck the ground first?

1. the nonmagnetic one

2. the magnet one

3. both at the same time

Two Bulbs and a Solenoid08:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A solenoid is producing a steadily in-creasing magnetic flux through a simple cir-cuit containing 2 identical light bulbs whichsurrounds it as shown. The 2 bulbs arelit with equal brightness. Now points Aand B are connected by a wire as shown.

+ + ++ + ++ + +

A

B

B field incresing into plane of paper

1 2

What happens?

1. Bulb 1 goes out, bulb 2 gets dimmer.

2. Bulb 2 goes out, bulb 1 gets brighter.

3. Bulb 1 goes out, bulb 2 gets brighter.

4. Bulb 2 goes out, bulb 1 gets dimmer.

5. Both bulbs go out.



The Wb/m2 is a unit of :

1. Magnetic flux

2. Area

3. Force

4. Magnetic field

5. Pressure

Wire in Magnetic Field 0108:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

A wire of constant length is mov-ing in a constant magnetic field, asshown below. The wire and the veloc-ity vector are perpendicular to each otherand are both perpendicular to the field.

v

Magnetic Field

Which of the following graphs best repre-sents the potential difference E between theends of the wire as a function of the speed vof the wire?

1.

ε

O v

2.

ε

O v

3.

ε

O v

4.

ε

O v

5.

ε

O v

Chapter 9, section 1, The Dual Nature of Light 566


What evidence can you cite for the particlenature of light?

1. Photoelectric effect of light.

2. Refraction phenomenon of light.

3. Diffraction phenomenon of light.

4. The many colors light has manifest theparticle nature of light.

5. None of them.

Particle Properties09:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Of the following phenomena, which pro-vides the best evidence that light can haveparticle properties?

1. Interference of light in thin films

2. Electromagnetic radiation

3. Photoelectric effect

4. Electron diffraction

5. X-ray diffraction

Photoelectric Effect 5009:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The photoelectric effect is a result of the:

1. wavelike nature of electrons

2. particle like nature of electrons

3. particle like nature of light

4. wavelike nature of light

5. consistency of the electromagnetic spec-

trum

Chapter 9, section 3, Quantum-Physics Applications 567


Part 1 of 2In the diagram, the energy difference be-

tween states A and B is twice the energydifference between states B and C . In a tran-sition (quantum jump) from C to B , an elec-tron emits a photon of wavelength 600 nm.

C

B

A

Find the wavelength λ2 emitted when thephoton jumps from B to A.

Part 2 of 2Find the wavelength λ3 emitted when thephoton jumps from C to A.


A typical wavelength of infrared radiationemitted by your body is 2.5× 10−5 m .

Find the energy per photon of such radia-tion.


What is the de Brogile wavelength of anelectron that strikes the back of the face of aTV screen at 0.1 the speed of light?


Consider photons emitted from a TV trans-mitter.

Which is the greater:

1.Wavelength

2. Energy

3. Frequency

4. Momentum


Which color light comes from a greater en-ergy transition, red, yellow, green or blue?

1. Red

2. Yellow

3. Green

4. Blue


How does Rutherford’s model of the atomaccount for the back-scattering of alpha par-ticles directed at the gold leaf?

1. Positive charge of the atom are spreadthroughout the volume of the atom accountsfor the backscattering of alpha particles.

2. Positive charge and mass of the atom arespread throughout the volume of the atomaccounts for the backscattering of alpha par-ticles.

3. The dense concentration of positivecharge and mass in the nucleus of Ruther-ford’s model of the atom accounts for thebackscattering of alpha particles.

4. Negative charge and mass of the atom arespread throughout the volume of the atomaccounts for the backscattering of alpha par-ticles.

Hewitt CP9 32 E04



At the time of Rutherford’s gold leaf experi-ment, scientists knew that negatively chargedelectrons existed within the atom, but theydid not know where the positive charge re-sides.

What information about the positivecharge was provided by Rutherford’s exper-iment?

1. The positive charge can freely movewithin the atom.

2. The positive charge must be concentratedin a small core, the atomic nucleus.

3. The positive charge must spread through-out the atom.

4. There is no positive charge within anatom.


Assume that the pendulum of a grandfatherclock acts as one of Planck’s resonators.

If it carries away an energy of 8.1 × 10−15

eV in a one quantum change, what is thefrequency of the pendulum?


A vibrating mass-spring system has a fre-quency of 0.56 Hz.

Howmuch energy of this vibration is carriedaway in a one-quantum change?


A photon in a laboratory experiment hasan energy of 5.0 eV.

What is the frequency of this photon?


Part 1 of 3Radiation emitted from human skin reaches

its peak at λ = 940 µm.a) What is the frequency of this radiation?

Part 2 of 3b) What type of electromagnetic waves arethese?

1. infrared waves

2. microwaves

3. radio waves

4. visible light

5. ultraviolet light

6. x rays

7. gamma rays

Part 3 of 3c) How much energy is carried by one quan-tum of these electromagnetic waves?


In the photoelectric effect, it is found thatincident photons with 5.00 eV of energy willproduce electrons with a maximum kineticenergy of 3.00 eV.

What is the threshold frequency of this ma-terial?


Part 1 of 2Light of wavelength 350 nm falls on a potas-

sium surface, and the photoelectrons have a


maximum kinetic energy of 1.3 eV.a) What is the work function of potassium?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the threshold frequency for potas-sium?


Light of frequency 1.00 × 1015 Hz illumi-nates a sodium surface. The ejected photo-electrons are found to have a maximum ki-netic energy of 1.86 eV.

Calculate the work function of sodium.


Which of the following metals will exibitthe photoelectric effect when light with a fre-quency of 7.0× 1014Hz frequency is shone onit?

a. lithium, hft = 2.3eVb. silver, hft = 4.7eVc. cesium, hft = 2.14eV

1. Lithium and cesium

2. Lithium

3. Cesium

4. Lithium and silver

5. Silver

6. None of these


A quantum of electromagnetic radiationhas an energy of 2.0 keV.

What is its frequency?


Part 1 of 3The energy of a photon increases as its

wavelength decreases.a) What is the energy in electron volts of a

microwave photon with a wavelength of 5.00cm?

Part 2 of 3b) What is the energy in electron volts

of a visible photon with a wavelength of5.00×10−7m?

Part 3 of 3c) What is the energy in electron volts of

an X-ray photon with a wavelength of 5.00×10−8m?


Light of frequency 1.5× 1015 Hz illumi-nates a piece of tin, and the tin emits pho-toelectrons with a maximum kinetic energy of1.2 eV.

What is the threshold frequency of themetal?


Part 1 of 2Light of wavelength 3.0 × 10−7m shines on

the metals lithium, iron, and mercury, whichhave work functions of 2.3 eV, 3.9 eV, and4.5 eV, respectively.

a) Which of these metals will exhibit thephotoelectric effect?

1. Lithium

2. Iron

3. Mercury


4. Lithium and iron

5. Iron and mercury

6. None of these

Part 2 of 2b) For those metals that do exhibit the pho-toelectric effect, what is the maximum kineticenergy of the photoelectrons?

1. 5.2 eV and 2.4 eV

2. 1.84375 eV and 0.24375 eV

3. 10.1 eV

4. 7.4 eV, 5.0 eV and 2.1 eV

5. None of these


The threshold frequency of silver is 1.14 ×1015Hz.

What is the work function of silver?


Part 1 of 2Electrons are ejected from a surface with

speeds ranging up to 4.6× 105m/s when lightwith a wavelength of λ = 625 nm is used.

a) What is the work function of this sur-face?

Part 2 of 2b) What is the threshold frequency for this

surface?


A photon of a certain color of visible lighthas 2.9× 10−19 J of energy.

What color is the light?

1. Blue

2. Red

3.White

4. Yellow

5. None of these


A light source of wavelength λ illuminates ametal and ejects photoelectrons with a maxi-mum kinetic energy of 1.00 eV. A second light

source of wavelength1

2λ ejects photoelectrons

with a maximum kinetic energy of 4.00 eV.What is the work function of the metal?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .A 0.50 kg mass falls from a height of 3.0

m. If all of the energy of this mass couldbe converted to visible light of wavelength5.0 × 10−7 m, how many photons would beproduced?


Red light (λ = 670.0 nm) produces pho-toelectrons from a certain material. Greenlight (λ = 520.0 nm) produces photoelectronsfrom the same material with 1.50 times theprevious maximum kinetic energy.

What is the material’s work function?

Holt SF 23Rev 50



How many photons are emitted every 1.00s by a 100.0 W sodium lamp if the wavelengthof sodium light is 589.3 nm?


From the scattering of sunlight, Thomsonfound that the classical radius of the electronis 2.82 × 10−15 m. If sunlight with an inten-sity of 5.00 × 102 W/m2 falls on a disk withthis radius, estimate the time required to ac-cumulate 1.0 eV of energy. Assume that lightis a classical wave and that the light strikingthe disk is completely absorbed.

How does your estimate compare with theobservation that photoelectrons are emittedwithin 10−9s?


Ultraviolet light is incident normally on thesurface of a substance that has a work func-tion of 3.44 eV. The incident light has anintensity of 0.055 W/m2, and the electronsare photoelectrically emitted with a maxi-mum speed of 5.2×105 m/s.

Assuming that all of the photons are ab-sorbed, how many electrons are emitted froma square centimeter of the surface every 1.0s?

Chapter 9, section 4, Matter Waves and Quantum Mechanics 572


With what speed would a 50.0 g rock haveto be thrown if it were to have a wavelengthof 3.32× 10−34 m?


Given : me = 9.10939× 10−31 kg

h = 6.63× 10−34 J · sIf the de Broglie wavelength of an electron is

equal to 5.00×10−7m, how fast is the electronmoving?


How fast would one have to throw a 0.15 kgbaseball if it were to have a wavelength equalto 5.00× 10−7m?


What is the de Broglie wavelength of a1375 kg car traveling at 43 km/h?


A bacterium moving across a petri dishat 3.5 µm/s has a de Broglie wavelength of1.9× 10−13m.

What is the bacterium’s mass?


How fast must an electron move if it isto have a de Broglie wavelength of 5.2 ×10−11 m?


Calculate the de Broglie wavelength of0.15 kg baseball moving at 45 m/s?


What is the speed of a proton with a deBroglie wavelength of 4.00× 10−14m?


A mosquito moving at 12 m/s has a deBroglie wavelength of 5.5× 10−30 m.

What is the mass of this mosquito?


What is the de Broglie wavelength of aproton traveling at 1.0× 107m/s?


Given: g = 9.81 m/s2 .Find the de Broglie wavelength of a ball

with a mass of 0.200 kg just before it strikesthe Earth after it has been dropped from abuilding 50.0 m tall.


Part 1 of 2The wave nature of electrons makes an elec-

tron microscope, which uses electrons rather

Chapter 9, section 4, Matter Waves and Quantum Mechanics 573

than light, possible. The resolving power ofany microscope is approximately equal to thewavelength used. A resolution of approxi-mately 1.0 × 10−11m would be required inorder to ”see” an atom.

a) If electrons were used, what minimum ki-netic energy of the electrons (in eV) would berequired to obtain this degree of resolution?

Part 2 of 2b) If photons were used, what minimum

photon energy would be required?

Chapter 10, section 1, The Atomic Nucleus 574

Atomic Number 5010:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which is a valid definition of atomic num-ber?

Atomic number is

1. All are valid definitions.

2. the number of protons in an atom.

3. equal to the positive charge of an atomsnucleus.

4. equal to the number of electrons in aneutral atom.

Atomic Number 5110:01, basic, numeric, > 1 min, normal.

How many protons are present in an atomwhich has an atomic number of 33 ? (Codeyour answer in scientific notation using threesignificant digits.)

Atoms 5010:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The subatomic particle that has a negativeone charge is called the ? .

1. proton

2. electron

3. neutron

4. neutrino


The subatomic particle that has a positivecharge of one is called the ? .

1. proton

2. neutron

3. neutrino

4. electron


The proton has

1. a larger mass and opposite charge as theelectron.

2. the same mass and charge as the elec-tron.

3. a smaller mass and same charge as theelectron.

4. a smaller mass and opposite charge as theelectron.


Which of the following has the largestmass?

1. electron

2. proton

3. α particle

4. neutron


A magnesium (Mg) atom with a mass num-ber of 25 contains ? .

1. 25 protons, 25 neutrons and 25 electrons





5. None of these


Which of the following has the smallestmass?

1. electron

2. proton

3. α particle

4. neutron


Consider the hydrogen atom to be a spherewith a radius equal to the Bohr radius,0.53 × 10−10 m, and calculate the approxi-mate value of the ratio of atomic density tonuclear density.


Certain stars are thought to collapse at theend of their lives, combining their protons andelectrons to form a neutron star. Such a starcould be thought of as a giant atomic nucleus.

If a star with a mass equal to that of the sun(1.99×1030 kg) were to collapse into neutrons,what would be the radius of the star?

Isotopes 0110:01, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Atoms of isotopes of the same element con-tain the same number of

1. protons but a different number of neu-trons

2. electrons but a different number of pro-tons

3. neutrons but a different number of pro-tons

4. neutrons as electrons

5. protons as neutrons

Isotopes 0210:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

An isotope has the same value of

1. mass number.

2. atomic number.

3. neutron number.

4. nucleon number and neutron number.

5. nucleon number.

Isotopes 5010:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Isotopes are defined as

1. individual atoms of one element that mayhave different masses due to possessing differ-ent numbers of electrons.

2. individual atoms of one element that mayhave different masses due to possessing differ-ent numbers of neutrons.

3. individual atoms of one element that mayhave different masses due to possessing differ-ent numbers of protons.

4. individual atoms of one element that mayhave different numbers of electrons due todifferent electron configurations.

5. None of these is true.

6. All of these are ture.

Particles 5010:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.


A subatomic particle with a mass of 1 amuand a charge of 1+ is the ? .

1. electron

2. neutron

3. positron

4. proton


Alpha particles are ? .

1. protons

2. neutrons

3. helium nuclei

4. Greek fraternal party favors


A β (beta) particle is a(n)

1. photon.

2. neutron.

3. proton.

4. electron.

5. positron.

Quantum Transitions10:01, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Quantum transitions that result in thecharacteristic sharp lines of the X-ray spec-trum always involve

1. the inner electron shells

2. electron energy levels that have the sameprinciple quantum number

3. emission of beta particles from the nu-cleus

4. neutrons within the nucleus

5. protons within the nucleus

Chapter 10, section 2, Nuclear Stability 577


Part 1 of 2Calculate the total binding energy of 20

10Ne.

Part 2 of 2Calculate the total binding energy of 40

20Ca.


Determine the difference in the binding en-ergy of 3

1H and 32He.


Calculate the binding energy of the lastneutron in the 43

20Ca nucleus. (Hint: Comparethe mass of 43

20Ca with the mass of 4220Ca plus

the mass of a neutron.)


Find the binding energy per nucleon of 23892U

in MeV.


Two isotopes having the same mass numberare known as isobars.

Calculate the difference in binding energyper nucleon for the isobars 23

11Na and 2312Mg.


Calculate the total binding energy of 126C.


Part 1 of 2Calculate the total binding energy of tri-

tium (31H).

Part 2 of 2Calculate the total binding energy of helium-3(32He).


Part 1 of 2Calculate the average binding energy per

nucleon of 2412Mg.

Part 2 of 2Calculate the average binding energy per nu-cleon of 85

37Rb.


A pair of nuclei for whichZ1 = N2 andZ2 =N1 are called mirror isobars (the atomic andneutron numbers are interchangeable). Bind-ing energy measurements on such pairs canbe used to obtain evidence of the charge inde-pendence of nuclear forces. Charge indepen-dence means that the proton-proton, proton-neutron, and neutron-neutron forces are ap-proximately equal.

Calculate the difference in binding energyfor the two mirror nuclei, 15

8O (15.003065 u)and 15

7N (15.000108 u).


Find the threshold kinetic energy that theincident neutron must have to produce thefollowing reaction:

10n+

42He→2

1H+31H

Chapter 10, section 3, Radioactive Decay 578


X rays are most similar to which of thefollowing?

1. Alpha rays

2. Beta rays

3. Gamma rays


Why is a sample of radioactive materialalways a little warmer than its surroundings?

1. The radioactive material has better heatconductance than other things.

2. The radiating alpha or beta particles im-part internal energy to the atoms of the sam-ple.

3. The radioactive material always has se-vere chemical reaction inside.

4. Heat is easier to get into radioactive ma-terials than any other materials.


Complete this radioactive-decay formula:125B→? + 0

−1e+ ν

1. 126C

2. 124Be

3. 118O

4. 109F

5. 105B

6. None of these


Complete this radioactive-decay formula:21283Bi→?+4

2He

1. 20881Tl

2. 20881Hg

3. 21685At

4. 21685Po

5. 20885At

6. 21681Tl

7. None of these


Complete this radioactive-decay formula:?→14

7N + 0−1e+ ν

1. 146C

2. 126C

3. 148O

4. 156B

5. None of these


Complete this radioactive-decay formula:22589Ac→221

87Fr +?

1. 42He

2. 2 21H

3. The reaction is impossible.


4. None of these


Nickel-63 decays by β− emission to copper-63.

Write the complete decay formula for thisprocess.

1. 6328Ni→63

29 Cu + 0−1e+ ν

2. 6328Ni→63

29 Cu +01e+ ν

3. 6328Ni→63

28 Cu + γ

4. 6328Ni→63

29 Cu +42 He + 0

−1e

5. None of these


The isotope 5626Fe decays into the isotope

5627Co.

By what process will this decay occur?

1. β−

2. β+

3. α

4. γ

5. None of these


Part 1 of 2The half-life of 214

84Po is 164 µs. A polonium-214 sample contains 2.0× 106 nuclei.

a) What is the decay constant for the de-cay?

Part 2 of 2b) How many polonium nuclei, in curies, will

decay per second?



83Bi is 19.7 min. Abismuth-214 sample contains 2.0× 109 nuclei.

a) What is the decay constant for the de-cay?

Part 2 of 2b) How many bismuth nuclei, in curies, willdecay per second?



53 I is 8.07 days.a) Calculate the decay constant for this

isotope.

Part 2 of 2b) What is the activity in Ci for a sample thatcontains 2.5× 1010 iodine-131 nuclei?


Suppose that you start with 1.23 g of a pureradioactive substance and determine 4 h laterthat only 0.076875 g of the substance is leftundecayed.

What is the half-life of this substance?


Part 1 of 2Radon-222 (222

86Rn) is a radioactive gas witha half-life of 3.82 days. A gas sample contains4.0× 108 radon atoms initially.

a) Estimate how many radon atoms willremain after 12 days.


Part 2 of 2b) Estimate how many radon nuclei will havedecayed by this time.


Determine the missing product of the fol-lowing reaction:

73Li+

42He→? +1

0 n

1. 105B

2. 115B

3. 105Be

4. 115C

5. 31H


A nuclear reaction of significant histori-cal note occurred in 1932, when a berylliumtarget was bombarded with alpha particles.Analysis of the experiment indicated that thefollowing reaction occurred:

42He+9

4Be→126C+X

What is X in this reaction?

1. 10n

2. 01n

3. 01e

4. 10e

5. γ

6. None of these


Part 1 of 2

Complete the following nuclear reaction:?+14

7N→11H+17

8O

1. 42He

2. 21H

3. 22He

4. 221H

5. None of these

Part 2 of 2Complete the following nuclear reaction:

73Li+

11H→4

2He+?

1. 42He

2. 84Be

3. 32He

4. 221H

5. None of these


Part 1 of 2A radioactive sample contains 1.67 × 1011

atoms of 10847Ag ( half-life= 2.42 min) at some

instant.Calculate the decay constant.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the activity of the sample inmCi.


How long will it take a sample of polonium-210 with a half-life of 140 days to decay toone-sixteenth its original strength?

Holt SF 25Rev 28



The amount of carbon-14 (146C) in a woodenartifact is measured to be 6.25 percent theamount in a fresh sample of wood from thesame region. The half-life of carbon-14 is 5730years.

Assuming the same amount of carbon-14was initially present in the artifact, determinethe age of the artifact.


A sample of organic material is found tocontain 18 g of carbon. Based on samples ofpottery found at the site, investigators believethe material is about 23000 years old.

Estimate what percentage of the material’scarbon-14 has decayed.


Tritium, 31H, decays to 3

2He by beta emis-sion.

Determine the energy released in the pro-cess.


Find the energy released in the alpha decayof 238

92U. Use the masses in the following table:

Nucleus Mass

23892U 238.050 784 u

23490Th 234.043 593 u

42He 4.002 602 u

Radioactivity 5010:03, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which one of the following IS NOT a prop-erty of radon?

1. nonradioactive

2. unreactive

3. tasteless

4. odorless


The ultimate source of radon in the en-vironment is from the radioactive decay ofnaturally occurring

1. uranium.

2. plutonium.

3. xenon.

4. carbon.

Chapter 10, section 4, Nuclear Reactions 582


Some people say that all things are possible.Is it at all possible for a hydrogen nucleus

to emit an alpha particle?

1. It is possible.

2. It is impossible because hydrogen cannotparticipate in nuclear reaction.

3. It is impossible because an alpha particleis composed of four nucleons—two protonsand two neutrons.

4. It is impossible because hydrogen cannotbe broken apart.


Why are alpha and beta rays deflected inopposite directions in a magnetic field?

1. Because they have different masses.

2. Because they have different life-time.

3. Because they have different penetrationabilities.

4. Because they are oppositely charged.

5. Because they have different chemicalcharacteristics.


Why are gamma rays not deflected?

1. Because they have no electric charge.

2. Because they have short life-time.

3. Because they have strong penetrationability.

4.Because they don’t have chemical reactionwith other materials.

5. Because they carry great energy.


How do the paths of alpha, beta, or gammarays compare in an electric field?

1. Alpha and beta particles are pushed inthe same direction by an electric field; gammarays are unaffected.

2. Gamma and beta rays are pushed op-positely by an electric field; alpha rays areunaffected.

3. Alpha and gamma rays are pushed op-positely by an electric field; beta rays areunaffected.

4. Alpha and beta particles are pushed op-positely by an electric field; gamma rays areunaffected.

5. Alpha, beta and gamma rays are pushedin the same direction


Which type of radiation – alpha, beta, orgamma – produces the greatest change inmass number when emitted by an atomic nu-cleus?

1. Alpha

2. Beta

3. Gamma


Which type of radiation–alpha, beta, or


gamma–produces the least change in massnumber?

1. Alpha

2. Beta

3. Gamma


Which type of radiation – alpha, beta, orgamma – predominates within an enclosedelevator descending into a uranium mine?

1. Alpha

2. Beta

3. Gamma

Hewitt CP9 33 q0110:04, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

How is U235 for atomic weapons currentlyobtained?

1. nuclear reactor

2. gaseous diffusion

3. ultra centrifuge

4. North Korea drugstore


How is Pu239 for atomic weapons currentlyobtained?

1. nuclear reactor

2. gaseous diffusion

3. ultra centrifuge

4. North Korean drugstore


Why does U238 not lead to chain reactions?

1. It fissions too much.

2. It fissions too little.

3. It is too expensive.

4. It is French.


What did Rutherford discover?

1. radioactive decay

2. that gold is heavier than lead

3. that electrons do not scatter alpha parti-cles

4. that the nucleus is much smaller than theatom


What kind of experiments were explainedby the Bohr atom?

1. The most of the mass of an atom is in thenucleus.

2. the photoelectric effect

3. atomic spectra

4. nuclear fission


To achieve a chain reaction, which one ofthe following is most important?


1. high density

2. high temperature

3. neutron multiplication less than 1

4. neutron multiplication greater than 1


Carbon dating allows us to

1. understand the motion of the Moonaround the Earth

2. explain global warming

3. discover the age of dead bodies

4. keep an accurate daily calendar


What is needed for controlled thermonu-clear reactions to work?

1. high density

2. high temperature

3. long confinement time

4. all of the above


Why is it that uranium ore doesn’t sponta-neously undergo a chain reaction?

1. There is not enough concentration of ura-nium in a uranium ore.

2. Uranium ore doesn’t contain active parti-cles to induce a chain reaction.

3. Uranium in ore is mixed with other sub-stances that impede the reaction and has nofoerator to slow down the neutrons, so nochain reaction occurs.

4. There is no a uranium ore in the worldthat is big enough for a chain reaction.


Part 1 of 2Natural gold has only one stable isotope,

19779Au. If gold is bombarded with slow neu-trons, β− particles are emitted.

a) Which of the following is the correctreaction equation?

1. 10n+197

79Au→19878 Pt +

0+1e+ ν

2. 19779Au + 0

−1e+ ν →19678 Pt +

10n

3. 10n+197

79Au→19779 Au + 0

−1e+ ν

4. 10n+197

79Au→19880 Hg + 0

−1e+ ν

5. 10n+198

80Hg→19779 Au + 0

−1e+ ν

6. 42He+197

79Au→20182 Pb + 0

−1e+ ν

7. None of these

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the maximum energy of the emit-ted beta particles.


A piece of charcoal known to be approxi-mately 25000 years old contains 7.96 × 1010

C-14 atoms.Determine the number of decays per minute

expected from this sample.



Part 1 of 2The half-life of radium-228 is 5.76 years.

At some instant a sample contains 2.0 × 109

nuclei.a) Calculate the decay constant.

Part 2 of 2b) Calculate the activity of the sample in Ci.


A sample of a radioactive isotope is mea-sured to have an activity of 240.0 mCi.

If the sample has a half-life of 14 days, howmany nuclei of the isotope are there at thistime?


At some instant of time the activity of asample of radioactive material is 5.0 µCi.

If the sample contains 1.0× 109 radioactivenuclei, what is the half-life of the material?


Smoke detectors use the isotope 241Am intheir operation. The half-life of Am is 432years.

If the smoke detector is improperly dis-carded in a landfill, estimate how long it willtake for its activity to reduce to a relativelysafe level of 0.1 percent of its original activity?(Hint: The estimation process you should usenotes that the activity reduces to 50% in onehalf-life, to 25% in two half-lives, and so on.)

Nuclear Reaction 5010:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Critical mass is ? .

1. the minimum amount of fissionable mate-

rial that will sustain a chain reaction

2. the maximum amount of fissionable ma-terial that will sustain a chain reaction

3. the amount of fissionable material thatproduces the most energy when split

4. the largest amount of fissionable materialthat can be obtained from isotopic enrich-ment

Reaction Energy10:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The reaction energy associated with a nu-clear reaction is

1. the binding energy of the nucleons.

2. equivalent to the disintegration energynecessary for such a reaction to occur.

3. the minimum energy.

4. called the threshold energy.

5. the total energy released as a result of thereaction.

Stable Nuclei10:04, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Consider nuclei that are stable. For largemass numbers, the ratio of protons to neu-trons is

1. unrelated to the stability of nuclei.

2. greater than 1.

3. equal to 1.

4. almost 2 to 1.

5. less than 1.

Chapter 10, section 5, Fission and Fusion 586


Some heavy nuclei, containing even moreprotons than the uranium nucleus, undergo“spontaneous fission,” splitting apart withoutabsorbing a neutron.

Why is spontaneous fission observed onlyin the heaviest nuclei?

1. There is not enough gravitational forceinside a heavy nucleus.

2. For a heavy nucleus,the outmost electronsare very far from the center of the atom.

3. A light nucleus does not have enoughenergy to have a fission.

4. The electric repulsion between protonsreaches across the whole nucleus, affectionall protons, whereas the attractive nuclearforce reaches only from one nucleon to itsimmediate neighbors, so the more protonsin a nucleus, the more likely it is that theirmutual repulsion will overcome the attractiveforces and lead to fission.


Why will nuclear fission probably not beused directly for powering automobiles?

1. A fission reactor has a critical mass. Itsminimum size is too large to power a smallvehicle.

2. It is too dangerous for the driver if the caris powered by nuclear fission.

3. There will be nuclear radioactivity thatcan harm people.

4. We haven’t found a good way to controlnuclear fission.

5. Nuclear reaction will destroy the city en-

vironment severely.


Why does a neutron make a better nuclearbullet than a proton or an electron?

1. A neutron is more stable than a proton oran electron.

2. A neutron takes more power when itmoves.

3. A neutron has greater mass than both aproton and an electron.

4. A neutron does not have chemical reac-tion with other neuclei.

5. A neutron has no electric charge andis therefore not repelled by an atomic nu-cleus.


Why will the escape of neutrons be pro-portionally less in a large piece of fissionablematerial than in a smaller piece?

1. Larger volumes of fissionable materialhave proportionally more area compared totheir greater volumes,and therefore lose lessneutrons.

2. Larger volumes of fissionable materialhave proportionally less area compared totheir greater volumes,and therefore lose lessneutrons.

3. There is greater gravitational force in alarger material.

4. There is greater electric force in a largermaterial.

5. There is greater nuclear force in a largermaterial.



Which shape is likely to need less materialfor a critical mass?

1. a cube

2. a cone

3. a sphere

4. a hexahedron

5. a cylinder


Does the average distance that a neutrontravels through fissionable material before es-caping increase or decrease when two piecesof fissionable material are assembled into onepiece?

Does this assembly increase or decrease theprobability of an explosion?

1. decrease;decrease.

2. increase;decrease.

3. decrease;increase.

4. increase;increase.

5. increase; not to be determined.


Why does plutonium not occur in apprecia-ble amounts in natural ore deposits?

1. Plutonium has a relatively short halflife.

2. Plutonium has a relatively long half life.

3. Plutonium has a relatively heavy mass.

4. Plutonium is very easy to have chemicalreaction with other materials.

5. Plutonium can change into uranium eas-ily.


Why,after a uranium fuel rod reaches theend of its fuel cycle(typically 3 years)doesmost of its energy come from the fissioning ofplutonium?

1. Plutonium builds up over time becauseit is produced by proton absorption in theU-238.

2. Plutonium builds up over time becauseit is produced by electron absorption in theU-238.

3. Plutonium builds up over time becauseit is produced by alpha particle absorption inthe U-238.

4. Plutonium builds up over time becauseit is produced by neutron absorption in theU-238.


The water that passes through a reactorcore does not pass into the turbine. Instead,heat is transferred to a separate water cyclethat is entirely outside the reactor.

Why is this done?

1. A separate water cycle is used in nuclearreactors to create more power.

2. A separate water cycle is used in nuclearreactors to avoid accidental explode.

3. A separate water cycle is used in nuclearreactors to obtain more coolant.


4. A separate water cycle is used in nuclearreactors to restrict radioactive contaminationof the reactor water to the reactor itself and toprevent interaction of the contaminants withthe outside environment.


Why is carbon better than lead as a mod-erator in nuclear reactors?

1. Carbon is easier to be manipulated thanlead.

2. When a neutron bounces from a carbonnucleus, the nucleus rebounds, taking someenergy away from the neutron and slowing itdown so it will be more effective in stimulatingfission events. A lead nucleus is so massivethat it scarcely rebounds at all.

3. Carbon has more isotopes than lead.

4. Lead is too dangerous for human’shealth.


Is the mass of an atomic nucleus greater orless than the sum of the masses of the nucleonscomposing it?

Why don’t the nucleon masses add up tothe total nuclear mass?

1. Less, because work must be done to sepa-rate a nucleus into its component nucleons..

2. More, because there are other energiescontained in a nucleus that the nucleons com-ponents don’t have.

3. Less, because some electrons disappearwhen the nucleons components compose intoa nucleus.

4. More, because a nucleus is bigger than

the sum of the nucleon components.


Part 1 of 2Two ways 235U can undergo fission when

bombarded with a neutron are described be-low. In each case, neutrons are also released.

a) Find the number of neutrons releasedwhen 140Xe and 94Sr are released as fissionfragments.

1. 2

2. 1

3. 3

4. 4

5. None of these

Part 2 of 2b) Find the number of neutrons released when132Sn and 101Mo are released as fission frag-ments.

1. 3

2. 1

3. 2

4. 4

5. None of these


When a 63Li nucleus is struck by a proton,

an alpha particle and a product nucleus arereleased.

What is the product nucleus?

1. 32He

2. 42He


3. 32Li

4. 11H

5. 31H

6. None of these


Suppose 105B is struck by an alpha particle,

releasing a proton and a product nucleus inthe reaction.

What is the product nucleus?

1. 136C

2. 52He

3. 126C

4. 158O

5. 135B

6. None of these


Part 1 of 2When a star has exhausted its hydrogen

fuel, it may fuse other nuclear fuels, such ashelium. At temperatures above 1.0 × 108 K,helium fusion can occur.

a) Two alpha particles fuse to produce anucleus A and a gamma ray.

What is nucleus A?

1. 84Be

2. 421H

3. 64Be

4. 85B

5. None of these

Part 2 of 2b) Nucleus A absorbs an alpha particle toproduce a nucleus, B, and a gamma ray.

What is nucleus B?

1. 126C

2. 42He

3. 126 B

4. 621H

5. None of these


It has been estimated that Earth has9.1 × 1011 kg of natural uranium that canbe economically mined. Of this total, 0.70percent is 235U.

If all the world’s energy needs (7.0 ×1012 J/s) were supplied by 235U fission, howlong would this supply last? Assume that 208MeV of energy is released per fission event andthe mass of 235U is about 3.9× 10−25 kg.


If the average energy released in a fissionevent is 208 MeV, find the total number offission events required to provide enough en-ergy to keep a 100.0 W light bulb burning for1.0 h.


How many atoms of 235U must undergofission to operate a 1.0×103 MW power plantfor one day if the conversion efficiency is 30.0percent? Assume 208MeV released per fissionevent.



An all-electric home uses about 2.0 ×103 kW · h of electrical energy per month.

How many 235U atoms would be requiredto provide this house with its energy needs forone year? Assume 100.0 percent conversionefficiency and 208 MeV released per fission.

Nuclear Power 5010:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which coolant in a nuclear power plant isthe one most likely to contain boric acid?

1. primary coolant

2. secondary coolant

3. tertiary coolant

4. cooling tower coolant


The heart of a nuclear power plant is bestdescribed as

1. uranium metal that has been formed intolong rods

2. long metal tubes filled with small uraniumoxide pellets

3. a uranium metal core the size and shapeof a bowling ball

4. several large uranium sheets held togetherby strong magnets

5. a console manned by guys like HomerSimpson


When the output of one reaction can initi-ate another reaction and so on, this is called

1. a chain reaction.

2. catalytic reaction.

3. cold fusion.

4. spontaneous emission.

5. cyclic decomposition.


The electricity generated (and distributedto homes) by a nuclear power plant is ?to that of a convensional (fossil-fuel) powerplant.

1. identical

2. more powerful

3. more radioactive

4. of a better quality

5. less powerful


Fusion is the process of making ? ele-ments from ? ones and produces about 10times ? energy per gram of reactants thanfission does.

1. heavier; lighter; more

2. heavier; lighter; less

3. lighter; heavier; less

4. lighter; heavier; more

Nuclear Reaction 52



Which of the following is the least massiveparticle?

1. neutron

2. proton

3. electron

4. α particle

Power Plants 5010:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The fundamental difference between a nu-clear power plant and a conventional powerplant is

1. the source of heat.

2. the amount of power produced.

3. the distribution scheme.

4. the method of heat exchange with thesurroundings.

5. the overall efficiency.

Power Plants 5110:05, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A nuclear power plant cannot undergo anuclear explosion because

1. there is not enough nuclear fuel.

2. there are adequate safeguards.

3. the 235U is too dilute to produce a run-away reaction.

4. water cooling prevents an explosion.

5. control rods prevent a chain reaction.


Atoms 0110:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

The positively charged particle in the nu-cleus of an atom is the

1. electron.

2. proton.

3. neutron.

4. magnetron.


The number of protons in the nucleus of anatom is called the

1. element number.

2. atomic number.

3. mass number.

4. atomic weight.


The sum of the protons and neutrons in thenucleus of an atom is called the

1. element number.

2. atomic number.

3. mass number.

4. atomic weight.


The center of an atom is the

1. nucleus.

2. protons.

3. neutrons.

4. electrons.

5. isotopes.


The subatomic particle that is neutral isthe

1. nucleus.

2. proton.

3. neutron.

4. electron.

5. isotope.


A negatively charged particle is a(n)

1. nucleus.

2. proton.

3. neutron.

4. electron.

5. isotope.


According to modern atomic theory, theparticle that can move from one energy levelto another is the

1. nucleus.


2. proton.

3. neutron.

4. electron.

5. isotope.


All of the known particles of the nucleus aremade up of

1. quarks.

2. protons.

3. neutrons.

4. electrons.

5. isotopes.


The force of attraction which exists be-tween all objects is the

1. weak force.

2. strong force.

3. electromagnetic force.

4. gravitational force.


The part of an element that never changesis its

1. atomic number.

2. atomic mass.

3. oxidation number.

4. electric charge.


How many neutrons are found in an atomof aluminum?

1. 13

2. 27

3. 14

4. 40


How many protons are found in an atom offluorine?

1. 9

2. 19

3. 10

4. 28


How many energy levels are occupied in anatom of oxygen?

1. 1

2. 2

3. 3

4. 4


An ion is formed when an atom


1. combines with another type of atom.

2. gains or loses neutrons.

3. gains or loses electrons.

4. gains or loses protons.


Protons are held to each other by

1. force of attraction between electriccharges.

2. magnetic force.

3. the nuclear strong force.

4. gravitational force.

Half Life 5010:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

The half-life of 137Ce is 30 years.If we have 150.000 g of Ce, how many grams

will remain in 150 years?

1. 2.344 g

2. 9.375 g

3. 4.688 g

4. 18.750 g

5. 1.000 g


Why does classical physics predict thatatoms should collapse?

1. Classical physics wasn’t based on experi-ments.

2. Classical physics predicts the future ofthe atomic world.

3. The classical physics is totally wrong.

4. An electron accelerating around its orbitshould emit radiation. This loss of energyshould be accompanied by a spiraling of theelectron into the atomic nucleus.


If the electron in a hydrogen atom obeyedclassical mechanics instead of quantum me-chanics, would it emit a continuous spectrumor a line spectrum? Explain.

1. Classical physics wasn’t based on experi-ments.

2. Classical physics predicts the future ofthe atomic world.

3. It would emit a continuous spectrum. Itsenergy would change gradually and continu-ously as it spiraled inward.

4. It would emit a line spectrum.


What is the relationship between the en-ergy differences of orbits in an atom and thelight emitted by an atom?

1. The emitted photon’s frequency is theclassic frequency at which an electron is vi-brating.

2. An electron accelerating around its orbitcontinuously emits radiation.

3. The energy of the emitted photon is equalto the difference in energy between the twoorbits.




Part 1 of 2Disregard binding energies and estimate

the mass of the u quark from the masses ofthe proton and neutron.

Part 2 of 2Disregard binding energies and estimate themass of the d quark from the masses of theproton and neutron.


A photon with an energy of 2.09 GeV cre-ates a proton-antiproton pair in which theproton has a kinetic energy of 95 MeV.

What is the kinetic energy of the antipro-ton?


When 18O is struck by a proton, 18F andanother particle are produced.

What is the other particle?

1. 10n

2. 210n

3. 01e

−

4. 42He

5. 11H

6. 21H

7. None of these


Part 1 of 2

Complete the following nuclear reactions:a) 27

13Al+42He→?+30

15P

1. 10n

2. 11H

3. 42He

4. 24Be

5. None of these

Part 2 of 2b) 1

0n+?→ 42He+7

3Li

1. 105B

2. 105Be

3. 21H

4. 126C

5. None of these


A fission reaction that occurs whenuranium-235 absorbs a neutron leads to theformation of barium-141 and krypton-92.

a) What is the missing product in this re-action?

1. 310n

2. 210n

3. 42He

4. 32He

5. 31H

Neutrinos 0110:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

A neutrino has the following properties.


1. mass equal to 1/10th of the electron.

2. positive charge.

3. spin 1/2.

4. negative charge.

5. All of these.

6. None of these.

Neutrinos 0210:99, basic, multiple choice, > 1 min, fixed.

Which of the following is not true of neutri-nos?

1. They are spinless.

2. They are chargeless.

3. They are massless.

4. They are charmless.

5. They are leptons.

6. All are true.


Many nuclear power plants are built nearthe ocean because

1. they need to be near ports so ships deliv-ering coal to run them can unload.

2. the radioactive 235NaCl in sea water isused as fuel.

3. the seawater can be used as a coolant.

4. ocean front property is so expensive.


What particle is emitted when lead-214,21482 Pb undergoes natural radioactive decay tobismuth-214, 214

83 Bi?

1. an alpha particle, 42He

2. a beta particle, 0−1e

3. a proton, 11H

4. a neutron, 10n


Which type of nuclear radiation has nocharge associated with it?

1. α

2. β

3. γ


In the reaction8736Kr→ 1

0n + ?the missing isotope is ? .

1. 8736Rb

2. 8537Rb

3. 8636Kr

4. 8837Kr


In the reaction22688Ra→ 222

86Rn + ?the missing particle is ? .

1. 0−1e


2. 42He

3. 11p

4. 10n


In the reaction31H + 2

1H→42He + ?

the missing particle is

1. 10n.

2. 11p.

3. 0−1e.

4. 42He.


In the reaction146C→ e− + ?

the missing isotope is ? .

1. 145B

2. 136C

3. 156C

4. 147N


Electricity produced employing a nuclearreaction

1. decomposes water to the elements, H2 +O2.

2. uses the heat produced to make steamwhich turns a turbine.

3. creates an electrical thermal inversion.

4. is radioactive.


Which reaction best describes nuclear fu-sion?

1. 42He + 235

92U→ 23894Pu + energy

2. 21H + 3

1H→ 42He + 1

0n + energy

3. 2C2H6 + 3O2 → 4C + 6H2O + energy

4. 10n + 235

92U→ 9038Sr +

14354Xe + energy


Chemical energy is generated by a rear-rangement of ? , while nuclear energy isgenerated by a change in the ? .

1. electrons, nucleus

2. electrons, photons

3. electrons, orbitals

4. protons, orbitals

5. neutrons, protons


Which of the following nuclear reactionsprobably does not occur in a conventionalfission nuclear reactor designed to produceenergy?

1. 235U + n→141Ba + 92Kr + 3n

2. 235U + n→103Mo + 131Sn + 2n

3. 235U + n→239Pu

4. 235U + n→90Sr + 143Xe + 3n



Breeder reactors are used to convert ?to ? .

1. 235U to 238U

2. 238U to 239Pu

3. 238Pu to 239Pu

4. 239Pu to 235U


Radiation from radioactive substances in-teract with matter to produce?

1. hydrogen

2. water

3. ions

4. γ rays


Which of the following is a fusion reaction?

1. 11H + 3

1H→ 42He

2. 24092U + 1

0n→ 14454Xe

3. 146 C→ e + 14

7 N

4. 24094 Pu→ 236

92 U + 42He


Consider the following reaction:23492U→ 4

2He + 90Th.What is the mass number of the 90Th isotopeformed in this process?

1. 190

2. 230

3. 242

4. 253

5. 234


Consider the following reaction:21482Pb→ 214

83Bi + ?What is the identity of “?”?

1. γ ray

2. β particle

3. neutron

4. α particle


Stars produce heat by the process of ? .

1. nuclear fission

2. nuclear fusion

3. combustion

4. implosion


An atomic bomb differs from a nuclearpower plant in that the former

1. contains a critical mass of fissionable ma-terial.

2. involves a chain reaction.


3. contains more fissionable material.

4. contains more moderating material.

5. produces less energy but more heat.


Fusion is ? .

1. the electrolysis of heavy water

2. the splitting of the atom

3. the combining of light nuclei to form aheavier nucleus

4. the principle that melts a fuse


α particles are equivalent to the nuclei ofwhich element?

1. Ar

2. Ca

3. He

4. Ga


Radiation from a radioactive element is de-structive to living cells because it ? .

1. adds weight to the cell

2. breaks chemical bonds in the cells

3. makes them radioactive

4. causes them to glow


A device that not only counts the radioac-tivity but also enables the operator to deter-mine the energy of the radiation is a ? .

1. Geiger counter

2. scintillation counter

3. dosimeter

4. film badge


A unit of radiation that describes the activ-ity of a radioactive source is the ? .

1. rad

2. rem

3. roentgen

4. curie


Which of the following is not naturally ra-dioactive?

1. uranium

2. radium

3. polonium

4. thorium

5. nitrogen


Which of the following is NOT commonly


observed in the emissions from a radioactivesource?

1. α particles

2. β particles

3. γ rays

4. hydrogen molecules


β particles emitted from radioactve nucleihave ? .

1. a larger mass than electrons

2. a smaller mass than electrons

3. a larger mass than an α particle

4. the same mass as an electron


Beta particles are ? .

1. electrons

2. protons

3. neutrons

4. helium nuclei

5. x-rays


Choose the particle having a relative massof 1 u and no charge.

1. alpha particle

2. beta particle

3. proton

4. neutron

5. none of these


Which of the following has the smallestmass?

1. electron

2. proton

3. α particle

4. neutron


An α particle can be represented as ? .

1. e−

2. 4He

3. 1n

4. 1p


A β particle can be represented as ? .

1. e−

2. 42He

3. 1n

4. 1p



Radioactivity is a general term that in-cludes the emission of several kinds of par-ticles.

Which of the following is NOT includedunder this term?

1. γ

2. electromagnetic radiation

3. α

4. protons

5. electrons


Of the following species, the one with thegreatest energy is probably a(n) ? .

1. proton

2. α particle

3. β particle

4. electron

5. γ ray


Of the following species, the one with thegreatest mass is a(n) ? .

1. γ ray

2. proton

3. β particle

4. electron

5. α particle


Which of the following species carries a neg-ative charge?

1. γ rays

2. α particle

3. β particle

4. protons


Which of the following is the most massiveparticle?

1. neutron

2. proton

3. electron

4. α particle

Wave Properties10:99, basic, multiple choice, < 1 min, fixed.

Of the following phenomena, which pro-vides the best evidence that particles can havewave properties?

1. The absorption of photons by electrons inan atom

2. The α-decay of radioactive nuclei

3. The interference pattern produced byneutrons incident on a crystal

4. The production of x-rays by electronsstriking a metal target

5. The scattering of photons by electrons atrest

Chapters 01 to 10 - Florida Atlantic University

Documents

Transcript of Chapters 01 to 10 - Florida Atlantic University